A CATA LOGUE OF THE PERSIAN MANUSCRIPTS IN THE LIBRARY OF THE UNIVERSITY OF CAMBRIDGE BY EDWARD G.SBROWNE, M.A., M.B. FELLOW OF PEMlifeOKE COLLEGE, CAMBRIDGE UNIVERSITY LECTURER IN PERSIAN EDITED FOR THE SYNDICS OF THE UNIVERSITY PRESS CAMBRIDGE AT THE UNIVERSITY PRESS 1896 A CATALOGUE OF THE PERSIAN MANUSCRIPTS IN THE LIBRARY OF THE UNIVERSITY OF CAMBRIDGE. London: C. J. CLAY AND SONS, CAMBRIDGE UNIVERSITY PRESS WAREHOUSE, AVE MARIA LANE. and Glasgow: 263 ARGYLE STREET. Leipzig: F. A. BROCKHAUS. New York: MACMILLAN AND CO. A CATALOGUE OF THE PERSIAN MANUSCRIPTS IN THE LIBRARY OF THE UNIVERSITY OF CAMBRIDGE BY EDWARD G. BROWNE, M.A., M.B , FELLOW OF PEMBROKE COLLEGE, CAMBRIDGE; UNIVERSITY LECTURER IN PERSIAN. EBITEB FOR TEE SYNDICS OF THE UNIVERSITY PRESS. CAMBRIDGE: AT THE UNIVERSITY PRESS. 1896. Leyden : PRINTED BY E. J. BRILL. TABLE OF CONTENTS. Page Introduction IX Addenda (Nos CCCXXXVII— CCCXLIII) . . xxxiv Gospels and Christian Theology" (Nos I — VI) . . i Islamo-Christian Controversy (Nos VII — XI) ... 7 Qur'an and Commentaries (Nos XII — XIX) ... 13 Muhammadan Traditions , Law, Theology & Ethics (Nos XX— XXVI) 46 Isma'ili Doctrine (No XXVII) 69 Siifiism (Nos XXVIII— XXX) 87 Zoroastrianism (Nos XXXI— XXXII) 91 Hinduism Nos XXXIII— XXXVIII) 93 General History (Nos XXXIX— LXII) . . • . . 99 History of Creeds & Sects (Nos LXIII— LXIV) . 120 History of Imams (Nos LXV— LXVI) 122 History of Timur (Nos LXVII— LXX) 143 History of the Safavis (Nos LXXI— LXXV). . . 145 History of Nadir Shah (No LXXVI) 151 History of the Afghans (Nos LXXVII— LXXX) . 152 General History of India (Nos LXXXI— LXXXIV). 1 54 Sultans of Dihli (No LXXXV) 159 History of the Timurides (Nos LXXXVI— CII) . 160 Local Histories of India (Nos CIII— CVIII) ... 177 Biographies and Travels (Nos CIX— CXVI) ... 187 Letters, Official Papers, etc. (Nos CXVII— CXX). 195 Cosmography (Nos CXXI— CXXIII , and CXXVI) 201 — 4 and 208 — 210 Ethics (Nos CXXIV— CXXV) 205—208 ?;'79'Ai\'> VI Page Medicine (Nos CXXVII— CXXIX) 211 Farriery (No CXXX) 213 Geometry, Geomancy, and Magic (Nos CXXXI — CXXXV) 215 Science of Swords. — Physiognomy (No CXXXVI). 223 Agriculture (No. CXXXVII) 226 Lexicography. — Persian Dictionaries (Nos CXXXVIII— CXLVIII) 227 Lexicography. — Arabic-Persian Dictionaries (Nos CXLIX— CLX) 236 Lexicography. — Persian-Turkish Dictionaries (Nos CLXI— CLXIV) 243 Lexicography. — Persian-Latin Dictionaries (Nos CLXV— CLXVI) 248 Lexicography. — Persian-Hindustani Dictionaries (Nos CLXVII— CLXVIII) 250 Lexicography. — Miscellaneous (Nos CLXIX — CLXXII) 251 Arabic Grammar (Nos CLXXIII— CLXXVIII) . . 257 Prosody and Rhetoric (Nos CLXXIX— CLXXXII). 265 Epistolary Models, etc. (Nos CLXXXIII— CXCIII). 274 Calligraphy, etc. (Nos CXCIV— CXCV) .... 284 Poetry. — Firdawsi (Nos CXCVI— CCI) .... 286 „ 'Omar-i-Khayyam. — Nazi'ri (No CCII). 292 Sana'i (Nos CCIII— CCIV) 294 Anvari (Nos CCV— CCVII) 298 Khaqani (Nos CCVIII— CCIX) ... 300 „ Zahir-i-Faryabi (No CCX) 302 Nizami (Nos CCXI— CCXVIII) ... 303 Faridu'd-Din 'Attar (Nos CCXIX— CCXXIII) 310 Poetry. — Jalalu'd-Din Rumi (Nos CCXXIV— CCXXXI) 313 Poetry. — Sa'di (Nos CCXXXII— CCXLIX). . . 327 „ Mahmiid Shabistari (No CCL). . . . 340 „ Amir Khusraw of Dihli (Nos CCLI — CCLIV) 341 VII Page Poetry. — 'Assar of Tabriz (No CCLV) .... 345 Ha'fiz (No CCLVI— CCLXIII). ... 346 Maghribi (No CCLXIV) 351 Shahi of Sabzawar (Nos CCLXV— CCLXVI) 353 Poetry. — Jami (Nos CCLXVII— CCLXXVII , CCXV and CCXCII) 307, 354, 374 Poetry. — Hatifi (Nos CCLXXVIII— CCLXXXII). 361 'Arifi and Hilali (Nos CCLXXXIII— CCLXXXV) 365 Poetry. — Raha'i (No CCLXXXVI) 368- Akbari (No CCLXXXVII) 369 „ Fahmi (No CCLXXXVIII) 370 'Urfi (Nos CCLXXXIX— CCXC) . . . 371 Feydi (No CCXCI) 373 Abu Turab (No CCXCII) 374 „ Qudsi (No CCXCIII) 376 „ Salim (No CCXCIV) 378 „ Masih (No CCXCV) 379 „ Sa'ib (Nos CCXCVI— CCC) 380 „ Sani' of Balgram (No CCCI) .... 383 „ Tajalla (No CCCII) 385 „ Ghulam Rida (No CCCIII) 385 „ Khaqan (No CCCIV) 387 Anthologies (Nos CCCV— CCCVII) 388 Stories and Proverbs (Nos CCCVIII— CCCXXV) . 392 Manuscripts of Mixed Contents (Nos CCCXXVI— CCCXXVIII) 405 Recent Acquisitions (Nos CCCXXIX—CCCXXXV). 415 Manuscript hitherto unclassed (No CCCXXXVI) . 423 Index of Titles 426 Index of Names 436 Numerical Index 463 Corrigenda 472 INTRODUCTION. The total number of manuscripts written in the Arabic character which are preserved in the Cambridge Uni- versity Library amounts to nearly fourteen hundred , of which some 340, or, roughly speaking, one quarter, are written wholly or partly in the Persian Language. These manuscripts, with the exception of a few com- prised in a class called "Christian Oriental", are com- mingled together on the shelves without regard to language or subject, arranged according to size and class-mark only. When, therefore, I undertook to make a Catalogue of the Persian MSS., my first business was to submit the entire contents of these shelves , whether Arabic, Turkish, Persian, Pushtu, Hindustani, or Malay, to a preliminary examination , and to draw up , for my own use, a rough list of the whole collection. From this I next constructed a hand-catalogue (comprising more than 50 pages of 25 lines each), wherein the manu- scripts were arranged according to class-marks. Each page of this hand-list I divided into six vertical columns, of which the first contained the class-marks in proper order; the second, an indication of the language or languages in which each manuscript was written; the third , notes of the source (where ascertainable) whence they came into our possession ; the fourth and fifth , titles and authorship; and the sixth, the position of each volume on the shelves. Only when this preliminary labour was accomplished could I actually begin to pre- & X INTRODUCTION. pare the work which I now , after four years of arduous though intermittent toil, submit, with no small diffi- dence, and a deep consciousness of imperfection, to the judgement of my fellow-Orientalists. If my task has taught me nothing else , it has at least taught me to appreciate at something like their true value the labours of my predecessors, who have smoothed my path and guided my steps , and whose works , constantly referred to in the following pages, were ever at my elbow. To tell the history of our University Library, or even to attempt to trace the formation of the manu- script-collections which it contains, is no part of my duty, and I need only refer those who seek for infor- mation on this subject to the admirable articles con- tributed by Henry Bradshaw to the Cambridge Univer- sity Gazette in February and March, 1869, and reprin- ted at pp. 181 — 205 of his Collected Papers. Of the formation of our collection of Oriental manuscripts, or, more precisely, of that portion of it which is written in the Arabic character, it is, however, incumbent upon me to give such account as the meagre records avail- able have enabled me to compile. It might seem that there should be no great difficulty in determining at least the immediate source of the various bequests and donations of MSS. which have entered the Library, but unfortunately the existing records are scanty, in- termittent, and often lacking in the precision needed for the certain identification of the books enumerated in them. This , however , is a slight evil compared to the wholesale alteration of class-marks which took place about the middle of last century. "Nothing", says Henry Bradshaw [loc. land., p. 203), "could be more disgrace- ful than the way the manuscripts were literally shovelled into their places. No regard was paid to subject, none to the collection from which they came , none even to the size of the volumes; they were all put upon the INTRODUCTION. XI shelves just as they happened to have been brought into the room , and so stufifed away. When this was done , a catalogue was made which certainly does some credit to the compiler, though the Oriental manuscripts fared but badly ; such descriptions as 'Thin , perhaps Turkish', or 'Liber mutilus' being allowed to pass without comment". The present class-marks of our Orien- tal manuscripts represent , therefore , not the careful , orderly arrangement of the seventeenth century, but the formless , fortuitous chaos of the eighteenth ; and , worst of all , the older class-marks were in many cases erased or destroyed. Hence from the present class-marks of the older MSS. (Dd., Ec, Ff., etc., up to Oo) nothing which is calculated to elucidate their history can be deduced. Thus the Erpenius MSS. bought for the Library by George Villiers, Duke of Buckingham, in 1625 , and presented to the University by his widow in 1632 '), are variously marked Dd., Ec, Ff., Gg., li , LI , and Mm., each of which classes contains other MSS. from quite different sources, such as the collec- tion presented by Nicolas Hobart in 1655, and the Royal Gift of Bishop Moore's books in 17 15. The class- mark Qq. is assigned exclusively to the Burckhardt MSS. (300 in number, of which nearly all are Arabic), and it is only when we reach the Additional MSS. that the numbers begin to represent an approximately chronological sequence of acquisition. In the Numerical Index at the end of this volume I have indicated the sources whence the MSS. were derived , so far as I have been able to ascertain them; and I here note, in chronological order, the chief bequests and donations of which any record exists. 1) For fuller particulars of this transaction , see my Description of aft old Petsian Commentary o?i the Qur'a/i in the Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society for 1894, pp. 417 — 422. XIl INTRODUCTION. [1632] I. The Erpenius MSS., given to the Library in 1632 by Catherine, widow of George ViUiers, Duke of Buckingham, formed the nucleus of our Oriental col- lection, nor have I been able to satisfy myself that our Library possessed before that date more than one or two Aluhammadan manuscripts '). This munificent gift came at a particularly appropriate time, inasmuch as the Chair of Arabic at Cambridge was founded by Sir Thomas Adams in the same year, and bestowed on that eminent scholar Abraham Wheelock, who, together with the Professorship of Arabic , held the offices of Reader in Anglo-Saxon and University Librarian , to which last he was appointed in 1629 *). Of the Erpenius 1) In a Catalogue of Books in the University Library made in 1574 [MS. 31. I. 5 in Registraiy] mention is made of a Hebrew Pentateuch with Arabic and Persian glosses. In another Catalogue of 1582 [MS, 31. I. 6. 10] mention is again made of it, and of two other books likewise given by Theodore Beza, which, according to a foot-note, were taken out of the Library in 1588 by Dr. Nevyle , Vicechancellor, and Dr. Perne , sent to the Lord Treasurer , and , apparently , never returned. „Qud in re vidcrint qiioruvi inter est''\ adds the scribe. Amongst the benefactions to the Libraiy in 1631 [MS. 31. 2. 9] is mentioned the gift of a copy of the Qui-'' an in Arabic by William Bedwell , who was afterwards (in 1640) enrolled in the list of benefactors for present- ing his Arabic Lexicon (now marked Hh. 5. i — 7, and Hh. 6. I — 2). 2) "We have often heard, that his Grace had bought in the Low Countiyes the Librarie of Mr. Erpenius, Professor of the Orientall Tongues, in the universitie of Leyden, with intention to bestow the said Librarie upon the University of Cambridge: in which are thought to be many good monuments of note, especially in the Arabick and Orientall Languages ; that your Grace would be pleased , out of your noble disposition , to adorn and enrich our universitie with this Trea- sure; this is our boldnes to petition to your Grace at this time. And now of late it hath pleased God, to stirr us up this favour by others, that a liberall yearly stipend for an Arabick Professor is bestowed upon our University , there wanteth now but matter and store of Bookes to encourage and cherish this new studdy amongst us." [Baker MSS. 33, p. 214 et seq.^ Letter from the University to the Duchess of Buckingham]. INTRODUCTION. XIII MSS. we possess not only the printed list appended to Gerard Vossius' funeral oration on Erpenius , delivered on Nov. 15, 1624, and published at Leyden in the fol- lowing year, but also another contemporary list con- tained in a manuscript Catalogus librorum qnos habet BibliotJieca Public a AcademicB Cantabrigiensis , which com- prises 90 written leaves of entries extending from 1632 to 1 7 18. This manuscript Catalogue, referred to in the printed Catalogue of Manuscripts (Cambridge, 1856-^ — 1867) by the class-mark E B. Q. 12 which it then bore, is now called Oo. 7.52; and this change of class-mark so effectually concealed its identity that its re-discovery was only effected a few days ago. Notes in the older MSS. frequently refer to it as the "Catalogue of Bene- factors". The first entry (pp. i — 3) which it contains is the Duke of Buckingham's gift; and, since the identi- fication of the Erpenius MSS. is a matter of conside- rable interest to all Orientalists , I trust that I may be pardoned for printing this list in full , with the addition of the present class-marks, and the corresponding des- criptions given by Vossius in his Catalogus librorum Orientaliuin , qui in bibliotheca Erpeniana exstant. These additions are distinguished from the text of the original list by being enclosed in square brackets. The modern class-marks, printed in heavy type, follow those originally assigned to the MSS. on their arrival at Cam- bridge ; and the descriptions of Vossius (abridged, in some cases, to save space) are italicised. Ex dono viri Nobilissimi Georgii Villiers Ducis, Marchionis, Comitis de Buckingham et Cancellarii Academiae Cantabrigiensis. o ]-[ A. (3. 18 [LI. 6.22] Grammatica dicta v_a_j_*a_j verborum scilicet inflexio. [o»J.*aj , tractatus granimati- XIV INTRODUCTION. ciis de verbis et eoriim jlexio- nibiis in 8'vo^ ]-[ A. y. 35 [LI. 6. lO] Liber criticus dictus Sacha Persicus. \^^ J^^ Dictio- nariimi Persico- Turcicum , elegans et satis magnum , in ^. Cui annexa est Granima- tica Ungues Persiccs in 4.] ]-[ A. y. 21 Liber ritualis de lotionibus poculisque Mahumetanicis. ]-[ A. /3. 17 Dictionarium Arab. Pers. Tur- cicum. [Dictionarium Arab. Pers. Turcicum, sed exiguum, et tria tantum vociun millia continens , in ^.] ]-[ A. (3. 21 [LI. 6.27] Preces Alcoranicae qusedam Arab, et qusedam Turcicae. Colloquium jucundum inter Muliammedem etDiabolum. 8.] ]-[ A. /S. 29 [li. 6. 47] Dictionariolum Persicum- Turcicum. \Rudimenta Ungues Per sic CB , Turcice explicata , et a prima voce Danisten. In 8.] ]-[ A. /3. 28 [li. 6. 49] Princeps poetarum Turcico- rum Giem Soltan. [ ..L!a)l ^A.wJi (sic) cj'JLo . . . charac- tere Arabico , sed lingua Ma- laccana.^ ]-[ A. /3. 15 [LI. 6.15] Loci communes morales Arab. Item liber historicus Persice. ]-[ A. fi. 4 [Gg. 5. 22] Liber Japonice. {Liber Indi- ciis aliis characteribiis igno- tis , et magnam partem aliquo niodo referentibus omega GrcB- corum , cum longis caiidis , XVI INTRODUCTION. recta deorsum tendentibus. In Fol\ ]-[ A. a.. 13 [None assigned] Liber Chinensis. \Liber Chi- nensis charactere chinensi in papyro duplicato byssina\ ]-[ A. /3. 20 [LI. 6. 26] Preculae Mahumetanorum. ]-[ A. y. 27 [LI. 6.17] Poesis Ibni-thaghib cum com- mentario [^.^^^Ul ^1 {jc^^. Ejusdem materics liber alius cum prolixo qiioque et docto commentario , in ^.] ]-[ A. y. 18 [LI. 5.23] Regni Turkestanis historiae pars prima (sic). \Historia regni Turckestanisparsquinta, continens vitam et res gestas magni eorimi regis Firuzi . annos non video citari, quod tameti fortassis alicubi sit^ ]-[ A. j3. 19 [LI. 6.25] Praeces Arab, et Turcicse Ma- humetanicae. ]-[ A. y. 17 [Dd. 5.37] Historia Josephi filii Jacobi Turcice. [v_^a«j,_j i-\tai. His- toria Josephi PatriarchcB ^.] ]-[ A. y. 10 Gramm. Arab. ]-[ A. y. 19 Logica Arab. ]-[ A. y. 13 [Gg. 6.41] Lexicon Arab. Turcicum. \Aliud (Dictionarium) auctore Mustapha fil. Ahmedis in ^]. ]-[ A. (3. 12 Liber Persicus. ]-[ A. y. 8 Logica qusedam et philoso- phica hebraice. [Varia p/ii- losophica , logic alia , et ineta- physicalial\ ]-[ A. y. 3 [Mm. 6. 26] Commentarius Rabinicus mu- tilusinportionemveterisTest. ]-[ A. /3. 24 Tractatus Medicinae hebraice. ]-[ A. /3. 7 ]-[ A. 7- 20 [Ff. 5- 11] ]-[ A. 7- 6 [Mm. 6. 30] INTRODUCTION. XVII [Libellus mediciis de temper a- mentis in octavo^ ]-[ A. y. 31 [?Mm. 6.29] Liber mutilus Philosophicus et Astrologicus characteribus Syriacis. ]-[ A. /S. 8 [Gg. 2. 14] Liber medicinae Syriace mu- tilus. Liber medicinae de unguentis. Grammatica Arab. Rabbi Mosis Narbonensis philosophia. ]-[ A. y. 4 [Mm. 6. 27] Liber mathematicus hebr. initio et fine valde mutilus. \Almagestum Ptolomcei Ara- bice , sed CJiaractere Ebr\\. De lapidi- bus pretiosis liber eximius , Auctore Ahmede Abtingceo . . ., cui annexus est ^j>*^a-.S> v_jb:^ Hermetis liber de lapidibus pretiosis, cui et alius ejusdem argumenti accedit auctore (^^Jsjy^Jf in ^. anno Hegirce 749-] J-[ A. /3. 9 [Gg- 2. 13] Gheraibul mesail Persicus. ]-[ A. y- 36 [Gg. 5-27] ]-[ A. /3. 10 [Dd. 4.28] INTRODUCTION. XIX [JoLumJ' v^jly^- Similis argu- menti liber satis magnum et elegans quoque volumen , in ^.] ]-[ A. /3. 13 Dictionarium Arab, conges- tum ex variis autoribus. ]-[ A. y. II [Dd. 10.7] Poesis sive taleif sheich Ama- mi. [(sic) iLx5>v,iJI aA-x^aJiJt. Brevissimus et siibtilissimus libelliis , de arte poetica Ara- biim, auctore Abdalla filio Muhammedis Chazragcso, cum • prolixo atque incredibilis eru- ditionis et accurationis com- ment ario, Muhammedis fit. Abubecri Mahrumcsi , i?i ^ charta serica. rarus admo- duin et carus liber.] \-[ A. y. 16 [Gg. 6.35] Liber Astronomicus mutilus. ]-[ A. y. 30 [Dd. 3. 79] Poesis mystica qua ascendit anima ad Deum. ]-[ A. y. 25 [LI. 5. 24] Rituale superstitiosum Mahu- metanicum {(sic) JJi^iS >_jLa5' ^fcXaL'. Constitutiones et re- gulcB juris , turn civilis , turn Ecclesiastici , sect(B Abuhani- fiticcs, qucs una est ex qua- tuor Muhammedicis.] ]-[ A. y. 5 [Mm. 6. 24] Tractatus logici Aristotelici Hebraice. ]-[ A. y. 7. [Mm. 6.25] Qusestiones Philosophicse He- braice. Commentarius Alcoranicus. [?Mm. 4. 18] Lexicon Syro-Arabicum. (2 vols.) [Diet. Ungues Syr(S Bar Bah- luli , Syriace et Arabice ex- plicatum, opus admodum in- gens , in Fol.] XX INTRODUCTION. ]-[ A. a. II [Gg. 5. 16] Liber Cabbalisticus de cxccl- lentiis et utilitatibus Alco- rani. [^wj^ii ^aJI ^\^S . De excellentia et iitilitate Alco- rani liber Cabalisticiis , aiic- tore Muhammede fil. Ahme- dis in fol.\ ]-[ A. oi. 6 [?Mm. 4.15] Commentarius Persicus in Al- coranum. ]-[ A. a. 2 [Gg. 5. 17] Comment, in librum Theo- logicum dictum \3^y *— ii. [o.Lx4.jl iJ>JiAj. Commentarius in librum Theologicum dic- tum o.ljc«.il in Fol^ ]-[ A. jS. I [LI. 6.14] Dictionarium Arab. Vol. i. ]-[ A. /3. 2 [?Gg. 2.10] Ejusdem Vol. 2. Giuwaraei. ]-[ A. /3. 3 [?Gg. 2.11] Volumen 3 eiusdem. ]-[ A. X. 12 [Dd. 2.38] Dictionarium Arab, locuple- tissim. Giuwaraeum. [_L:^_ao ^^y^. Dictionarium Arabi- cum locupletissimum Aiic- tore Ismaele Abunasro filio Hammadi Gjeuwarceo in Fol. duobus voluminibus , cum vo- calibus omnibus. Scriptum exemplar est Bagdadi , anno HegircE 6"] 3?\ ]-[ A. a. 9 [?Gg. 4.22] Historia Persica. ]-[ A. «■. 10 [?Gg. 4-23] Eiusdem historiae vol. 2. ]-[ A. a. 3 [Ee. 5. 8] Portio Bibliorum hebraice. [Volumina tria Bibliorum in pergamento cum Masora, et alicubicum Tar gum et'^'*^'^. Pentateuchus desideratur. Fol.] ]-[ A. «. 4 [Ee. 5. 9] Bibl. vol. 2. INTRODUCTION. XXI ]-[ A. ». 5 [Ee. 5. 10] Item vol. tertium Bibl. ]-[ A. a. 14 [LI. 2. 4] Versio Syriaca prophetarum liber eximius [Prophetce om- nes major es et minor es in Fol.\ ]-[ A. X. I. [Gg. 3. 30] Syriaca Miscell. cuiusd. S. Georgii , et dialogus inter Deum et Mosem Arabice versus finem. ]-[ A. X. 7 [Gg. 5' 14] Dictionarium Arabicum pres- tantissimum dictum Kamus. [jjic":^! fjnyAiM. Diet. Arabi- cum prcecedente midto locu- pletius , sed tamen contractius, ut mole {cum iisdem scribitur characteribus) non sit multo magis. Auctore Muhammede fil. Muhammedis , fil. Jacobi FiriizabadcEo , valde miniito , sed elegante charactere , in Fol. lino volumine , et charta s eric a. ]-[ A. X. 8 [Gg. 5.15] Chalifarum Historia. ]-[ A. /3. 14 [Mm. 6. 1] Biur Alcoranicus difficilio- (actually marked rum vocum Alcorani expli- ]-[ A. /3. 36) catio \Biur Alcoranicus , seu notes in Alcoranum doctissimce. In 8 magnum volmnen ele- ganter scrip tum\. [li. 6. 50] Lexicon Hebraicum. M. S. [? Mm. 6. 31] Explicatio dicti secundi e libro de Anima. Hebr. [? Mm. 6. 32] Logica Hebr. [LI. 6. 12] Commentatiuncula in Psalm, etc. Arabice at characteri- bus Syriacis. ]-[ A. /3. 25 [LI. 6. 31] Liber de ritibus. ]-[ A. /3. II [Mm. 6. 28] Liber mutilus charact. Rab. HA. /3. ]-[ A. 7- 27 2 ]-[ A. 7. ]-[ A. 7. 9 33 XXII INTRODUCTION. [^Liber quidani alius charac- tere vulgo JiidcBis Hispanien- sibus usitato?\ ]-[ A. a. Some characters upon reeds bound in with two sticks and strings or rather of the leaves of a Toddy tree writt in the Industan character consisting of 123 leaves. Eight and twenty loose lea- ves in folio and paper. \Li- ber Indiciis lingua et Uteris Malaccicis , elegantissime Coc- cisii foliis inscidptis^ ]-[ A. /3. 33 [Dd. 5. 35] Saidi Ben Batric Ecclesias- tica Historia. [Hist. Eccles. Saidi fil. Batrici PatriarchcB Alexandrmi a conditu viiindi , ad ejus usque Tempora, id est annum Christi p^o. in /j.. Cuique annexus est ejusdem liber de rebus Sicilice, post quam a Saracenis capta est 4.] In the above list, most of the identifications, save such as are marked with a query, are certain, either because the old class-mark is still visible in the MS., or because it bears an inscription exactly tallying with the titles given in our manuscript Cat. librorum , or in the printed catalogue of Vossius. Of these two catalo- gues , the former is the less accurate , so that , for exam- ple, most of the Malay MSS. are called "Turkish". [1653-6] II. The next considerable gift of Oriental MSS. which I find recorded is that of NicolaS Hobart, Fellow of King's College, in 1655. The list of these MSS., (and INTRODUCTION. XXIII of some other books given at the same time, which I deem it unnecessary to mention in this place) occurs at p. 54 et seq. of the above-mentioned manuscript ca- talogue , and runs as follows. Ornatissimus vir Nicolaus Hobart Collegii Regalis quondam socius et huius Academiae insigne ornamentum hos infra scriptos co- dices Itinere suoConstantinopolitanosumptu haud modico cura non minori conquaesitos Publicae Bibliothecae Cantabrigiensi dono dedit: Anno: 1655. ]-[ B. /3. 5 Elchaib Acmat Tabulae As- tronomicae Arabice. In fine delin: Templi Meccse. ]-[ B. ^. 6 [LI. 5. 25] Dictionarium Persico-Turci- cum in quo vocabula Persica lineola rubra notantur — caetera Turcica sunt. ]-[ B. /3. 7 [Gg. 6. 31] Lexicon Arabo-Persico-Tur- cicum. ]-[ B. /3. 8 [Gg. 6. 32] Biharistan sive vern. a Pro- pheta Mawlana Persa mysta- gogo (ante annos i6o)authore Sectae Dervisiorum lingua Persica conscriptum, in quo plurima de Dei providentia aliisque divinis attributis pre- cipue in florum arborumque varietate, amoenitate et pul- chritudine elucentibus. ]-[ B. /S. 9 [Ee. 6. 36] Dogmata Ecclesiae Cophto- rum e Chrysostomo, Cyrillo, etc. Arabice. ]-[ B. /3. 10 [LI. 6. 24] Sheh Afdolidin el Cowangee tractatus Log : et Philos : Arabice. XXIV INTRODUCTION. ]-[ B. /3. II [LI. 6. 20] Achmet Immaum opuscula Historica et philosophica. Arabice. ]-[ B, /3. 12 [LI. 6.19] HojaTevarichHistoriamundi. Arabice. ]-[ B. (3. 13 [LI. 6.18] Tractatus tredecim de variis materiis potissimum Mahu- metanam superstitionem spec- tantibus, partim Persice par- tim Arabice. ]-[ B. (3. 14 [Gg. 6. 34] Commentarius vel expositio in Beharastan. ]-[ B. ^, 15 [Gg. 6.33] Historia Auguzianorum et Jenkizianorum et Seljukia- norum et Othmaniorum. ]-[ B. (3. 16 [Dd. 11.8] Historia Arabica Almakrizi. ]-[ B. /3. 17 [Dd. 12.1] Galeni Commentarius (Ara- bicus) in quosdam libros Hip- pocratis. ]-[ B. /3. 18 [LI. 6.13] Gulistan. Rosarium Persicum. ]-[ B. /3. 19 [XVI. 6.32] Dictionarium Italico-Turci- cum. Johanne Molino inter- prete Romae, 1641. (Printed). ]-[ B. j3. 32 Epitome historiae Turcicae unacum genealogia Regum Turcicorum a diluvio usque ad tempora Baiazetis secundi ^deducta quo tempore con- scripta videtur haec historia. ]-[ B. (3. 33 [Mm. 6. 3] Historia sive Romanza Jo- sephi Zilchaii. ]-[ B. 0. 34. ]-[ B. (3. 35 [LI. 6. 23] Achmetis Ben-Georgiani di- rectorium sive de ratione Ju- ris ex praescripto legum Ma- humetanarum administrandi. INTRODUCTION. XXV ]-[ B. (3. 36 [LI. 6.7] Poema Shah Dervish. Pers. Some others of our Oriental MSS. can be traced back to donors of the seventeenth century. Thus at p. 43 of our manuscript Catalogus librorum mention is made of 8 volumes given (about 1653) by William Moore of Caius College, amongst which is one marked ]-[ B. jS. 4 (now LI. 6. 2) and described as "Idiomate Persico M. S." Pp. 47 — 5 I of the same volume contain a list of books given to the Library in 1655 by John Rant, ex-Fellow of Caius College, amongst which I find the entry "]-[ B. /S. 31. MS. Mahumetanicus Persice". This volume, un- fortunately, I have not yet been able to identify. In 1658 William Breton, B. D., of Emmanuel appears to have given a few Oriental MSS. to the Library, amongst them the MS. now marked Gg. 3. 27. (formerly ]-[ B. y. 3) containing Arabic astronomical tables ; while a Turkish MS. now marked Dd. 6. 2 (formerly ]-[ B. y. 9) was given , probably about the same time , by Francis Hues. Other Muhammadan MSS. which originally bore class-marks consecutive to those just mentioned {viz. ]-[ B. ?-. 5 = Mm. 1. 22 ; ]-[ B. r. 6 = Mm. 1. 23 ; ]-[ B. 7. 7=Ff. 5.3; H B. 7' 8=Ff. 5.9; and B. 7. 10 = Dd. 5' 74) were very probably included in one or other of these donations. In 1656 [Catalogus librorum, p. 41) William Crow gave six books, amongst which was in- cluded the MS. now marked Dd. 12. lO (formerly ]-[ B. /3. 29) described as "Abenezrse Sepher Tephilloth" (pp. 218 — 220 infra). The gift by Ravius of an Arabic MS. described as "Razis Institutiones logicse", and marked ]-[ B. /3. 3 (not yet identified) is also mentioned at p. 46 of the Catalogus. Lastly, the gift of a Chinese book ("]-[ B. /3. I. Liber Chinensis idiomatis") by Henry Isaacson, "quondam [viz. 1599) Aulae Pembrochianae Alumnus", is, perhaps, worth recording as a matter of curiosity. XXVI INTRODUCTION. [1715]- III. We now come to the eighteenth century; and here the first , as well as the most important , gift was that of King George I, who, in 1715, presented to the University of Cambridge the library of John Moore, Bishop of Ely, containing 30,755 volumes, of which 1790 were MSS. *) These books are, as a rule, easily to be recognized by the book-plate with the inscription "Munificentia Regia, 17 15" which is affixed to each. A number of our Oriental MSS. are derived from this source , and amongst them , as will be seen by refer- ring to the Ntmierical Index at the end of the book, not a few Persian. In Bernard's Catalogue (Oxford, 1697), part II, pp. 377 — 8, forty-four Oriental MSS. (Nos 612 — 655) are enumerated in the list of Bishop Moore's books. Unfortunately, as Henry Bradshaw says [Collected Papers, p. 201), there are no inventories of his library preserved, "not even of the MSS., so that it is impos- sible to say what ought to be there and what treasures we might have had ; but it is sufficiently disheartening to find traces of books which we happen to know were here during that period , but which are now irrecovera- bly lost." [17271- IV. The next gift we have to note is that of the Rev. George Lewis, Archdeacon of Meath, who, in 1727, gave to the Library a cabinet containing a valu- able collection of Oriental MSS. (mostly Persian) and some other eastern curiosities brought from India. This collection has been preserved intact, and the MSS. contained in it , besides their original marks , are num- bered consecutively from Add. 178 to Add- 254- A summary catalogue of these, containing 14 pp., was i) Cooper's Memorials of Cambridge^ vol. Ill, p. 71. INTRODUCTION. XXVII printed the same year. It is entitled Catalogiis Librorum Orientaliiun MSS., Niimmoriun , alioriunqiie Cimelior., quibus Academics Cantabrigiensis Bibliothecam locupletavit Reverendiis Vir Georgius Lewis Archidiacomis Midensis i'j2f\ Catalogues in manuscript of the same are also preserved in the Registrary (MS. 31. i. 17). According to a pencil-note of Bradshaw's, the valuable MS. of the Persian version of Qazvini marked Nn. 3. 74 was given to the Library in 1770 by Archdeacon Lewis's son. [1805-6.] V. Coming to the nineteenth century, the gift of 80 vols, of Eastern MSS. (chiefly Hebrew and Syriac) by the Rev. Claude Buchanan, LL. D., in 1805—6 deserves mention , although , so far as I have been able to ascertain , only one Persian document (Add. 286) is included amongst them. A manuscript catalogue of these books, bearing the class-mark Nn. 6. 45, is preserved in the Library, while Grace Book K in the Registrary con- tains, at pp. 462 and 481, letters of thanks to the do- nor dated March 15, 1805, and March 21, 1806. The gift is also recorded at p. 20 of the Donation-book for 1800 — 1865, under the year 1809. Besides the 80 vols, of MSS. it included "a miniature picture of His High- ness Sarabhoji, Rajah of Tanjore . . . painted by an Hindoo artist and . . . presented by His Highness to C. Buchanan, Sept. 1806." This portrait is now exhibited in Show Case C. [1806.] VL In the year 1806 three MSS. (a Qur'dn , Nn. 3. 75 ; an illuminated Shdhndjiia , Add. 269; and a copy of the Kulliydt of Sa'di, Add. 270) from the library of Tippoo Sultan were presented to the University by the directors of the East India Company. (See Stewart's Descriptive Catalogue of the Oriental Library of the late Tippoo Sidtan of Mysore , p. i). The letter of thanks XXVIII INTRODUCTION. for this gift (Grace Book A in the Registrary, p. 499) is dated Dec. 8, 1806. [1819.] VII. In the year 18 19 our Library was enriched by the valuable collection of MSS. (for the most part Ara- bic) bequeathed to it by that great traveller and Orien- talist John Lewis Burckhardt. This collection comprises 300 volumes (numbered consecutively from Qq. l to Qq. 300) and 10 bundles of fragments (papers, letters, tracts, note-books, and other documents) numbered Add. 273 to Add. 282. It comprises some of the choicest gems of Oriental literature which we possess, as , for example , the ancient and unique MS. (dated A. H. 428 = A. D. 1036—7) of Abu Hatim's Kitdbul- Mu^ammarin , now marked Qq. 285. A catalogue of this collection , which leaves somewhat to be desired , was published by T. Preston, Fellow of Trinity College, and afterwards Lord Almoner's Professor of Arabic , in 1853. It is entitled Catalogiis BibliotheccB BurckJiardtiancs, cum appendice libroruin aliorum orientalmm in Biblio- theca Acadeini)0!iPL*i (»^^J' f> '^•^ 4j^ . . . hO and ending on f. i6«: — (II) Instructions to Muslims how to pray (ff. \&' — 17"). (III) J v!>> Lj sjUj 50 i^ u^Uxi! (ff. 17^—18'''). (IV) Counsels of Buzurgmihr to Nushfrvan (ff. 18^— 21"). (V) Counsels of Loqman to his son (ff. 2i«— 22'''). (VI) „ „ „ „ „ „ (ff 22/'-24'0 (VII) Counsels of Buzurgmihr (ff. 24^— 25/). (VIII) The satirical Definitions of Mulla Du Pi- yaza (Const, ed. of A. H. 1303 of 'Obeyd-i-Zakani, pp. 124—128). Ff. 26^'— 28^'. (52) Part of the 'Alamgir-nama of Munshi Mu- hammad Kazim b. Muhammad Amin, edited in the Bibl. Indica series (1865 — 8). See Rieu's Catalogue , pp. 266 — 267; Ethe, col. 127. Ff. 80 (i'^ blank); 32.3 X 22.6 c. ; 23 1. Written in an Indian nim-shikasta. Hea- dings in red. No. CCCXXXVIII. Add 428 (1—5, and 6). (1—5) Five rolls of Persian letters (from 5 to 7 in each roll , pasted together end to end), all written in India, and addressed, for the most part at any rate, XXXVI ADDENDA. to some European official or officials. Two of them are dated A. D. 1809 and 18 10, and all appear to have been written about that date. They seem to have been preserved by Mr. Lofft (of whose donation , according to a note of Henry Bradshaw's , they form part) as specimens of the epistolary style which prevailed in India at that time. The total number of these letters is 29. (6) Persian Genealogical Roll, 8 inches wide and about 17 feet long, divided into 30 compartments or panels enclosed by double lines and measuring 7X5% inches. The genealogies, which include most of the kings, heroes, prophets, and Imams of Arabian , Jewish, and Persian race, begin on the first panel with Hii- shang , Methuselah, and Qahtdn , and end on the last with the 'Abbasid caliph el-Muqtadir billdh (A. H. 295 — 320), the Buyid 'Adudiid-Dawla (A. H. 338 — 372), and Miniichihr b. Qdbiis b. Washmgir (A. H. 403 — 420). Nu- merous annotations in Persian as to the ages of the more celebrated Kings, the chief events of their reigns, and the periods for which they ruled , accompany the genealogical tree. The last two panels but one contain a brief account of seven post-Muhammadan dynasties , the Omayyads , 'Abbasids, Samanids, Biiyids, Ghazna- vids, Seljuqs, and Khwarazm-shahs. Inaccurately and carelessly written in a bad Indian ta'liq. No. CCCXXXIX. Add. 429. Lofft fragments 35—40, 42—45, 48—49. A bundle of loose papers and fragments, numbered as above, of which 7 are wholly or partly Persian. (35) Ff. 8 (fif. 4^—8-^ blank); 32X20.2 c. ; 35 1. The beginning of vol. fl of the Siyaru'l-Muta'akhkhirin, corresponding to pp. i — 7 of the second volume of the Calcutta printed edition (1833). ADDENDA. XXXVII (36) Ff. 4 (28.2 X 21.2 c, 6 1.) containing a fragment of an Arabic work on definitions of terms employed in Logic, etc. (37) Ff. 8 (fif. i«, 6—8 blank); 25.2X16.3 c; 15 1. A few gliazals of Sa'di, Amir Khusraw, Hafiz, and Hilali. (38) Ff 24 (ff. i«, 24 blank); 23.8X16.7 c. ; 11 1. The Shajaratu'l-amani of Mirza Qatil, a treatise on the niceties of Persian grammar and idioms compo- sed in A. H. 1206. See Rieu , p. 795^^, II. (39) Ff. 4 (ff. 3 — 4 blank); 23.2 X i5-9 c. ; 21 1. Frag- ment of a treatise on astronomy and cosmography. (40) Ff. 6 (ff. 5^'— 6^ blank); 19.0 X 12.2 c. ; 18 1. Ghazals from the Divan of HaflZ. (v a^^^d part of \ and o). (42) Ff. 8 (fif. i« and 5—8 blank); 22.9 X i8-3 c. 15 1. Beginning of the Mukhtasar fi'd-duval, the well- known Compendium of History of Abu'l-Faraj Gre- gorius. (43) Ff. 8 (f i«, originally blank, now inscribed with 3 quatrains); 20.2 X 16.5 c. ; 13 1. Selected ghazals of Sa'di, Amir Khusraw, Hilali, Hafiz, and Fath- 'Ali Shah (Khaqan). (44) Ff 19 measuring 20 X ^6 c. Leaves from a note- book containing the beginning of Abu'l-Paraj's his- tory (see 42 supra) , and passages from a Persian ac- count of India, with glossaries of the Persian words in English. (45) One leaf measuring 19.0X11-5 c., on one side of which are written the 2 opening verses ofthebookof Genesis in Hebrew with Arabic transliteration , and on the other detached Arabic letters in a bad ta'liq. (48) An oblong note-book, containing scraps of Per- sian and Arabic poetry, with English and Latin ren- derings, notes, and remarks. Ff. 29 of 16.3 X 10. i c. (49) Another note-book (11.4X9-0 c.) , mostly blank, but containing a few scraps of Persian written in pencil. XXXVIII ADDENDA. No. CCCXL. Add. 3194- A volume of 350 ff., measuring 19.5X13-00., of 13 1. each , written in a clear Indian ta'liq , with headings in red. Some of the quires composing the first part of the volume are wrongly arranged , so that they now stand: — 1 — 17 (fif. i — 136); 26 — 28 (ff. 201 — 224); 25 (ff. 193—200); 29—32 (ff. 225—256); 18—24 (ff- 137— 192); 33 (ff- 257 — 264). Two separate works are con- tained in the volume , both of which are incomplete at the end. Contents : — I (ff. 1^^—264^'). The Akhlaq-i-Muhsini, a well-known ethical work by Huseyn Va'iz-i-Kashifi, comprising 40 chapters , of which the whole of the 40th and part of the 39th are wanting in this manuscript. See pp. 207 — 8 infra. II (ff. 265^'— 350^'). The Qiranu's-Sa'deyn of Amir Khusraw of Dihli. See pp. 343 — 344 infra. Begins as usual , and ends with the beyt — corresponding with 1. 6 on p. 162 of the Tihran litho- graphed edition. The following papers are pasted in at the beginning of the volume : — (<«) a document in Dutch and Chi- nese , dated A. D. 1767; (/3) a Turkish document dated A. H. 1090 ; [y) a short note in Hindustani; (5), (f ) , (^), {vj) four Persian letters, in Indian handwriting; {&) an English note signed "•W.I.'", beginning, "To make up a parcel , here are a few Persian papers that hap- pen to be beside me". Allusion is probably made to the documents last mentioned. ADDENDA. XXXIX This MS. is one of those bequeathed by the late Professor W. Robertson Smith. No. CCCXLI. Add. 3195 (2 vols.) Another copy of the Anvar-i-Suheyli , in two volumes. See pp. 393 — 395 infra. Ff. 750 (fif. 749*^ — 750"^ > and originally i« also, blank); 23-5 X 137 c.; 10—13 1. The book has been divided into two volumes for convenience, but is written continuously without break. The handwriting is a bad Indian ta'liq. There are no rubrications , headings of chapters being marked simply by a line drawn over them. The colophon (on f. 749^) gives the date of transcription as Shawwal 14, A. H. 1 188 (= Dec. 18, A. D. 1774). Numerous interlinear glosses in English occur throughout the work. Ch. I begins on f. 65^; ch. II on f. 190'^; ch. Ill on f. 256'^; ch. IV on f. 309«; ch. V on f. 387'^; ch. VI on f. 425^; ch. VII on f. 442'Z; ch. VIII on f. 473^; ch. IX on f. 513-^; ch. X on f. 575«; ch. XI on f. 599^^; ch. XII on f. 624^; ch. XIII on f. 688«; ch. XIV on f. 717^. From the Robertson Smith bequest. No. CCCXLII. Add. 3196. A volume containing a number of medical prescrip- tions and culinary recipes , without title , author's name , preface, or colophon. It begins abruptly, at the top of f. \a , with an explanation of certain technical terms used by medical men , as follows : — ^\ vi;/.vl Ff. 174 of 25.5 X 16.5 c. and 13 1. Written in a clear XL ADDENDA. Indian ta'liq; headings in red. At the beginning are bound in 2 leaves from a lithographed work in Hin- dustani on English postal regulations. Certain native doctors, Huseyn Khan, Rahmatu'llah Khan, Khwaja Muhammad 'Ali Khan, and others, are cited as authorities; and the date A. H. 1226 (= A. D. 181 1) is mentioned in the course of the work (f. 173''', 1. 2). From the Robertson Smith bequest. No. CCCXLIII. Add. 3197. Another copy of the Gulistan of Sa'di, written in a poor Indian taHiq of quite modern date , with headings in red. See pp. 335 — 338 infra. To this are prefixed four fragments of quite independent origin , the first and second in Turkish , the third and fourth in Persian. The contents of the volume are , therefore , as follows. (I) One leaf (f. i) taken, apparently, from a Turkish epistolary manual. It contains fragments of two letters, the first dated A. H. 1151 (= A. D. 1738). (II) Four leaves (fi". 2 — 5) of Turkish matlinavi poetry containing 7 lines each , written in a clear naskli , and fully pointed. (III) Four leaves and a half (fif. 60 — io«) from a Per- sian work on Indian history, dealing, so far as this fragment is concerned, with the history of Shah 'Alam and Bidar Bakht (A. D. 1788). (IV) Three leaves (fif. 13 — 15), apparently from the same work as the last, from which they are separated by two blank leaves (fif. 11 — 12). (V) The Gulistan (ff. iG-^— ii8«). In the colophon on the last page, the scribe gives his name as Niiru'd- Din, and mentions Sunday, the 27th of the Hindoo month Sawan, as the date of completion, but omits the year. GOSPELS & CHRISTIAN THEOLOGY. No. I. Dd. 4. 32. The four Gospels in Persian; viz., Matthew, ff. i^ — 52^; Mark, 53^ — 85«; Luke, ff.S6^ — 140-^; John, ff. 141'^ — 183^. On the inside of the cover is parted a book-plate bearing the effigy of George I and the inscription ^^ Muni fie entia Regia, 17 15." Ff. 183 (ff. la, 52-^ — 53«, 85^^ — 86«, I4i«, and 153-^ blank); 24.5 X 18.6 c; 13 1. Written in good /«'/z^ between mar- gins doubly ruled in red ; headings of chapters, numbers of verses, and sacred names also in red. No colophon or date. This version agrees with that contained in the MS. next described (Gg. 5. 26); in Add. 19, 431 of the British Museum (Rieu, p. i); and in Nos 1837 — 9 of the Bod- leian (Ethe, col. 1054 — 5). No. II. Gg. 5. 26. The four Gospels in Persian ; w'^:., -Matthew, ff. i*^ — 43*^; Mark, ff. 44-^ — /i*^; Luke, ff. 72^ — ii2l>; John, 114^ — 146a. Ff. 146 (ff. i«, 44«, 113 and 146'^ blank); 26.0 X 16.3 c.; 17 1. Written in a fair Indian /«'//^, headings of chapters (also inserted at the top of each page) and numbers of verses in red. On f. 112''', at the end of St. Luke's Gospel, is a colophon dated Sunday, the 28* of Rabf I, A. H. 1014 (= Aug. 14, A. D. 1605); and on f. 146^, at the end of St. John's Gospel, another dated the 26th of Muharram, A. H. 1014 (=June 13, A. D. 1605). I" the former the scribe's name is given as "Sharif" — (?)oljlyia> O^ &J.O aJ/jJ o^^*^ ^— Jy-**' .i 3lX/«' l:i^J^rJ i^L**"' Oj.^Lo *— 5' i-^y^ *'-^^'' o^ ^^ 5 ».S _*-*.*Aj L*xXi.ji .Xi- -O ki>>-A«l BlA-iO ^Xai &XiI V.l>«.AM.Aji (t*') iAaa5' &a>La« J^Xa> o'^^— i^ sA-i-A^ (i)olj t^;'^' c>^ ^c'^ This version agrees with that contained in the MS. last described {q. v.). It is worth noting that the words "Pharisees and Saddiicees" [e. g. in Matthew XVI, vv. 1 1 and 12) are rendered by " AIo^ tazilites aiid Zindiqs'' {p^-Jjui No. III. Add. 228 (Lewis 46). The Four Gospels in Persian. Ff. 309 (i, 2a, 94/'— 95«, 149a, 239*^— 241^, and 309^^ blank); 16.2X8-2 c; 12 — 14 1. Written in a small, clear, fairly good Persian ta'lig. Headings in red. Each leaf bears the impress of the Lewis seal (A. D. 1707). Contents : — I. The Gospel of St. Matthew (ff. 2^ — 94^), beginning: — (j^Aax J*x,^5 ^_g5^A:> lik-j y^LXJiii _«). 5 y*^ 5 5'-^— :^ f*^*-? '(in red) J^l J^^os II. The Gospel of St. Mark (ff. 95^^ — hS*^), beginning: — (jr-^:^ J»x.^ji (^'A_J> (iiL_> (j*iA_aJi —J. ^ ..W.J ^ .iAj |»Ljo iAx/«^' 5O L>ua^ 'S ^_^ ^J*yf^ 5iA_*i &Jilxij.j »->oLx:^ ^>wy*w« '(in red) Jjt J.;u25 - '(in red) Jjt J.Aas U .0 x-i' L^.l^ imoJJ (AA*w.jfcAj li" jLxmo lXJJ.5' ^ff*>w ,M^ IV. The Gospel of St. John (ff. 241^ — 309")> begin- ning: — j^^-u\ac (j*uXft^ J*!^"?^ c?'^^ ^- '^'^. r') ^ J"**" -5 j'^v 1*^*^ '(in red) iL^. bJJjIjO jI Jo U:>^. c>s.*wI iO^^ aL^oU:^ There is a colophon on f. 309^^, from which it appears that the transcription of this manuscript was completed in Basra on Dhu '1-Hijja 9th in the year 1089 (t^j \JL^ v_aJ1 lXsu qvjUS" 5 ^ a. D. 1678, if the date be correctly- given , which the more modern appearance of the hand- writing renders doubtful), and that it was written for a Christian, whose name, nearly obliterated by the Lewis seal, seems to read q'j^, and who is entitled <^A>*i.il a^JsJs .... ».>|^. This version appears to be almost identical with that contained in Add. 230. No. IV. Add. 230 (Lewis A Persian translation of the four Gospels, followed by a Catechism on Christian doctrine, and the philoso- phical work known as the Jam-i-giti-numa. Ff. 247 (ff. I, 2'^ 59, 60, 97^ 98—100, 145—148, 227 — 228, and 243''' — 247 blank, save for some scrawls on the last two); 28.7 X i5-6c.; 12 1. Written in a clear Indian fa'/iq between margins ruled in red and blue ; headings in red. The judgement '^This copy is very in- accurate", written in pencil on the second fly-leaf at the beginning, is by no means too harsh, for the text teems with absurd errors. Contents : — I. The Gospel of St. Matthew (fl". 2*^ — 58-^), beginning: — (j/viAii^ J^A.^j| ^iiAs> iiX_j (jAiiAiiJ' _». ^ j-**^-:;! 3 )'^-^. f^'*"^ I ' (in red) ^ ^i ^.X^ijjt jAWj 0^1^ .M*^^ ^^M*.A ^M*.*^ iM^h V-jUj 5 II. The Gospel of St. Mark (ff. 6i«' — 97^), beginning: — ' (in red) o^m-^I (sic) .0 ii^s.^5 ii;X.w^3 \XjLa.:> ».iji ,.».ji ^-j^mmo ^,*mac Jwc^il ^ III. The Gospel of St. John (fif. loia — 144^), begin- ning: — 8l>;'^l> ;I ^^J (sic, for U=>jj) |.L>toj.J ci^_Awt iOLw^ ii.JoUs=- ' (in red) ^f q'^-**;; IV. The Gospel of St. Luke (fif. 149^ — 2i2<^), begin- ning: — bO^IjO ;I ^^_ (sic) [»lS^ cJ^Awl xJC^ijJ «..^oU.rs- ^Ajwxi ^a>*.jl£ '(in red) ^t J^*-^ V. A Catechism on Christian doctrine (ff. 213 — 226), entitled (in red) : — and beginning: — AxJCv^ (sic , for ^jIm^aC) ^A*m.a£ (j (^'iAi> ic>o.l-A«j ;A-o^Xx/o L:;j- y/. ,^lt\3- (sic) ci^jLxj ^J _ ^^ac jk-i" *XjIj iujjwo ^_5'Ai» My.^ J v^LJ (ji3^ *^V-; r VI. The Jam-i-giti numa (see Rieu, p. 812^ III). This copy contains only 26 of the 30 maqsads which it should comprise (fif. 229^ — 243«). No. V. Add. 240 (Lewis K). The four Gospels in Persian. Ff. 156 (fif. i«, 44«, 120''', and 155''' blank; 156, also blank, missing); 30.0 X 18.7 c; 19 1. Written (in a clear but ugly Indian ta'lig, with rubrications) for the Rev. George Lewis, and completed on Sha'ban 2y^^, A. H. 1 124 (= Sept. 29, A. D. 17 1 2). This version corresponds with Add. 228, even to the mistakes. The Gospel accord, of St. Matthew occupies fif. i''' — 43'''; „ „ „ „ St. Mark „ fif. 44-^— 7 2*^; „ „ „ „ St. Luke „ fif. 73«— 120«; „ „ „ „ St. John „ fif.i2i«— 155«. No. VI. Add. 327. The four Gospels in Persian; viz. Matthew, fif. i« — 4^^; Mark, fif.4i«' — 65^^; Luke, fif. 66« — ii4«; John, fif. ii5« — 148-'^ Bought of Sotheby, April 10, 1865. Ff. 148 (f. 114''' blank); 25.3 X 18.3 c; 17 1. Written in legible but ungraceful Indian ta'liq ; chapter-headings and headings of subject-matter in red ; verse-division not marked. No colophon or date. The third chapter of Matthew begins as follows: — ' ^ — / ^ — • (^oLu lAijy La>j.j 1.5! iS HiXkiyN ictT^' '^' ; 35j o' J'^ -5 7 qUwI OjXLc L_n ^ ^ t>j.^ *-5';J.5 j'-* '->3 (C-* gjJiS j>- l;j)»jl *iiA.MiwLj' liLi' (^^»J lA-w QiVjOlJ (sic) ^L^.K i-X..J.Il\j 8l>LoJ ti';-'^ J^ '-^-^) (C^ (^oLaX) :\^1 iA^ The heading of St. Matthew's Gospel stands as fol- lows: — This version corresponds with Or 1419 of the British Museum, and, as Rieu has shewn (pp. i^^ — 2«), is derived from the Syriac. Cf. also Ethe, col. 1053 — 4, N°. 1835. ISLAMO-CHRISTIAN CONTROVERSY. No. VII. Dd. 6. 83. " Z/^^ (^^^/^ of Divine Effulgences in refutation of Chris- tian misconceptions" , written in the month of Muharram, A. H. 1031 (Nov. — Dec. A. D. 162 1), by [Seyyid] Ahmad b. Zeynu'l-'Abidin el-'Alavi [el-'Amili]. Begins on f. 2l>: — ^^! ^_p c5AX^ lU' L_^ 5 lt\>^ UjJ^ ^S1\ «L Ali^il v»»y j:'wCi.xi _5 ^^Uj! vl^^' 4>'^^ _;J -^Uj ^jJi^ lh\ LbA^ *— Ajys qUjL^ ^ j»^*«t ^"i^^" o^^^^*" "^ l»-A-Aw iM^jC 5 ijii^JLo -- C - s 5 Ci_ I O _ 8 *' Xit »jj*^' *J' 3 *^^ ("Ij"^' ""^y^ V?^ cr* ^^"^^ 1^*^ cjy^^' vjij_b _j i;t^' l}*^•'^-*" c^^ qLl^-w ;! j^-ca^J ic>yl^ qLXjj j:^' O'^ d*'^ 5 O*^ ^ U*^^^' (^ ^*-^ (^-^ y o^*-^^ t>JLj:jl.»> ^L_it tJLL^ ^ c^-j'^AP (f. 3''') j^J^> (^L5'x*-i^ (AJ't ^Ji ti).Ut iJLi! iUi>^ ^i,l ^^^bCr^il (>.s( J^li- ^slXaj *.j^ ai.aJaJLj j^-:s? ^ ^jyO aJli' ..a_c j^^iljtil ^^j<_XjLjt5i ^jt ^ qU^*w _5 sA^ q! Oj *.>j.i^ 15^^^ *Td>^3 ^i>*"&^ j' JL^."^! _5 LJL>^, » Isjj 3 («*J5.w< 3 ic^ J**-?^ lX^LjLo ci*~-*«' -^Xjw (f. 4^2^) jS I^Lfti> v»jlii.j _j »i>^ 3' oU-K ^0 3 iij .y 3, ^yi: J>. i3 ^y «m»]^J1j j,»-My.A C>*-Ww-(j.5'La.>L-« Ij oU-^-Jp" ^ (C'&^' Ends with five quatrains (written, apparently, by friends of the author), each containing the date of composition of the work. The last of these (on f. iS/*^) is as follows: — *^ _^./« ^[^^j^^MMi »..>_-ii o. *Lfll \Jij3^X^ j>jS lAJ'S px.aaj! of Padre Geronimo Xavier, another book similar to the present one called lsn ^xvjjT ta.^lrF'' jO, which is described by Rieu (pp. 28 — 29), who gives some particulars about the author and the controversy in which he engaged, and makes mention of this &-oU 5-sA«l .X^j U-^ i_5Lj ;t 5! 5 lA/i! L\5>t^' JaJLs.ls II The whole of this treatise was translated into English by the Rev. S. Lee , formerly Professor of Arabic in the University of Cambridge, and this translation occu- pies pp. i6i — 450 of his Controversial Tracts on Chris- tianity and Mohammedanism (Cambridge, 1824). Some account of the author, Haji Mulla Muhammad Rida b. Muhammad Amin of Ramadan, supplied by Mi'rza Salih the Persian Envoy, will be found on pp. CXVIII— CXXIII of the same work. The original document there cited is contained in the following MS., Add. 567, N°. VI, q. v. No. X. Add. 567. Professor Samuel Lee's autograph copies of the orig- inal texts of those polemical works which he published in translation in his Controversial Tracts on Christianity and Mohammedanism (Cambridge, 1824). At p. cxxill of the Preface to that collection he states his intention of publishing the original texts, "the whole of which", he adds, 'T have copied out for the press." The present MS. would appear to be the copy to which he refers. Contents: — I. (fif. 3«— 14'^). Mirza Ibrahim's Apology for Islam (in Arabic) : an answer to Henry Martyn's attack. (See the Controv. Tracts, pp. i — 39). Begins: — (^' (^.UajLJ! ;W^*' U^*^ ,_o.)lx^ lAJLJ lAxJ Lol ;?J' . . *J.J iA4J»- ^1 f^t:***^ '-^*J (sic) II. (fif. \(ya — 28«). Henry Martyn's third tract in reply to Mirza Ibrahim. (See Controv. Tracts, pp. i 39 — 160). Begins; — 12 ^1 j»' iuJ^jl (sic) III (ff. 29<7— 38«). Henry Martyn's seco7id tract, in reply to the same. [Op. land., pp. 102 — 123). Begins: — J jc'^Li \_i' '-^>«^;y' ^^Jl*/* .LXiJAj! lA—w i3*^s i^&JLw. .0 *^^' IV (fif. 39^— 52«). Henry Martyn's first tract, in reply to the same. [Op. laud., pp. 80 — loi). Begins: — ^i (sic) jjl*«l V (ff. 53« — 167'?). The Rejoinder of Mulla Muham- mad Rida of Hamadan to Mr. Martyn's attacks on Islam. {Op. laud., pp. 161 — 450). Begins: — VI (ff. 185 — 186, supplementary). Pasted into the end of the volume is the original letter concerning Mtdld Muhammad Rida written to Prof. Lee by ^irzSL Mu- hammad Salih ("Private secretary to H. R. H. 'Abbas Mirza"), and published by Lee, with translation, at pp. cxix — cxxi of the Preface to his Controversial Tracts. It begins: — L»/to. ti_x |^^b> (jv*-^ [c-^^'?^^^>' v-*^ v':' 5'^ cr* v^^-Lo The MS. comprises ff. 186, measuring 22.7X19-0 c, and containing 17 — 21 1. Ff. i — 2^, i^i — 15^^, and 167*^ — 184^ are blank, as are the versos of all leaves from the beginning to f. 97, save for notes on the text added by Lee. From f. 98 onwards there is writing on both sides of the leaves. 13 No. XL Add. 1044. Controversial Tracts. The first four of the tracts on the Christian and Mu- hammadan controversy contained in the MS. last des- cribed. Ff. 48 (ff. i«, 26«, 35^^, and 47 and 48 blank); 13.6X 8.6 c; 15 1. Written in a good, clear, small Persian w^i-zt/j. Not dated. Contents: — I (ff. lb — ly). Mulla Muhammad Ibrahim's Defense of Islam (Lee's Controv. Tracts, pp. 1—39). II (ff. 1 3^^—25^'). Mr. Martyn's Third Tract (Lee, pp. 139—160). III (ff. 25^ — 34'''). Mr. Martyn's Second Tract (Lee, pp. 102 — 123). IV (ff. 35^— 46^^). Mr. Martyn's First Tract (Lee, pp. 80 — loi). QUR'AN AND COMMENTARIES. No. XIL Mm. 4. 15. (Erpenius). The old Persian Commentary on the Qur'an described in full by me in the J.R.A.S. for July, 1894, pp. 417 — -524, to which description the reader is referred for further particulars. The whole Commentary appears to have consisted of four volumes, of which we possess only the third and fourth [Siwa XIX to end), bound in one. The first two leaves of the original are missing, and have been replaced by two leaves of white paper, three of the four sides of which (ff. i«, i'^, & 2«) contain a Latin index of references in two or three different hands of the seventeenth or early eighteenth century. The com- mentary on the beginning of Sura XIX, down to the H end of verse i (f. 2-''), supplied in a bad, straggling, pro- bably European, hand, is from a quite different and much later work, the Mavdhib-i-' Aliyya of Huseyn VdHz-i- Kdshifi (see Rieu, pp. 9 — 11), and has nothing to do with the original, which begins on f. y with v. 2 of Siira XIX as follows : — U-a:> liA-i \^y-^ j^'A.^ iAi|^-:^ ^^ sLXJl &_j^ l5'->I-J ^' The volume contains ff. 368 of 32.0 X 23.5 c. and 15 1. The writing, faded by age to a brownish colour, is a bold, antique naskh. The Arabic text is written in a rather larger character than the Persian commentary, and is fully pointed. Vol. Ill (the first half of this vo- lume) ends on f. 194-^ with Sura XXXVII. F. 195c is blank, save for a short anecdote of the well-known saint Shibli, written in the upper margin. Vol. IV begins on f. 195''' with the commentary on Siira XXXVIII. There is a lacuna (apparently of 2 leaves, fif. 351 — 2) extending from Sura LXXXIX, v. 14, to Sura XCII, v. 4. The commentary ends on f. 367«. At the top of f. 367'^ is a passage cited from 'Abdtilldh [ibn] el-Mubdrak ed-Dinavari on the antithetical character of the Qur'an (see J. R. A. S., loc. cit., pp. 428 — 9). Then follows the colophon , on the same page, which runs thus : — Js».jj«>w c\4^ wi.JLi> T-*-=* {}^ b^IaoJ! j (jh'^'j^' S^ '^ "^-^ _5 K^^ (^x.4^' &jL^t _5 ^JOL/o^i! oL^-^t i^>L^i ^ ^^j\X^_it The date of transcription here given, /thof Rabf I, A. H. 628, is equivalent to Feb. 12, A. D. 1231. As to the copyist, Muhammad b. Abi '1-Fath, el-Fagih, el-Gharib, I endeavoured to show in the article in the jf. R. A. S. 15 above cited that he cannot, as the words "■sdhibuhu %va kdtibuhir would seem at first sight to imply, be regarded as the author of the commentary, and in this view most of the distinguished scholars who have been kind enough to send me remarks and criticisms on the article in ques- tion agree. There is, therefore, at present, no clue to the authorship of this ancient and interesting work. The MS. is one of those which formerly belonged to Erpenius, and which were bought by George Villiers, Duke of Buckingham, in 1625, and afterwards presented by his widow to the University in 1632. In the Cata- logue of Erpenius' MSS. appended to Gerard Vossius' funeral oration, delivered on Nov. 15, 1624, and printed at Leyden in the following year, it is thus described : — " Coimnentarius Persiciis in Alcorani partem posterioreni, sine nomine aiictoris, in magno folio, exemplar scriptum est anno Hegirce 628'". Latin marginal annotations (some of which at least would appear to be in Erpenius' hand) occur here and there throughout the volume. The re- mainder of f. 367'^ below the colophon, and both sides of f. 368, are written over in a cursive and ungraceful, but ancient, and (where not obliterated) fairly legible, hand with anecdotes of Muslim saints. In my article in the J. R. A. S. above referred to I first described the peculiarities of writing, spelling, gram- mar, and vocabulary presented by this MS.; then I enumerated the authorities cited by the author (82 in number), and the allusions to historical events, not directly connected with the sacred text, which occurred in the course of his work; then I discussed the tradition which he followed, and the theological school to which he belonged; and lastly I endeavoured to determine as nearly as possible at what epoch, and where, he flour- ished. The general conclusions at which I arrived were as follows, (i) That the archaisms of language pointed to a date not much posterior to that of the Slidhndma (A. H. 400 : A. D. 1009 — lOio) as that at which the work i6 was composed. (2) That this assumption was supported by the fact that no authority later than about A. H. 300 was cited. (3) That, from a passage occurring on f. 288^, 1. 7, the author appeared to have written in Khurasan. (4) That he was a moderate Sunni. (5) That the tradi- tion which he followed was an old and good one. In response to the appeal for criticisms and sugges- tions which I addressed to scholars interested in Persian and Qur'anic exegesis, I received letters containing many valuable hints and corrections from Professors Barbier de Meynard, de Goeje, Noldeke, Salemann, and Horn, as well as from Dr. Rieu, Baron Rosen, and others. Some of the most important observations with which these scholars were kind enough to furnish me, I propose to insert here as a supplement to my first description of the MS. in the J. R. A. S. M. Barbier de Meynard agrees with me that ».t;Z>^ in the colophon can here only mean owner, not author. He thinks, however, that I perhaps lay too much stress on the explanation in Persian of common Arabic words like LXJlftj, „*ji^ v'^^j ^\.c., as a proof of antiquity, inas- much as the commentator himself makes use of many Arabic words of a more purely literary kind than these, which he probably explains rather from a scrupulous sense of his duty as an expositor of the sacred text than because such explanation was needed. It appears to him somewhat rash to ascribe to this commentary an age equal to the Shdhndma. Professor de Goeje writes that he does not doubt that Dr. Rieu's explanation of &>j>Uo 5 \aj1^ as "copyist and owner" is correct, because, if the copyist had wished to say that he was the "author and copyist", he would have written \xj1^ 5 \x>Lo. Professor Noldeke also takes ioj>'uo in the sense of owner, firstly because, to express the idea of author, some more technical expression, such as sj^ja or ^.ajUax, I 17 would probably have been employed ; and secondly because, however good the MS. may be, it nevertheless presents certain slips and mistakes which an author would hardly have committed. He thinks that the work is cer- tainly very old, probably older than Firdawsi. On the other hand, there do not appear to be sufficient grounds for attributing to it a higher antiquity than Abu Mansiir Muwafifaq's Materia Medica {Codex Vindobonensis, ed. Seligmann, Vienna, 1859) [composed for Amir Mansur b. Nuh the Samanid between the years A. H. 356 and 365], or the Persian Tabari. Of the authorities cited in the course of the commentary, Abu Hatim [es-Sejistani], who died A. H. 250, is amongst the latest; but, even were the Commentary written in Arabic, it would be unsafe to conclude from this that it must have been written soon after this date, since the Qur'an commen- taries of the earlier type (z. e. anterior to Zamakhshari's) generally cite only very old authorities. Perhaps the fact that the founders of the four orthodox schools (Hanefite, Shafi'ite, Malikite, and Hanbalite) are all freely cited, points to a later origin. Moreover this Persian Commen- tary is not only derived throughout from works of Arabic exegesis, but is probably in the main a translation, more or less free, of some one Arabic Commentary of the earlier type. It appears to belong, like the Persian Tabari and Muwajfaqs Materia Medica, both of which are based on an Arabic original, to the old translation-literature of Khurasan. Its language recalls throughout that of the earliest period of Neo-Persian, so far as we have exact knowledge of this; which, indeed, is only the case in Muwafifaq's work [preserved in a MS. dated A. H. 447 = Jan. 1056], since the Shdhndma and other old texts, preserved to us only in MSS. of later date, are terribly corrupted and modernised. The Cambridge MS. is of great importance for philological investigations, inasmuch as it represents with sufficient accuracy the original text, from which it must be derived pretty directly, through i8 but few intervening links. It must, however, be borne in mind that, as it is wholly or in great part translated from an Arabic original (for all the authorities cited are Arabic), too much stress cannot be laid on individual peculiarities of expression. The explanation in Persian of common Arabic words like -,^a must be regarded as mere pedantry on the part of the commentator, who himself makes use of these very words, and of others less familiar. (The remainder of Professor Noldeke's remarks chiefly refer to the vocabulary, and will be given lower down). Professor Salemann, besides many valuable corrections and annotations on my vocabulary of the archaic words in the text, which will be given below, emphasises the value of the MS. as affording materials for a fuller know- ledge of Neo-Persian in its earliest development, and then continues: — "The Asiatic Museum, as you know, possesses a portion of a Persian Commentary on the Qur'an written in A. H. 603 (Baron Rosen Notices soni- fnaires, p. 22, n°. 45), which contains suras XL, v. 5 — 48 ; but my hopes of finding in it some part of the work described by you have been dispelled by a comparison of it with the passages which you cite. Lastly, I would hazard a conjecture that old Golius had knowledge of this MS., for many words in VuUers are only vouched for on the authority of 'C[astelli] ex G[olio]', as, for example, el^A^Ls, ^^jj, while others are known to C[as- telli] from Jewish-Persian". Dr. Rieii, after reading my description of the Com- mentary, wrote as follows: — "No one will dissent, I think, from your main conclusions, that the work was written in Khurasan not later than the fourth century. Thanks to the Tahirids and Samanids, Khurasan was the cradle of Persian. It would be very interesting to com- pare your MS. with an old copy of the Persian version of Tabari, such as we have in Add 7622 (p. 68 of the Catalogue). The version was written about A. H. 352, ^9 and would, no doubt, present many points of contact with your MS., and corroborate your conclusions. I remember noticing in it that curious form o^^j^, which, with the analogous cioj^, furnishes one proof, amongst others, that the early Arab settlers in Persia pronounced the _ 'gim\ as it is still pronounced in Egypt." [These words, however, are regarded by Professor Noldeke as derived directly from the Aramaic (j<^)njlTQ = (^^)^Jl□0 and (}>^)n''lJl> whence also they were borrowed by the Arabs.] "Amongst the authorities [cited], there is one a little later than Yahya b. Mo'adh, namely ^c-t^^i* Qutabi is the usual designation of the great traditionist Ibn Qutayba, who died A. H. 276. Al-Zajjdj, if he should be, as is very likely, identical with the great grammarian and miifassir, would bring the date down to A. H. 310". The remarks on the vocabulary which Dr. Rieu was kind enough to suggest will follow later. Baron Rosen remarked, with regard to the 'authorities cited', that the fact that they all belong to the first three centuries of the hijra does not prove much, in- asmuch as in commentaries on the Qur'an the traditionists and 'readers' of the earlier period are usually cited by preference. Beydawi, for example [d. about A. H. 710], cites very few authorities posterior to the third century of the hijra. This however, does not affect the argu- ment for the antiquity of the commentary drawn from the archaic character of the language, and the view that it is probably older than Firdawsi is probably cor- rect, though it would seem rash to ascribe to it a higher antiquity than the 10* century of our era. Moreover, even as regards the 'archaisms', it must be borne in mind that they may in part be dialectical peculiarities. It is therefore very desirable to find some more certain data for determining the age of the Commentary. "In the selections from the text appended to your article, p. 512, 8 1. from the bottom", continues Baron Rosen, 20 "occurs a passage by which I was greatly struck: that, to wit, in which it is said that all the prophets are 'immaculate' (^*a*x) . . . The doctrine of the immacula- teness of the prophets is a question of dogma which was long debated, and to which, so far as I know, a definite affirmative answer was not given until after the loth century of our era." Baron Rosen then speaks of a MS. dated A. H. 656 of a Persian compendium of Geography composed in A. H. 372 which he had re- cently examined , in which the forms ^i^j^ (for cX:^**^), cioji' (for iuj>), and qL^j>^ (for ^^f:^) occur constantly. He likewise speaks of the old manuscript Persian Com- mentary preserved in the Asiatic Museum of St. Peters- burg, to which reference is also made by Prof. Sale- mann. It belongs probably to the sixth century of the hijra , and has been noticed by Khanikoff in the Melan- ges Asiatiques , and subsequently by Baron Rosen him- self in his Notices Sommaires des MSS. arabes du Musee Asiatique. For the following notes and criticisms on some of the words contained in my vocabulary of archaisms {J. R. A. S. , loc. cit. , pp. 440 — 495), I am principally in- debted to Professors Noldeke and Salemann , and Dr. Rieu. These notes , for convenience , I here arrange ac- cording to the alphabetical order of the words to which they refer, indicating the authorship of each by appen- ding to it one of the initials N, S, R, in square brac- kets. Additional notes by myself are also placed in square brackets. The pagination referred to is that of my article in the jf. R. A. S. for July, 1894. ^ L^' (P- 439)- "Should not be taken as 'or', but as 'that is. Cf. Phi. ^,y>, ^" [S.]. '^~^\ (p. 440). ^Cod. Vind., 8, 2" [S.]. j^ojcii [^^j] (p. 442). "Is it not rather ^^jsUil ^_^, 'to fall on the track'?" [R.]. 21 ^tjs.>Lxi^| [^j] (p. 444). "Very noteworthy is ^lA-L/s^i ^, for in Phi. likewise it is i^^. )^, '^^'0^^ JD- I" ^^1 these forms in bmand , J«^, \, are regularly written." [N.]. bLsIoL (p. 445). Dr. Horn says: — "sfjiliL is peculiarly a metrical form [cf. my Grundriss der Neii-Persisclien Etymologie, N**. 154). Is the Commentary therefore later than the SJidJindma? Of course one may also read badh- afrah. So likewise o-i^j, bixrad, is peculiar to poetry, though one may read the older ba%irad. Moreover bLsIlJIj, l>5.Aj, belong to the letter t^." ^Uob (p. 445). "Why ^L.ijU, not ^jUoLj?" [S.] [Of course the word should have been placed under v_j, not *»rf]. (JiIjCw'-j (p. 447). "I resolve this word into iu + L^.*«l. [cf. L;-ii5j, U^, VjjS) + the iddfat." [S.]. x^oy (p. 448). "&.^j:j as a diminutive of jj is quite admissible, but it struck me that it might be \_;^v_j:_j, 'biiz-bacha\ Does the MS. allow that reading?" [R.]. vbL) (p. 450). "Is it not rather 'foot-hold\ 'bottom'' ?'' [R.]. "This word does not usually mean ' /z7«zV', as indeed ^Q far hangs teach; the sense of 'bottom'' suffices" [S.]. (p. 458). "Means 'kerneV (properly, 'bone)" [N.]. "Is not the meaning 'kerneV sufficient?" [S.]. x^i> (p. 458). "This word, if I am not mistaken, means 'trimming' , 'lace" [N.]. ^\yi> (p. 459). "I should regard this merely as a lapsus calami' [N.]. ^yA*iL.by, y^^uio (p. 461). "Castell" [S.]. ^^\^^C) (p. 461). "Notwithstanding the numerous in- stances cited, this form appears to me very doubtful" [S.]. ^ ^^:> I 462). "Castell" [S.]. 22 j^ (p. 463). "The connection with \;i^.>, 'bunch of grapes', would seem to show that the word is used in its usual meaning of 'vines'. Perhaps the glossator meant • cIj 'a vineyard' " [R.]. ^^^j (p. 464)- ii(^od. Vind., 22, 3" [S.]. i" Perhaps however this = j^jUii^ ., without expression of the iddfat, as certainly ^yviiU is to be taken as ^tJi)3\ox ^ — with iu,LX*x<,^."[S.]. ^^UPj, ^^CK^\s^ (p. 466). "Castell" [S.]. c>o; (^O'jO or o^jj (^1^,0 (p. 466). Both Dr. Rieu and Professor Noldeke point out that these words are Arabic, and signify 'dregs of oil'. The latter adds: — "This is the correct explanation of J^-g—* : the other — 'molten brass' — , though false, is a favourite one, to heighten the sufferings to the damned." ]f,MSjM (p. 468). "This seems to render Ju^.^ or o.L^, 'rebellions' . " [R.]. ^J^JL/icSi*' (p. 469). "Certainly a slip for j^JcoL^^" [N.]. QY=^^ p. 469). "May also be read sa%wan oj*.*" [S.]. »yw (p. 469). "Is the Avestic ^?i)ji«ijj" [S.]. o >";ii3, c>..ciJ." [N.]. l»iE (p. 476). "This seems to me to mean not a cluster, but a single berry, since there are 70,000 of them on every branch, x.;i^." [R.]. ^c (p. 476]. "The note of interrogation after ,4>.a-c is unnecessary. The meaning is certain" [N.]. "^ai in 24 the first passage seems to be rather am adjective, 'deep'; in the second, 'a deep or depressed place'." [R.]. ^_^-:^V2c (p. 476). "^J^^a£ is 'Vertiefiing " [N.]. "^ ^^\kt stands in the quotation as a parallel to ^-jcXjUb, and consequently its (^, as also in the case of ^jiv'rJj ^*Ji^^ is merely the oJ^.:>5 ,^1j" [S.]. j^3j'5.i (p. 477). "This, if I not mistaken, ^xi' o.t jjS=: Ar. J.>lXj, for oUs- is sufficiently translated by ^L^iuUi«^, the ^_5 (i. e. ^) of which indicates the following relative {t.i ^ itfO' Otherwise what translates the J»i»LXj, and where is the verb in the sentence ?" [S.]. ^o.iy (p. 479). "This, from the definition, seems rather to mean 'small, undeveloped dates' " [R.]. ^^■^ (p. 480). "Is this really written thus, not >^^ (p. 481). "I greatly doubt whether d._i' really signifies 'quair. The Commentators did not know what the true meaning of j^^JL^. (which is no Arabic word, but a word borrow^ed by Muhammad from the Jews in the Aramaic form i^^Q) was. Other explanations besides the correct one 'quail' are given. Our author evidently takes it in the sense of 'hens' {^ S), or 'partridges'. I find, for the rest, only three explanations of 5_cJl*w, (i) quail, (2) bird like a quail, (3) honey" [N.]. ^5' (p. 482). "Certainly with (if, since the Jews, who frequently use it, write ^Jj. ^^ goes with it." [N.]. le^ (P- 482). "I think that it is to be taken as a compos, abstr., ^_^-iX^y>." [S.]. nZJ (p. 485). "I think that the primary signification of this measure is 'stick', 'staff', in which case it is :Lf, Avestic gavaza; also in Aramaic ^|^"ljl" [N.]. 25 »L^ o"^ (p- 487). "This properly means only 'gossi- ping-place', a place where people engage in idle con- versation" [N.]. o » (jij (p. 492). "The word is ^^*t. It is Arabic, and means 'embroidery'" [N.]. "This is the Arabic name for a variegated silk cloth, said to come from Ji-*,«c: v. Ydqiir [R.]. (^y^ (p. 493). "Is it not rather 'when'? It is the rendering of Ui, 'when he looked, he saw', &ct." [R.]. P. 504. On the explanation here given of the words ^Aaj yii^s^i> UJ, compare SJialiristdni (ed. Cureton), p. ^6, 1. 14. In conclusion I append, as a further specimen of the style of this valuable old Commentary, eleven further extracts (which were originally preparad for my article in the J. R. A. S., but of which lack of time prevented the insertion) together with the whole of Sura C and its commentary. I (f. y2a, 11. 10 — 15; XXIV, V. 46). Injustice of '0th- mdns Kinsmen tozvards 'All. ^iuaS _5 lXaaS. uv-*«; lA-:^ <3)v'^^ ^^ -ft-sU.^ ^ ^i><.Ai K i>i^»«w<) slXxi .••.4'A.c .-.Lvikj^^ iM^*^ )^ CJ'^-J' ry-i^J i c^ 8.L1 B.L iA--«t iJj>>^ n\~^ ^^^ ''^' o|^1aj5 i\.-a«» ^.-i' "^-^ i^c 5 qUxc q' ^2^lXj^> J I t^ (j-*-^ «AJ0^5' ^l^-yi^ o''*^ 26 t. J^c Oji' Liai \JLe *JlI1 oJ^JLo (3y^^ lA:V? «^^j^ ^i^wo^-uai* II (f. 72^, 11. 10 — 12; XXIV, V. 50). 'Ot/imdn himself justified. ^Lxj LX.35'Ai> ^o J.*j _5 j»-L^ L^^ o^ \^A-^ cr ^'>> /' J qL^ac .bLa^ e:».M^5> (^1*^11 Jy> ^^1^ UiS c>^ ^ 0^iL»*o '^5! III (f. 73'^, 11. 2 — 5 ; XXIV, V. 54). Condemnation of 'Othmdn's murderers. IV (f. ^^K 1. 21 — f. 78^, 1. 15; XXV, v. n). j/«- hammad, Gabriel, and Ridvdn. lXPAj i_5'a> ^i' A^L ^^La> ^^t^i. (ji^Aj 1^ (.^ y^l ^ qL^ Vi>A5' l.jyO -y«L*xJ ^A«iA.C lAJL^^S* ^A-Ci t.>j.> _5 ui*-CijCj jL>- *fcA/io j >^ ^'-V.'^ vi^**/ i^^guX-ii (;Jh"*^ ^ l)*:^r^-?■ l^' Ov.X-vl *.> 27 o' ;ii '} ^.' t^-* '^^^ *.i:xi.j^.5 ^^t ^^iC^ Q^ ,*jiaj (3jOf ^ o'lJ «_ijW:>- iA4.i^ y livJlc j,JLa«.jI c>>Rj 5 u^*"} U^:^^ c^'**'>*'^-*J JuJj^'i *ir ^a5> i:i5^ji L .aJCj ci'.'wLo^i j^L^JLjii> J LPiAaK .yi Ja-«.> ^_5^ J^. (j«j o%.iX^ ^O cXJl *.X>La« ^* ^.^ go! j' OsL-ii! Ja,A> lXa^^ O.yiX/O itf"***^ T-^ l*""**^ ti)oLA.> si;AAwjJCAj L^'^H^ ^^J cr» ^ii*^ (3^*^ Q^ i5-j' Jr* ^^ <^^ ti^^j? '^/' V (f. 8i^ 1. 3 — f. 82^, 1. i; XXV, vv. 39—40). o^^ ^j^' ^^^^ ^-*^ ^j> z'T' ^y^ ^^^ ^f" ^ zf ^ ^ 28 j' iy>^ Ul"^j (*-^-'V^ -5 ^"' LT^^^ j»iUi*> 5 AJA-i. ^iJbL5> bi(Aii ^x^^LlaJlJ LJcXac' ^ '^■'j:^-^ ^j-^*^ rt'"'^-' ^" O^'^T* J~^^ ^L^ ^y qLsI^ «.5' t_5i ^^l^l^ ^ y^.i jt ,**Ji=>L^J 3 UJi 'Jlj|j.Lg.> .g^ i3jj sL> ...'jj i-jL^jj »LAA*w./i^i iki' LiL/co.^ q' ^ |,lj (J*., i^r lXj' «Jlai y-*:-'^ 5 lAJAjj.XJ (3^_> -*,xLxaJ 05~^ -yflLixj ^i' iAii3^J (i)l-c<3j^ imI-«*jJ *^ i-^J' iJCai jxj 3 3j.j im'"*^-' I. (jii.j^> .axL*aj J^ l\.j1 iwA-a.5' j-io ^ t\i^.^jS\j L (jioy> l\Ji3j.J BO.S' 8>AAA»fcJ jAJO tiki^jJ ^y l_\Ji3^J ,3.133 qI-^J J L>Ji3^ 8lX..xI 3 iXiilj c>*.**j iJvAAw ,-.1 ^j-^ .-J O-Jr ^5^ u\-iilj ^^L> q' 3 vi;/jwt j^axjIj (J«. i^ tXi! XXii jAJ J lX*.*« l5^- *-^'^^ 29 ^^^LxJ ^j tj:L> Q<^ v^c j' qLJ ^ »b> y*o »L> qIjIj j' lXj! ^ 3^~=> v' *-^ i-^^^J ^^> —^ o'-«^/« 5 ^j^^ ^^ O"-^ ^5J-^ ^ "^r^ "^^-^ [j i^ li" VI (f. 89^ 1. 9 — f. 90«, 1. 4; XXVI, V. 62). 3/^7^^^ ««^ //^^ dones of Joseph. lXjU »'. (ci' ["L;^' fn (^iA-g.-A.A« u>.^*^ jLj *^^ t_5' (j-» (^'^> v_^-vv^j ...^j^\y lAAxair ,..Lc)lxj'.-wi L^JLc !,:>_»*«.*> bL^ (J^Hs^' i^:^' j_^Awj-« vi,!; jLo Lo :( lXJ'(AJ ^y*S *Sw^^ &-i' LXAia? c>*.*«L^ ^^ »..5' ,^» /•«' K \e*^y^ (AAXair ^y>*o uvw^ i^ lX-aj ^a o^jIj). j^^^^i ^**'yA j..i 3 \^j^,^^ diS \.^a\S (^^vAj g-fcjl^ ^iuX/iXj _> .J) i\.x! Ojj-s &a1-c &UI ';5j'' 0"ft-J uj-^ c:^^Il> qU^'' (?) iji-^J^Jj '^ 0^ L5^1;* o' ^sOLo ^|j.> t_5jX^' *JJ' l3j-*«; ^5^ C>^~R-i (^'t^ »|^-^ c>.>l-=* (iJ^j? ;l ^^(c ^1 ^iiA-a-i" (Jj--^ *.^jt\j 1-Jl 1^5' p'i^-i* ^ JK ^-jjj ^«-AaJJ ^i:^.aio QL/iXj! (ji>^*J o-^-i^ J«j'-M.xi J lX^Li (j^jo ci*^J Lf*^ ^^) '~^' f -yz^yi ^_^t 'y \i>^^ sOj^^s L^i/ _^' 31 »L>;ljO ■mL*«J.' J i-^-^w 'iA> JCjiA^ ;^ ^ l\/o! IlXaJ Lj,J> .>> b!. qlX-CC j«j ^ ql\-^ O^i^ "-^J^ ji"""^ 5 lA— ^ i.ji ^ (^A-c«.i> tAxI 'tAxJ .j> J l\/« O; Lj.O ^-J Lajic (C-*^ *^ 35j ri' 05^ l.yilc ;^. i*^ sLo *^0 i3j.j i-A-AAijO ;^. ^ O; L.O J Lac !)S ^ , O w - i: Qy^ '^^ 'Ajyj L^sLb Qv.> v' (^^^^Ij e)';"^ ^' L^"!?^ "V^ VIII (f. 103^ 11. 5—13; XXVII, V. 45). The Tomb of Bilqis, Queen of SJieba. LXjyil' ^^ JoLfl/9 c>-vsoLoL^J> .L?tXj_ySS nS U'«Ai» yfl ^^x^iL*il 32 cLm^sL ^J^il Lco ol ci*^ lAJj ^^xil (iUj' ^_^! I^Jljuci ' l.>M*j .i3 x- j.fcJCJLj ^^1 — 5 tXJJ (^A-JS itf^' (^T*^*" if^*^ ' LAM-jAJij ^j,4.s»JI \_>wlXJJ (^L\._il ^<•■^'*"^' '^5'^ o~^' ^~~^ IX (f. 106^, 1. 15 — f. i07«, 1. 9; XXVII, V. 84). The Beast of the Last Time. nv-?" Kv^^-* .La-o-^ qI —A (mL^J Ajoyf ^'i'j-*^ 3 n^r^j^ slX^I 3 (^^.yL>- -S c>.A*«>jjvJl-> c>-^*'<''^ (^^■&*^L'*^J 3' ^4'^ n' 3 s^iA^vi *l-^ •) '^;j-J 3 'V^ '^)''^ ^y *^ j'-l-^^ J'^ O*-**' I 33 _5 c^-moIjIj -w oy^ U*[;'**' iff^ o^-^.)Y^ i<^ >-^J' ioCai iaj (ji^^ 5 O'^ ^-^ Oy^ ^y^ ^ O^y^ l*"^ Oy^ (jix*^> ^«^*- (S £j-* /^' O^/ OT^ J^^f i o^)^ -5;^ 05=^ ijr^ 5 Q^^^-J iJi^N-Jj Q^> lA^> 3 C)>'^ ^S^X^M Q^-^ tjii' ^^Ui^>^ J.O ^^^.> ^^^.i^ ^ ^^\J^^ niJ j^p ^y>. ^ji^J^L^ iAa5' ^-« O^*^ n^"''?^^ li^"*^*:^ T^ Laos ..' y ...L^Aav ^_5.A,ixJCi! iXil q3jaJ x«Lp Q^*3 L5^^^^ j' ^-^'i^ q' ^ i-^j' *^J j^j 3 X (f. io8^ 1. 16 — f. I09«, 1.4; XXVIII, V. 3). Pharaoh and Moses. i) MS. repeats i again. 34 ^^_f*aA li)^ ^t c:a^^ tJ iA^L */ (^'^j^ rg'*" i^Jj^ i^sj' nijt^^ oK ijLaw im'»<3 i')^-^ U*^ lXjLwXJ jL**Xj ^ l\-^Aj oL_-w l;jk_J (3L_jw LX_*a ;'*-&^ o^^Lj (M^i-^ (ALii-^J Q^~'lr'^ 5 t-XJJC-iXi' 1^^ XI (f. ii6«, 11. 2— II; XXVIII, V. 56). Abu Tdlib dies a Pagan. *JJ( o^L/o i3y«\ (c- ^ 4?—^ O^'*'^ 5 LT)^'-^ u^*«jO _j-j a^ Lit iJi^Xi ^' ^_^2 J>.i> .0 3^ «^;5;^ u^^^ ^' '^^ 'j^' '-*> '^^ (_?' ^^J' c^-^-p ^ ^^' i"^^^ vi>sJ^ q-j5 (^j^'*'-:^^ U*"^ '^''^ (<^ jj ^c^ LjS 5 L?)'"^ o^*«*5J _j_J &_^ !y-J' j3L*.J.J aK lA^^ O^ qULm./9 \i iA.?>L> v^^oyj 5 ^^J Ij o^_<^ »!. i. oyijp (»_c (j*L.c dULj> vA*|j-«> 5I ^^ l^jl 35 ^^ *^ l5' fij L$^ i3j.i> Q^iJo s;;^^ ;-J B-^^ ^^';J t^' *ii^" X//. Sura C. (ojj-^LxJi s^y-). so- SO^ wO o|yjtH3 b>L\i olj^^lj Lswi3 objUJi _5 (*^^r^' CtT;-^' *^'' r***^ &)ijl ^^^wA3 -fc/flLstAj j^_5 o*-w' 8i3jj n^"?" ^--^"' iiT^-' ^>'7^ Lj^>.*i> J i3_y «3b iAa5j^ n^"*^^ n'"^'^ V"3^ iii^JL-^*oa5 --^j vi J»> ^^Uiot (^v^ 3' 5 vA-i;lj L^— 5* iML_Av._jj ^i>ccL_A« (^.(Ail c>«^ qLj**.! q'^j i.yJ' oIj lXJ/j-w L>iAs oU^IlJ lA-jl i^-S* ii)oiKc iX-^_:> ^_^^ ji-_j1 O^-' l5'-4-^ j' 5 ^>-^J;lJ* ^H^ qI-^jJ j^-J' n'"**^-' o^***' o'^"^"^ '^y^ '^" *Aa.5^av ^ L.^Uao cjl-otili so- _ o 35 O.L.C (<-^ 3 iAJlX^ ^-y^^ ^L_x_^ .(Ail (3I.;> *^ rJ qLAj' ^_5J^ mXjL ^_^ t^F'J^J ii" ^j-^ -^b 'yUi.j! J^cas a^ ^ cUJ^ ^Aa> ULiio' (^Ij '->j^ 5 IjJLa>-wS t_5J^ liik-ilj ^_^-^ l\J.j!iAj 1j l\JO>- '.ilM^j' l'\'^\ rA/^^Xw k '-JL.C'^JI r^'*>^ U r-A_J V^>^_AM> ^^iA^S _5 jc ^1lX> L:5^A/i3 CjLoLxit ^ '^-Ja^ 0-5'^-^ t^:?'^ c>^"*«' iJ»-»i2S ^^U> ^2J' ^ L>iAi oU^ili \abj/) Ij lXJ-j' ^^ ^i^lj ^_^ lXJOj^ c^/,yS jj^UamIj ijj'iA> c>N*xJ [.0./9 (c^ 1}-:^-:^^^' iwiUi' ^^J liUU «-j_J ..,LMsi";it ...I (/" 359 a) lA-Jv-S' l5;"*^^ q^-vw.^- vi:A*«^ (j^L.,m(U I .l.^iL;e.J _5 O.to ^L g^ ' .OA^ 5 Lc;/.>.xAa^ [•'V^ '-^r'.V^ Oj-»J& (-X-ii »L>jJ j»l3 ^5' jl^ ^--jj (J^aJJ i-^Ja^ -f*-^}^ uVJj (jifcxy (<'"* i^sAjO ^ O.tj :Ij , C-* imL/Ol>j-« ;I L (ji.Jfc-3» ci*'**^'« '.ii/>M4^yiS ^^Ly« ^^jl L^AJ^. 3 o^^=> L^xj ^^Ij 5 3pb ».x*«/ ^ I^Ojj> xjt 3 ^.iyj 3, lX^iAj ^-^*^ U^^^ py^ 37 ^ Ow w 9 qjiAjJ ^CjO Oj,X0 sv^j.i' 'lXaJ ^^ J.;^. 3 O^L^^ 3 L?^^ 5 c^r^j j^L;>^li i^ jt j3^ ^t ^^L^t L$'^> (^ jtvH^^^ ^y^y^. f-^ fXf: o.fc** ^j (A^o (jii'oLi 'jMi^j 'jjl-^j' 5 ^i'*^ ;-^->■ o'"*^-' 6" c>-*«^ »i3w«' 3jS NosXm-XIV. Add. 824, Add. 825. The Mawahib-i-'Aliyye, or Tafsir-i-Huseyni, a well-known Commentary on the Qur'an composed in the years A. H. 897 — 9 by Huseyn Va'iz-i-Kashifi, the author of the Anvar-i-Suheyli and the Riyadu'sh- Shuhada, at the instance of Mir 'Ali Shir, to whom it is dedicated, and to whose name an allusion is con- tained in the title. See Rieu, pp. 9 — 11, and Ethe, col. 1041—3- 38 The manuscript, written throughout in a small, neat nasta'liq, with the text of the Qur'an, pointed and writ- ten in red, in a larger naskh hand, consists of two vo- lumes. Vol. I contains ff. 324; 24.6X16.0 c; 25 1. It com- prises the first 15 jiiz (called on the title-page si-pdra, a.Uxvw), that is, the first half of the Qur'an down to the O 3- O^- ^-. words Lj xS ^i> o^«^ j^' (Jf 0^ in verse 74 of the Siiratiil- Kahf (ch. XVIIl). Here vol. I abruptly ends at the bottom of f. 324, the subscription in red, iS^\ t\.Jl:>i.]t ^ c\s, shewing that this division was intended by the scribe. The text begins on f. i*^ in the usual way: — {sic) J ,3L>._^ (j^aamLj ^ ttf-f^' lXxL^ lAciyJ ^^r^' 3' iA-*-J .^1 ^Lo oJLwj o.>ua> J>]^i>Ui Vol. II contains ff. 319, numbered (325 — 643) consecu- tively onwards from vol. I, the first four (ff. 325^ — 328«) being blank; 24.5X15-7 c.; 25 1.; written in the same hand as the preceding volume. The text begins three lines from the bottom of f. 328^ at the point where it was interrupted, the concluding words of vol. I (or the initial words of Qur'an XVIII, 74) being repeated with their Persian translation. The title stands as follows on the middle of f. 328^^: — IwAJ^ S.Laaam sO^LJ ^Aa>ml?> ^AJMtJZJ i*^jt^ lXJL^ Ends on f. 643^ as follows, the date of transcription given in the colophon (beginning of Rajab, A. H. 947) corresponding to November, A. D. 1540: — ^_5JJi QtjSJI J,U^ yf. ^,0 ^ J^^xcUt v».b:iJt IlX.^ ^^jUj' ^ *A«la^( _^l ^ ^\jo ^^AsLstJI -fS&. ,AftaJl (^lX._j ^^ \jL;^>v«.j ^ .^oLLw":^ 3 (SliAiy _5 iO^ iJjt ^ 39 No. XV. Add. 827. The second volume of the Mawahib-i-'Aliyye. See description of previous MS. This volume contains the sacred text and the com- mentary from Sura XIX to the end. Ff. 472; 26.4 X 16.0 c; 21 1. F. 472^^ is blank ;f. i« is also blank, save for a note in Persian to the effect that the manuscript passed into the possession of one Seyyid Nuru'd-Din Muhammad Qadiri (whose seal is also im- pressed on f. 472«) on Jumada II, 7th, A. H. 1 147 (= Nov. 4th, A. D. 1734). The commentary is written in a legible ta'liq between double red lines j the text in naskh with red ink. Begins (Sura XIX): — »t\x| hO-« (j«>-X5 JjU^-w* ^ijiAJ' *bLc qJ'-^" cy) ^*A Transcribed by one 'Abdu'r-Ra'uf. The transcription was finished on Thursday, Rabi^ I 15 th, in the 35 ti year of the reign of [? Awrangzib = A. H. 1 102 — 3, A. D. 1691]. The author states at the end that his son composed the following quatrain to commemorate the date of the work's completion : — i't c>«.%-J S^li i^i\.:^Xi^ ^■wa.Jt '''U*^^ t^:)^ IMli Li ,.,j' &5' »,a[:> L O^- The words Jt^xi .^-i : ^jj* give 899, the year in which the work was completed {cf. Rieu, p. 10 ; Ethe, col. 1041). Shawwal 2^^ of that year = July 6^, A. D. 1494. 40 It is worth noting that the Mawdhib-i-^Aliyye is the Persian Commentary referred to by Erpenius in his Arabic Grammar (Leyden, 1656) at p. 183. This is proved by a comparison of the Latin translation of the commentary on Sura LXI (v_^AaJI ».^*«) given at pp. 206 — 211 of that work with the text in this volume. No. XVI. Add. 206 (Lewis 24). The Qur'an, with interlinear Persian translation, to which are appended a few prayers. Ff. 348 (fif. i« — 2a, 347 — 348 blank); 23.0X12.5 cen- timetres; 12 lines of Arabic text (written in black, in a fair naskh) and 1 2 lines of interlinear Persian translation (written in red, in minute nastaHiq) to the page. F. 2b contains a short prayer in Arabic, and a Per- sian note on the method of taking an augury (s.LsiUwl) from the Qur'an. F. 3« contains 2 short prayers, in Arabic, to be used before and after reading the sacred text. Ff. ^b — 343^5 contain the sacred text, and its transla- tion into Persian. F. 344^^ contains the colophon, which states that the copyist, Muhammad Huseyn of Qars ((^^X or perhaps ^_^.^5), completed the transcription in t^^ ^;5' ej-5r^ u^"*' u^^^ L5^ff^ iS^;.-^ y jji^jl bo.S' jjtr *>Ai>LA«( -PLL (J^*j '^j.ii »^j5' J.^Ls> J < o'3./«l (_5^-«-J. No. XVII. Add. 838. A fine and carefully written manuscript of the Qur'an, with a complete Persian paraphrase written in red between the lines, followed by some prayers and pious ejacula- tions in Arabic (fif. 480^ — 48 1«), which, in turn, are fol- lowed by a Persian poem of 34 couplets on the method of taking auguries from the Sacred Book. Ff. 483 (fif. i« and 483''% blank); 30.7 X 18.6 centime- tres; 10 lines of Qur'anic text (written with black ink in fine, clear naskli, and fully pointed); and 10 lines of Persian translation (written with red ink in a good ta'liq), alternating with one another, to the page. Each page has a wide inner margin of blue and gold bordering the 42 text, and a narrow outer margin of gold. Between these nearly every page is adorned with circular ornaments of gold and blue with a central floral design. Each siira has an illuminated heading, and fif. i'^ — 2« (containing the Fdtiha, without Persian translation), and 480''' — 48 1« (containing Arabic prayers) are richly illuminated on every part. An illuminated heading also precedes the Persian poem beginning on f. 481'^, the couplets of which are written alternately in blue and gold. For comparison with other paraphrases, the Persian version of Sura C (oboUjl Sr^-^), which occupies f. 47 5 '^, is here given by itself. ...iAjj^.^ l3Ls> StXJ^L> (mL<;a«^ 0».^^. qU^ ^SiAJLii.^. j^^LX.i> |»LaJ J^iJ.jt ..j5_x_J qLjiAJ.' q^_a_J iji>..J^ (J*».J ;i lXJ) fjr*.SJ^A XXJI jLi Jl.^-J yO ^^XOl ^J^y^i tcX.C> (J?-*^ O^ qLj cXJLj' .l> ^J^^J »1^ \jlj' -P ^_^L>~a«Lj ...5 -J 5 1 ^jMyXi J o-^ tX.>L> K'.^^^ c^-^i jv-^ )'-^ *>— ^^' i-^^-^ '"^jS' ('35r? l*)^'?" ^^ lAAjiiAAif (j^J 4'iCi*.-v-' »Lj' ».>-J> ^ 33 jj ^^ o^ The Persian poem at the end of the volume (ff. 48 1 '^ — 483^) begins as follows: — 43 ij)l-jLa-^-.> c>.^L-a-J»i iiV_x_i,c vi;A-L5^' ^Jl |*--^^-J' OjS ^3}' ;' L^^r— ^ *— >^— a ^ J — ^2 — M (M.S.JlJ) t3L-> ^^^ _j — s> l^__j o<:>y-J ^— A — j^ — i> ^_A__>t^ ^^-j1_x_j ^-h-^- In the remaining 26 couplets the significance, for good or evil, of each of the other letters of the alphabet, including Idm-alif, is explained in like manner. The manuscript bears no date. It can hardly be earlier than the beginning of the i6th century. No. XVIII. Add. 832. A complete Persian translation of the Qur'an. Begins abruptly, without introduction or preface, with the translation of Sura I, which I here transcribe : 44 _x) (jii,jU*« _j (j*l-iww ^-p-t^ o^J^ tBiAAjLicS (^tiA-> *l i_j Ends abruptly, without conclusion or colophon, with the translation of Si'ira CXIV, which also I transcribe : — ^Kt*ty*t4*^ ^_^iA-j ;i ...Law-j! >-^^-^*'« iM^r* sLii'-^lj iM^tV*'-^^ ) ^J5j^- ^ .•.b—J '.I .•.Lol>^— X ^Lg.AA/M .L> l\JL\a.4 KtMyM*^ X-\_i) ...IIS^^AW For comparison with the Persian versions of the Qur'an described by Rieu (pp. 6 — 8) I also give the translation of Siira c : — .•.^^ IJaO sAJjO ...L^AwL \\iSyM ,..Ll>^ £8LXjUuik;^. (^1l\^ aUo ^_^'jj ^' *.Ajj ._^ ^ o*.*^^ »^^_5' ^Jj-J 5' *— ^ c5^'^j'-V 5 >i>*-w! _9>'L_b n^^ *"~^ lXj'Ax^ U vi>^*v1 u>..^^ u:^J.L*J lJLc jJN*-^^ .v> «^oT 0^_^ sO^S' yi:L> 3 c>.*«L3>.^ .O *.^o! v.>^_-i; sO—^ The body of the text, written entirely in black ink, contains the translation. In the margrins of most of the 45 pages are notes and comments written in red. Such of these as refer to the beginnings of the various Suras state where the Sura in question was revealed, how many verses it contains, which of there verses are abrogated by others (^^^axi) and which of them abrogate others (^\A«lj), and, when it is known, the occasion on which the Sura was revealed. As a specimen I give, without any attempt at emendation, the marginal comment on Sura c , of which the text is given above : — V^t*" '-^— *f 3':' 1^ 5 (AJOjl^ ...La:>- ...LAji lXajJ ;Ij 3^. i-y^ 3 Li 8Jy.5' jl.^^ qU ^^LasLx/i o'uCsI cX*ai j.-J ^jjJ (^j' t-J j»*. r: cXJiXi- (i)^^ x.xJLj xjoIj .v3 \jyw q! *U-' ifc/ lAxAaS' ^a jCjiAXj qLa/0^. _a.> ^-_jj iM^-^ 8iAiL<^ lAJL-w. r)^"«*jj 7!^ ^'^ L? 5 ..jfc:> t_55-J i^'txj ^ xjL.5\a-w i,_a^. lXjlXaw dU5>^LXj! iAa**. Contains ff. 429, of 15 1., measuring 28.5 X 18.5 c. The central sheet of the foUo (^i>) of 4 sheets in most cases bears a charcoal mark at the right upper corner. Written in clear ta'liq. F. i«, over which another sheet of paper has been pasted to strengthen it, bears a seal-mark which appears to read — 46 No. XIX. Add. 252. Tarjuman-i-Qur'an ("the Interpreter of the Qiirdn"); explanations in Persian of the more difficult words in the Qur'an, in order of their occurrence, sura by siira. Ff. 68 (ff. la, 66^^—68^ blank); 15.0X19-5 c.; 12 1. Written in a fairly good Persian taHiq, the Arabic words being in red. Begins : — Dated on f. 66^) the 20th of Jumada I, A. H. 1033 {z=. March lo^h, A. D. 1624). In the same year it would seem, from a note on f. i«, to have passed into the possession of George Strachan at Isfahan. From a Per- sian note pasted on to f. 68^^ (of which note the envelope also lies loose in the MS.) it would appear to have been offered to the Rev. George Lewis as a present by some Indian Muslim. MUHAMMADAN TRADITIONS, LAW, THEOLOGY, & ETHICS (SUNNI and SHI^TE). No. XX. Add. 264. A hundred sayings of each of the four Caliphs of the Sunnites, paraphrased and explained in Persian by Muhammad el-'Omari er-Rashid el-Watwat, the well- known Persian poet, who died A, H. 573 (A. D. 1177 — 8). Ff. 74 (ff. i« and 74''^ blank); 20.9X14.4 c.; 17 1. A? Written in a clear naskh, the Arabic aphorisms in red. Dated Ramadan 19th, A. H. 955 (Oct. 22, A. D. 1548). The name of a former possessor, Sheykh Ahmad el-Amiri, is inscribed on the inside of the cover. The title is given on the supplementary leaf at the beginning as &J^ l\/^ "The hundred aphorisms", but this would seem properly to belong only to the fourth part of the work, contain- ing the sayings of 'Ali b. Abi Talib, which, naturally more popular among Shi'ites than the three preceding parts, is often found separately. See Rieu, pp. 553 — 4 and 790^^, and Fliigel's Vienna Catalogue, vol. I, pp. 125 — 6, for description of this last portion of the work; and, for the whole, Dozy's Ley den Catalogue, vol. I, p. 192. Part I, containing a hundred sayings of Abu Bekr (ff. \b — 20«) begins: — .... ^t sjiAaJl ^ *J.L;«J j^Uj *) ^."^5 jJ'I^J J^-£ ^ lA^il a\to\ (^w^jUii AaU-J' <5j7-^^ O'*-*^ q-J lX*-:S? \\i^ CJ^r*^ Part II, containing a hundred sayings of 'Omar (ff. 20-^ — 4i«), begins: — i_>uUit «AA.ii J' i_5jV^' lA^^ qJ l\4-:S? lAjy' UV^ .... ^' Part III, containing a hundred sayings of 'Othman (ff. 41^^ — S7^)) begins: — i) The takhallus _bLb», which should follow here, as in the Ley den manuscript (Cat.^ loc. cit.J^ is omitted, evidently by accident, in this place. 48 Its title is given as ^Uc ^j qL^^^c ^^ ^^ o^"^' U*^"^' and it is dedicated to Sultan Abu'l-Qasim Mahmud b. Il-Arslan Atsiz Khwarazm-shah Muhammad. Part IV, containing the hundred sayings of 'Ali b. Abi Talib, each paraphrased in a Persian quatrain, occu- pies ff. 57''' — 74«, and begins: — L^JLb [^i] ^_j J._c (j^-^-^i' j*/«' ^^c ^J^»^ iU-K \jU sA^s ^ (.yzV) L^LAi>t J ii5L^(?) :^. ^j ^ L^l xic Jjl ^^^ It is this portion of the work which, under the title of x*K Jsjo, is described by Rieu at pp. 553 — 4 of his Catalogue. Some of the sayings at the end of the manus- cript are explained in Turkish as well as Persian. No. XXI. Add. 303. Ghuraru'd-Durar ("Lustrous Pearls"), a collection of traditions and anecdotes of holy persons arranged in 84 chapters, done into Persian from the Arabic by Abu'l- Barakat Muhammad b. Ahmad b. Muhammad el-Huseyni. See Hajf Khalfa (ed. Flugel), vol. IV, p. 321, N". 8604, where, however, the opening words of 49 the book are given somewhat differently from this manu- script, which begins (on f. i'^): — ^i,L*j 3 *J'i3 u^-Jkiij yLiJ! yPlJiJi (^yiit j.5>lJiJI ^^^al^ Jl Jcjl ^ ^IjC^a ^jU.^^^ »! ,L>3-! ^ obi ;' lX,^ O^:/* -5 *^''' J^^ 5 :l ...L,M>.j) Xj )_j: ^,0.j Ou ^aw.L^^j .•.l^.Xxa^ iw.L*^Ji i_Ai.w«.^ Copies of this work seem to be rare, none being men- tioned in the Catalogues of Rieu, Ethe, Pertsch (Berlin and Gotha), Fleischer (Dresden), Dozy (Leyden), Aumer (Munich). Unfortunately the leaves in this manuscript are hope- lessly disordered, and as there is no pagination, while, in many cases, the catch-words at the foot of the page are wanting, or have been covered in the mending, it is almost impossible, in the absence of another copy to collate by, to arrange them right. Some leaves, indeed, would appear to be missing ; for of the 84 chapters com- prised in the work the titles (in red) of only 81 occur. Ff. 165 (ff. i<^ and 165'^ blank; f. 136 is misplaced after f. 162, and f. 141 after f. 136, while many other leaves seem to be misplaced, and some few missing); 23.0 X 16.3 c; 15 1. Written in a good, minute /«'/z^, between margins ruled in gold and colours. Transciption completed on Muharram 7, A. H. 998 (= Nov. 16, A. D. 1589). The titles of the chapters (which, unfortunately, are not numbered, are as follows: — i (f. i-^) L^iAJI^o ^s. 2 (f. 3-5) XA.^ ^.:>Si ^\j. 3 (f. 5^) o^S /o ^. 4 (f- 8^) 50 ^1 w*^Ac. 5 (f. 10^') SC»xgJI _^^ ^3- 6 (f. 13''') iCxLxaJ! J|^l L^c^s 5. 7 (f. 17^') ^Lli! ^Ji^ i- 8 (f. 20^') ^5 ^"ii ^ ^Llii U^i- 9 (f- 24") L^Jip! 3 sl^ c^^ao ^5. 10 (f. 26«) ^ idil xa/^ ^. II (f. 28^') *jji -sj^j cr (^^^-J. ^ v^^- i2(f. 33 iuy:Ji »_;1j. 13 (f. 35^^) m^\ ^i y^*ii v^. 14 (f- SQ'') v'^ ^.jCUI ^ ^_^^i 5 ^^^lLI .aI 15 (f. 46-) oL> i j>^t v' ^jA^gt. 16 (f. 48«) j.L>^'^l »>lAa ^\j (sic). 17 (f. 50^) V ^Ul o».s> i- 18 (f. 52«) ^ii yj.^ ^J^ ^L 19 (f. 54^) vl^ ^^ Vj^ ^->j er x^"^'- 2° (^- 57^) v^' cr^ j^j vW 21 (f- 59'') J^^^^ -y^ vL" W- 22 (f. S9^) KAAiit ^i v^ 23 (f. 62«) &^Ji\ ^5 ^\i. 24 (f. 63^) LX.JI J; vL"- 25 (f. 64^ ^^S vL>- 26 (f. 68«) Jaxijt ^> h f J. vL*. 27 (f. 69''') vLj K^( 0^-i> iS- 28 (f. 72^) yLaJi J.-cas J. v^^- 29 (f. 74« ^Jl ^c ^^t ^\j. 30 (f. 76«) Ka^I (j^fij^' vIj- 31 (f- 7^" yoj}\ v_j1j. 32 (f. 79") tili^Jlii Jwcai ^L 33 (f. 79*^) ^^lo^Si v-jL. i^ls-^S 3. 34 (f. 8 1''') K4.<^ 3 b>Lflii vl^. 35 (f. 83^)^.-035^1^ iLcUJ-L b>i-^t. 36 (f. 85^) ^^1:1-^1 »>il>^l J«-^-s vL" (-y^'^) 37 (f. 87^) ^yiii »>-JL;o j.Uj-1 vlf- 3^ (f- 88«) ^.^ v^j i4**:^i. 39 (f. 89''^) lX^a^' iL-«^> ^_jL_j. 40 (f. 90^) v^ ^^TyiJi joL*aj. 41 (f. 93^') ^^1*12^^ ^j^ y^ ^L 42 (f. 96^ j.^xJ\ 1-1} v^J- 43 (f- 9^*^) j)^^"^^^ J«-^>i3-s vIj- 44 (f- 99''' ^yoJt J.*:aS v':'- 45 (f- 100''') P^it^j' |»y^ J-^ ' vIj- 46 (^- 102'^ XsJuaJ) Jwoas ^L 47 (f. 104^) jLotil Jwc iCiiijJ! ujL 48 (f. 105'^ 51 5o (f. io8«) lj]]l ^l. 51 (f. iii«) \y^\ J^l ^L 52 (f. 112^) l^Jiyi ^5 ^> Lo ljIj. 53 (f. ii5«) iJiaiJ! 5 xj^t cjIj. 54 (f. Il6^) v_jjii vL". 55 (f. 118^') ^JJt /o ^3 i^L> U vW 56 (f. 120^^) tXxS*^! J^s ««,L 57 (f. 122^^) ^J-aJLJI ^^c g^JLAaJt ^1^- 5^ (f. 124'^) iuLsT^JI J..*i2.5 <^l. 59 (f. i26«) s^cAJI iCjL>-t vU 60 (f. 127'^) 0]^L\Jt ^ ^=>% 'Jij. 61 (f. 129^) i>._*i3_3 V^^ aj*xJt ^ ^. 62 (f. 130^) 1^! ,y^ ^L 63 (f. 132^) v^J (jaj^i! 8j»Lc J.Ai35. 64 (f. i33«) jjL4^ Jw^ias >»jL.. 65 (f. 133^) yCciJt u-jL 66 (f. 136^) ^^i>^\ ^l^- 67 (f. 137") (j^ ^L. sc^jjJI ^>c ^3/. 68 (f. i38«) ^5jJI ^J..c 5C>5j.Jt oi^ ^L 69 (f. i39«) (j-Uii (jv-j -,t^"b51 t-jL 70 (f. r4o«) JLs> v-)'u ci,L*j idJt. 71 (f. i4i«) ji^xjt ^L 72 (f. 141^) (;^.a.x.i( ^\j. 73 (f. i43«) £^y( vL*- 74 (f- i44«) L^^ vl^- 75 (f- I44^) blank space for title, not filled in. y6 (f. I48«) ^Lj goUi.il oW/. 77 (f. 155^) LiAil (3 J^^yi vLf- 7S (f. 157^) »j.A y>'il vIj- 79 (f- 15^^) UjlXJS 4.J _5 uo^i>^l vL>- 80 (f. i62«) ^JL*JI ^ ^«il vL 81 (f. 163^^) /JJ>\^ b-oL*it ^L No. XXII. Oo. 6. 42. A Treatise on Muhammadan Law and Ceremonial Ob- servances according to the Hanafite school, called, as appears from the colophon, Kanzu'd-daqa'iq ("the Treasury of Subtleties"). See Pertsch's Ber/m Catalogiie, vol. IV, (Persian MSS.), N°. 200, p. 250, where a MS. of this work is described. It is there stated that the Hanafite doctor Abu'l-barakat 'Abdu'llah b. Ahmad b. 52 Mahmud, commonly known as Hafizu'd-di'n en-Nasafi (d. A. H. 710, A. D. 1 3 10), wrote the original of this work, which was translated into Persian by Nasi'r b. Muhammad b. Jammad, called el-Kirmani. For fuller information see Pertsch, loc. laud. Ff. 236 (ff. \a, 235«, and 236''' blank; f. 140 missing); 20.2X12.8 c; 20 1. Written, in fair ta'lig, obliquely across the page. Headings in red. Much mended, and defective in places. Dated Friday, Dhu'l-Qa'da 24th, A. H. 1080 (April 14th, A. D. 1670). Copyist, Shah Mas'ud b. Shah Mahmud. Begins on f. 2l>: — This short doxology is immediately followed by the section on Purification (o.l^Ia v^*^)- ^^ this and the succeeding sections general principles are first discussed, and then special cases {^m^) and particular applications. The text ends on f. 233« with the following colophon : — (sic) (Axiiilo j;-^-^ tv'"*^ ^iJ*-^:^^ f^J^^ ^ yj^' '^^''^ *-*:^j^ F. 233-^ contains part of a table of headings and sec- tions; f. 234« — 2341^ some remarks on lucky and unlucky days, in Persian, and Qur'an, II, v. 154, with Persian interlinear translation; f. 235^ is blank, save for seal- impressions (illegible); ff. 235''' — 236^ contain 9 1. of writing in Pushtu; and f. 236*^ is blank, save for seals. 53 No. XXIII. Gg. 2. 13. Ghara'ibu '1-Masa'il ("Curious Questions*'), a work containing dissertations on divers ethical and religious questions, divided into 40 sections, composed at Akhsi- kat in the year A. H. 976 (= A. D. 1568—9) by Fadil Muhammad b. Pir-i-Darvish. Ff. 407 (ff. i« and 407 blank; fif. 242 — 261 misplaced, so that they now stand 242, 259, 260, 245 — 258, 243, 244, 261); 25.5 X 18.5 c; 21 1. Written in afairnaslu'liq; headings in red. The Arabic paging goes wrong at f. 222 (which is numbered 223); is wrong for the misplaced leaves (which, although the dislocation is evident from the non-correspondence of the catch-words, are numbered as they at present stand); and goes still further astray in the remainder of the manuscript, so that f. 406 is numbered 409. Begins: — The author, whose full name occurs on f. ^^, 1. 8, states in the preface that, having in the year A. H. 970 com- posed in the city of Akhsikat a small volume on Tradi- tions of the Sacred Law and Anecdotes of Sufi Saints («w^sj.ao obL^ 3 M*j^ ^U'5;)> he began, in A. H. 976, to compile this larger work. The contents are stated in full, and indexed, on ff. 2a — 3^^, and are as follows: — § I (f. 4«) . < ^y^ L) t<] J" _5 Lto. ,LjAi>t ^O 3 ^J^^ ^'jO ^>3 54 'li»' 03^^ >^^ O^- § 3 (f. 25^) oL>Lx/o .j> ^ .Laix**.! Q^:^ -5 '^y O^""^^ y^ § 4 (f. 29^^) 31 L-J-c ^ j»..Lc kjy-i; 3 >jy/i ^ xi^c)^ ^L-o ^o § 5 (f. 68«) .>i J *^i' L J^-ztolii J ^!c ^tJJCiJx uA-aLi-o ^o § 6 (f. 70^) ^U-j y ^ o^j ^ ^ t^^ ^^^-^ o*-^ >)'^ § 7 (f- 75-^) 3 j^^ -^ o^-^ '^^^^ 3 ^'c 5 (*^ ^-*^> j'^ XasIj qLo: *tA^ J j~0 5^ &_5' j-Jj ^L_f .»i § 8 (f. 80^) ' ci^cLL J^l ^ ^Jf uj!y 5 L\jl^y 3 ci^cU:^ jU y § 10 (f. 93<^) J slXj^jw cLa-j 3 ^(c l)c>L*wo *-Jici «^jL^ .0 § 1 1 (f. I02«) qI--^J ;^ 3 Ls:Ua«*«\ 5 ci^_>L> ^L*a_3 ^O 55 § 12 (f. 106-^) JjLaw^. OjL^i _5 ^\yM^A J o^L^_b c^AixS' .o (Ail 8lX_<0^ A.^X; I^JO X_y yMj \_AM ^ OljCCiA^ § 13 (f. II7«) OajL> J v_^A> 5 e^cX^ ^u-/j J J-^c ^^Lo ^o § 14 (f. 124*^) V_JjJL;w«t ^v3 ^ ^A_^! l\^^/9 ^(A-J Ci^ASAi' ^O § 15 (f. 127'^) w^xjy .0 ^ o!;~^ -5 c>*.^l-o' 5 &Lx_s ^^.xj »o § 16 (f. iSQ*^) ^o 5 ^^( c>.i.>^*i2s 5, (i^yift-/ 5 *^j^ J-^-^^J ^-^ § 17 (f. 145'^) oLssXii [i oU^^ ^ oli'^ ^L-w _5 ^U^j cj^^ y l\JU ^-iJ,J ^^-J^ 31 J^Jj-J i ^iCjLs- ^ »_)L § 18 (f. 169-^) ^jb \Jo! ot.ax^ ^ ;Lf oL^jCo ^ oIlX/*^ .0 56 § 20 (f. 1 90«) u^.'O A/0 J ciJL»i2S .<3 ^ jjl^' J^.iAjtJ qLo ,0 § 21 (f. 194''') L iA-^L ^->:*^^ 5O ^^AAwO :U 5 obL^Uu*.! ^o ^ oLx:^^! 8uX.j j.L_;i jL.^ j,l-f' jO _5 y^-^^J § 22 (f. 203''^) a^AJi.5 ^i>.^ .v> _5 ^1 oLflJL*X/0 3 _sL/*./0 :U jO § 23 (f. 208«) . . . 'j^ 3 «^ 3' qT okaX/o 5 ^ »_jb5 p § 24 (f. 211'^) jCj^lj- ^O c>.^^. jU 3 ^y jU 5 u-3^/ jl-*^ y § 25 (f. 2I4«) ^j ^ o.jL<> 3 ^i> jU j' lX«j (*LLavO § 26 (f. 2 1 S''^) *.JoT^O 5 j'jcL :L^ c>*-i5 f^-^J ,^**« 5 ''^' ^-^ ^ i^i^Juw 2 *«^^T* O^^ O^Sj 3 t3.^ c\j|j ii^ § 27 (f. 227'''). . . « L^JLj Ij l>^^ 8j>.5jd' c>c'l.*^J lj^ jU ^v3 § 28 (f. 232<^) ^jy.J* j5 0.-»3 ^^* ^>^ 3 f^'^-^T^ f:^-^^ y^ 57 § 29 (f. 236'^) \.> QiA.^ J'^^^ CJ^'*^ p J O*^^ ^i^:^^:^ j^ § 30 (f. 24i«) l, ^ ^^ ^o i^^ii ^L^-l ^o 5 ^U^ ^Lo y § 31 (f. 246<^) c>».l-**i=3 y^ 5 o'i^^ 1— A-i- ci*.ft>o 5 "-^-^P^' j>-> § 34 (f- 259^') ^^1^ j- J ^.j<^.j jt x:^i ^o 5 o^;il> jU ^o § 35 (f. 262^^) . . . '^3Sj ^ ^«j^'^ ^> ^jj- y '^'5; >^ y § 36 (f. 264*^) .J> 5 qI w>.XO o^Rao ^ \.x^> o^L^*i:S qLo .0 ,..LL^«*« .li ^ U^^S «LiLwL> JiAAfl ^ ijJJ.Ai^j -i § 38 (f. 286«) olcjiA/* 3 t,^:*' Cr ^^ J t^ri'-^:^^ ij^^--"*^ y^ 58 § 39 (f- 308«) 3 ^b ^L^> 3 Jj-^^ ^^^ 5 oli^ 3 oo^^ y §40(f. 329^^) siAJo 3 ^h'^ jJ '-^•*^'j 31 ai-X-'^'jIj (^L^JCj^Juaj .1^ This last section contains a number of stories taken from Sa'di's Gulistdn. The author has made use of a great number of books in the compilation of his work. Amongst those quoted in the first 50 ff. are the following: — vi>.Aill _^1 \_A.Jli qU*w.J **„♦.> J" — f^-^^ ^^^^ ^^*^r^ — ^jUail iOo^^ - »L^>^! XKS^is> — vjij^ii iC*aJLi» ob'ocXiS ^\A^ QU^Ji" — .l.*«*^l v_^^3' — ojLjlw ^Lm-:^^ — (poems) 59 There is no colophon, but the work ends (on f. 406^^) with the following quatrain, which gives the date of completion as A. H. 979 (= A. D. 1571 — 2); whence it would appear that the author was engaged on it for a period of three years: — £ This is one of the manuscripts bought from Erpenius' widow in 1625 by the Duke of Buckingham, and pre- sented to the Library after his assassination by the Duchess in 1632. See the Catalogus Manns crip tor um Th. Erpenii (Leyden, 1625), s. v. Persici Maniiscripti, where it is briefly described under its proper title. No. XXIV. Add. 313. The Abwabu'l-Jinan, an ethical treatise by Mirza Muhammad Rafi' of Qazvin, poetically surnamed Va'iz ("the Preacher"). See Fliigel's Vienna Catalogue, vol. Ill, pp. 293 — 4, where a copy wanting the first 23 ff. is described, and the contents of the remainder briefly stated; also Rieu, pp. 698«, and 826; and Pertsch's^^r/m Catalogue, pp. 312 — 313. The author lived at Isfahan during the reigns of 'Abbas II and Suleyman, and died about A. H. 1105 (A. D. 1693 — 4). A short notice of his life and a few specimens of his verses are given at p. 237 of Riza-Quli Khan's Riyadiil-'Arifin (Tihran edn of A. H. 1305), where also laudatory mention is made of this work. 6o Notwithstanding its considerable extent, this manus- cript, like others described (see supra), and like the lithographed editions of Tihran (A. H. 1274) and Lakhnaw (A. D. 1868), contains only one chapter [Bab] out of the 8 (corresponding to the 8 Gates of Paradise) which the author intended to write. This appears clearly from the following words near the conclusion of the manuscript (f. 2y6a): — qU/o ^iA lX-oLj irjLf «^-J o^;^ tXxiLi> \^IVm* kJ^ C>^^ ail xi' q^JlII v!^^' v'-*^ Cii^US v!>^^ ^^j^ j' 'i^Ji' v';' *^*J^>v« ^1 ■s^^^j ^\ ^L^t .M*.i 8l>^^j jy LXi^yuyo (blank) Bco-ins ^s usual : — ^ Ai>^ lXJ'_^" oK^L:5^ Oy^^ 0*5;^ J^:'H> j-^ iditl^AA ^^.f^J^ . ^! xJUi J«^ i.:>^l ^L^J ^_5i-*''^■ ^ O^ c'« Oj^" iAi[jj (3;A^S The work [i. e. so much of it, as is contained in this manuscript, which seems to be all that was written, or at least all that is now extant) comprises a Preface {ijt>\ystA) in three sections (^^JlLw), and one chapter [Bab], divided into 3 sections [Fast). The third of these sections is much the longest, and contains 14 "Conferences", "Seances", or "Lectures" (,j«.Jl:^), each of which again is subdivided into many sections. The titles of these major divisions of the work are as follows: — ^^5^..ii ^ ^^*-^ Ja-c^ v»jlj>! ^O (f. 8") 1*^50 ^Lv* 6i (f. I2«) J,UA.-*«./i IkX.=>. i^J> (f. I2«) ^il Lxjj *_,».=> ^_^«'« oixft.^j ^o Jjl J.Afls (f. 16"') >JI 8^1 Ac (^Lol> ,_^l5>.AJ ^i''3 ^o ^jjO ,y*ai . (j*^il:f^ ^^)^=?T )i J.*>^'9 (f- 25''') ^\ (f. 26a) ^ (f. 35«) p JU .I^^L *«^Lc oLL,«.c o^^^ .0 ^v^-w (j«.JL:^\^ (f. 44«) p qIa^^Lw o-^Lx o^.^-^ j> |»jl-^^ ij**J^ (f. 49^') P (f. 68''') ^Ji QOj^i>y c>>.'«j^ (f. 78^) p ^y 0^ (f. 83/') p ,:^ o^.^ i) By an eiTor of the scribe, the title '■'• Majlis-i-haftum'''' ("seventh conference") is repeated here at the beginning of what is merely a section of the seventh Majlis^ so that this title occurs tv^^ice in the MS., as here shown. 62 Lc c>woJo« _jO ^>.^ (f. 97'') .(f. 105''') ^■^' (^lXJJLjj-w 5 . Jw^^ 3L>^ Jw^-iXxi (f. 1 2/^d) >JI .J^AOS 5O y i>.*X/Xvo (f. 142^) jj Jw*Xci^ (f. 177'^) o^l=> ^ (f. 2l8«) j«.Jlb ^cyJi^ ^O ^O ;?'->j:^*- u*J^ The fourteenth Majlis, which is devoted to the re- probation of violence of temper ( ^y>A>u c^^-ciX/i .j> ; cf. Vienna Catalogue, loc. cit.) has been included by- mistake in the thirteenth, of which in this MS. it is made to constitute the sixth Tabaqa {^Ji^t s^\iijh). It be- gins on f. 249*^, and is divided into 2 sections. ^3 Ff. 276 (f. I", 276^' blank); 22.7 X I3-^ c.; 21 1. Writ- ten in a small neat Persian naskh hand. Headings of sections and overlinings in red. Margins ruled in double black lines, the space between which is coloured yellow. Ff. 168 — 178 are wrongly arranged so that they stand thus: — 168, 176, 170—175, 169, 177, 178. No colophon, date, or copyist's name. The title is wrongly given as — Ljl^ — >!^t on one of the fly-leaves at the beginning and on f. i«, which also bears the name of Thomas Jessop and the seal of one Mi'rza Muhammad (A. H. 1150). — i!(5. »Ul lA*^ (3)^ ijUwOL (^jlXs lX.*.:^ I:^ No. XXV. Dd. 11. 13. The Jami'-i-'Abbasi of Sheykh Beha'u'd-Din Muhammad 'Amili. A popular exposition of Shi'ite law, interrupted in A. H. 1030 (A. D. 162 1), by the author's death. See Rieu, pp. 25 — 26;Ethe, pp. 103 1 — 3. This manuscript contains only the five chapters (on Puri- fication, Prayer. Alms and Tithes, Fasting and Pilgrim- age) written by Sheykh Beha'u'd-Din, and lacks the continuation (of fifteen chapters) wherewith it was com- pleted by Nizam b. Huseyn of Save, as notified on the blank leaf prefixed at the beginning in the following words : — "Gatnia Abb assy, Jus moslemit: in capita viginti divisuin, at in hoc volumine tantum sunt quinque. Auth. Baha d'ddin Mohammed". Ff. 142 (fif. i'^! and 42*^ blank); 20.0X12.3 c; 14 1. Written in a clear, good naskh hand; headings of chapters and sections in red. Beg ins : — UhJ^' uiyi > ^ ^^-^l5 5 »^I>ait ^ . (^ilxit v-Jj ^ J..il ^t ^illp L^' 0^' L5^^ i . ^J^P lX.xaw ckI^ 0^: ^iT^t , 64 Concludes (on f. I42«) with the following colophon : — No. XXVI. Add. 3153. The 'Aynul-Hayat ("Fountain of Life"), a well- known work on Shi'ite Theology and Ethics, by Mulla Muhammad Baqir b. Muhammad Taqf b. Maqsud 'All Majlisi, one of the most distinguished Shi'ite doc- tors, born in A. H. 1038 (A. D. 1628—9), d. A. H. 11 10, or, according to the Qisasiil-'Ulaind (p. 159), A. H. 11 11 (A. D. 1699 — 1700). See Rieu, p. 20 ; Pertsch's Berlin Catalogue, p. 75 ; and, for a very full and complete account of his life and writings, the QisasiCl-^Ulamd (second edition, Tihran, A. H. 1304), pp. 152 — 170. Ff. 228 (fif. \a and 228 blank); 30.5 X I77 c.; 29 1. Written in a small, clear, good Persian naskh; headings of sections and overlinings in red. Dated, in the colophon on f. 227''% tl"^^ ^^^ of Rabf II, A. H. 108 1 (r= Sept. 15, A. D. 1670). Copyist, Ja'far b. Huseyn of Quhpaye. Bought of Quaritch in 1894. In his Catalogue for June, 1894 (N®. 142) it is numbered 1129. The work is divided into a great number of sections (variously called fasl, asl, faida, taiwir, maqsad, qdHda, 65 lam'a, thamara, najm, yanbii', and inisbdh), and a khdtima, or Conclusion, in two chapters of 6 and 7 sections res- pectively. These are as follows: — (f. 2«) y^ y} J.jLAn5 y iC^«J y-^ ;■-> ' iwJSJi^ (f. 8«) c^J^j lT*** ^'^ '^ i3**^ (f. 8''') ^^ 5 ^^Uwl oU^ _jl (j:oyi: ^\ Jo^ (f. 8''') oJjLc cljjt ^ (j»'y^^ vi>^;^A^ 3 Ju./:' JajL^ .L> ' t** J^Aos (f. I3«) ooLc Jsu'^^ii y 'f Jocii (f. 16'^) c>*-^"o'ju« iiuLo ^^u-.' ioCut .0 i^3w v^j'y) jO (f. 2i«) ^(c e»jJs^ ^o (f. 2ia) OjS ^j^^R/O ^-*:^^ ^i^ (f. 22^) J,L*J oi=> fUj ^O j: — - (f. 22''') ci^M..5> &:;>• ^ sAixj^f c>«.-w'LXi> in-XAj' .0 (f. 23^) (^^M*.xJ |}.Aai/o J^iiX^i Lg.jL^«.i iOC>ul .0 (f. 24«) ^*.i> J, wAxIaJ Sj_£fotxi ^j> (f. 25«) ^ s^ y 0,1^ sIjL^! tAi> *iLc &3Cut y (f- 25^) ^ ^_^>5 o^5j^ ^^Lxj y (f. 26^^) r J^5 f J-o5 J^-ol 1 Jool V ^*^1 A J^A^' 1 J^^O' t. J^' :(Ajt9 (f. 26«) J^4AAJ o^ ji ()-Jo < t*" sJulj 5 66 (f. 30«) j>.**j^ ot>^i' 3' 15*^2*^ rj'""^ ;'^ ' "^ siAjIs (f. 32^?) lX^LaJ t^L> ^Lol ji yac ^a5> i^jC;.jl (jLj ^O ' i yyj" (f. 37«) ur cr^^- (f. 38«) c>^aj ^\ ciA.^si' ci^J^-^ qLo .0 < f y>;j |.lolj olftXclj c>*"*»*-^^»**^ ooL_>_c c>*-^^*^ *^-^^^.' \'-^ ' <5 r^y^' (f. 39^) (f- 39*^) f*^' oLobLc 3 oLft*a jl j_^*^2*^ * 1 y^" (f. 5 I''') j.^1 Jjb jl 3ty^>t 3 J._V= y ;.U^' ;0 '5 ^>^AaftX (f. 54''') JL>0 qL-U ^O tr yX*aAA (f. ss''') oLw ji ^J^ ^Lj ^o «r Jo^jlo (f. 60^') Ulc ^.Ans ^ Jlc ci^vLy^s qIxj .1^ < t SLXcb' (f. 62'?) jjlc LiU^oi ^^Lo ^u> 't* sJsji'S (f. 62l>) Js^ 3 jJLc V-jbT 3 l3l\j!. ^O <(^ BiAclS (f, 65 «) c>>^U)i£ oU>a' ^Lo jO < f stXcis (f. 65''') *lc ^i ^^ 0*-<^ ^>3 * tXclS (f. 66(^) LX;ilj (f. 73*5) ^.:>vwt !5^Lo i>s.lxA:25 (^Lo ^O « I WtJ (f. 78«) oi)i> ;' jl/ct qLxj y t "i^Zj (f. 79«) ^oy Jl> ^t ^3L« ^b ^Iaj ^O ' o~ljtJ 67 h^. t> (f. 8 1 '5) «.3»l3 oLwj-aU •) a^/ d^^ l5>^ 5 o"^- o^/ '^i-^^ o*-^ ^j"^ (f. %y) o*^^ «i);j' c; (f. 84^) Lie Vii*./>y> qUj ^^ (f. 86«) /o ^^Lo ^o (f. gy) ,:i^L3^ 3 ^^> ^. (f. 94«) ^UjL> u^Aas 3I ^^*:2*j ^Lj ^u (f. 98^) qI c:axj1JCo ^i:/^L\^ 5 U*^ vi>».aJLs^ R*«A/a .O <1 &«J < V ^x*i Jw-sir 'V ujL (f. 1 27«) o^^LxJO *e5'«'« qLxj ^l> < f" vI:? (f. 1 27«) o^^LxJO *e5'«'« qLxJ ^l> < f" vI: (f. 150^) (cl> c>JUa^ qLu .0 (f. ISI-^) (£x> ia^lyi 3 v'^ j5 c^-^ gyi=y' y (f. I56«) l^to ti (_5^*J QtX-^ »_jL^aws.^ qLo .j> (f. i6ya) ^^LjUU.^ ^I^j |,yt ^^Laj ^o (f. l67«) ^ytys ^L^ ^i y^ (f. 182^) ^., (f. 206a) J o^^> 3 c:,»~/ C^*^;* O^^ J*^ (f. 208^^) Jot (f. 209^) c;aa^ o^>^-^ (*^ ^^ (f. 2I0«) ^l (f. 2IO«) qI;! wy 5 c^y^c. ^s.LaJ' ^ (f. 2I0«) qLc^ c>>-«lX/i ^u ' 5 ,*.:?\i i\ ^:f^ I r j»^ '' er^ 'fe;^^. 't^e^- '1 y*^i i y ^i i t** J^Aos < f J^AOS < Jj^ ,3o»as 68 (f. 210''^) lX.a»*5> ^i^A^iXc qUj .O 'v Jj«25 (f. 213''^) _,A^t3w0 .0 < I J^*^^ (f. 2I5«) -I^' ciyi qLxJ ^O < r -LxAOXl (f. 215^') ^ „^ y tr Uo/i (f. 2 1 6«) Q^y y5l-o ';>3^i- QijL j_^j Sjjyw -.Xo! .0 < f -L.*a/i (f. 2l6«) ^i>^AA^x.;«^ JUi qLxj .J» < -rLyuaxi v_J^ .0 ' y i}wu25 ' (f. 2I9«) «_j.l oL^XAv^J ^Av.j ^^>«.JlAAl35 .0 < l** J^AaJ ' (f. 220«) ^i^'S <(f. 22I'^)iAa^'c>.]Ijla^ O ' f ^5 c (f. 22 1«) < 1 Jsj^aJ ' (f. 221'^) iaiX-wt ^i>jLyi2S .J> «o J*>was (f. 222«) iOjiX^ .l^j! y^JlAA^S ^O ' (f. 222^^) J.U jU 3 ^AAO 3U y « 5 J.Aa5 tl** J.Aas «(f. 224«) XacoI ^ ^Ko! ^0 tJ* J^Aoi '(f. 225«) <^i^^j^!b \Lf ^JOy*a^ V*^^*j' 5^ U^o^AOSi? L-A^ftju qLaj .J> < i).Aas '(f. 225''') ^^LaJ y '1 S^ '(f. 225^) ^^j_X_ai> 3L4J .0 «v Jou25 '(f. 225'!') c^'-'w-X^ £8A_:^_*« (f. 226«) OJi]yi- Begins: — K-f ^*:<=> ^yS J^> vLfjj s^hJl^' LiJi ^'>> ^ tX-«^ i A^ 69 t.tAs ^ L/^'i kj-zo <-^}j£- jf^-o *>-^ 'jy*"^ ?^>"^ r'^' r'^j' ^' si^io «j.i.> jjiiJ j^J j^L^^X^- ^ ^.JcJo Jac'^ JJUAaj ISMA'ILI DOCTRINE. No. XXVII. Ee. 1. 27. The Javidan-i-Kabir, a rare and curious work on Isma'ili doctrine according to the tenets of the Huriifi sect, by Fadlu'Uah b. Abi Muhammad et-Tabrizi el-Hurufi, who was put to death in A. H. 804 (A. D. 1401 — 2). The only account of the author with which I am acquainted is that cited from the /ndd of Idn Hajar el-'Asqaldni at pp. VII — VIII of the preface to vol. II of Fliigel's Hdji Khalfa. A manuscript of the work is briefly described at p. 298 of vol. IV of the Leyden Catalogue (1866), with the remark "alterum exemplar non vidi obvium". Another manuscript, belonging to the Mosque-library of St. Sophia at Constantinople, is des- cribed at some length (but only from the philological, not the doctrinal, point of view) by M. Clement Huart in the Journal Asiatique for 1889 (series VIII, vol. XIV, pp. 238 — 270) in an ds'i\z\& &n\S.\\&A Notice d'unnianuscr it P eJilevi-Musidman de la Bibliotheqjie de S. Sophie. This last, according to M. Huart's description, seems not to bear the proper title of the work, Jdviddn-i-Kabir , but to be called instead : — ^Ax»aXit J^/i Q^ O^y^''' *'^**"^^ 'i^yMli\ twiLxi' That it represents, however, the same work as this manuscript is certain ; for in the latter, on fif. 54^^ and 70 'jy, — 74ff, I find the passages cited by M. Huart, at pp. 247 — 8 and 249 — 252 of his article, from the Constan- tinople manuscript. The peculiar interest of this work is two-fold. Firstly it represents the doctrines of a hitherto little-known sect or school of the Isma'ilis ; secondly a considerable portion of it is written in a West-Persian dialect akin to the Bakhtiyari (or Luri) and Kurdish — one of those inter- esting dialects which M. Huart collectively designates " PeJilevi-Musiilman'", and which he has discussed in sev- eral valuable articles, besides the one alluded to above, contributed to the Journal Asiatique (series VIII, vol. VI, pp. 502 — 545; vol. XI, pp. 298 — 302; series IX, vol. I, pp. 241 — 265). And, in our MS. at least, interlinear glosses in Persian, written in red ink, are added to almost all passages composed in the dialect. Our MS. presents other features of interest. The Jdviddn- i-Kabir extends to f. 402^?, where it ends with the follow- ing colophon : — But it is to be noted that there has been an erasure (involving the words which stand between qIojI;^ and J^aaj) for which it is not difficult to account when we reflect that the Jdviddn-i-Kabir was known [e.g. to Haji Khalfa) as a heretical work, the possession of which might prove dangerous by provoking suspicions of heterodoxy. On the other hand, the Jdviddn-ndvia is the title of a perfectly innocent treatise on Sufi ethics by Afdalu'd-Din Muham- mad Kashi ; and I have little doubt that a former owner of the MS. deliberately substituted this title for the true one. The MS. contains altogether ff. 412 (ff. \a, 233''', 412, and originally iS/*^, blank), of 24 1.; measuring 24.3 X 16.2 c. It is carefully written on thick, smooth, yellowish paper in a very legible nasta'lig, probably of the 15th 71 century, but is not dated. The price at which, at some time, it was sold is marked on f. i« as 15 piastres {\o ^j^), and below this is attached a slip of paper bearing the following inscription: — "Commentarius Persicus in Alcoranum .j^ o'-^j^^ dictus, Jawidan cabir. Bought at Constantinople Oct. 168 1, price ten Lion dollers." Of the last 11 leaves, f. 412 is, as already said, blank, while fif. 402-^ — 4o6«, 1. 2, contain prayers and directions for prayer, &ct., and on the margin of f. 404''' is inscribed in red ink — «*i^*«t ^*n\Xi kjiA.jLXir> ^^jl ^i^\ i:&/cLiy flcNJii'j' ^ Jjt Ff. 406'? — 411'^ are of greater interest, inasmuch as they contain records, entirely written in dialect, without glos- ses, and, by reason of their conciseness, difficult to under- stand, of a series of dreams and visions seen, as would appear, by the author at dates ranging from A. H. 786 to 796 (A. D. 1384 — 1393). Besides the dates, references are also made in some of these records to certain places and persons, amongst the former to two notorious strong- holds of the Persian Isma'ilis or Assassins, to wit Riidbdr (twice referred to, once as "Rudbar-i-Astardbdd''') and "the Fortress of Gird-i-KuJi" (bj.^ sOj-f" X*ass'). The other places referred to in these visions are Mesopotamia (Ja- zira), a building called ^Imdrat-i. Tiiqji or Tukhji, Isfahan, Bdkiiye (? Bdkii; or Bddkube, as it is called by the Per- o ... y 1 sians), Burujird (called also Viiriigird, 0.^5.^, and Vurii- jird, ijy>5.3i), Khwdrazni, Astardbdd, Baghdad, Ddmghdn, Samargand, 'Irdq, Egypt (Misr), Tabriz, Qazvin, and Firuz-Kuh. The persons chiefly referred to are Pir Pdshd, Klizvdja Fakhrud-Din, Seyyid Tdjud-Din (but perhaps the place of that name, situated about 3 or 4 parasangs E. of Khuy may be meant), Tokliiitmiish Khdn, Mazvldnd Kamdlud-Din, Maivldnd MaJpniid, Yiisif-i-Ddmghdni, 72 Amir Tiiniir {i. e. the great Ti'mur, whom, according to the Inbd, Fadlu'llah attempted to win over to his doc- trine), Slieykh Hasan ( ? -i-Sabbah), Sheykh Mansiir, Seyyid Shanisii d-Din, . . . Huseyn Kiyd (mentioned in a gloss, of which the first words are illegible), Sheykh Hasan, Malik 'Izzu d-Din, King Oweys (probably Sheykh Oweys, the Jala'ir or Ilkhani ruler of Baghdad, who reigned A. H. 757 — 'jj'], A. D. 1356 — 1374), 'Omar-i-Sidtdniyya, Amir Shams, 'Abdiir-Rahim, Darvish Tavakkul, Darvish Mii- sdfir, Darvish Kamdlu d-Din, 'Abdul-Qddir, Seyyid 'Imdd, Khwdja Hasan ^.^Lw, Mawldnd Majdii d-Din, Mawldnd Qiwdmii d-Din (apparently resident at Astarabad), Maw- Idna Sadrii d-Din, and Khwdja Bdyazid. Apart from the doctrines contained in the work (which, partly from their utterly unsystematic arrangement, partly from the fact that they are often expressed, or rather implied, in veiled language, and that, moreover, not or- dinary Persian, but a dialect), further evidence that this Huriifi sect was essentially IsmaHli is afforded by the opening and closing sentences of the book. For it begms thus: — ^1 &_j L^iJv' c^^fiii* sl^A-X.j' 5c\-X.j\ ItXJot tiXo? fAiljl I^AXj? tj».-iL>yt CT*"^J^' ^^ f"^^ 5 C. - O . - _5 oLj^x oljUv* ^1 BjLx ^^^ ££Lll ^^^Jx \^^c ^^L.J' 5 j.Ljt c>«..**jj ci"-*-^ J (-?V^ Ja^^' L«-^aj L jt 3 oUiiw (jiSj* ;i Here we have that emphasising of the number 7 which is so characteristic of the Isma'ih's (whence they were called ^xaaw, sab'f), and at the same time an explanation of the curious repetition of the initial word !l\aj1 six times, according to the tradition, 'But for thee \i. e. man gene- rally, according to our author's doctrine] 'I had not created the heavens', and the Qur'anic text, 'He created the heavens and the earth and what is betwixt them in six days, and His Throne zvas upon the zvater (XI, 9). This prominence accorded to the number 7, together with another very characteristic doctrine of the Isma'ili or Bdtini creed, we find emphasised again in the citation with which the work closes (f 41 1''', last two lines): — "He \i.e. the Prophet], upon him be peace, said, 've- rily the Qur'an hath an outward [meaning] and an inward [meaning] , and the inward an inward unto seven in- wards' ". The contents of the work, as stated in the Leyden Catalogue, are so miscellaneous as almost to defy des- cription in any brief compass. Generally speaking they deal with the allegorical interpretation (J^jjLj) of the Qur'an and the various ordinances of Islam. The dialect in which large portions of the work are written has been discussed by M. Clement Huart in the article above alluded to. At some future time I intend to give a complete vocabulary of all these dialectical words and forms, together with their Persians equivalents, as given in the interlinear glosses. For the present I append a brief list only, culled from the first 20 or 30 leaves. ^ , 'that'. Ex. u^ri = ^ ^ ; ^^^ !,^yj — 74 'therefore he said'; ^^\ = j>^ ^^T; aZl^aJGI; vi>JJ5i = c^Jj q5 ; iji-j' = u*^j q5 , &ct. — J 8 , rt: (final) : — (i) = c>-^t; (2) stands for -«^ in the termination of the y^ person singular of the aorist, e.g. v}c>{ddre)—oS.:> [ddrad], &ct. (3) stands for ^! after a proposition, e.g. »;-j =: qLj , &ct. (4) appears to be equivalent to the Persian oblique case (ace. & dat.) in 1., e.g. y, &ct. ^^;i.l =: ^_^. See also s. v. ^_c^-w. au«' =: lXjI . *-^'j5 — i-V.^ -^ 5 ^"^^^ — "^^i^. j ^i^^^K^ — "-^j';'^? i^^^-o4 ^. kmA uX, >^xaw iufll = U (we). ^7 == v' (water). »5' = !;^5> y (him)- L53' — ^ji' • l53^^ = ^5' ^' y^^^— Q^^j' . ^^Jj' ob I3 r= ^JO;/ o'wxj (to remember). 75 (v) 8vIj = lXjJ*. See also under ^j'tj. ^^ =: qO^-j , Q^A-Xi ; also = j^s^y^ . ^J^J^/lI^ =■ iXj (AP|^s»; j^ r= lX^Li (also _^) ; iA>uo Z3 tXJ^ ; lAJLo =: AJ^^; j^^Ai|^:> J^ =■ --Xj|^ lXjIj , &ct. Also jiij.i =: lXxR-o. 8j = o-j ; also ^= q5_jJ (see above , s. v. a). J =: j> J (see also above , s. v. ^^j). x,**.^ = iA*« J (see above , under a). _it) _ > 76 L> = l^jf . JIj Li> = o^S' t^jl. t> (rarely <3). A verbal prefix, employed generally betore the aorist. ^^5'^5'o = O^.J' lXjL ^^ ^o ( =: c;Ai".j>, a tree. From the following passage on f. 5«, 1. 24, it is evident that this word is regarded as belonging to the dialect, not to Persian : B.to =1 u>.b (see above , s. v. a). b =: ,^L>b. i^J> = ^b ; ^_5lX._j = o'iA._i ; ,^jl 9 = ob O'^ — o' (see under 5> infra) ; iA;jo = LXiob ; ^o = l\PJ>. _j5'8.o =■ L^t .0 (see above , s. v. ^1). *jl> =r 5. (face ; cf. Avestic ;-» 3^ = j>) (day)- Ace. .j5^ = l^j,_,. iujjj = lAjJjJ (see above , under a). _^ = w«-vi (night). »^ [^] = ^^ytr^ 5 Jr^ = t^-^-5; 5 1^^= (^) '^jy- See also ^j, above. (<^) ^5' r= Q^y, also = sOj^; glossed once as =: cXi^; lXxa^ = tXJiJy^; (A>U3o =: lXjJj^ ; ^i ^ sOj^, 0^; ^^ = lAio^ 8c>.^. The tenses of the aorist stem are formed from the imperative ^ , e. g. : — yo = 78 *jLc[j] zz JuUj (see above , under a). ^_50o = olJo (see under ^^b above). jUJ *-S>U>3 . &Jv«i ^ 8<3^. ;i^^ rz ci^ft^. 8jl^ = tAjy' (also vjb , ^. •y.); 1^ = cXjy' , ^^ =: t J z= L (with). And , generally speaking , ^ replaces Persian *_j , not only at the end of words (as in y«=:w^, jS = t«j[) but at the beginning; thus 05 = r*^ (rooO- 79 (*) r, I final = (i) ci^^' (2) ^^T (3) (^ (4) o' (in 3 sing, of aorist). See above under a. $',^, a verbal prefix, apparently corresponding to Pers. j^, ^-«-P. Ex. wLS' = tXJ'uX-x-< ; JOLitip = J>t^> Iff'' ; "-^^'j*^ ^= (AiX^IO 1^^ ; 8j-«i^ =: '^5«y » JCLaKaP = «A-JjyJC-jwo ; »,JCa^ and nSs> ■=■ lXJL^a^ ; qL5>|^^5> = \y:^j.A ; j.^aP = \XAi ^^ (see under _j^) ; ^La*a5> =i ci*'^!-^ ^^ , &ct. j3oL5> , also t\^ = ob. lXjLoC*^ = JJJJ*jS> . tj'^^ =z c;^..*^^. a;^ = o^"^- ^ = ,;i)o , one. ~cl^ {= ^j «^j) = ^Aoj^ui 5^3' = ^ = vi>«-^l (^/. « , above) ; e. g. ^J = ci^*«tj.oi ; J^Lc — vi>s»wj.Lx, &Ct. G (final) = i^ ? ^. ^. ^S b Jcl^ = ci-ai'l;^^. In conclusion, I give a few specimen extracts of the dialectical portions of the work, including some of the visions at the end, and I add at the foot of the page 8o the glosses on such dialectical words as are not contained or implied in the above glossary. I (f. y, 1. I — f. 3*^, 1. 5). Why the Sabbath was changed. n'*^ j.^^ ^^ ji v_jLm.> 5-tv*^ ^^ 'A/j' aS sjtj JoLw .5'! jj xajL*; ^^ -j^. -jl yi^i.s» i-liAiji iM^-^ (5^*:i J— ^ ^"^^ vl^-?" JUaXaP JlXj 5 J^^Jj^ <3^=> ^i' /«' ui^:^. \j ^Lo ^1/ j.tp- gsA5> ^.:> JU lUx JAj _5 uUxi!^^ ^;^s- ^Lf 5 ^o ^U: 3S ,«__ _S 3 _) s- 3,3„_3 «- 3_3». 3 .o ^^ij a;-/ Q;^-^ j_5C^'i.> v-j^syo lA_i> (*X^ ii-cLjw Js'—i;' tX-j^ , added in] j.^'il l\jA> lA^.-^ (•y-* ^^ o'j"^ »A-£S qLoJI .IlX^Cw^ (Ajj ^3'^ 3 [margin , seems to come in here. 5 ^j.aj «w<1^ iii*.xLAS v«iUsl iMy>- i'i' t_55' 'Ai> Lj J «'J''-;^ (J>c i) x.>^ot^ as variant in margin. In either case = ,^^a^ rr'^*^ (g^oss). 8i .0 ',wt.*^ x^ i})», 1 (^5j •) io*^! liVj. oLjI (jiaxj i3lj j»^j *.5' j5^ ^X4^ X^ ^3l^ i3yw^ iu/ Q^L^ J> *oS i^>^ ^''-^ 3^ j^ ^ j.^j J/ &_5' ;^^ Oj-j 3 j,Li io:*- ^5 U-^i^ U 5 (^p^"^! ^ 'i)' ^- O^ ^ -^'^ (•3~^ '^"'^ ^ ')V '^■^^ V ->*• ^:i'' *•**-?' 2 (^*jy ij^^l-^ ^^ j»^S c;A.ftl:> ^5' ^^ ty^! j ^^ '-^:?j'^' f^-:? «.A**5 ^U' ^^,.^ 2iJ^.Ci ^ s^ 8. to j_5Jt^ CT~""^ 5 -^■^ ^"^ i*"^^ oyr- v^^' j**« t5^- *^'j:^ j'^*' 0^3 ^;^ j" jf^ o^^ u^ ^3 I— lUsS 5 j^ iOI^b (_5(.»^ ^aS^ .?-^''3' (^-"^ 35; X**^^ Q^r" i^ti^A-Lj ^^^3' '^^-^ *— ^' i^r^**^*^ 8,'iAiu qL^ ^. II (f. 15'^, 1. 10 — 16«, 1. 10) Mafi the 'Preserved Tablet', and the object of Angels' worship. — His form, the best of forms, assumed by God. 82 » _ - o o _y ^1 J-J^> i^j'^i ^^-^^MJ "^ oy^ Uci:^' ^ ^.^ qUjJ *Jt ^\ ,_^J«^ o^-^^Ij iM^*^ ''-^^ lA^ ;^ oV'^ *^ (-5^-'5; *^' 5 |.i^l t8iA:^A« i^ Qjlt, qI^I:^^ ij^ »-.S' lL*"^ 1^ ,j;-5' jS'J ^i,Lju jca^ !;3' '/Lb er'^'s 3 L^^ jL 5 yg JaLis vX/ii a^yo ^^3 ^^^^ c:^!^ 3 f' J o'"^' *'^3' c>^ai> a^ iAj/ _5 ^5^-^ I^-JCm,! ^i> _j J (C^ (i>»AP 5iA-i» cJ^jUi' «Ai; J ^ *<3j5' L' '^■ Lo i^ \^ o^Ia-^ l.-jL J^-Jb St IjiAi^;^ |.o"i5 tjjs.:^^*-! ii^'^U Li-Jl-J 35 '(*^>.i! v:iJ"bJ^ ob! ^jt u*^JLjt ^\ Qyi4^' j«.^ *.3C:^' .A:^U^ {sic) i) These symbols, which cannot be properly reproduced in type, evi- dently indicate numbers, according to some system of notation akin to the siyaq commonly used by Persian accountants. They abound through- out the MS., but not in all cases can I divine their value. 2) Gloss. lAJ^ 8J>j^. 3) Gloss. VkX4^, 83 < lXJLaa^ 8vA:p-w iijCj^ \^ i.i' ^l*} oij-Iaj c^'.jwj' oAjw' i:^*/o v»)b Aic (j-^V) J^Jj>:>- ^x/o'^ (^£ Jli ' (*-*>jS' CtTj^' ^' (*"^^ .O iA^LaJ J»Jj-^> viiA.Jjr .Ls 3 i3.S' .^! ^ii iU 5 0-5 V^Ij ^ 3 3 I now give a few of the visions recorded at the end of the book (ff. 4o6« — 411'^). 84 ■5 O*^ |.^— w _5 Q^Ap ^N-i,lj c>-^>-> i^^J ^^^ ^A«j ^XjO ^L • (J^^ vXjJm y^A^. From the following note added in the margin, it would appear that the last vision was seen in A. H. 765, before the author received the gifts of interpretation to which he lays claim: — . ^*JcLo ^.vyJt 8.j^^t To continue with the visions: — 4uX/i.Jk3» — *^>^'tJ i^-^. (*-^ 05^ 5 L?"^'*^ .A/^^aJ* QV?- *-^:^^ ^O ^^^_> ^ j^S'tj Q^> ^Ai! O^ i^ ^^ &X^jJ> j( ^L> ^ 8Liu>Lj qU> ;1 qLj 'S _y^ 05J j_^ i^ Qjfj Lj ^:ci^> ^^5' jV^' i .^ (c^^^* 31 *^'^' i^^^Ij j— ^ ''j' 'Vtv ^^'^ ^~^ j^Ui' 3 Q.j^> ^iT.jj ii.jl-*j u^^^ *^*'^ H'^^-'*^ (•'-V' t^y** (•'^y' o,w= o' ^ o'j^^ oV- ^ a^!>-^s^ ^ i^^^ ^ «y ^ 3 i-rV* ^^La»aj Sj-^ \— w' — lXjU. ol— « i'j"^ lA-o i_cV^^ ^"^ 85 ^ ^LLw 'j^*^ '^'S vJ>.;S^ ... — (Jo ^^-^-^S' 3^ 5 c^O^ 8-^' ^jki' *-v^ o'iAJ lilt.o' ^ QjJ' y*,Lw.=>t y^t ^.3' ^jjitj _jO ^!c ^ xj^^^r- Jo^jLCio Law^J'I «._/ o^;-* 5 o'^'i ^ n*^!>^ 1?^ — lAJ.'tXi iMLf> imIj OJ-i>*J' J i3'j-^J f^-ff^ ^^^rfri n'"^*^^ v^Sjw^ .-jiA-jO v—jt^j^ ^^c>fcj .J> iL.:^_i». ^jO nla 05' j-"'*^— r j.ot »S li.s.Ai- (M^T-5' »A:^*w i-jL ,(3 q.Jl> ^ — le^ q^-s jj ,j*J' i.^* oi-j'^ *«J i-j;^ 'l\:> o!3 8t\:^Uv i^ n^'i ^ ^i>-^' o t^Ub ^^ji ^^:l ^ ^L*j &IJI Ja^ Opposite the last vision some former possessor has written in the margin : — "What hint is this? It is a thing to be discovered, not discussed!" .0 J.AO »Lo *.A^ «.A.A^^O i_^_^ ,0 . . . ' ^^iiA—i-^ QL_/i«_j«ji3 86 J jV""**^"^ iwLXj t>j-*« ic^^ nW.' 5 (^'''^ o^-^'^-c *J' ^}}jJ' ...IJK ^ ^UJCAM ^ ..-jlXaa^J _^ v,l>(_AW ^AM _:>^l (^i3L4>^ f*)^*^ The last vision, with which the book concludes, is as follows: — ^Xw^ ^ 8.AJ ^^ Ij (^y^\^ {y* 'r^'^^ ^'^^^^ '^r^ J"^ ^ CT^-*^ iolij yw*^'' KjS i£*^ L-A-Us ij-^i' i^ _^AJ j^^^v* i^ l3!^^ i ...LaJLLp .1^ *~f ^^ ^^ *^^ **j'jj _>•> (3^. AaaJIL^' »,> i-Lj ^> ay ^ ».X^ .^S 1^ ^.^ 5 ^4l2p ^^ j' J, ^'j^ c\.Aa ^L^ 5 ..yji3 ^^>^ ' rf^>*^ ^^-^S CT"^^ ''^-^iV*^ ^JuiLwj3» Q-» U' ^JLii^tSii ^ 87 SUFIISM. No. XXVIII. Gg. 5. 17. A manuscript of ff. 149 (ff. i^, 72''', 73^, 147 — 149 blank); 29.5 X 21.0 c; 25 1.; containing four separate treatises, mystical and theological, of which the last three are entirely in Arabic, while the first, the 'Awdrif, is com- mentated partly in Persian. This manuscript formerly belonged to Erpenius, and is briefly described at the top of the second page of the Catalogus. I (fif. \i> — 72«). The ^ Awdrifii l-Ma^drif, a well-known and highly-esteemed treatise on Sufi doctrine, in 63 chapters, by Sheykh Shihabu'd-Din Abu Hafs 'Omar b. Muhammad b. 'Abdi'llah el-Bekri es-Suhravardi, explained and commentated, partly in Arabic, partly in Persian, by Juneyd b. Fadli'llah b. 'Abdi'r-Rahman b. 'Ali b. Bazghash ( ? Barghash) b. 'Abdi'llah, entitled Sadr. The author of the 'Aiudrif was born in Rajab, A. H. 539 (= January, A. D. 1145) and died on Muharram ist, A. H. 632 (Sept., A. D. 1234). See ^Vaw^'i, Ibn Khallikdn, vol. II, pp. 382 — 4. Sa'di of Shi'raz was acquainted with him, as appears from a passage in the Bitstdn (ed. Graf, p. 150, and note on 1. 117). The 'Awdrif was largely used by Jami in the compilation of his Nafahdtul-Uns. It was printed in Bulaq, in the margins of el-Ghazzali's Ihyd'til-'Ulum (4 vols.), in Muharram, A. H. 1306 (= Sept., A. D. 1888). Haji Khalfa (vol. IV, p. 275, N°. 8401) gives some account of the work, and mentions (p. 276, 1. 9) a Persian translation of it by Zahiru'd-Din 'Abdu'r- Rahman b. 'All esh-Shirazi, the grandfather of our author. This translation is also mentioned by Jami in his Nafa- hdtul-Uns (ed. Nassau Lees, p. 548), wherein he gives a short biography of the aforesaid Zahiru'd-Din 'Abdu'r- Rahman, whose death he places in Ramadan, A. H. 716 (=r Nov.— Dec. A. D. 1316). 88 The present Commentary is preceded by a preface of 4 pages (ff. i^ — 3'^), beginning: — 5 ». ^jt iXAJ^Oji i^sMiJiLA 3 —fMiJuSi KtJ^i* ^IaJj' V!>^ 0.lX5 After the doxology, the author, Juneyd b. FadH'llah, states that from his youth he took pleasure in the society of Sufis and dervishes, and was privileged to converse with many eminent Sheykhs, from whom he received instruction in the mystic doctrine. Amongst all the works written on this doctrine, none seemed to him equal in merit to the ' AwdrifiCl-Ma^ drif, nor did any commentary on this appear to him so good as the translation made by his grandfather, the Zahiru'd-Din "Abu'n-Najashi" 'Abdu'r- Rahman above mentioned. After explaining how his grandfather obtained the kiniya oi Abiui-Najdshi {ste. Jami's Nafakdt, loc. cit.), the author states that he con- ceived the desire of "attaching himself to his saddle- bow", so that, even though unable to realize in himself the proverb "he who assimilates himself to a people becomes as one of them", he might at least, like the dog of the Seven Sleepers, obtain a blessing from the relation. With many humble apologies for undertaking a task so far in excess of his powers as the elucidation of Suhravardi's great work, he dedicates his essay (which he prays the reader not to regard as a "book" — lXJ.*^>.j v^xiUaJ" Jvaas jI Lit) to Shah Shuja' AbiCl-Fawdris. It is not clear to what extent Juneyd b. FadH'llah makes use here of his grandfather's translation and com- mentary. A copy of this last is described by Pertsch {Berlin Catalogue, p. 89; cf. pp. 290 — 291). The whole 'Awdrif is not translated or commentated ; indeed the whole text is not given, the explanations (which are partly in Arabic, partly in Persian) being confined to 89 the elucidation of difficult words and passages. The Arabic element in the commentary is greatly in excess of the Persian. Transcribed , as appears from the colophon on f. 72^, by Muhammad el-Bukhari in Jumada II, A. H. 1000 (= March-April, A. D. 1592). II (fif. 73*^ — 94«). An Arabic treatise on the number of traditions in Bukhari's Sahih referring to each subject. Begins: — ^ j^^sL^Jt ^ ^j J.C ^ L\r5 ^^jA^' vk-^ ^^ III (fif. 94''' — HS'^)- Another Arabic work entitled: — wv-bftil Li.Lx^l *.JL3t3^ ^AXi.it biA-A— w *t5L5' Q-. lAA^Ji]! ^Ui' In the colophon (f. I45«) it is called Kitdbii l-Qasd ila'lldhi ta'dla. Transcribed by Ibrahim b. 'Omar b. Muhammad b. 'All b. 'Ala'u'd-Din. IV (fif. 145'^ — 146'''). Another short treatise, apparently by the same author. No. XXIX. LI. 6. 2. A mystical work on the degrees of existence and self- consciousness called Jam-i-jahan-numa ("the World- shewing Cup"), with interspersed commentary, both in Persian. See Rieu, p. 866", N°. V. The author's and commentator's names do not appear. Ff. 56 (ff. I", 5i« — 56^ blank); 21.4X13-6 c.; 11 1. Written in clear legible ta'liq. The letter , (for ^^jla, "text") in red is prefixed to each clause of the text, and the letter (ji, (for __i., "commentary") to its elucidation, besides which the text is generally, but not constantly, overlined with red. No colophon or date. 90 Begins: — o Ends: — *j |*j *.j o^Aw! (j-^*J j"^ (• *^l-*i' xjUa3 ^sjUao The book is badly described on the title-page (f. i«) as ''Lib. MS. Idiomati Persic". Its proper title, ,L> ^ ^i^ U QLg.>, is also inscribed in the upper corner of this page, and another note in the same place states that it was presented to the Library by William Moore of Caius College. No. XXX. Add. 422. o^Lx^ (^U^ji' p^iJL/w, '^wftAkUl o^iS- ^^ *JLw^ Ff. 34 (ff. i^, and 20''^ — 2i^', blank; f. 34, blank, mis- sing, except a fragment, containing a description of the MS. in Persian, which has been pasted on to one of the supplementary leaves supplied by the binder); 25.4 X 14-9 c. Contents: — I (ff. i-^ — 20«). A Sufi treatise in Persian by Sheykh 'Abdu'l-Latif (see f. 20«'), transcribed by Valad 'AH Muhanimad-i-Qiireyshi , who completed it on Thursday, 27th of Jumada II, in the 38* year of the reign [of Awrangzib ? = A. H. 1 105 — 6]. Written in a bold ta'liq within margins of gold and colours, seven lines to the page, headings in red. Begins: — 91 3 oJ.iL> ^ (Jaw •) &3f 5 awJlc iJJt ^^x3 (_5>aJI i3|^sl K.*jyi.Jt (_5v.Iii ^_5>? o«.fijJill ^ (j^aij' j_^ (_5v-ii( Jljtst KJijjJaJI The author may perhaps be identified with Mulld 'Abdiil-Latif b. 'Abdi lldhil-'Abbdsi. See Rieu, p. 589, &ct. In the descriptive note referred to in the first para- graph he is simply called >^jLvLJLJi iA/jr '^J^ ^*:A o^>. II (fif. 22« — 29^). A treatise in Arabic, by Sheykh 'Abdu'l-Qadir of Gilan, entitled Kimiya'u's-Sa- 'adat ("the Alchemy of Happiness"), beginning: — III (ff. 29« — 33«'). A prayer to be used on completing the reading of the Quran, beginning: — The last two sections are written in a good naskh , fully pointed, within borders of gold and colours, and are without colophons. ZOROASTRIANISM. No. XXXI. Add. 328. Account of the transmission and preservation of the Pahlavi text of the Dinkard, in Pahlavi, Parsi (i. e. Pahlavi transliterated in Arabic characters) , and Persian , as given in the colophon of Mah-vindad , son of Naremahan , son of Vahram, son of Mitro-apan ^^ ^^^^ otLX-J^L^) (qLi-P J;-fJ 31' o'^^i ' d^ted the day of Den of the month Tir, A. Y. 369 (= 2nd July, A. D. 1020), and in the colophon of Shahriyar, son of Ardashir, son of 92 Irij , son of Rustam , son of Irij , son of Qubad , son of Iran-shah (^^1 ^^} ^J ^^ ^j| ^^\ ^\ ^^^^1 ^L^ oLioLjj ^\.^) , dated the day Auharmazd of the month Spendarmad, A. Y. 865 {= y^ October, A. D. 15 16). See Max Miiller's Sacred Books of the East , Vol. xxxvii, E. W. West's Pahlavi Texts , Part iv , pp. xxxili — xxxvi. Ff. 10 (ff. la, 10*^ blank); 32.3X22.7 c. ; 26 1. Ff. lb — 6a contain the first colophon {of Mah-vindad), ff. 65 — (^a the second colophon (of Shahriyar). The Pahlavi text is written in black , with interlinear transliteration in Arabic characters written in red, on the ^y^ri-^?^ of the leaves; the Persian translation stands opposite it on the rectos. A pencil-note written in English on f. i« runs as fol- lows: — "Oji' q.jl>. The conclusion of the Deeri Kurd extracted from an old MS. belonging to Khoorshidjee Naosherwanjee of Surat. The transcript and translation are by him." There are other pencil-notes in English , by the same hand, on ff. 2«, 3^ and 7^; and a few Pahlavi annotations in the margin. The transliteration represents the traditional (often erroneous) pronunciation of the Parsees of India. This manuscript, with the following (which is now bound up with it) was acquired by the library on April lo*, A. D. 1865. No. XXXII. Add. 329 (now bound up with Add. 328). A brief outline of Pahlavi grammar in Persian , the Pahlavi words being transliterated in the Arabic charac- ter according to the traditional (and often erroneous) pronunciation of the Parsees of India. This manuscript was received by the Library with the last on April iQtb, 1865, and was probably written by the same Khurshidji Nushirvanji of Surat. 93 Ff. 4 (f. 4 blank); 25.0 X i9-5 c. 9 — 11 1. Begins, on f. i", with a table of the Pahlavi letters and some of their combinations and ligatures, headed The further contents are as follows: — F. i<^. Sketch of Pahlavi grammar, entitled ^ ^-is^. )»f^ n'^3 y^ ^siAfili" Separate pronouns; demonstratives; reflexives. F. 2«. 1 Reflexive pronouns , contd. Conjugation of the 7 O 30- o Jo ^ F. 3«. J Pahlavi verb ^^aj^a^^ or ^j' ,^> (properly yemalelimtano) "to speak, say". Concludes (ff. 3« — 3''') with two sentences from the Bundahish , transliterated in the Arabic character, and followed by a Persian translation. The first of these (the opening of that work) is as follows: — HINDUISM. No. XXXIII. Oo. 6. 54. A Persian prose translation of the Ramayana of Val- miki. The authorship is uncertain, but it has been con- jectured that this may be the version made for Akbar by Mulla 'Abdu'l-Qadir Bada'uni. See Rieu, pp. 55—56. Begins: — 94 qLx/O .i3 c:^m^ajU5' ^^jj si' (AJU (C-^^ jr^.^f V^' j:^.^-*-^ T-? Ff. 346 (fif. i« and 346''^ blank; ff. 185 and 186 trans- posed; ff. 191 and 192 transposed; ff. 305 — 313 wrongly- arranged as follows: — 304, 312, 306— 31 1, 305, 313); 20.5 X 13-0 c. ; 20 1. Written in a fairly good Indian ta'Uq. Not dated, but probably 17th or 18* century. No. XXXIV. Add. 752. The Puranartha-Prakapa , an exposition of the system of chronology and cosmogony of the Hindus, of their Shastras, and the genealogy of the Hindu Kings, translated from the Sanskrit of the Pandit Radhakanta Tarka into Persian by Zuravar Singh at the command of Warren Hastings. See Rieu, pp. 63 — 64. Begins as usual: — Ff. 72 (ff. i« — 9«, and 70^ — 72^^ blank); 23.7 X I3-9C. III. to the page. Written in a fair Indian ta'lig hand ; headings and overlines in red. Transcribed in Bengal in the year A. H. 1 193 (= A. D. 1779). Copyist not named. No. XXXV. Add. 778. Ff. 168 (ff. i« and 167^—168-^ blank); 22.2Xi4-2c.; 15 1.; written in clear ta'Uq. The volume contains two works on Hindoo theosophy , to wit: — 95 I (ff, ii> — T^y^j, An exposition of the Vedanta philo- sophy , in twelve sections (&*i , "rays") , entitled ShdriqiCl- Ma'rifat (iCiydl o^U;), by Sheykh Abu'1-Feyd, called Feydi and Feyyadi (see Rieu, p. 450), the brother of the celebrated Abu'1-Fadl. Begins abruptly, after the "Bisint lldlC\ as follows: — ^ y^^ «._^ ^^^Ijl >-^^:5?. J^ oi-> ^^yS. w^ilL ^J ^>,Z> (•Ls^l vi>>.5»^ *^-i' qLxj ^4^ ^ Oy-^ t-jA-j ^^7*^*^' i:;^^:^-^' i»^^ (j*Ls Ci>A.>-5 (j^Lii* xJJt/> y*LLw i,i^ftjLiis> (jrtL*«! oi~> The contents of the twelve sections composing the work are thus stated on f. 2^: — ti)^> |3»V= i3L**A-wl J _j~J.'-> i^y~^y-^ L<~^^j^ ^*^5 j^ (3^' ^^ J,L/*o! i^^—JIS (i>y^L« o'-J^-^ J*^ l*^:^ ^*^ l\_j.Iu> vi>>.-*.^^ iA>oLo (jiioLaAO ciA—-ij_5^Lo (mL*>»» 5 ol3 i,i>"_5~*.^ i*)^-^ ^^ (•■■^^r! ^*^ L5/*^ V_.>UlS\jJ Vii^xfiA^ O''"^ .J*^ f»^'M*^ i«i *^^^^ JUstA-wt ^ (i)Lj xXii Q^:^^ j^ |*-gj ^x-l *AJ! ^a^Lm f*yw^'4 -i^^^ r*"^^^ V' ^ a^' ;1 5 C>*-w! Jjtj L>^/i-yO J,l5 iwfo' i^Jl qLo .vi ^lML &*i 96 <^*xi L>u(c \JCji qLxj ^O j»^>^i5>^ n-JtJ. ^\j 5 i3'j.j "i ■c>«-vJlcLs Ends, on f. 37^^, as follows: — _50 , apparently very similar to Add. 5637 of the British Museum col- lection (Rieu, p. 61), and beginning: — Oi.L> ^ 0*— V.I i^j.^i2^ ^Lij ;_p._jUj (.W _5 LT-J^ 5 (^LxAW *^J 5; 0^= jy^ 3 c^^"M)' ^i>>.iLJb> ^UsT iOijLj ev 0!/' • . . xiL^. j:^ _5 \iL>;ii J^ JJ^ O^c i-jUi That this work, though its opening words closely resemble those of the British Museum manuscript above referred to, is not identical with it, appears probable from the statement in the preface that it was written in the year A. H. 1066 (A. D. 1655 — 6) for Shah Jahan's son Dara-Shikuh, who had expressed himself as dissatis- fiid with the existing Persian treatises on the Yoga philosophy. The treatise is divided into six chapters, or Prakaranas (^SjS) , identical with those enumerated by Rieu (p. 6ia) in the description of Add. 5644. Ends with the words: — . vi>-* v-jIjcS' ^J iA.w |»Lr Both treatises being written in the same handwriting, it is probable that the date given in the colophon which concludes the first, vi::;. the 42nd year of the reign [of Awrangzib] (= A. D. 1698 — 9) indicates the time when both were transcribed. 97 No. XXXVI. Add. 1095. A Persian translation of the Virata-Parva , or fourth Parva, of the Mahabharata. Ff. 98 (fif. 97'''— 98^' blank); 24.3 X i4-5 c; 15 1.; head- ings of sections (L^jl , of which there are 50) in red ; written in a clear legible Indian ta'liq. The first three lines on f. i« contain the concluding words of the third or Vana-Parva (v_j_j ^^, also named v>j^ Q,i) , which must have originally preceded this directly. Then , after a space of three blank lines , begins the text of the Virdta-Parva as follows : — This translation seems to be identical with that con- tained in the British Museum MS. marked Add. 16, 873. See Rieu, p. c^S^. Nos. XXXVII-XXXVIII. Add. 1096, Add. 1097. Two volumes, containing respectively fif. 200 (f. 200, blank, missing) and ff. 92; 27.2 X 16.2 c.; 15 1. Written in fairly legible Indian taHiq. The first volume (Add. 1096) appears to contain the 1 2th Parva of a Persian translation of the Mahabharata, for it is inscribed in the corner of f. i« i,S ^Ojl^o >-j^j lAJuLf y_j viioLw US, and ends on f. 199'^: — 7 98 It begins: — a;4.Aji f-y^*^ <3^ The second volume (Add. 1097) contains the 15A, 16*, 17th and iStli Parvas of the same work, and is inscribed in the corner of f. \a A io p'OiiL.j *_j^j ^^ ;> It begins : — (M^-r^ X_5' lA-Ji aOj-S^ c^-J^j; i;^:^^-?" .-jt^-wrfj^-*^ i^-^' O^"-''; This Parva ends on f. 55''' with the words: — ' ^J) ;JLj v_j.j >A^ j.l4J' F. 56 is blank. The i6tli Parva begins at the top of f. 57<^, and ends on f. 77", where it is styled *_j.j ^.-w^/o. Ff. 'j']^' — 79*^ are also blank. The 17th Parva (called ijI_^X;w,jL^^) begins at the top of f. 8o«, and ends at the foot of f. 85^'. F. 86 is also blank. The i8th Parva (called ^.^^^^ ^1^ ^il^O begins at the top of f. 87^, and ends (abruptly, as it seems) on f. 92^. There is no colophon, but the copyist would seem to be the same Tulja-Ram whose name occurs in the colophon of the other volume. 99 GENERAL HISTORY. No. XXXIX. Oo. 6. lo. The abridged translation into Persian of Tabari's great history, made by Abu 'Ah' Muhammad b. Mu- hammad el-Bal'ami for Mansur b. Nuh the Samanid prince. See Zotenberg's French translation of the work ; Rieu , pp. 68 — 71 ; and Ethe , col. i — 9. The Arabic original of Tabari is carried down to A. H. 302 (reign of el-Muqtadir). In Bal'ami's translation (cf. Rieu, p. 6g^') the full narrative generally comes to a close with the death of el-Mu'tasim (A. H. 227), the particulars concerning his successors being limited to names and dates. This is the case in this manuscript; but the meagre list of el-Mu'tasim's successors is carried a century and a half beyond Bal'ami's death (A. H. 386) , viz. to the death of el-Mustazhir and the accession of el-Mustarshid (A. H. 5i2=:A. D. 11 18). Compare Add. 16, 814 and Add. 26, 174 of the British Museum (Rieu, p. 71), and Nos. g and 10 of the Bodleian (Ethe, col. 5—6). Ff. X — (T and 816 (ff. x, a^', i« and 816''' blank; ff. 8 — 12 misplaced so that they stand 8, 10, 11, 9, I2; lacunae on fif. 205^^ and 292'?); 28.8 X i5-7 c.; 19 1. Written between margins ruled in gold to colours in several different la'/iq hands , all of about the same date , and all fairly legible ; headings and overlinings in red. There is no division into volumes, but, besides f. i^ (begin- ning of the text), ff. 417'^ and 459''^ have illuminated headings. The Arabic paging is one wrong from f. 765 (numbered y66) to the end. Dated in colophon (f. 8i6«) the i8th of Rabi' II, A. H. 1052 (= July 16*, A. D. 1642). Name of copyist not given. lOO Ff. X — (T (which form an addition to the original MS.) contain a complete table of contents and index (ff. /3 — A) , and (jCc — o"'^) a short account of the different dynasties (names of rulers, genealogies, duration of reigns, &ct.). This last includes, besides the earlier dynasties noticed in this history, and the Omayyad and 'Abbasid Caliphs , the Khwarazmis (8); the grand-masters of the Alamut assassins down to the 8*, Ruknu'd-Din Khiirshah; the Ghaznavids (lo); the Seljuqs (15); the Samanids (9); and the Buyids (15). The text begins on f. \l> with the Persian preface: — The history proper, opening with accounts of the Creation, &ct., begins at the bottom of the same page as follows: — 3 ol- ^1^ ^iAi> < , ^-Ojit 3 U*^ J'.Mi K^ _5 U*^ *-.j l.jt u-^ ^i qU*-! 5 t 3 j^ij^s Ki i oj x3 5 h ^^Ij q^L^s! ^ (j/o-JlblL^w.' Q^> ^•*-J.5^ 03^^^ *.JoIl\j j,^" J.P! The text appears not to be very correct, especially in the matter of names. Mistakes occur even in those of the author (Tabari) and the translator (Bal'ami). At the end of the MS., before the colophon , the writer who has supplied the brief notices of the later Caliphs who lived after Bal'ami's time lays on his suc- cessors the duty of further supplementing his work {cf. Rieu, p. 7i«, last paragraph) in these words: — lOI No. XL. Dd. 10. 13. The Tarikh-i-Guzida , or "Select History," com- posed by Hamdu'llah b. Abi Bakr b. Ahmad b. Nasr Mustawfi-i-Qazvini in the year A. H. 730 (A. D. 1329 — 30). See Rieu, pp. 80-^ — 82; Ethe, col. 19 — 20, especi- ally his description of N°. 26, where the name of the author is given as in this MS. (f. y, 11. 9 — 10): — ^3/i iy^ ^ ^^j L>^t ^^ /j ^^^ ^^ J^! ^ ^4^. Ff. 362 (ff. i<^ — 2«, 342^ — 343« blank); 24. i X i7-0 c; 18 1. Written, not very accurately, in a fair ta'ltq. Names and headings of sections in red. It is stated in the co- lophon on f. 362''' that the MS. was transcribed for Iran- shah by Ruknu'd-Din b. Muhammad Shamsu'd-Din Lari, and completed in the month of Rajab, A. H. 964 (=May, A.D. 1557). No. XLI. Dd. 3. 23. Another copy of the same. Ff. 291 (ff. i« & 29 1 '^ blank, save for a note on the former, stating that the MS. was bought in Fath-pur by one Nur Muhammad on Monday, Shawwal 5th, A. H. 990 — Nov. 2nd, A.D. 1582); 24. 6X16. 8 c; 19 1. The author's name is given (on f. 2a, 1. 12) as — ^jj^i £^5^:^^ ^.Aiai ^j lAT qJ j^ j_^J^ ^Ji ^^^ ^T The transcription of the MS., according to the colo- phon on f. 29 1'?, was completed on Monday, Safar 22nd, A. H. 990 (= March 18, A.D. 1582) by Ibrahim b. Sheykh Mahmiid ^^LjtAoJ! (?), after 36 days' continuous labour. The text is well written in a legible iiasta'liq, 102 between borders of gold and blue. Headings of chapters and sections in red. No. XLII. Add. 1088. The Majma'u'l-Ansab, an abridgement of general history from the earliest times down to the death of Sultan Abii Sa'id b. Muhammad b. Arghun b. Abaqa b. Hulagu, A. H. 736. See Rieu, pp. 83 — 4. Only the first half of the work (down to the reign of Qobadh-i- Peroz the Sasanian) is contained in this manuscript , which breaks off abruptly in the middle of the account of Mazdak's heresy. Ff 94 (pp. I — 6« and 75 — 94 blank), 20.0 X 12.0 c; 25 1. Written in a clear iiasta'liq; headings in red. Begins: — ^y% iAj;*]] LiLyw •, nSc^l IsA^sia lX^.^ ij'^^ l?*-^' ^^'^ 0^4^ The author's name occurs at the bottom of f. 7'?, and again more fully on f. I2«, where it stands as Muham- mad b. 'All b. Sheykh Muhammad b. el-Hasan b. Abi Bekr. The title of the work occurs on f. 14^^. Presented to the Library by Dr. William Wright. No. XLIII. Add. 407. A general history of the world, from its creation to the extermination of the Assassins of Persia by Hulagu Khan, and the execution of their last Grand Master, Ruknu'd-Din Khur-Shah b. 'Ala'u'd-Din in A. H. 655 (=A.D. 1257). Ff 290 (ff. i'^, 290^^, blank; ff. 204 and 205 trans- 103 posed); 31.0X21.2 c; 19 1. Written in a pl^in , legible ta'liq hand; headings in red. Transcribed by Sheykh Nur Muhammad in Ramadan, A. H. 1230 (= Aug — Sept., A. D. 1815). The history begins abruptly with the first Maqdla , and is entirely destitute of any sort of introduction or conclusion. No mention is made of the author's name , nor have I chanced upon any passage throwing light on his circumstances. The title does not occur in the body of the work or in the colophon , but is inscribed in red ink (as above) on f. i^, apparently by the same hand which wrote the whole manuscript. In general arrange- ment it somewhat resembles the Safzvatiil-Akhbdr (See Ethe's Catalogue , col. 25 — 26), save that it lacks the preface , conclusion , and last 2 sections of the Part which deals with the Muhammadan dynasties which arose on the ruins of the Caliphate (Moghuls and Muzafifarids), and that the Parts [Qisni) are differently numbered ; and the fact that that work is dedicated to Mahmud Shah II Bahmani (reigned A. H. 887 — 924) might incline one to suppose that in the title inscribed on f. i« of this manu- script this Mahmud Shah has been confounded with his contemporary Mahmud Shah I Bayqara of Gujarat. Begins abruptly: — ..-_/o \mi. \.iX.Miy\ lAJiJ •) i^Lxj i^ys-i s'lXXsI j*.ax5' j^-i3 5jJ.a«. 2 Contents : — Maqdla I. History of ancient Prophets and Pre-Islamic Kings , in 2 sections [Firqa). 104 Firqa i (fif. i^' — 34''^). History of the older Prophets, from Adam to Christ, concluding with an account of the Seven Sleepers and of Khalid b. Sinan. Firqa 2 (ff. 35^ — 70«). History of Pre-Islamic Kings in 5 divisions [Tabaqa] , of which four treat of the Kings of Persia, and one of the Kings of Yemen. Tabaqa i. Pi'shdadian Kings (f, 35«). Tabaqa 2. Kiyanian Kings (f. 38^). Tabaqa 3. Ashkanian, or Parthian, Kings (f. 45^^). Tabaqa 4. Sasanian Kings (f. 46'?). Tabaqa 5. Kings of Yemen (f. 62l>). [Maqdla II, apparently, but heading omitted]. History of the Prophet Muhammad and his successors, in 4 chapters {Bab). Bab I (ff. yo" — 133^'). History ofthe Prophet Muhammad. Bab 2 (ff. I33« — 165'''). History of the four Orthodox Caliphs. Bab 3 (ff. i66a — 195^). History ofthe Omayyad Caliphs. Bab 4 (ff. 196^'' — 229'''). History of the 'Abbasid Caliphs. Qisni III. History of the dynasties which succeeded the Caliphate in Asia Minor, Persia, etc., and in India, in 2 Maqdlas. Maqdla I (ff. 230'' — 290'''). Post-Islamic dynasties of Asia Minor, Syria, Egypt, Persia, etc., in 9 divisions ( Tabaqa). Tabaqa i. Saffarids (f. 230«). Tabaqa 2. Samanids (f. 23 1''''). Tabaqa 3. Deylamites, or Buyids (f. 237«). Tabaqa 4. Ghaznavids (240'''). Tabaqa 5. Seljiiqs (f. 245'''). [Tabaqa 6]. Khwarazm-Shahs (f. 260^'). \Tabaqa 7]. Atabeks, in 2 firqas: — Firqa i (f. 266'''). Atabeks of 'Iraq and Azarbaijan. Firqa 2 (f. 266^^). Atabeks of Syria, Diyar Bekr, and Fars. [Tabaqa 8]. Kurdish Sultans of Egypt and Syria (f. 274''^). 105 [Tabaga 9]. Fatimids, Isma'ilis, and Assassins, in 2 firqas : — Firqa i. Isma'ilis of Egypt, Syria, and the Occident (f. 285^'). Firqa 2. Isma'ilis of the East, or Assassins of Persia (f. 287/'). Here the manuscript ends , the second Maqcila , dealing with the Muhammadan dynasties of India, not being included in this volume. No. XLIV. Gg. 4. 22. (r cT «t) lAwJt 'i. Mirkhwand's great universal history, the Rawda- tu's-Safa, first, second, and third volumes, including the period between the creation of the world and the end of the 'Abbasid dynasty. See Rieu, Vol. I, p. 87 et seq., and Ethe , col. 26 et seq. A translation into English of the whole of Vol. I , made by the late Mr. E. Rehatsek of Bombay, and edited by Mr. Arbuthnot , has been published (1891 — 2) under the patronage of the Royal Asiatic Society. At the time of his death , Mr. Rehatsek had completed the translation of vol. II (con- taining the lives of Muhammad and his four immediate successors), which volume also it is intended to publish. This manuscript was written by Hasan b. 'Ala'u'd- Din Muhammad en-Naqib el-Hasani of Tabriz. and was finished on the nth of Rabi' II, A. H. 980 (Aug. 2ist, A. D. 1572). It contains fif. 517 (ff. i« — 1^>, blank; f. 2^', containing the title and beginning of the work , finely illuminated in gold and colours ; f. 3 mis- sing; ff. 177'^ — 1 8 1'', 396''' — 399'^, and 517''' blank) of 35.5 X 24.25 c; and 30 1. The margins are 8 c. in width, and are separated from the text, which is written in a small neat naskli , by lines ruled in gold , green , and blue. io6 The first volume begins on f. 2l\ It contains 7 lines of the preface written on a ground of gold , beginning as usual : — A^ (C^'^ L^'r^^^' j>U/« i^iw^UwJ c>jw.^ («,>*. J : and ending: — Here follows a hiatus, equivalent to 33 lines of the Tihran lithographed edition , caused by the loss or ab- straction of f. 3 , of which the recto , at all events , must have been illuminated , as the title , written above and below the text, is incomplete on f. i^. The portion of the title on f. 2^^ runs as follows : — . . J^/a o!--^jL«2j ^J^ »_)Lo>'!i( ^•^'i; ujbiS' q-. iJ^"^! - W^ This title , " Razudatu l-Ahbdb'\ is repeated at the be- ginnings of vols. II and III. Concerning it a former possessor has written in Turkish on f. i«: — k_;L>'iil ^-^5; V^rl' JaJ^C ^jl^ .iA>iil./a ik.]lA/«LJ lXJ^^ j*.a kS "This encyclopaedic , delightful , and excellent book is the historical work called Razvdatu s-safci composed by him styled Mirkhwand. The scribe has committed an error in writing Rawdatu l-AhbabJ" A few other notes in Turkish and Arabic are written on f. i'', and the fol- lowing in Latin: — "A.a. 15 Historia persica _» sLi (A3^li» To. i. 2:3. Chuondshah persice." Th& first volume ends on f. I77« with a eulogy of Mir 'All Shir, and a recapitulation of the causes which led 107 the author to compose the work , not found in the Tihran edition. There is no date in the colophon. The second volume begins on f. i8i<^, and ends on f. 396« with a thanks-giving for its completion, lacking in the Tihran edition. The colophon is dated Shawwal 15th, A. H. 978. The third volume begins on f. 399^, and ends on f. 517^ with a eulogy on Amir 'All Shir wanting in the Tihran edition. No. XLV. Gg. 4. 23. Mirkhwand's Rawdatu's-safa, fourth and fifth volumes , including the period between the Tahirid , Saffarid , and Samanid dynasties and the year A. H. 762 (A. D. 1360 — i). Ff. 366 (ff. \a, ijji' and 366''' blank); 36.25 x 24.0 c. ; 30 1. Written in a small and legible naskh hand ; head- ings in red. There are no illuminations, nor are the margins ruled. The fourtli volume begins , without heading , at the top of f. i^, in the usual way: — ^^O^A,M oU'jl' c k*:^ i^i.>LjO _5 ,^i-Xj! CjoLxjw ^^jS^amJ ^i>A«_^9 It ends on f. I77« with a panegyric on Amir 'Ali Shir which is omitted in the Tihran edition. The colophon runs as follows : — oixSyj '\juA\ iOto^. ^jLiS^ Q^ ^^y >-^^-?^' 5^^ xljLax ». w £ ^ JLw Q^ \jL*JI.WO 3 ^_^LX^>I «._A_A« ^yi\ «JwJ. ri*'^' ^ \a*^\ ^ io8 It appears , therefore , that this volume was collated and corrected under Mirkhwand's own supervision in the latter part of the month of Rabi'u'l-Avval , A. H. 901 (about Dec. 18*, A. D. 1495), little more than two years before his death. The fifth volume begins , without heading , in the lower third of f. i/S'?, as follows: ^il ^CsAA %-tr>s 1^;^^** ^ 5 ^_^sU^ a^S>LAjL> (j^^jU The words which conclude the Tihran edition occur on f. 365''', 1. 21, and are followed by the usual panegyric on Amir 'Ali Shir , which ends as follows (on f. 366«) : — lilLXJi .0 c>-cLa12j ^' ^Jij ^j! c;asL J^j»,j ^^^i^ J->^ 5 J^^^ ^/iJi/) JiSi^j \,JuaX/) ^;->- (3^-^-^ J ci^'«^J5<-^-J I—*— Jji ijy^-^ Oj*ia5> i-^^^ '— *:^-'V' V^-7^^ i^x-A-Aw o'l-XJl:^ ;t _jC_jl> iALs^ 3' Ijo'jJ*^ ^:^l-*^* o-*''-> Q^J^' j-^^ cr'^ ^" o|j.c^3l ^r*^^ No. XLVI. Add. 243 (Lewis N). (J^l txLi.) Lft^l if^Xot^j The first volume of Mirkhwand's Rawdatu's-safa. Ff 240 (ff. i^, 238''' — 240-^ blank); 30.0 X 20.0 c. ; 29 1. Written in a good , small }ias/c/i , between borders ruled I) MS. ipte. 109 in blue and gold. Dated in the colophon , on f. 238^, Shawwal, A. H. 1004 (=June, A. D. 1596). A note in Persian below this states that the volume was sold by Sheykh 'Abdu'l-'Aziz the Arab to a certain Ibrahim on Rajab 15th, A. H. 1095 (= June 28, A. D. 1684). The text concludes with a eulogy of about a page on Mir 'All Shir which is wanting in the Tihran edition. No. XLVII. Add. 244 (Lewis O). (^ilj tXir^) LftAaJl ^>^^j The second volume of Mirkhwand's Rawdatu's- safa. Ff. 336 (ff. \a, 235^—236''' blank); 31.5 X 18.7 c,; 31 1. Written in a good naskh hand between borders ruled in blue and gold. Not dated, but apparently written about A. H. 1000; certainly before 1099, which date occurs in a note of ownership on f. i^'. This volume also concludes with a eulogy on Mir 'All Shir, lacking in the Tihran edition. No. XLVIII. Add. 245. (Lewis P.). («jL l\L^) L«AaJl ''Si^*^^ The fourth volume of Mirkhwand's Rawdatu's- safa. Ff. 242 (fif. \a, 241-^ — 242-^ blank); 30.5X19.5 c. ; 25 1. Written in a good nasta'ltq; headings in red. Dated Ramadan 20, A. H. 1054 (—Nov. 20, A. D. 1644. This volume also concludes with a short eulogy on Mir 'All Shir, lacking in the Tihran edition. No. XLIX. Add. 246 (Lewis Q). (y,«.\^l:L uX.I:>.) \sual\ »*^^t The fifth volume of the Rawdatu's-safa. no Ff. 253 (ff. i« and 253''^ blank); 25.3 X i9-2 c.; 18 1. Written in a fair ta'liq; headings in red. From the colophon on f. 25 3« we learn that the copyist, Niiru'd-Din b. Mulla Mir Kakhgi(?), completed his work on Thursday, ij^^i- of Jumada II, A. H. 10 15 (= Sept. 20, A. D. 1606). No. L. Add. 247 (Lewis R). (yjirfciL^ (-^i^) LfiAoil i'.Abk. The sixth volume of the Rawdatu'S-safa , down to the death of Timur. Ff. 246 (fif. i«, 245''' — 246''^ blank); 25.0 X i7-5 c.; 18 1. Written in a small neat ta'liq. Gaps have been left for the headings, which, apparently, the scribe intended to fill in with red. No colophon. Probably written about A. H. 1000. The MS. ends with the account of Timiir's dq^th (cor- responding to f. 75''', 1. 22 of the Tihran edition). No. LI. Add. 180 (Lewis 1) (r J .0 La.^if i^j^o^j The first 3 volumes of Mirkhwand's Rawdatu 's-safa. Ff. 399 (ff. i«, I36«, 305-'^ — 3o6« blank; ff. 297 — 302 wrongly arranged so as to stand 297, 299, 298, 301, 300, 302); 40.3X26.0 c. ; 37 1. Written in a small, neat naskh; headings in red. Book I extends from f. i''' to f. 135'', and is followed on f. 135''^ by a peroration wanting in the Tihran litho- graphed edition. Book II extends from f. 136'^ to f. 305^, ff. 297 — 302 being misplaced in the manner stated above. It ends with a colophon dated Sha'ban 10, A. H. 994 (—July 27, A. D. 1586), wherein the scribe gives his name as Kabir Muhammad b. Mahmud. Ill Book III extends from f. 306''' to f. 399", and conclu- des with a panegyric on Mir 'Ali Shir which is wan- ting in the Tihran Hthographed edition. This is followed by a second colophon dated Ramadan 18, A. H. 994 (= Sept. 2, A. D. 1586). The scribe here gives his name more fully as Kabir Muhammad b. Mahmud b. Ya'qiib el-'Abbasi. No. LII. Add. 183 (Lewis 4). (<.j|. 0^i:>.) LfiAail i^Abjfc, The fourth volume of Mirkhwand's Rawdatu's- safa. Ff. 194 (fif. i« — 2'T, and 194 blank); 36.7X22.7 c; 25 1. Written in a fair ta'liq; headings in red. In the colophon on f. 193'^ the copyist, who gives his name as Asadu'llah b. Haji Buraq(?), and his age as 51 years, states that he began his work in Ramadan, A. H. 1069 (= May — June, A. D. 1659), and concluded it on Dhu'l- Hijja 9, A. H. 1069 (=Aug. 28, A. D. 1659). No. LIII. Add. 184 (Lewis 5). (|jj^^L:L (-Xi:^) LiUaJl ik^*^^ The fifth volume of Mirkhwand's Rawdatu's-safa. Ff. 356 (ff. i«, 355^^ — 356''^ blank); 17 lines to the page. Written in a good ta'liq; headings in red. No colophon or date. Ends with a short eulogy on the Amir 'All Shir (of about 16 lines) which is wanting in the Tihran edition. No. LIV. Nn. 1. 19. The first and second volumes of Mirkhwand's Rawdatu's-safa. 112 Ff. 556 (ff. 1^7, 6'?, 2i7'7, 220^? — 22i«, 555^ — 556*^ blank); 34.5 X 22.8 c. ; 25 1. Written in a good, clear ta'liq hand between margins ruled in gold and colours; headings in red. Full tables of contents, carefully written in naskh , with references to the pages, occupy ff. i^ — ^^ (vol. I) and 217*^ — 219''' (vol. II). The Arabic paging does not include these tables, and recommences for vol. II, so that throughout vol. I it is 5 , and throughout vol II 220 behind the English paging. Contents: — Ff, i^ — S^. Table of contents and index of vol. I. F. 6«, blank, save for seal and inscription of a former owner whose name appears to read Matinu'd-Din Khan b. Aminu'd-Din Khan. Y{. 6^ — 216'^. Text of vol. I, beginning as usual: — « . ^ . The name of another former possessor, Muhibb 'All, occurs on f. 216'^. F. 217^ is blank. Ff. 217'^ — 219'^. Table of contents and index of vol. II. Ff. 220« — 22 1«, blank. Ff. 221''' — SSS'^- Text of vol. II, beginning: — obliCS- j ^A O^OLxm- KCy^ c:a-wj^ 5 otjlj^ *^*^ 0^>"*'*' There is no colophon or date, but, from its writing and general appearance , the MS. would seem to belong to the i6tli or beginning of the 17^11 century. No. LV. Oo. 6. 9. {^^j^ ^)^) LftAoJI i^jbj The sixth volume of Mirkhwand'sRawdatu's-safa. Ff. 551 (ff. i'^ and 55 1''^ blank; several dislocations; 113 some leaves apparently missing); 27.7 X^S-^ c. ; 21 1. Written in a fair ta'liq between margins ruled in blue and gold. Dated A. H. 1028 (A. D. 1619). Copyist: — 'AbdiCs-samad. The first page (f. i^) contains the beginning of a totally different work, viz. the second volume of the Matla'u's-sa'deyn (see below, Add. 185), and be- gins: — J I (ji^jUu** (_5US x^ iAjIj itf"*^ ^^A (^US ^ (A^ *^^ aw^lj F. 2a begins with the words: — aJJI i.^>u^a:> j».-«wUJt _j,_j! UIsAfii! sLi'.lj ^^J^/ixJ jl\_/« L^aAot , , , which correspond with 1. 9 of the first page of vol. VI of the Rawdatu's-safa in Mfrza Rida-Quli Khan's Tihran edition (A. H. 1274). There are several considerable dislocations, the leaves corresponding to ff. gl> — 19^ of the Tihran edition, for example , being placed at the very end of the volume , so that they are numbered 512 — 550; while the 25 leaves (ff. 487 — 511) immediately preceding them cor- respond to ff. 30« — 35^^ of the lithographed edition. The catch-words at the bottom of the pages are wanting in some cases, and in others appear to have been falsi- fied. In consequence of this, and the considerable dif- ferences which exist between the texts of this MS. and the Tihran edition (the former being must fuller than the latter), I have hitherto been unable to determine the proper order of the pages; nor, indeed, am I sure that portions of some other work have not been incor- porated in the text. Broadly speaking, ff. 2 — 223, 487 — 511 and 512 — 550 of the MS. correspond to ff. i — 75 of vol. VI in the Tihran edition; while ff. 224 — 486 8 114 contain the narrative [wanting in the Tihran edition] of the events which took place between the date of Timur's death (A. H. 807 = A. D. 1405) and A. H. 872 or 873. The concluding words of the MS. (not connected with what precedes) occupy the upper part off. 55 1'^. They begin: — ^i . . . \1Ljl\c and end with the verse: — No. LVI. Add. 229 (Lewis ®). U^Jf ^-^1 ^♦jL:^ The Geographical Appendix, or eighth volume, of Mirkhwand's Rawdatu's-safa. See Rieu, p. 93; Ethe, col. 27, 32, 33; and Aumer's Munich Catalogue, pp. 65 — 66. Ff. 142 (ff. i«, and 141 — 142 blank); 20.0X 12.5c.; 15 1. Written in small, neat ta'lig; headings in red. Dated the middle of Jumada II, A. H. 1049 (= October, A. D. 1639)- Begins: — ^t (AJL4.i 8l\a^j o.-yaj («jL^I ^ 0.xi* ^.jlj.t (^t. J No. LVII. Oo. 6. 12. The first volume of the Habibu's-siyar , a well- known general history by Ghiyathu'd-Din b. Humamu'd- Din, commonly called Khwandamir , comprising the history of the Eastern world down to the death of *Ali b. Abi Talib. See Rieu, pp. 98 — 100 ; Ethe, col. 33 — 38. 115 Ff. 544 (ff. i« — 544^^ blank); 26.0 X 16.0 c; 19 1. Written in a legible ta^iq between margins ruled in colours; headings in red. Dated in colophon Rabi' II , A. H. 997 (=7 Feb. — March, A. D. 1589). From a note in Persian on f. i^ it appears that the MS. was acquired by a former possessor in Lahore in A. H. 998. Begins as usual: — No. LVIII. Add. 186 (Lewis 7). ((^u l\1^) j-aavJ) v..^^^::^ The second volume of Khwandamir's Habibu's- siyar, beginning with the history of the Twelve Imams, and ending with that of the Khwarazmshahis and Changiz Khan. Ff. 329 (ff. la — 2a, 328'^ — 329^^ blank); 31.0 X 18.8 C; 18 1. Written in a small, neat Persian ta'liq; headings in red. There is a colophon on f. 328<^ dated the end of Sha'ban, .A. H. 1039 {— April 13, A. D. 1630). Scribe, Ghulam Begins: — No LIX. Add. 2934. The Nigaristan of Qadi Ahmad b. Muhammad ii6 Ghafifari. See Morley's Descriptive Catalogue, pp. 50 — 51 ; Rieu, p. io6. Ff. 224 (f. i« blank); 23.4 X 12.3 c.; 19 1. Written in a small, neat, fairly good ta^liq (Turkish or Persian, not Indian); headings, &ct., in red. Dated Rabf I, A. H. 1023 (= April 25th, A. D. 1614). Bears the Library stamp of Dec. ist, 1888. Begins as usual: — Ends with the chronogram giving the date of com- position (A. H. 959 =z A. D. 1551 — 2), and the colophon, in which the date of transcription is given, but not the scribe's name. No. LX. Oo. 6. 13. ^1 ii.4C!k.j ^^^ \*ri ^^"^J^. <-^>«>^^ CLi The second half (from Qism IV to the end) of the Muntakhabul-Tawarikh, a general history from the earliest times to the accession of Shahjahan in A. H. 1037, by Muhammad Yusuf b. Sheykh Rahmatu- 'llah el-Ataki el-Kan'ani, who completed it (as comme- morated by the chronogram JlXj ^ l-a.;s^-U) in A. H. 1056 (=A. D. 1646 — 7). See Rieu, pp. 122*^ — 124. Ff. 457 (ff. i«, 16^ — 20«, 407^ — 408«, blank); 30.2 X 16.8 c; 25 1. Written in a minute and clear, but rather scratchy, ta'lig] headings in red. Ff. i — 19 are an addi- tion to the original manuscript. Ff. i^ — 16« contain a very complete table of contents of the volume, with reference to the pages. The original volume comprises ff. 20 — 457, which are numbered in Arabic 451 — 888, 117 the Arabic pagination being evidently continued from the (now missing) first volume. Contents: Qisni IV (ff. 20''' — 207«) contains the history of the dynasties posterior to Muhammad, beginning with the Tahirids, and ending with the coronation of Shahjahan. In the colophon Shawwal 9th, A. H. iioo (= July 27th J A. D. 1689) is given as the date of transcription. Qism V (fif. 207''' — 407^) contains the biographies of eminent men. The Khdtima (ff. 408'^ — 457'') is dated Saturday, Mu- harram 14th, A. H. iioi[?] (= Nov. 8*, A. D. 1688). Some Persian verses, directions for taking auguries from the Qur'an, and one or two traditions from Bukhari's Sahih relating to the operation of cupping, are scribbled in different hands on the blank fly-leaves at the beginning and end of the volume. No. LXI. Oo. 6. 19. Farhatu'n-Nazirin, a compendium of general Mu- hammadan and Indian history from the earliest times down to A. H. 11 84 (?ii82), by Muhammad Aslam b. Muhammad Hafi'z el-Ansari el-Qadiri. See Rieu, p. 131. Ff. 441 (fif. 438^^ — 439^ blank); 28.6X16.0 c. ; 15 1. Written in a fair Indian ta'liq hand ; headings and over- linings in red. On f. \a the following brief notice of the work is written : — j»fcS!yo J^^. ^i^^^ p!"?^ ^l^•^ »i^yO;_S ._>>_>^<-. \^y^^ y^ _5 ii8 Begins as usual on /". I3: — The author gives his name in the preface (f. yl> , 1. 4) as Muhammad Aslam b. Muhammad Hafiz el Farsarvari (j^.j-w-ftj! : cf. the citation above) el-Ansari , and on f. loa mentions the histories which he has chiefly used in this compilation. This list includes the Tdrikh-i-Bah- mani; Tdjtil-Madthir ; Tarjuma-i-Yamiiii (?) ; Tdrikh-i- FiriizsJidhi; Tdrikli-i-Nizdimi d-Din Naklishabi; Mh'^atiCl- ^ Alain; Tdrikh-i-Alfi; Habibus-siyar ; Rawdahis-Safd; Tdrikh-i-Tabari ; Timur-ndina; Zafar-ndma; Wdgi'dt-i- Bdbari; Wdgi'dt-i-Hiimdyuni ; [A'in-i-] Akbari; Akbar- ndma ; Jahdngir-ndma ; Shdh-Jakdn-ndma ; ^Alamgir- ndma ; Tdrikh-i-Bahddiir-Slidlii ; Tdrikh-i-Fari'ukh-Si- yari; Qip chdq-i- Khali (?) ; Tdrikh-i-Khdfi KJidn , "which extends to the iitt year of Muhammad Shah" (== A.-H. 1 141 — 2, A. D. 1728 — 9); Manziima-i-Muhavunad-SJidlii ; Tdrikh-i-Azari ; [Ta.rikh.-i-]A/imad Shdhi Durrani (this seems to be meant , but the actual wording of the text is ,5'tXji(A4.>i) ; "and other trustworthy histories". From these he laboriously compiled this history, which (f. "9 ic^, 1. 4) he named "•Farhatu'n Ndziri)i'\ and dedicated in A, H. 1 184 to Shuja'u'd-Dawla. The Miiqaddavia (Introduction) begins on f. ii«. The isr Maqdla begins on f. i-^^. The 2nd Maqdla begins on f. 98^. The 3Dd Maqdla begins on f. 17 1«. The Khdtima appears to begin on f, 317.7, last line (though the heading is wanting) with the words: — (f. 317^) goU^ ^^'^^^ •) j^*> ^!>>' oy a-'i^ rx?" ^ The text ends abruptly on f. 438^^. Ff. 438''' — 439^ are blank. Ff. 440^ — 441^. contain a brief summary of the events of Shah 'Alam's reign j beginning: — S^l y-T^ 3' i>>^^^0>.C. VC>^4 .fci'tX.^ L*.4.^3 ...Lav.jJ ^y*^ u|>>"' No. LXII. Oo. 6. 41. The Fava'id-i-Safaviyya , a history of modern Persia, especially of the Safavi dynasty, down to the year A. H. 121 1 (A. D. 1796—7), by Abu'l-Hasan b. Ibrahim of Qazvin. See Rieu, pp. 133 — 4; Pertsch's Berlin Catalogue, pp. 515 — 516. Begins: — <■ vi>^>ygLj (sic) ^Ui >3Lj iAjI Ij ^j <■ ciA-wl J ^! Ai> L^UiOlj qL^> I20 J.5' JvC (i)wJl -xii "^^^^ ^^•' i^r-^ JA-i' 3, tLio ^^-_/i i*j ^ Ff. 182 (ff. la and 182/^ blank; 2 blank fly-leaves at beginning and end); 22.6X12.4 c. ; 15 1. Written in a fairly good la'ltq , which , towards the end , passes into a thoroughly Persian nini-shikasta. Headings in red. No colophon, but only the following quatrain ((_^U A former possessor has written on one of the fly- leaves at the beginning the following note, in which he wrongly attributes the authorship of the work to the last Safavi Prince, Sultan Muhammad Mirza, for whom it was written and to whom it was dedicated : — "An account of the Sufvee Dynasty of the Monarchs of Persia , by the late Sultan Mohummud , of Lucknow, the last of that race. He died a pensioner of the Brit- ish Government. This Prince was a man of considerable ability as a writer in both prose and verse". HISTORY OF CREEDS AND SECTS. No LXIII. Add. 754. The Dabistan-i-madhahib, or "School of Sects", generally ascribed to Mulla Muhsin-i-Fani. See, however, Rieu, pp. 141 — 3; and Ethe, col. 1037. Ff. 127 (ff. \a, and 124a — 127*^ blank); 22.5 X 14-5 c; 121 27 1. Written in a clear and compact but ungraceful ta'liq. Headings in red. The MS. appears to have been transcribed from a damaged copy of the work, as in many places lacunse occur, especially at the beginnings and ends of lines. Pencil notes in English and Persian made by the former possessor appear here and there in the margin. Begins and ends as usual. The colophon, which is continuous with the text, and gives neither date nor transcriber's name , seems to read as follows : — i«*„»m:^. ^J;S^ JS.kS> .0 liUJij (iV.JLfl liU.i^' ^Uc' Q^ J-J^bC^ No. LXIV. Add. 755. The second volume of the Dabistdn-i-MadJidhib , an account of the different religions and sects of the East, generally ascribed (as in the title of this manuscript, on f. i'^) to Mulla [Muhammad] Muhsin-i-Fani, but con- sidered by Rieu to be the work of Mir Dhu'l-Faqar 'Ali el-Huseyni, surnamed Miibad Shah. See Rieu, pp. 141 — 3, and Ethe, col. 1037. This manuscript contains the whole of the latter portion of the work from the fourth section (on the beliefs of the Jews) to the twelfth section (on the Sufis). It com- prises ff. 194 (fif. i'^, 3^ 193''' — 194-^ blank), of 22.2 X 15-0 c, and 13 1. Written in a very legible taHiq hand, the titles and heading of sections being in red. An index of contents occupies ff. \b — y^ to which is prefixed the title in red, as follows: — 122 The manuscript is not dated, and ends as usual with Sa'di's well-known verse : — ^ (C^Lii^ l*-^ ic^ t.j^^CwA^' a^ 'CS' lAiLo •!> U li' k.i:^jwl ^/iJii (j».c HISTORY OF IMAMS. No. LXV. Add. 1079. Rawdatu'sh-Shuhada ("the Garden of Martyrs"), by Huseyn Va'iz-i-Kashifi, the author of the Anvdr-i- SuJieyli and the Tafsir-i-Huseyni, who died in A. H. 910. See Rieu, pp. 152 — 3; Ethe, col. ']6 — 8. This manuscript, which is not only very badly writ- ten, but defective in two places (after f. 208, where four leaves appear to be missing , and at the end , where it breaks off in the middle of the tenth chapter), con- tains ff. 222, of 23.6 X 17-3 c. and 20 1. The writing is a bad Indian taHiq. The outer half of f. i is torn away. Begins: — "^l v^ls vjljt ^AJ! ill Juil j^^f ^J>\ k)1\ ^ 2. (f 6^). First Majlis (prose), narrating the death of the Prophet. Begins : — ^it l\J' »i3,5' ci»>j'^; C?^*^ L/'^'i-^ At the end the first beyt of a poem , which , appa- rently, is intended to be recited after it, is given as follows: — 3. (f. 12^). Second Majlis (prose), narrating the death of Fdtima. Begins: — *y Jwi' sOjS' ^^i^T^'jS; ^^:^^ Jj'-^j' (*-^ 35-*jL_> ;' J— >' n'^j'j To be followed by the poem beginning: — 124 ^l5^^-^ Q^j Oi'V^ Jj^';-^ O^J-^^ '^^ 4. (f. I7«). Third Majlis (prose), narrating the murder of 'Ah', the first Imam. Begins: — ^ w £ To be followed by the poem beginning: — 5. (f. 23'?). Fourth Majlis (prose), narrating the mar- tyrdom of the Imam Hasan. Begins: — ^t <-\V^; ^■J^L*^". *^L^t 6. (f. 29«). Fifth Majlis (prose), narrating the martyr- dom of Muslim ibn 'Aqil. Begins: — J..^' i,X>w.Jt ioJic ^Aw.=> *Lo^ ^_c^al2Aa/« qU^w^ 83L1VJ ooLg-i; j' To be followed by the poem beginning: — 7- (^- 'hi")- Sixth Majlis (prose), narrating the mar- tyrdom of Muslim's sons. Begins: — Q5^ ^ ^' 8'^/' *>:>^:i'i; ejy^ (j-* '•♦^) • • • • jU>^ ok^l; t.ji -JM sJ^Ui^ ojL^ ciA.-j_i; 'jj»*iic q-j |U.aw«< oU q-j1 ^1 oUamj oiiM^iAj 125 To be followed by the poem beginning: — 8. (f. 43'^). Seventh Majlis (prose) , relating the mar- tyrdom of Hurr ibn Riyahi. Begins : — Qy>- &^ Ail »J>j^ o-j'j; U^*^ (r^ ^'♦•^) • • . • imIo') L^' 9. (f. 52-^). Eighth Majlis (prose), relating the martyr- dom of Qdsini. Begins: — This episode is interrupted in the middle, breaking off abruptly at the words ^m^W h^Ac ^^^> -Lo! ^^i^ U? which are succeded by a blank leaf (f. 54). To be followed by the poem beginning: — ^Oj5' ^i-is! J si (jii^-wj^ ^L>y' q'A-^./o *yS^ A.-wlj' _^:>- 10. (f. 58'?). Ninth Majlis (prose), narrating the mar- tyrdom of 'Abbas and 'Ali Akbar. Begins: — \Xxi iS c\jl rsCiS c:^jJ3, (j^-*-^ (r--* Ui') .... (M^Jj'; Lwol This episode is interrupted abruptly in more than one place. F. 59 and f. 62 are both blank , while what appears 126 to be the end of the episode occupies the first half of f. 63«. To be followed by the poem beginning: 11. (f. 63'^). A piece without title, wherein is narrated how the head of Huseyn was brought to Damascus, beginning: — ^\ *L>fcj aJCs^ j»LMi o.Lp' au Q^ 12. (f. 76^). Another piece without title, beginning: — cj^jjj. ^2jaa:^ b^-^' (*^ J^^ ^^bljjlj ) j^^_jX> ^L*.3»! qI^jI^ L-o' 13. (f. 8o«). Another piece without title, beginning: — o.Lxj c^-wl) n^*^'* T*"^ »o!j^L.v; oj>L^u« J lAxj asj" 'Aja5' ^^cj^^ This episode also ends abruptly at the bottom of f. 80^. F. 81 is blank. {Here begins the poetical portion of the volume^ 14. (f. 82«). A poem in ten strophes (J».aj). The three first strophes and part of the fourth are missing at the beginning, and the poem may also be incomplete at the end. The fifth band begins: — 15. (f. 85''^). A prose eulogy on the Prophet and Imams in Persian filled with Arabic. To this is prefixed a prayer in Arabic, beginning: — 127 ^lp|», lii r (A O (^'i-X S> ;»^ 3)' ;»'j (*— ^1^ — ^• oUdji .-^l^ii- J.bo:j ^LJj^-i-i! J.aJlS'! J.kj ,^5^ii \U1 lX*^ The eulogy begins: — 1 6. (f, Sg*^). A poem beginning: — ^.lilj i ^ Q*^! J c;a»— s — S' * — ^— *— ^ — w ^ .oL 3 ;^i o^"~^ — ^"~" '^^ ^_gJ>.t,... •> _j—- 2 17. (f. 91^^). A poem beginning: — ^lX-j;-j iAaXx/o L^-:;^- &_J' yvj^j L-jl-j Jv^ ^I ^iA_jj J CkjS.^a Lft=> is — •:>■ j^abA2/o i3! ^ — j 18. (f. 92«). Numerous fragments of poetry, referring for the most part to the sufferings of Huseyn. 19. (f. 93«, bottom corner). A poem beginning: — tS- . .->jA»*>- iJjCi y O'.-IWwOtLX-X-J _5 OJl> I. ^^;.Ai3Jj/0 20. (f. 93''^). A poem beginning: — 21. (f. 94'^). A poem beginning: — ^^-4'c \ -w. Ij A-J.'O y — J sL _^ J A—^ii—^J- 128 22. (f. 94-^). A poem beginning: — ^XJUI i3j «^ Lj ,l._a_y oL — > ; qI — i— » This is perhaps a continuation of the last. 23. (f. 95«). A poem beginning: — ^c!j»fc_Ji J— jlj_-g,-.vl ^_gl (-^^^ 0^~^7^ stXJp 24. (f. 95^). A poem beginning: — ^ imvXw i_\iP|j.> L.^9 ^Ji.^\^0 gS i^AiviiJi o^A«' i_,^-^l 25. (f. 96«). A poem beginning: — 26. (f. 96'''). A poem beginning: — ^ ^fi-^p- ,\;_?> (A ii qL-** 3L — *- J^L-^J ^j—^ 27. (f. 97«). A poem beginning : — ^ o^.AM.jj?' lX-jLj bLj—f c:A._.iij |.^iiiw *_£ ^L> 28. (f. 97«). A poem beginning: — 29. (f. 97'^). A poem beginning: — ^_/ifc_>^ L_^; 5 lA-j^yJ' \j^*M j^'L« ^^i-jji' 129 30. (f. 98«). A poem beginning: — 31. (f. 98'''). A poem beginning: — s> 32. (f. 98^). A poem beginning: — 33. (f. 99«). A poem beginning: — 34. (f. 99-^). A poem beginning: — ^ ■•■•■ -•'^ vos__M^^L_-}^'3 ^'^-^ n'""^' *..Law,^ 35. (f. ioo«). A poem beginning: — J ■• • J )• \J • > • 36. (f. ioi«). A poem beginning: — ^ QluX_-A_.^-_i; j»-jL/o ^l> qI— «' [5] »i— J 'j-^ ^S- *^Jl_^_» ^^Ms=> ^ ^^ 0*7^:; *^-^' v"^*" 37. (f. lOi'''). A poem beginning: — ^ \ » his qLjc-as^w-I-j ^ A— ^-^ o'i"^ '^ J~^ 9 130 38. (f. I02'?). A poem beginning: — 39. (f. 102'^). A poem beginning: — 40. (f. 103'^). A poem beginning: — 41. (f. 103''''). A poem beginning: — Here begins a series of longer poems, generally mat/mavis , descriptive of the chief episodes of the Mu- harram tragedy, together with some elegies [martliiyd). Each of these episodes is entitled ^.xilj, and the name of the poet by whom it was composed is in most cases given. 42. (f. 104'''). ^jic ^ ^^.yf.*^ ^xxs'^ (Episode of Shirin and 'Aziz). Begins : — Ends abruptly at the bottom of f. iio''^ with the fol- lowing beyt: — ^ ^_50^A..wJ..s» ei'^ — ««! (j/*~J ij— ^ ,i->l x>^ ^<-^— J The catch-word at the bottom of the page is yi^o w. One or more leaves are missing here, but, as I am 131 unable to determine the extent of the lacuna , I con- tinue the numeration of the leaves without interruption. 43. (f. iii«) opens abruptly in the middle of an Arabic prayer (of which the first portion has been lost with the missing leaves) as follows: — -y«T s-\ji vi>*.^G' iUxsJi *^. ^ ^A"ijjt>^l ^y!l (sic) LU.*> ^ . . A final note attributes this prayer to the celebrated Shi'ite divine Mir Muhammad Baqir Damad (See Rieu, p. 835«, XXVIII). 44. (f. iii«). Another Arabic prayer beginning: — iui.4LXJi j ^AjUi XkAAa4.iI wO-LaOJ UaxaM2X ^}^\ ^/) Lj liluWi^U 45. (f. ii2«). A kind of paraphrase of Sura LV of the Qur'an (^>4.> Jl b.^*«) , wherein are introduced the names and praises of the Imams. Begins : — Pointed throughout with extreme inaccuracy. Ends on the middle of f. 112'^, the remainder of which is left blank. 46. (f. iiy). Another Arabic prayer, beginning: — ^t ^^*^^ *[j£ U*^ P^'' U*^ J ^UaJI 47. (f. 114^). Another Arabic prayer, beginning: — |V-Lmwo x*.,^\.*j 'i.Ka:^ ^^-J-rS^t ^L-i-^ (jab. <^i^' *ii tV*Js. ^1 lXa^^! 132 48. (f. 114''''). Another Arabic prayer, forming a kind of paraphrase or expansion of the Suratitl-Fdtiha, be- ginning: — (^L3Ji jvx>yi ^^yi ^^Ua^^!^ 4^yi (^o c;^^^*^' V; *J^ ^♦^ >\jl ^^lJi-5 j^.j'!^! O^ax/) Ij w\xxi d)Lji ^Ui ^5 49. (f. ii5«). Another of the Episodes (iuey in inath- navi verse , entitled : — 8^^ lXasIs &AxJi( ^^£ ^j:'. ^5';^ ^ -^^xlil^ iAa^Xw sL^ OOL^mi lXxj Begins: — 50. (f. 117^'). J. Ail* ^^LJI^ax) (.^/*i.JI ^it^ \J£^ ijL^X> O.lc ^)M\^ Begins : 51. (f. 119'''). A poem of lamentation on the death of Imam Huseyn , of which the refrain is : — This poem ends in the middle of f. I2i«, the rest of which, as well as f. 121''', is left blank. 52. (f. I22«). An elegy («^xi.x) beginning: — ^J»-A-j— *_> O 3 Oi-:^ * \ ^^*-^.^ i*^*:^ 133 Ff. 12 2''' and i23« are left blank. 53- (f- iss-^). Begins: — i&iA— w 'lA-k-j uj'j"^ O^'^^^ ,^11 .Y ,.id\.-j^ This poem ends at the bottom of f. 129''^ F. 130^ is blank. 54- (f- 130-'^. Begins: — ^.Lj (_.A..ii rjV^ *Vy^ j*.**!*^^^ V;>i*gi «iA.Ci IM^"^^ 55- (f- 137^)- (_^C _Ai2J*/0 ^A/Oj,il _y«' *.*s'j Begins 56. (f. i46«). Begins: — 57. (f. 1574 \jnL^\A ^^l^Avo ^,%v.i> j»Lot 0-A:a>* xxSlj La13j' 134 Begins: — ^^i^ »r-H?" «^^^-^ e^^'-*^ -^^ o^ 58. (f. i64«). lj»Jyfl |»blXx^ l}^^ Q^ *L*vO OjAi2,> iSJtS'^ Begins: — 59. (f. 167^). Begins: — 60. (f. 18 I«). Begins: — 61. (f. 185'^). JkxSifl |,^Xa^ u^^-J* OjAia> iotisl^ Begins: — ^c>' wl 8l\— xt (.j.^-* r^ 3 a— £>^ ijl^L^ 62. (f. i94«). 135 Begins: — 63. (f. 197^')- — . « J^ii/o ^Osjo •} ql\/)1 .j *jtj^5 Begins: — ■(2?Q— A_AM.> L5^j-^ *~^ J^— ^ 3L-J <3^— ♦-J The writing on F. 199''^ is inverted, that is to say the top of the verso corresponds not with the bottom but with the top of the recto. 64. (f. 20I«). ^^OA y" J*/ »t^ \xiij Begins: — 65. (f. 209«). t w e Begins : — 66. (f. 215^). ^^xa^i p'bbuU j.^ J*Pt ^^3, iotisij Begins: — 136 6;. (f. 2i8«). Begins: — 68. (f. 222^). Begins: — 69. (f. 225^0- J.Aft;« ""Ci*^^ O"*^ ^^"^ O^'^^ i;r**^^>" r*^' ii.«i'5 Begins: — 70. (f. 230«). Begins: — ^ ^J 2 \^S Cj\Ji^il.Z>- J.AAW ^XAmi j»J L-a-J 71. (f. 232^). Js>Ji/« ■<*^i' CT*^ 7'^*4»- 3^ 5 j.^iM<.it \xlc *Lct iutslj Begins: — 137 72. (f. 239'^). (j^aJLs? ^^^UCLvO imIJjL-w Wt'i'^ Begins: — 73. (f. 244«). Begins: — 74. (f. 252^). \jc^^ j,bbiA/o (jwjlas *.*s'^ Begins: — 75. (f. 256«). jj^::^ ^jIXa<« l'^> U*)'-^ \*"i)5 Begins: — 76. (f. 259«). Begins : — 138 77- (f- 26i«). Begins: — ^ lX.a^ g-ju-J J^_^ j5 »Lo ^ lAxii ;»j-^^ 78. (f. 266^). AiAAwJ |»bL^JL<0 IfJu^Mi &xilj Begins: — 79. (f. 272«). Begins: — ■<$! Ui qL^_> ^^ 8(A_.ii o^^-j oi^;i ^_^ 80. (f. 275«). Begins : — 81. (f. 279«). Begins: — 139 82. (f. 28 1 ^')- Begins : — 83. (f. 284«). Begins: — A portion of this poem is missing, f. 286 being en- tirely blank, and the catch- word at the end of f. 285'^ not corresponding with the opening verse of f. 287«. 84. (f. 288^). Begins on f. 289«. 85- (f. 292^'). A poem by Miiqbil in twelve stanzas, each ending with the refrain — ^ (•;-^'« »L^ ^'^ 3^** qLj; i^j5 /^.' The first stanza is as follows: — 140 ■^ ^^— ^ j-^^ j-r^ ^* — '*—^j. w T-^-^ «5 ^ a^ jr ) J^- O^^ i^- V> Ai*^ Q^-=? ^ Q ^ J-^-> (^'l>J.— A« .0 ^-_X__iit 8J» J.O •^ 1^^—^ y««-J ii)L_i» ^lX.^^ bL-—^ 0>>.Sj5 .0 ■^ (»r^^ «L/o ^i J> :La« i^Lj: O,^ ..-jj This poem ends at the bottom of f. 294'''. F. 295^ is blank. 86. (f. 295'''). Another poem of 11 beyts, beginning: — & ti^J.c *^_M« ^sll^aA y^J^ ■$[ (iLJlc ^"^.Mi icX.^ j-jj-Cj^t 87. (f. 296"'). Another Episode (i^*.it^) in verse, be- ginning: — This poem ends at the bottom of f. 300". Ff. 30O''' — 306'^ are blank. 88. (f. 307'i^). Another Episode entitled. [»^Awjl \.*X£ ,_y»0_«.> ,-\'^\»} r^> XXS'^ • Begins: — ^ qj^ac Jj> q^-> jL_j l>^_>: o.-S' JbL> HI Ends (apparently abruptly) at the bottom of f. 312'''. F. 313 is blank on both sides. 89. (f. 314")- Another Episode entitled — Begins: — ^ cV-iO 'lXaj j^j,:^- j r;'^'' ^^^ j-^^ ^ lA^ Ij jJ Jyj soLxs' *^j«j 1^]^-^ 90. (f. 323'''). Another Episode entitled — Begins: — There is a lacuna of two deyis on f. 327^^, but there does not appear to be any corresponding hiatus in the poem, which ends in the middle of f. 33 1". F. 33 1^^ is blank. 91. (f. 332«). An Arabic prayer, beginning: — 92. (f. 3321^). Another mathnavi poem by Mnqbil , be- ginning: — This poem ends near the top of f. 336a, the remainder of which is blank. 93. (f. 336'''). Another Arabic prayer, beginning: — gji ^>3Cil lilUxLcl Lit wU; ^ jjj ^aJi ^L^t ^^LlH ^^.wjjl 142 This is followed by several other short prayers in Arabic, ending at the bottom of f. 339«. F. 339*^ and half of f. 340« are covered with scraps of poetry, for the most part disjointed beyts. 94. (f. 340«). An elegy by Mulla Muhtasham Begins : This poem consists of 12 stanzas (JOo) and ends at the bottom of f. 343'^. The remaining 3 leaves of the manuscript are blank. Similar collections of ta'ziyas exist in the British Museum (Add. 24, 987; Rieu, pp. 739 — 740), and the Bodleian Libraries (N° 12 18; Ethe,col. 744). The former contains several poems by Miiqbil , to whose authorship so many of the pieces in this manuscript are ascribed. The poet Nasimi there mentioned may perhaps be identical with our Nasivi. The substance of most of the episodes contained in this volume may be found in Sir Lewis Felly's Miracle Play of Hasan and Hiiseyn (London , Allen and Co., 1879, 2 vols.). For further references to the literature of the ta'ziyas , see Ethe's Catalogue , loc. cit. Compare also M. Barbier de Meynard's Poesie en Perse (Paris, Leroux, 1877), pp. 69 — 74. Concerning the collection here described , I have only to add that many of the versified Episodes have under- gone collation , as indicated by the word iij placed after the title , and sometimes by variants given in the margin. To many of the pieces the ejaculation j.^AJi a^JLc 1a\ L is prefixed. 143 HISTORY OF TIMUR. Nos. LXVII, LXVIII. Oo. 6. 14 and Oo. 6. 15. The Zafar-nama, a history of Timur, by Shara- fu'd-Din 'Ali Yazdi. See Rieu, pp. 173 — 174; Ethe, col. 87 — 90 ; Pertsch's Berlin Catalogue, pp. 445 — 447 and 1062. The text has been published in the Bibl. hid. series (1885 — 8). Vol. I (Oo. 6. 14) contains ff. 339 (ff. i^- and 339''' blank; fif. 47 — 52 and 253 — 254 supplied by another hand; ff. 199 — 200 wrongly transcribed so that they stand 199^, 200^, 199^ 200'''); 23.7 X 16.7 c.; 17 1. Written in a good , clear ta^liq , apparently by the same hand as Vol. II , for date and copyist of which see below. Headings in red. Begins: — iLxi'^l f*--'^'^ (J>^ x*j'o iixAL sjJLao ^ (sic) iLxi.j ..^^.a iAU? This volume ends with the account of the birth of Ibrahim Sultan to Shahrukh Mirza (here called Amirzada Shahrukh) on Tuesday, Shawwal 26th, A. H. 796 (= August 24th, A. D. 1394), and the description of the rejoicings consequent thereon (concluded on Tuesday, Dhu'l-Qa'da 18* — September 14th, of the same year). Vol. II (Oo. 6. 15) contains ff. 336 (ff. i« and 336-^ blank; ff. 281 and 331 — 336 supplied in a later hand); 23.7 X 16.7 c. ; 21 1. Written in a good, clear la'liq. The transcription, as stated on f. 336^^ in the colophon, w^as made by Ahmad b. Haji Muhammad es-Sakkaki, and 144 completed on Muharram 7th, A. H. 903 (= Sept. 5111, A. D. 1497). This volume begins: — I.^.bU; soij^L^ ^_j'.Jj ^.^*-_:>L_AO OjAa5> q^Laa«_s .<^ JuisiS^ J o^-w-o iijL«.> ;^^-^ .'(Axis' -■§■>:** q'jS i-^>Lo ^i'/fy {XXi.*Mi &— >^>L^ \_5^ (3j._>!J o.L.wi J.^^L-i; «o'j-yoi sLXxiiJt (^3 *^ Ends with an enumeration of Timur's wives and con- cubines, entitled: — &— « q' Jlp>L*o OjAi2S> t^.!._A« ^ ^j\jj|^_i» qL-o .0 .Ua5' This is written in the margin of f. 335^. The colophon occupies 9 lines on f. 336«. No. LXIX. Add. 302. The revised and corrected edition of Timur's auto- biographical memoirs , made from Abu Talib el-Huseyni's Persian version by Muhammad Afdal of Bukhara, at the command of Shah-Jahan, in A. H. 1047 (= A. D. 1637 — 8). See Rieu, pp. 177 — 180 ; Ethe, col. 87. Begins: — Ff. 368 (ff. 8 and 368, the latter blank, missing; ff. i«, 367-^ blank) ; 30.8 X 20.4 c. ; 21 1. Written in a good , clear taHiq between margins ruled in red and blue. Headings in red. Transcribed by Muhammad Sharafu'd-Din JasL> (^x^ I!)';** ^'^^ dated. The memoirs extend down to Timur's death on Sha'ban 17th, A. H. 807. 145 No. LXX. Add. 185. (Lewis 6). The ^rj-/ volume (from A. H. 704 to the death of Timur and accession of Khah'l Sultan) of the Matla'u's- Sa'deyn of 'Abdu'r-Razzaq b. Ishaq es-Samar- qandi. See Rieu, pp. 181 — 183; Ethe, col. 91 — 92. Ff. 298 (ff. i«, 296^, 297*^ — 298^ blank); 30.7 X 18.7 c.; 25 1. Written in a fair Persian taHiq\ headings in red. Dated, in colophon on f. 295-^, Jumada I, A. H. 1065 (= March— April , A. D. 1655). Begins as usual: — The volume is wrongly described in a Latin note on one of the blank fly-leaves at the beginning as the sixth volume of the RawdatiC s-Safd , and it is similarly named in a Persian note on f. i«. The year A. H. 874 is mentioned on f. 2«, 1. 20 , as the date to which the history is carried down. The text ends on f. 295'^. Ff. 296^ — 297^ contain genea- logical tables of the Muzafifarids , from Ghiyathu'd-Din Haji of Khurasan, and of Changiz Khan. No. LXXI. Oo. 6. 17. ^.w^A^j .x.g.wJl jlXiaXam ^^..AAJuaJ' ;l First part of the Tarikh-i-'Alam-ara-yi-'Abbasi, a history of the life and reign of Shah 'Abbas I , with an introduction treating of his predecessors, composed in A. H. 1025 (A. D. 16 16) by Iskandar, known as Munshi. See Rieu, pp. 185 — 188; Ethe, col. 153 — 157. 146 Ff. 238 (ff. 1" and 238''' blank); 237Xi4-8c. ; 19 1. Written in a fair taHiq. Not dated. Begins as usual: — Contents: — Preface, ff. i^ — 5^'. Introduction [Muqaddama) , ff. 5^^ — 54«. Sahifa I , ff. 54^ — 237^. Khdtima, ff. 237^^ — 238^;. Sahifa II and Maqsad II are wanting in this copy. Ff. 60 — 117 lack the yellow and black margins within which the rest of the text is enclosed , and seem to have been supplied later. No. LXXII. Add. 201. (Lewis 20a). (-»J^^ hSLKS\,)£i) ^*vwUC [^\\ ^IC ^jIj' Sahifa II of the Tarikh-i-'Alam-ara-yi-'Abbasi , containing the history of Shah 'Abbas I from his acces- sion to the throne until A. H. 1025 (A. D. 1616). Ff. 303 (ff. I"-, 303*^ blank); 28.0 X 15-7 c.; 23 1. Writ- ten in a good taHiq. Headings in red. No colophon. Begins as usual: — No. LXXIII. Oo. 6. 16. (^^^ tXAailo) (^^Lc (^y Jis. ^\J,Lj Maqsad II of the Tarikh-i-' Alam-ara-yi-' Abbasi, comprising the history of Shah 'Abbas the Safavf from the beginning of A. H. 1026 (the 31st year of his reign) to his death on the 24* of Jumada I , A. H. 1038. 147 Ff. 87 (ff. i^, 87''' blank); 28.0 X i9-i c.; 23 1. Written in a fair ta'liq; headings in red. Dated Monday, Rajab 19th, A. H. 1050 (= Nov. 4, A. D. 1640). Begins: — No. LXXIV. Add. 200. (Lewis 19b). A History of the reign of Shah Isma'il I, the Safavi (A. H. 907 — 930 =: A. D. 1502 — 1524), to which is pre- fixed an account of his ancestors. This history is not, as stated on f. i«, and again on a sHp of paper pasted inside the cover, the Tdrikh-i-'Alani-drd, but a much rarer work, concerning which Dr. Rieu,in reply to my enquiry as to its existence amongst the MSS. of the British Museum, wrote to me as follows, in a letter dated Oct. 12, 1894: — "As to your history of Shah Isma'il, we have here in Or. 3248 the identical work, same beginning and same contents. But it throws but an uncertain light on the subject. It is -endorsed by Churchill ^IsLi* ^_gUiJCjLg.2>, a title taken from the epilogue. No author's name in the text, but in the very last line, after . . . . idJ tX^ii UJuo A*H 5, there comes this — l.y ^j ^^ lA*.^ ^ljsJi*Aj SjO. Whether this is meant for the author or the transcriber I cannot tell, most likely the latter. I noticed in the introduction after Juu Lo5 a curious amount of verbal agreement for a page or two with a history of the Safavis, Or. 2939, written A. H. 955 — 7 by Amir Mahmiid, son of the celebrated historian Khwandamir." 148 In a second letter, dated Oct. 18, 1894, Dr. Rieu wrote further: — "Since I wrote to you about the history of Shah Isma'il, I looked again into our MS., and compared it with a history of the Safavis written avowedly by Amir Mahmud, son of Khwandamir, and comprising the reign of Shah Isma'il, and that of Shah Tahmasp [I] down to A. H. 957. There are throughout the first portion verbal coincidences and a similarity of arrangement which make it very probable that the anonymous work is also by Amir Mahmud, and that he incorporated in it his second in a condensed and somewhat altered form." Ff. 188 (ff. i«— 2« and 187— 188 blank); 29.5 X 18.8 c; 23 1. Written in a good, clear ta'liq between borders of gold and colours. Dated Tuesday, the lo^h of Rabi' I, A. H. 1 102 (=Dec. I2th, A. H. 1690). Copyist, Mu- hammad Shafi\ Begins: — In his preface the author, after glorifying the Safavis as descendants of the Seventh Imam, Musa Kazim, from whom he traces the pedigree of Shah Isma'il, excuses himself from discussing anew the history of the Imams, which, as he says, has been repeatedly told by other writers, and opens his narrative with an account of Sultan Firiiz Shah (f. y, 1. 16), the 13111 in line of ascent from Shah Isma'i'l. This is followed by a biography of his son, oa*jyi3 (f. 4*^) bLi ljLL q.jl)J' v-.*L5 lX-^w J'^>! 3! j_^)U^ «.j-£i 149 (f. 5«) ayw y^AiJ iLo vAaa« i3^s>l j! i^^j^ ^^ (f. 5^^) 8i-X.isy> iiJI .y |J^«C5- ^A.x*« qLLIav t3[^>t -t j^*:a*J — ^ (f. 8^') idL^y (f. 8/') ^^^ ^^ ^^\ ^\^\^ (-jU> i3L^\l J sLii ^i^.A^ ^vS"^"* i*""^!^' '^*^ (mLLJLw lAiy j5'3 (f. II«) libjL^- i_5'j^J L?*^' (A:^U*wo .v> JjuLLJLw (f. 11^) iCj^yi &xJlc lX.-oL> ^^UaJl*- Jt^! jl (3-*^2*^ /'^ (f. \y) h^.,^ J]l ^a*- ^lXx> qLLJLw J|^>t ^? J.^ ^5^3 (f. 13") QLi> ^v3Lg.j ^y**^^ sLi l\3).j ^i'j> The remainder of the work, to f. i86«, 1. 18, contains the history of the life, victories and reign of Shah Isma'il I, until his death on Sunday, Rajab 18, A. H. 930 (= Sunday, May 22, A. D. 1524), and his burial at Ardabil, concluding (on ff. 185''^ — 186«) with a panegyric on his virtue, piety, and justice, and a brief account of the coronation of Tahmasp Mirza on the day following his father's death, his age being then but 10 years and 6 months and 20 days. The work ends with a short Khdtima (conclusion) containing prayers for the prosperity and long life of the boy-king Shah Tahmasp. The author must, there- fore, evidently have written soon after A. H. 930. No. LXXV. Oo. 6. 49. Ff. 181 (fif. \a, \26a — 127^', 132^ — 135", I/S*^ — 181* 150 blank; ff. 167 — 174 are misplaced so that they stand, 167, 173, 169, 170—172, 168, 174); 23.1 X 15-2 c; 17 1. in first and second parts; 15 in third. Written in fair ta'lig. Contains 3 separate works, viz.: — I (fif. il> — 125^). The 'Abbas-nama, a history of Shah 'Abbas II, by Mirza Muhammad Tahir Wahid. The work is also called Tdrikh-i- Tdliir Vahid and Tdrikh- i-Jadid. See Rieu, pp. 189 — 190; Ethe, col. 158 — 9. Begins: — The transcription was completed by Durga-Prashad on the 5th of Rabi' I, A. H. 1218 (= June 25, A. D. 1803). II (ff. 127'''— 1 3 1'''). Jami's Treatise on Rhyme (xjjlS *JLw.). This has been published, with an English translation , by Blochmann in his Prosody of the Persians (Calcutta, 1872). See also Rieu, p. 526^; Ethe, col. 613, N° 28. Begins: — There is an irregularly written commentary in the margins. No colophon or date. III (ff. 135^'— 178«). Persian Grammar (qIjj j^c^j ^^^) by 'Abdu'1-Wasi' Hansawi. See Rieu, pp. 1096'^ — 1097'^'. Begins: — y5U^^ 5 tjUxJ (Jx J^ 5 U^y ^ vi^j'^ f>) i fi^ Vj ^ii^Jl*^J! i^L_Mu ^i\ lXxj \—a\ (jvjt4.>l &_jL::^lot ^ *it ^ cX.*.S? Transcribed by the same Durga-Prashad. No date. 151 HISTORY OF nAdIR SHAh. No. LXXVI. Add. 316. Akhbar-i-Waqayi'i-Nadir Shah u Farrukh- Siyar. A short history of Nadir Shah, followed by a short history of Farrukh-Siyar , wanting title and name of author, and perhaps being a mere excerpt from a general history. Ff. 38 (fif. 1—3 blank); 22.8 X 17.4 c.; 13 1. Written in an ugly Indian ta'liq and in Indian style. No colophon , date, or name of copyist. The history of Nadir Shah occupies fif. 4« — 23^, and begins: — jwiXfl^ ,0 »S q'jjJ aLwjLi ^^j^^^- qLLLw sLii 0<^ .i3 (^i.>jjj Ends: — 5 L\-ii Q^yj sL^ob 8L.ii .olj soK .oLj (f. 23^) qL^JIs J^ The history of Farrukh-Siyar begins 2 lines lower on the same page: — Bought from Sotheby on Dec. 2"^^, 1864. 152 HISTORY OF THE AFGHANS. No. LXXVII. Add. 753. \.^M^ ^:i^[^d:>, ..^i ^Ui e>.4 —A .-ilXX/fl (sic) ^-jI^S 3 y^]y^ tA*> ^1 c>^' y^*;*" |;La*^ The history begins (on f. 4«) with the coming of Shah 'Alam Khan, the father of Hafiz Rahmat Khan, to India in the first year of the reign of Farrukh-Siyar (A. H. 1 1 24), and is carried down to the year A. H. 1 166. It includes the reigns of Muhammad Shah and Ahmad Shah, and the invasion of Nadir Shah. GENERAL HISTORY OF INDIA. No. LXXXI. Oo. 6. 35. A general history of India from the time of Mu'izzu'd- Din Muhammad b. Sam (Shihabu'd-Din Ghori, A. H. 571 — 602) to the reign of Akbar, chiefly compiled from the Tabaqdt-i-Ndsiri , the Tdrikh-i-Firnsshdlii , and the Tdrikh-i-Bahddur-Shdhi , by 'Abdu'1-Haqq-Haqqi, a celebrated saint of Delhi, who flourished during the latter part of the lO-^ and earher part of the 17*11 cen- turies. An account of his life is given by Rieu (p. 14). 155 Of this work, variously entitled Tabaqat-i-Akbari (Add. 26, 210 of Brit. Mus.), Dhikru'l-Muluk (Add. 16, 701, I, of Brit. Mus.), and Intikhab-i-Tarikh- i-Firuzshahi (in the present MS.), Rieu, (pp. 223 — 4 of Catalogue) describes an earlier text and a later re- cension. This manuscript appears to contain the former. Begins as usual : — iL^* j^i tikU' cjij J iL/ixj Q.. 'i>Xi\ ^2r^ liUll liUU j«^t ^ J^c i^.Jt yf^ "J^JAaj fUco ^^-_/o (JA-j j ^LiXJ* ^^_/i i*j 3 Ends (on f. 75^) with the verses cited by Rieu (p. 224«, II. 4 — 5) in evidence of the date of composition, and the colophon , which states that the transcription of the MS. (here entitled Tdrikh-i-FiJ'tizshdJn) was com- pleted on Dhu'l-Qa'da 2, A. H. 1221 (= Jan. nth, A. D. 1807) by the Munshi Ghulam Muhammad of Tattah-Nagar in Sindh. Ff. 76 (ff. I", y^ — 9«, and y^i> — j6f> blank); 25.2 X 13.8 c; 20 1. Written in fair Indian ta'hq, headings and overlinings in red. A complete table of contents occu- pies ff. I''' — ye. One of the fly-leaves at the beginning bears a seal- mark with the date A. H. 12 12 and an inscription which seems to read wCs-jj ^-^y. Qyiii. No. LXXXII. Oo. 6. 18. ifJi^.b ^O.LXj j_^*w»^ ^4j^.j) ,..a«.]Lj Part of the Gulshan-i-Ibrahimi , a general history of India from the earliest times to A. H. 1015, com- 156 posed by Muhammad Qasim Hindushah of Astarabad , commonly called Ferishta. This manuscript contains only the first two of the twelve Maqalas which con- stitute the whole work, and ends with Akbar's death in A. H. 1014 (= A. D. 1605). See Morley's Descriptive Catalogue, pp. 63 — 69; Rieu, pp. 225 — 228; Ethe, col. 116. Ff. 313 (ff. i« and 313''' blank); 28.9X17-5 c.; 19 — 21 1.; pages mended and mounted throughout. Written in a bad Indian taHiq ; headings and overlinings in red. No colophon or date. Begins: — No. LXXXIII. Add. 2623. ^o:^^ ^^^ jj-^*^ \.,s^f- \^f^ ^>Lw-fij ^^l;^UOo aLw^tXA^ /♦-wis Os^-^KA ^aAjlj The second volume (from Maqala III , § 2 , to the end) of the Gulshan [called in this MS. Gulzar]-i- Ibrahimi, better known as the Tarikh-i-Ferishta , by Muhammad Qasim Hindushah Ferishta, the son of Mawlana Ghulam 'All, of Astarabad. Ff. 290 (fif. 288''' — 290^^ blank); 32.0X23.0 c. ; 25 1. Written in legible taHiq between margins of red and blue on variously coloured paper. Copied in A. H. 1152 (A. D. 1739 — 1740) in Si'kakul on the high road leading from Haydarabad in the Deccan to Bengal, from a manuscript belonging to Muhammad Mahfuz Khan , successor and heir of the Nawwab Anvaru'd-Din Khan, by Khalilu'llah Ghulam Sheykhan Ahmad, vaqdyi'- nigdr of Sikakul. See Rieu, pp. 228'^ and 229'''). This 157 information is given , not in a colophon , but in an unusually elaborate title-page (f. i«), where it is further stated that the first volume of the history, comprising ff. 284 (which is not in the Cambridge Library) was written in A. H. 1 1 54 , i. e. two years later than this volume. Begins: — Contents (for subjects of each division, see Morley's Descriptive Catalogue , pp. 63 — 69) : — Maqdla III, § 2 , f . i'''; § 3, f- 54; § 4, f- 104^ § 5> IIO«; § 6, III'^. Maqdla IV, fif. ii3« — 159^^. Maqdla V, ff. 159a — 192«. Maqdla VI, fif. 192^ — 202'^. Maqdla VII, ff. 202^^ — 2I2«. Maqdla VIII, fif. 2i2« — 220«. Maqdla IX, fif. 220« — 226«. Maqdla X, fif. 226^ — 249'^. Maqdla XI, fif. 249''' — 253*5. Maqdla XII, fif. 253^— 286«. Khdtima , fif. 286'' — 288«. As far as f. 109^, "running heads" have been inserted on the upper part of the recto of each leaf. The leaf on which each Maqdla (from the 4*11 to the I2tli) be- gins has attached to the margin a triangular piece of flowered chintz, from which a little tassel projects ex- ternally, serving as a marker. Of two loose sheets found in the volume (and now prefixed to f. i) the first contains a table of contents down to f. 191, and the other the magic square from which is derived the mystic word ^*;^i (^Ifl*)' commonly placed as a super- scription on letters to ensure their safe arrival. 158 No. LXXXIV. Add. 681. ^1. ...l^\^ ^X«»A./0 ^-AxJUaj ^jjlyJi iJ.Ao}\i». The first part of the Khulasatu't-Tawarikh , a general history of India from the earliest times to the accession of 'Alamgir, by Munshl Sanjan (according to Morley) or Sujan (according to Rieu) Ra'i, com- posed (Pertsch) in A. H. 1107 (= A. D. 1695—6). This work is the original of the Hindustani Ardyish-i-Mahfil of Mir Shir 'All Afsiis. See Morley's Descriptive Cata- logue , pp. 69 — 71 ; Rieu, pp. 230 — 23 1; Pertsch's Ber- lin Catalogue, pp. 455 — 456; and an article by Mr. Be- veridge in the J.R.A.S. for Oct., 1894, pp. 733 — 768. Begins as usual: — fLi:aXi>5 nV^ oLlX*.^ sLj'.Li' -jlmiia 3 oUjir xJL^.LXj (jiLaj gJi ^/ J Ends abruptly in the middle of the last line of f. 164^ with the account of Sheykh Yusuf the Qoreyshite's usurpation of supremacy in Multan (A. H. 857), and his capture and imprisonment. An English hand (per- haps Morley's) has written in red pencil at the foot of the page "here should follow the history of the Kings of Multan, etc." Ff. 164 (f. 164'^ blank); 30.0 X i9-i c.; 19 1. Written in a fair Indian ta'liq on European paper of a bluish colour in a quite modern hand. Headings in red. No date or colophon. The manuscript bears on the fly-leaf at the beginning the autograph of William H. Morley and the date July 9th, 1853. Ff- i'^ a"<^ i64« are also stamped with his seal. Obtained by the Library (ap- parently by purchase from Quaritch) on Feb. 14, 1870. 159 SULTANS OF DIHLI. No. LXXXV. Oo. 6. 20. The Tarikh-i-Firuzshahi of Diya'u'd-Din Barani. See Rieu, pp. 919 — 920, Ethe, col. 97 — 98. The text has been printed in the BibHotheca Indica Series (Cal- cutta, i860 — 1862). Ff. 368 (ff. i«, 364^, and 368^ blank); 26.0 X i5-0 c.; 18 1. Written in an Indian ta'liq\ headings in red. The text offered by this manuscript is corrupt and abridged, with a good many lacunae and innumerable errors. It begins with what forms the second clause of the doxology in the printed edition (p. i , 1. 6) as follows: — ^It «AjjSi \XxvM jciL*« T^J 5 yy-^ "^jtV*^ )y^ It ends abruptly on f. 363^^, the last words corres- ponding to p. 600, 1. 7 of the printed edition.- Part of the 10^''' and the whole of the ii^^>- Miiqaddama , with which the work closes, are wanting. In the margin of this page is inscribed a satirical verse addressed to Sheykh Seyfu'd-Din Bakharzi , with his retort. These are as follows: — j^\.>Ij ^^.JOl '■^i^ ^f:-^ OyOQS" L \^j^i^ K K.yllaA t^jjl ^^jj yJi ^\ &JJLj 'i^)j=>^i er'-'^' *-*^^ (-^'^^ « j3Jj5 Vi>x*a3M ^ vjlw.s i/j b" < Q.^^* (^^LIs ci*^J>^ C^' JjJ i6o Ff. 364^ — 368« contain a fictitious dialogue between God and Moses, beginning: — This ends abruptly in the middle of a sentence. The manuscript is not dated , but the seal-marks of former possessors on the first page bear dates early in the 12^''' century of the hijra [e.g. A. H. ii28 = A. D. 1716). TIMURIDES. No. LXXXVI. Add. 2778. ' Ul J^xj ^j (♦j^^Jf ^^ (jl^ ];j-;^'*J l5;^^ oIasI^ Ff. 123 (f. i« blank; f. 8 missing; ff". 41 — 42 mispla- ced so as to stand before ft". 25 — 40 ; which latter are consequently followed immediately by ft". 43 — 50 ; f. 51 missing; f. 53-^ blank); 25.6 X I57 c. ; 25 1. Rubrications throughout. First part (ff. i — 52) written in good naskh; second part in poor ta'liq. The manuscript contains 2 separate works bound up together , of which the first is a History of Akbar by Muhammad 'Arif of Qandahar ; and the second , part of the Persian translation of Babar's me- moirs made by Mirza Khan 'Abdur'-Rahim b. Bayram Khan. (I) The History of Akbar (ft". 1—52) by Muhammad * Arif of Qandahar [cf. Elliot's History of India , vol. "V, p. 572, and vol. VIII, pp. 201 and 314) comprises the first 17 years of that monarch's reign. It begins as follows: — i6i "By the corrections, etc.," writes Professor Cowell , in a note now attached inside the cover, "it would seem "to be the author's autograph copy, and was perhaps "intended as an appendix to his general history, often "quoted by Firishtah. The author calls it a «.kjLo (section?) "and says that it is to consist of a &/>Aiw, a j^as-Ha, and "a K^l£>. The first is to contain an account of Akbar's "reign, and is unfinished. Every chapter ends with a "prayer for Akbar, and there is no bismVlldh or address "to God at the commencement . . . ." For purposes of identification , the substance of the headings (written in red) which occur in the first 20 leaves are here given : — Akbar's birth (f. 5-^). His expedition to Kabul (f. 7*^) Defeat and death of Hemu (f. io«). War with Sikandar Sur and capture of Mankut (f. ii'''). Fall of Bayram Khan (f. \y). Adham Khan and Pir Muhammad Khan march against Malwa (f. i7«). Death of Pir Muhammad Khan (f. i8«) l62 Death of Atka Khan and execution of Adham Khan (f. 18'''). Mir Muhammad Khan and his brothers are sent against Adam Khan (f. iq"). Return of Abu'l-Ma'ah' from Medina to Gujerat, etc. (f. 19/'). "The history ends abruptly (without colophon) with "the Emperor's return from Ajmir to Fath-pur Sikri "towards the end of Rajab, A. H. 981 {cf. Tdrikh-i- ^Bada'uni, vol. II, p. 170)." The author, Muhammad 'Arif of Qandahar, mentions his name in 1. iS of f. 3«, and, in an erased passage on f. 5^2, speaks of Seyfu'd-Din Muzaffar Khan as his patron and the promoter of this enterprise. (II) The Persian translation of Bdbar's Memoirs (also incomplete) is that of Mirza Khan 'Abdu'r-Rahim b. Bayram Khan (see Rieu, pp. 244 — 246; Ethe,col. 102 — 103), and begins as usual: — ^J! ^i\m blLj ^xILw »Oy^L> ^^-w It goes down, as stated in Professor Cowell's note, to p. 128, 1. i8, of Leyden and Erskine's translation. Nos LXXXVII-LXXXVIII. Oo. 6. 1. — Oo. 6. 2. The Akbar-nama of Sheykh Abu'1-Fadl b. Mu- barak, 'Allami, in two volumes. See Rieu, pp.247 — 25 1; Ethe, col. no — 115. The work has been published in three volumes in the Bibliotheca Indica series at Calcutta. Oo. 6. 1 (the first volume, according to Rieu's des- cription , corresponding to the first and second of the i63 printed edition) contains fif. 440 (f. i« blank), of 32.0 X 21.5 c, and 18 — 20 1. Written in fair Indian ta'liq , ap- parently by several different hands ; headings in red. Some pages are larger than others and have been folded in at the edges to reduce them to the size of the volume , which therefore has a rather untidy ap- pearance. The end of vol. I of the printed edition cor- responds with f. 205'^, 1. 7, of the MS.; and p. 375 of vol. II with f. 420«. From this point onwards to the end of the volume the MS. no longer agrees with the printed text, for, while it wants the conclusion {Khd- tiina), it carries the history down to the end of the 17th year of Akbar's reign (Dhu'l-Qa'da, A. H. 980). In this part of the MS., however, the correspondence with the printed text is hard to verify, and, indeed, it seems to represent a different recension. The end of the 17th year (vol. Ill, p. 31 of edition) is recorded on f. 432'^. F. 43 3« is headed in red ^_5iA*j' ^ qI/l\jlX*Xw .t;*:^^ ^^ qL^asLj. This is the last heading that occurs in the volume , which is incomplete ; the text breaking off abruptly at the bottom of f. 440-^ with the words: — -*' qUJjiA-o ...I l-*JjL*Jo \. JLaJsI s^jIj qL./«:^^ y ^.Aisju &*30 tX^f ^A c:a-§^^\^j ^Avi.A -y »S^ qUl^w5> ^ ^Xi^^y^ Oo. 6. 2. (The second volume , according to Rieu's description , corresponding to the third of the printed edition, except that it begins immediately after the pre- face with the events of the i8th year of Akbar's reign) contains ff. 278 (f. i« blank), of 35.5 X 22.2 c, and 30 — 36 1. It is written in an untidy Indian ta'liq hand , with headings in red. The transcription was completed in the 1 64 beginning of Rabi' I, A. H. 1042 {= Sept. i6th, A. D. 1632) by Muhammad Hashim b. Shihabu'd-Din. The preface begins (on f. i^) as usual: — sjLj" ^.s^a« 4''^^'c\.^> *Uj (.jl.*-, and ends on the last line but one of f. 2«. Then follows immediately the beginning of the 1 8th year, so that the text passes at once from p. 3 to p. 31 of vol. Ill of the printed edition. There are some lacunse, many pages being left partly blank, but in general the MS. agrees with the printed text as far as the beginning of the 47th year, where it breaks off abruptly, towards the bottom of f. 262''' (:= 1. 4 of p. 803 of the printed edition). The rest of this page is left blank. F. 263^ opens with the Khdtima of vol. II (|.5L> yio X4J'L>), beginning: — This corresponds with p. 483, 1. 17 of vol. Ill of the printed edition, and this conclusion ends likewise as does the conclusion of that volume, but it is much more voluminous, extending from f. 263^^ to f. 265'^, 1. 6. It is followed in turn by the Khdtima of vol. Ill {^»^ yi'3 au«J'L>), i. e. the conclusion of the A'm-z-Ak- bari, corresponding to pp. 245 — 283 of the printed edition of that work. A seal mark, which seems to read (CjL-^-i (^L^>^ r*', liv^* Jjt5 is impressed on f. 29^ and f. 50«. No. LXXXIX. Add. 195 (Lewis 15). The first book (= vols. I and II of Blochmann's edi- tion) of the Akbar nama, comprising the first seven- teen years of that monarch's reign. Ff. 548 (f. i« blank), 25.6 X 16.3 c. ; 17 1. Written in a good Nasta'Uq between borders of gold; headings in i65 red. Dated in the colophon (on f. 548*^) Saturday the 14th of Jumada I, A. H. 1034 (= Feb. 22, A.D. 1625). Copyist: Sadru'd-Din Muhammad b. Ja'far 'Ah', archi- tect {jni'mdr), of Isfahan. The book-plate of the Emperor 'Alamgfr, bearing date A. H. 1081 , is affixed to the verso of the last leaf. Begins as usual : — No XC. Oo. 6. 3. Part II of the first volume of the Akbar-nama, containing the history of Akbar's reign from the ist to the 17th year inclusive. In the Bibliotheca Indica edition this is called vol. II , each part of vol. I being reckoned a volume. Ff. 246 (ff. I — 19, and 121 missing, f. 246-^ blank); 29.75 X 20.0 c; 17 I.; headings in red. Written in a leg- ible Indian ta'liq by 'Atiqu'llah of Gilan , a nephew of Jamila Banu Begam-Mahall of Gilan , claiming des- cent from the great Sheykh 'Abdu'l-Qadir of Gilan. The transcription was finished in Sikandar-abad on Friday, Dhu'l-Hijja 7th, A. H. 1140, corresponding to the lo^h year of the reign of Muhammad Shah. The missing leaves at the beginning of the MS. cor- respond to p. I — p. 30, 1. 22, of the second volume of the Bibliotheca Indica edition. No. XCI. Oo. 6. 4. The second volume of the Akbar-nama, contain- ing the history of Akbar's reign from the 18th to the 46th year inclusive. It is to be noted that in the edition i66 of the Akbar-nduia published in the Bibliotheca Indica series what is generally called the second volume is named the tliird , each of the two parts into which vol. I is divided being reckoned a volume. Ff. 418 (f. i« blank, f. 73 misplaced between ff. 79 and 80); 27.75 X 20.0 centimetres; 21 1. Written in an ugly Indian taHiq; headings in red; margins ruled in red and blue. Begins on f. i*^: — < Ua^. Oj_J ^^JU-J (jiwsLi K^ < 'l\> *l-iJ f^-M 8;Ij ^^*w Ends on f. 418'^: — < |,lj e>»^' lXaJIj ^^jw ; L o^*^ ' ("^ Cl^-^) f^*** CJ^!;"^ ^' "^^ « oLj j-j j.Li^ JjLst-x '^yJo « oLj _^" j.!;il/ jt ^^j.5:\a« |.LkJ Dated Saturday, Ramadan 15th, in the 47* year of ['Alamgir's] reign. No. XCII. Nn. 3. 57. The A'in-i-Akbari of Sheykh Abu'1-Fadl b. Mubarak surnamed 'Allami; a good and complete copy, corresponding (save for the omission of a few of the statistical tables , etc., for which , in some cases , e.g. on ff. 33O''', 417''', blanks are left) to vols, i and ii of the Bibliotheca Indica edition. For particulars of the author's life , see the introduction to the work last men- tioned ; also Blochmann's translation of the same ; Rieu , pp. 247 — 248, 251 — 252; and Ethe, col. 115. Ff. 472 (fif. i«, 472 blank); 39.7X21.6 c. ; 17 1. Writ- ten in a good, careful Indian taHiq between margins ruled in blue and red. The Arabic paging goes wrong in several places, but the leaves are rightly arranged. 167 The end of vol. i of the printed edition corresponds to f. 3 10''', 1. 3; the conclusion [Khdtima) of vol. ii begins on f. 447''', 1. 2. Begins as usual : — Copied by (name illegible) the son of Sanhoram . ,t . g 1 ^) , and finished in the month of Srawan in the year 1785, in the government {^^O^-iy^o) of the Nawwab Mubarizu '1-Mulk Sar-Buland Khan. Acquired by Mr. Peter John Cullen of Ahmadabad on July 17*, A. D. 1701. No. XCIII. Nn. 3. 56. The Ma'athir-i-Rahimi , or memoirs of 'Abdu'r- Rahim Khan-Khanan, by 'Aqa 'Abdu'1-Baqi b. Khwaje Aqa Baba-yi-Kurd of Nahavand. See Elliot's History of India as told by its own historians, vol. vi, pp. 237 — 243; Rieu, pp. 131'^, 970'^, and io8o'^. The work was completed in A. H. 1025 (A. D. 1616), and the author died in A. H. 1042 (A. D. 1632 — 3). Ff. 732 (ff. i«, 216'^, 244'^, 456'^ — 458'^, 476'^, 489^^ — 490«, 5o6«, 507'^, 624''', 630'^ — 63 1«, 6'jya. 704*^ — 705^, and 732'^, blank); 45.0X22.0 c. ; 34 — 36 1. Written in a fairly good Indian ta'liq; headings in red. The vo- lume formerly belonged to Archibald Swinton, as wit- nessed by his book-plate (inside the cover) and his Per- sian seal (on f. i«). F. i« also bears the title of the MS. in English ("Maser Rahemy") ; a statement of the number of leaves contained in the volume, in Persian; and the Persian seals of Mi'rza Muhammad b. Mu'tamad 1 68 Khan (with inscription lX*^ b and date A. H. 1120 = A. D. 1708 — 9), and 'Abdu '1-Qadir, who, from an in- scription immediately following, appears to have bought the MS. on Dhii '1-Hijja 12th in the first year of the reign of 'Alamgir II (A. H. 1167 — 8). Contents (for more detailed description see Elliot, /oc. cit.): — Preface, beginning with doxology, and ending with table of contents, fif. i^' — 3^^ Introductio7i (*,xiL\a^) , fif. y — \6^. Book I {S^\ J-Afls), fif. \7" — 244«. Book II (j»j5v> J-Aos), fif. 24 5 « — 469'''. Book III (*^A« J-AAJ), fif. 469*^ — 476^^. Book IV (^^L^ JsAos), ^. 477^— 488-^. Conclusion (x*jLi»), fif. 490^ — 732«, in 3 chapters (j«-^), of which ch. i begins on f. 492'?, and ch. ii on f. 5o8«. Where ch. iii begins is not quite clear, if, indeed, it be not missing altogether. A printed notice of the work in English (taken , apparently , from a sale-catalogue) , which is pasted inside the cover , concludes thus : — "At the end of the book is a curious account of several physicians, generals, poets, historians, and musicians. There is also bound up in the middle, by an ignorant book-binder, a formulary of letters unconnected with the work". This last statement seems to be erroneous , for, though copies of a good many letters do occur on ff. 709^ — 716^, there seems no reason for supposing that they do not form an integral part of the work. Begins (on f. i''^): — C From a very illegible note at the end of Book iv 169 (fif. 488'^ — 4^9^) it would appear that this manuscript, having been read by 'Abdu 'r-Rahim Khan himself (o^ 81A.X1I .L> vLf Kl*.'i ^Jl iwtJLIa/) ^j) , was collated and and corrected (? by the author) in Ramadan, A. H. 1030 (oiJ) 5 ^^yjS^Li^ *,A*« j^L*22/i. «f).LA^ »L.^ 1-^:^ w*»-w .^ ^ July — Aug., A. D. 162 1) before being placed in his library. Another note at the end of the volume (f. 732«) in the same handwriting (also written in Burhanpur in Khan- desh , apparently by the author , and also headed _».i'i \D') , apologises for the fact that the conclusion {Khdtimd) has not been collated and corrected like the previous part. This note, which is more legible than the first, runs as follows: — a.-i' Ok.*AJ oA-cl W..-A ...'lXx:^ .L_i;»|. I »i ciA-ib oixi^J q' 3 vA/jL^-O [?] UjLaw.:> (jiX_j'0 ^}i f^-A I— ^.XXJ w*._j'l^ [?] The manuscript would therefore seem to have been written under the author's supervision , and to have been for the most part carefully collated and revised. There are, in fact, a considerable number of marginal annotations throughout the earlier portion of the volume. No. XCIV. Oo. 6. 38. The Jahangir-nama , or Memoirs of the Emperor 170 Jahangir down to the end of the twelfth year of his reign (A. H. 1027). This work, to be distinguished from the spurious memoirs , is sometimes entitled , as in the printed edition ('Ali-Garh, 1864), Tiizuk-i-Jahdngiri. See Rieu, pp. 253 — 254; Ethe col. 116 — 117. Ff. 214 (fif. i«, 212 — 214 blank); 24.0 X 15.0 c; 15 1. Written in a poor Indian taHiq ; headings in red ; no colophon. The second blank fly-leaf at the beginning bears the seal of Archibald Swinton. Begins as usual : — a/l w^^ ^b .0 aXviiAi* k3'^^ ^'^ik^ 35'^ i3>^' l5'-^'>-*^ (W^Jb> VJJA.AttTlw l,;;^.^ .J . ^XJL-A« \ift.^Mi fc . <-—'><« (sic) ^AM .li Ends: — ^Uf j_^y 5 L5^;^- >^ ^^*^ iO:.i;Lx/ ^^=> ^ ^^a^. j^il aLi*^o No. XCV. Add. 412. Another copy of the Jahangir-nama , or Memoirs of the Emperor Jahangir. Ff. 200 (f. i« blank; f. 196 cancelled; ff. i — 56 on brown-tinted paper); 27.5 X 16.0 c. ; 21 1. Written in a good clear ta^liq; over-linings in red. The manuscript was transcribed by one Karimu'llah , describing himself 171 as a student, and was completed on Tuesday, Muhar- ram 22iicl, in the 9th year of the reign of Muhammad Shah (=A. H. 1139, Sept. 19th, A. D. 1726). Begins as usual. Ends with the first sentence quoted from the conclusion of Oo. 6. 38 , with the words : — No. XCVI. Oo. 6. 62. The tkzrd volume of the Iqbalnama-i-Jahangiri , by Muhammad Sharif, entitled MiiHamad Khan. The first and second volumes, containing the history of Babar, Huma- yun and Akbar, are rare. This third volume, containing the history of the reign of Jahangir from his accession to his death , is common , and the text of it has been printed in the Bibliotheca Indica (Calcutta, 1865), and at Lucknow (A. H. 1286). See Aumer's Munich Cata- logue , pp. 92 — 93; Rieu, p. 255; and Ethe , col. 119. The title is given on f. 183*^, 1. 2, as JaJidngir-ndma , but this is properly the name of another work. Ff. 184 (ff. i« and 184 blank); 21. i X 12.0 c; 15 1. Written in an Indian shikasta; headings in red. The Arabic paging is wrong from f. 42 onwards, f. 41 not having been numbered. Begins as usual : — From the colophon which follows the list of eminent Indian minstrels wherewith the printed text ends, it appears that this manuscript was written in the reign of Muhammad Shah, and finished on the 21st of Mu- harram in the twelfth year of that reign (A. H. 1 143). 172 No. XCVII. Add. 1082. Another copy of the third volume of the Iqbal- nama-i-Jahangiri , by Mu'tamad Khan, containing the history of the reign of Jahangir. Ff. 142 (f. i« blank; ff. 114 — 119 missing ; defective at end); 26.0 X 16.5 c. ; 17 1. Written in a fair /a'/z'^ ; head- ings in red. Not dated. Presented by Dr. W. Wright. Begins as usual : — The medial lacuna, comprising, apparently, fif. 114 — 119, corresponds with pp. 239 — 250 of the printed text ; and the end of the MS., before the final lacuna , with p. 297 of the same, 5 lines from the bottom. No. XCVIII. Oo. 6. 21. The second part of the Padishah-nama by 'Abdu'l- Hamid Lahawri, containing the history of Shah Ja- han during the second decade of his reign (A. H. 1047 — 1057). This volume corresponds exactly with vol. 11 of the printed edition of the Bibliotheca Indica series. See Rieu, pp. 260 — 261 ; Ethe, col. 121 — 122. Ff. 334 (ff. 6i\ ja^ and 334^' blank); 25.7X13-8 c. ; 19 1. Written in a very bad Indian nim-shikasta \ hea- dings in red. A table of contents occupies ff. i« — 6«. This is interrupted on f. 2a by a short account of the work and its authorship , which has been transcribed in naskhi and translated into English on a separate sheet of paper by the late Professor E. H. Palmer. In this the volume is correctly described as the "second volume 173 of the Padishah-nama" («-^Li sLiioLi ,^Lj y j.^^ vALs^), but the author's name is wrongly given as Sheykh 'Abdu I-Majid Lahawri. At the bottom of this page, as well as in the colophon on f. 334«, the book is called ^Shah-Jahdn-ndma" Begins as usual: — The date of transcription , as given in the colophon , would appear to read "the 17th year of Muhammad Shah" (=A. H. 1147, A. D. 1734). No. XCIX. Oo. 6. 37. Two volumes bound in one, the second consisting of two parts, each with separate pagination in Arabic, Ff. Ill (fif. i«, 65^^ — 6^^, log^ — 1 1 1''' blank); 23.4 X 16.0 c; 15 1. in vol. I, 18 1. in vol. 11. Written in a small, neat ia'ii'q on paper variously tinted. Contents: — I (fif. I — 66). A history of the first 5 years of Aw- rangzib's reign. Though entitled ' Alamgir-ndma both in an English note on the fly-leaf at the beginning, and in the colophon on f. 65^, 1.8, this is not the work gen- erally known by that name , but that represented by Add. 26, 234 in the British Museum, entitled Zafar- nama-i-'AUamgiri , and ascribed to Mir khan , Siiba- dar of Kabul. See Rieu, pp. 265 — 6. Begins: — t^_5iLc sUIl^Lj ^jjXtlc^^L^ <--o^ (iU^^)' lXIss? ^AJl ^^ ^i\ yi\ s;jJk.X*^ ^J^J^^iA« siyxlo aj,X.vl (»j> ^^s[j-> ^IlXXa^ ^_CjUx^U5 174 Ends with the death and burial of Shah-Jahan in Rajab, A. H. 1076 (= Jan.— Feb., A. D. 1666). In the colophon (on f. 65^) the names of the scribes are given as Muhammad Karim and Muhammad Rawshan , and the date of transcription as Ramadan 25*, A. H. 1196 (= Sept. 3iid, A. D. 1782), in the 24th year of Shah 'Alam's reign. II (fif. 67—98, numbered \—n in Arabic). The col- lection of 'Alamgir's letters to his children and some of his ministers, compiled in A. H. 1152 by Budh Mai, surnamed Ram, for Rajah Ayamal, and entitled Rams u ishdra-hd-yi 'Alaingtri. See Rieu, pp. 401*^ — 402^, under description of Add. 26, 240. Begins: — The verse cited by Rieu (p. 401^, end) as giving the title and date of compilation occurs on f. 69^ (f", accor- ding to the original paging), 11. 3 — 5 , and is preceded by another, giving the name of the compiler and his patron, which runs thus: \ ) • • • ^-' ^■.• The colophon on f. 98^^ gives the scribe's name as Muhammad Rawshan the 'Othmanli [Turk], son of Mu- hammad *Azim, son of Muhammad 'Ata, domiciled in Rawatpiir (^^j 05L) in the government of Lakhnaw, — ^.—hOy^ .0 bo^I ^^y^ oLto/o _y>^^ }^ f^ «LJo' x^xAoi c^^ SyS ^f» x^J \^**^ "^ri- *^J^-"** j^J ^^^\ — and the date of completion as the 7th of Dhu'l Hijja, A. H. 1196 (=Nov. 13th, A. D. 1782). 175 III (ff. 99 — 109, numbered t — t! in Arabic). More let- ters, commands, and instructions emanating from Aw- rangzib , with some representations addressed to him (ff. 99« — 104''', ending with colophon nearly as above and dated the same day); and wise sayings and maxims of Awrangzib , in two sections , the first on the honour due to parents (,00^ »oLo ^^.'i.s> t^b' ^fo) the second entitled ,^i^.4~S^^ .t^t obCi ^LiAXit (ff. io6« — 109^), em- bodying numerous short aphorisms styled v:>s.*X> Dated Dhu'l Hijja 15th A. H. 1196. No. C. Add. 215 (Lewis 33). Ff. 24 (ff. i«, 12'^, i3«, and 24''', blank); 26.5 X 16.2 c.; 9 1. Written in a large, clear Indian taliq between bor- ders of gold and colours, on pink paper. Contents: — I. Awsaf-nama-i-'Alamgiri (so entitled on f. i«), a panegyric in mixed prose and verse (the latter consist- ing of imitations of qasidas by Abu'l-Faraj Runi , Talib- i-Kalim, Pur Baha-yi-Jami , etc.) on Awrangzib 'Alamgir (A. H. 1069 — 1 1 18), beginning, after a short doxology in Arabic : — ^t iu\j>ji tf^>^^ •) x3Lm aJsc) j»bLwl sLwJIj S3 JLw^ II. A'zam-nama (so entitled on f. I3«), a similar panegyric on Prince Muhammad A'zam , beginning: — The Author's name is given, both on f. I2«, and on 176 f. 24". as Allah- Yar b. Haji Muhammad- Yar Uz- bek, of Balkh. To f. 24« is affixed Awrangzib's book-plate, bearing the date A. H. 1081. Nos. CI , OIL Add. 408. — Add. 409. The Siyaru'l-Muta'akhkhirin, a history of the In- dian empire , from the death of Awrangzib to A. H. 1 195; with a detailed account of transactions in Bengal from A. H. 1151 to A. H. 1195; to which is prefixed a Muqaddama , or Introduction , atmost equal in extent to the rest of the Work, by Ghulam Huseyn b. Hidayat 'All Khan b. es-Seyyid 'Alimu'llah b. es-Seyyid Feydu'llah et-Tabataba'i el-Hasani. See Morley's Catalogue , pp. 105 — 108; Rieu, pp. 280 — 281; Ethe, col. 140 — 141. The text was edited at Cal- cutta in 1833 by 'Abdu'l-Majid in two volumes, which exactly correspond to these two volumes. The first volume (Add. 408), like vol. I of the Cal- cutta edition , contains the prolegomena {Muqaddama}, a sketch of the history of India from the time of the Kaw- ravas and Pandavas down to the time of Awrangzib. This (see Rieu, pp. 280 — 281, and p. 231a) is taken with but little alteration from the Khuldsatu t-Tawdrikh of Munshf Sujan Ra'e. Ff. 514 (i« and 514''^ blank), and fly-leaves x — f and « — x (all blank); 24.5 X i5-7 c. ; 17 1. Written in fair Indian ta'liq (not all in the same hand); headings in red. Begins and ends like vol. I of the Cal- 177 cutta edition. No colophon , date or name of copyist. A Persian letter referring to the manuscript (with the first volume of which it was apparently sent to a pre- vious owner), and signed Seyyid Ibrahim, is now at- tached between fif. i^> and 2«. The Second volume (Add. 409) corresponds with vol. II of the Calcutta edition, and is, like it, divided into two parts, separated by one or two blank leaves. Ff. 757 (i"» 59^^^ — 599'S ^-^d 757-^ blank); fly-leaves x — <; and VI — A (all blank). Ff. 430 — 446 are wrongly arranged as follows: — 430, 440—445, 439, 431—438, 446. The Arabic paging is wrong for these leaves (which are numbered according to their present erroneous order); also for f. 454 (which is numbered 455), and thence on to f. 553 (numbered 555) where it becomes wrong by 2, and so continues to f. 720 (numbered 722), where it ceases. No colophon, date, or name of copyist, but only the following verse inscribed in red after the con- cluding words: — An unfinished portrait of the Nawwab Majdu'd-Dawla 'Abdu'1-Ahad Khan, which was lying loose between the leaves, is now attached so as to face f. i«. LOCAL HISTORIES OF INDIA, ETC. No. cm. Add. 2772. iC^ljcj (j>ai.;5^\JOo Oj.^ rT:^-T* r^.^-^ ^-j^ The history of Kashmir compiled in A. H. 1122 {= A. D. 1 7 10 — 17 11) by Narayan Kul, continued by a later writer down to Sambat, 1903 (= A. D. 1846). 178 See Rieu, pp. 298^^ — sqq'^, Ethe, col. 170 — 171 (N*. 318). Ff. 232 (fif. i«, iiS'^ — 120'^, and 232*^ blank; ff. 113 — 120 misplaced at the end of the volume, after f. 232); 19.8 X 13-8 c. ; 12 1. Written between margins ruled in colours, in a fair Indian ta'liq. Begins as usual: — ^Liiib */ ^^LwoLj v'-*^ )*^r^ W^ U^LaJI* :t 05J=^ U"^r*** The list of Siibaddrs from the conquest to A. H. 1122 ends on f. \\2b. The topographical description of Kash- mir occupies ff. II3« — ii8« (wrongly bound at the end of the volume, after f. 232), and appears to be incom- plete. The remainder of the manuscript (ff. 121 — 232) appears to be another history of Kashmir, from the 32nd year of Akbar's reign (A. H. 995 = A. D. 1587) to A. H. 1262, A. D. 1846. It is defective at the beginning, as appears from its abrupt opening, and also from the words ^i:/^ iOC^iiiA-^ \A.ii jsJ' o')^^ i^ J~^^ ^ ^^ (*-A^> on the first page. The first date mentioned is, as above stated, A. H. 995. The principal headings are as fol- lows: — F. 131^. aU; j^^L^ s^^iX^Jij F. i42<^. bLw ^a^Lj> .*m>.j qL^j^U; s^Lwj'u :LcI F. ISC'!. \,^\ ^ji^ ^AMwi.i ii;3? ji F. i59<^. (JLc »l-« *^^LwoLj F. 161^. fjlx aU y^ aUl ^'lXjL^ ^3^^'^^. F. i62«. ^f qLLU ^gl^^ F. i64«. aLiioL^ qj sLvi 1X4^ *^U;l>Lj F. iSi'j. o^!;5^ ^S^-^k qUa-Ij F. 197^. aLioLj x^AAM «c>>-^ *^j;k^ j^"^ j'^ 179 F. 202«. jf^MtS ^L> qL^ju- .^^ jU5 F. 209«. sSJm* vtfA-^^. oli} .>3 F. 2io<^. xjCjLw JL^ _}j u*-?**^ 5 xXjUw «jL^5' ^^UioL F. 21 1«. iC^JLw jA^ .jXavJXJ ov-:^ jJ F. 219^. x^jU* j-cii ^^^XXl^ xJuiii' iM^-o .0 F. 220^. »Sj^ "r:*^^ ^S^'^'r? F. 224*^. ifc^JLw IJ> o"-^*-^ iO:-^ qLo .l> F. 228^. -c^/*o *-^ci <5> j^f^ The last event recorded is the death of Sheykh Ghu- 1am Muhiyyu'd-Din, of which the date (A. H. 1262) is commemorated in the following verses: — .i'9 »|j.i> &Aj^ «U*« *■>>-> oL.>j,_/« .L> .U»5' i8i This second part, or appendix, ends on f. 582^ with another colophon dated Thursday, Muharram 22nd ^ A. H. 1038 (= Sept. 21, A. D. 1628), and was copied by Abu Talib b. Seyyid 'Ah' et-Tabataba'i , who appears to be the author's son. No. CV. Add. 808. .v^liiJl Jwa£ "^^-^ (*t^ Cr^ I'Xf'.*^'^*^^ r^ s^ftjuLAOJ The Nishan-i-Haydari , a history of Haydar 'Ah' Khan and Tipu Sultan , rulers of Mysore , by Mir Hu- seyn 'Ali b. Seyyid 'Abdu'l-Qadir Kirmani, who completed it, as stated on f. 240^, on Rajab 19th, A. H. 1217 (= Nov. I5thj A. D. 1802), a date contained in the word ^?_j.|^««j ("histories"). See, however, Rieu , pp. 331 — 2, where, in a description of another work by the same author, this history is stated to have been composed "at the close of A. H. 1213". See also Mor- ley's Catalogue of the Historical Manuscripts in the Arabic and Persian Languages preserved in the Library of the Royal Asiatic Society of Great Britain and Ire- land , pp. 87 — 88, where the title of this work is given more fully as : — The whole work has been translated into English by Colonel W. Miles, and published in two volumes by the Oriental Translation Fund. The first volume of the translation (corresponding to fif. 1^—154^ of this MS.) is entitled "A History of Hy- dar Naik", and was published in 1842. It consists of 31 chapters, which begin as follows in this MS.: — ch. I on f. 3'''; ch. II on f. 12^'; ch. Ill on f. 14^; ch. IV l82 on f. 14'''; ch. V on f. ig^'; ch. VI on f. 2y, ch. VII on f. 26«; ch. VIII on f. 34^; ch. IX on f. 36^; ch. X on f. 39"; ch. XI on f. 42'!'; ch. XII on f. 47^; ch. XIII on f. 49^'; ch. XIV on f. 55^; ch. XV on f. 58^^; ch. XVI on f. 6ia- ch. XVII on f. 73-^; ch. XVIII onf. 78^; ch. XIX on f. 84«; ch. XX on f. 91^'; ch. XXI on f. 96^; ch. XXII on f. 98«; ch. XXIII on f. I02«; ch. XXIV on f. 104^; ch. XXV on f. iii«; ch. XXVI on f. 115^; ch. XXVII on f. 117^; ch. XXVIII on f. 121^; ch. XXIX on f. 130^^; ch. XXX on f. 138^; ch. XXXI on f. I47«. The second volume of Colonel Miles's translation cor- responds to fF. 154^ — 240^ of this MS., the correspon- dence of the 20 chapters of which it consists beings as follows: — ch. I, f. 154^; ch. II, f. 157^; ch. Ill, f. i64«; ch. IV, f. 168^; ch. V, f. 171^; ch. VI, f. 174^; ch. VII, f. iSo'^; ch. VIII, f. 185-'- ch. IX, f. 189^; ch. X, f. 192'''; ch. XI, f. 196^; ch. XII, f. 200«; ch. XIII, f. 203^; ch. XIV, f. 206a; ch. XV, f. 211^; ch. XVI, f. 216^; ch. XVII, f. 220-^; ch. XVIII, f. 224^; ch. XIX, f. 229^; ch. XX, f. 237*^; Conclusion, f. 239*^. Ff. 240 (f. i« blank); 23.7 X 20.0 c. ; 17 1. Written in legible ta'liq. Begins : ^^0s^. (jiJ^^ 3 sLs- Jlc i^S c>i«»maXJI/o tiUL-* \yj^ A»^t xil^ The transcription of the MS., as stated in the colo- phon on ff. 240^ — 240'^, was concluded on Rabi' I, 6th, A. H. 1231 (= Feb. 5th, A. D. 1816) by Seyyid Shah 'All, in Balhari, a dependency of Adhuni, for Major Woodhouse , by whom it was presented , as stated in an English note on the fly-leaf at the beginning, to the Portsmouth Literary and Philosophical Society in the year 1825. i83 No. CVI. Add. 1098. ,.«^»3 *^J^ (jlXw Vwftjl^ An account of the six Subas, or provinces, of the Deccan, their revenue, condition, and something of their history, without title, preface, or author's name, beginning abruptly: — J 3 L>^ v'j^ Z^*^ CJ^3 J^ O"' l*^-^ v«aJ|ji^w .0 «iA5>(A-yo Ff. 124 (ff. i«, 116'^ — 124'^ blank); 23.6X 13.0 c; 15 1. Written in a good ta'Hq; headings in red, generally repeated in the margins. The six Subas stand as follows in the manuscript: — I. Khdndish, f. i^; II. Bardr , f. ly^ [Bdld-Ghdt , f. i8«; Pdydn-Ghdt, f. 25^); III. Awrangdbdd, f. 'i^Zb \V^ . Bidar , f. 57«; V. Bijdpur , f. 67«; VI. Haydardbdd, f. 88^. Ends with the following colophon, from which it would appear that the information embodied in this manuscript was derived from state-papers dating from the time of Asaf Jah Nizamu'1-Mulk (d. June, A. D. 1748): - iJLx-i..ii oL-^^J.JO ci^:^*^ 7-^-7^ ^ isJi\^s>\ J^ ajQ Juis. «vy^5i3 JJajw ^^L^f^ >AAJ (^J^ *-^' 5 c>s-iii>/ JliJ The manuscript bears the Library stamp of July 20th, 1878, but appears to have been received^ in 1874. 1 84 No. CVII. Add. 1099. Account of the revenues of the Deccan, bearing on the first fly-leaf at the beginning the above title in Persian, and on the fourth the following inscription in English: — "Wm Kirkpatrick. The Deh-buh-Deh of the six Soubahs of the Decan, being a rental shewing the yumma-Kdmir {i.e. Jwcli' ^4.>, gross receipts) "of those Soubahs by Villages. Copied from the Archives of the Exchequer at Awrangabad. N. B. These Revenue state- ments refer to the time of Behadur Shah. The Deh-biih- Deh of the Soubah of Hyder-abad is wanting: and the Revenues of that Province are detailed no farther than by Purgannahs." The manuscript seems to have been bought from Messis Triibner on June 231(1, A. D. 1874, but bears the Library stamp of July 20*, 1878. Ff. 388 (ff. i«, 141''^ — HS'^j iSi'^ — 183^ and 213 blank; f. 219 is wrongly numbered 229); 36.0X21.4 c. ; 10 double lines (the upper one of each pair for the place- names, the lower for the figures, which are written throughout in the cypher called raqam) to the page. Written in taHiq with some shikastd forms. Contents: — I. The Siiba of Awrang-abad, ff. \^^ — 62^. II. „ „ „ Btdar, ff. 63^ — 106'^. III. „ „ „ Khandish, ff. 107^ — I4i«. IV. „ „ „ Barar. (i) Bala-Ghat, ff. 143^— i8i«. (2) Pa'in-Ghat,ff. 183'^— 263^. V. „ „ „ Bfjapur, ff. 264'? — 361^. (Some En- glish notes in margin , especially on ff. 305—306). VI. „ „ „ Farkhunda-Bunyad, ff. 36 1''' — 372-^. From a statement on ff. 372''' — 373^ the original compu- tation of the revenues embodied in this volume would seem to have been concluded on Saturday, 29th of Jumada I, i85 A H. 1079 (= November 4111, A. D. 1668) by Safi'u'd- Din Muhammad, assisted by Ram-Ra'e (the actual ac- countant, who calls himself L^Aij ^^yitS'), according to instructions issued by Safi Khan. The remainder of the volume (fif. 373''' — 388''') contains accounts of pensions and salaries, and of the 5 different calenders in use (of the Hijra , of Alexander, of Yezdigird\ and the Jaldli and Ildhi computations), and a list of fortresses and castles. No. CVIII. Add. 304. Ff. 87 (ff. i«, 22-^ — 24''', 42« — 42^^' blank); 18.75 X 1 1-75 c. Contains three distinct works, the two first written in the same hand (a fair Indian taHiq) with continous (though, from p. 9 onwards, erroneous) Arabic pagina- tion , eleven lines forming the page ; the third written in an older taHiq on different paper, seventeen lines for- ming the page. These works are as follows: — I (ff. \^' — 22«). A short historical account of Jawnpur, written for Mr. Charles Chisholme, the Registrar of that town, by Seyyid Ghulam Hasan-i-Zeydi [el-Wasiti] about A. D. 1805. See Rieu, p. 311. II (ff. 25« — 41'''). A short account of Calcutta by the same author, beginning; — 8.(3 qjI xi' [lXjUj] sAa-wj-j O-xi-j OyjAAj i_,A.^>Lo JaJLyOa _j *^c slXaj ^_^\ju S^ ji-^^^ 5 ^J^toA c>>J:La^ .t^tX-oo' .liAa*-o ^ oL^x>! j^j'y 5 L^> oLavo ^y=^ ^jy^y^ c5^; o"**^ The author treats of the derivation of the name of Calcutta, its climate in summer and winter, its topo- graphy, and the like. III (ff, 43 — 87). A treatise on polite letter-writing {Inshd), with models suitable for different classes of cor- i86 respondents , entitled , according to a note on f. 43«, and another note in English inside the cover, Tarassul-i- Shilidbi ((3;L^.*i i)^J). It concludes with a series of poet- ical quotations suitable to different occasions, and a table of the cypher called raqarn. Begins: — \J^JOy>yi^ V*--^^5 cyy*i3> «i^-jL£ ^^ lX^ 5 c^^J.LfJ ^ (j*^ There is no mention of the author's name, the exor- dium being immediately followed by forms of address suitable for letters (i) to Kings from subjects; (2) to subjects from Kings; (3) to ladies of the royal family; (4) to great lords; (5) to minor noblemen; (6) to minis- ters of state; (7) to Seyyids of different degrees; (8) to judges; (9) to sheykhs; (10) to superintendents of po- lice; (11) to officers; (12) to noblemen's children; (13) to merchants; (14) to physicians; (15) to secretaries; (16) to astrologers; (17) to eunuchs; (18) to poets; (19) to fathers; (20) to mothers; (21) to wives; (22) to elder brothers; {23) to sons; (24) to sweethearts; (25) to Hay- dari dervishes; (26) to camel-drivers; (27) to slaves; (28) letters of condolence; (29) form of emancipation of a slave; (30) forms of receipt, deeds; (31) forms of words and quotations appropriate to the morning, the evening, spring and winter; (32) asking pardon for a fault; (33) asking pardon for not having visited a friend or patron; (34) congratulations on a festival; (35) congratulations for New Year's Day {Nawruz); (36) congratulations for the month of Ramadan; (37) verses expressive of long- ing for the society of one's friends ; (38) verses craving wine; (39) verses asking permission to visit a great man; (40) verses hinting that a present would be acceptable. After this follow tables of the cypher called raqam , the i87 use of which is exemplified for moneys, weights, meas- ures, and the numeration of various objects in con- nection with the following words: — (i) XXjj>; (2) iJUixi; (3) ^y; (4) »^; (5) ^ly; (6) J^h; (7) ^^; (8) ^.-^^^ (9)^3; (10) (j^t^; {ll)j^si; (12) w^; (13) J^; (14) &il.Lii; (15) J^; (16) bjXS; (17) K^^-; (18) v^-; (19) ^i^J (20) (jiis; (21) xi'L^ and (22) juiaji. Of these, the 6^^ is used in counting shawls and the like; the 17th for kharvdrs (donkey-loads) ; the 8* for sheets of paper ; the 9* for men; the lo* for beasts, cattle, etc. (just as we say in English "ten head of cattle"); the nth for fields; the 1 2th for birds; the 13th for camel-loads; the 14th for shoes of horses, etc.; the 15th for pearls; the i6th for wild animals used in the chase, etc.; the 17th for skins; the 1 8th for houses; the 19th for pieces of linen; the 20th for turquoises; the 21th for workshops and manu- factories; and the 22th for swords, knives, etc. The MS. concludes (ff. 86'^ — Z']b) with a list of the ordinary Arabic numerals, further specimens of the cypher raqam, and some verses of poetry. The only dates to be found occur in the forms of legal documents given as specimens. They are four in number, viz. (A. H.) 831 (twice; (A. H.) 838; (A. H.) 745. BIOGRAPHIES (OF VAZIRS, SAINTS, AND POETS), AND TRAVELS. No. CIX. Add. 214 (Lewis 32). j_},Aaa!( |»U2i ..^ (^i^L^ rj"*^' j.Lo lXjAj ojT ^^^^^ \^ ^ v>y> Ends: 1 89 No. CXI. Add. 816. The Ganj-i-Fayyadi, by Sharafu'd-Din b. Imamu 'd-Din b. Karimu'd-Din the grandson of Hidayatu'llah el- Qadiri er-Rashidi el-Arshadi el-Fayyadi el-Muniri(?), containing a record of the life, sayings, and teachings of the author's spiritual director Sheykh Ghulam Rashid Abu'l-Fayyad. Rieu (p. lOis*^, V) mentions an apparently similar work called Ganj-i-Arshadi composed by Abu'l- Fayyad, our author's director, about his spiritual guide Badru'1-Haqq Muhammad Arshad b. Muhammad Rashid el-'Othmani of Jawnpur, to whom, as well as to the Ganj-i-Arshadi, allusion is made by our author in his preface. Ff. 270 (f. i« blank; f. 270^^ inscribed with a Hin- dustani ghazal of 7 beyts); 24.8 X i5-0 c; 17 — 22 1. Writ- ten in a clear but ugly Indian ta'liq. Begins: — »lNJu iAj^^Cavo s^JLo ^ lX*.:>- lXxj aJj^aJIj ^jJaxXji i«^5»U3 ^U^ 6y*»j o^-cLa^ 15^!; J^'^vJ-5;^ 0-?j 3' jls'-^ny' JS»JS oiAXto A.jJ' ^^ qj j^.lXJ' j.L<)1 .^**' ^2J•^ ^;jr!<^' oyi- *^ [^js.^^ ,-toLftJi j^^lX-w^^I ^uXijyii^! jc^oUil xL-l c>».j'^^ «^|>j qJ«-^' The author states in his preface that having heard his Sheykh declare that the surest way for any one to attain a high station in paradise was for him to record some of the sayings of his spiritual director, he deter- mined , with his Sheykh's permission , to secure his fu- ture happiness by the compilation of this work , which , in honour of his teacher and guide Sheykh Abu'l-Fay- yad , he called Ganj-i-Fayyddi. 1 90 Contents: — Chapter I. Section /. On the birth of Sheykh Abu'l- Fayyad (f. 2.b). „ Section II. On his genealogy (f. ic^). Chapter II. Section I. On his devotion {irddat). (f. i6«). „ Section II. On his succession {khildfat) (f. 1 6^). Chapter III. On his masters and teachers (f. 20^^). Chapter IV. Section I. On his successors {khulafd). (f. 2I«). „ Section II. On his writings (f. 23«). Chapter V. On his discourses {malfuz). (f. 40^). This last chapter , as will be seen , occupies by far the greater portion of the book. Sheykh Ghulam Rashid Abu'l-Fayyad , the son of Sheykh Muhibbu'llah and the subject of these memoirs, was born on Tuesday the 8th of Rabi'u'l-avval , A. H. 1096 (= February 12th, A. D. 1685); and married on Rajab 2nd, A. H. 1 1 13 (— Dec. 3°^, A. D. 1701), at which time the death of his spiritual guide Badru'1-Haqq Mu- hammad Arshad b. Muhammad Rashid seems to have taken place. The order of dervishes to which these per- sons belonged is traced (on ff. I'jb — 20^2:) through a suc- cession of Sheykhs and saints to Hasan of Basra, and 'All b. Abi Talib the Prophet's nephew and son-in-law, Sheykh Abii'l-Fayyad appears to have been still living when this biography was completed, as the author al- ways appends to his name the formula „May God cause the Muslims long to profit by his life, and irradiate our hearts with the light of his presence !" The manuscript is dated the 2nd of Dhu'l-Hijja, A. H. 1 1 50, corresponding to the 20th year of Muhammad Shah (= March 23vd, A. D. 1738). 191 No. CXII. Oo. 6. 47. The well-known Tadhkiratu'sh-shu'ara (Biogra- phies of the Ports) of Dawlatshdh b. 'Alati 'd-Dazvla Bakhtishdh of Samarqand. See Rieu, pp. 364 — 5, Ethe, col. 189 — 190. Ff. 296 (fif. I, 295, and 296, all blank, are missing; ff. 2a, 2.(^Ab blank, save for illuminated circle on former); 22.6X14.4, c; 15 1. Written in good, clear ta'liq\ headings in gold; margins ruled in gold and colours; illuminated 'unvdns on fif. 2^^ and 3« ; blanks left , appar- ently for miniatures, on fif. 128'^, I56«, 212^, 213^, 236^, 277^. The colophon (f. 294^) states the composition of the work was concluded on Shawwal 28 , A. H. 892 (Oct. 17, A. D. 1487), and the transcription of this copy in A. H. 984 (A. D. 1576 — 7). Copyist, Muham- mad Jami Shimrabadi (?) Begins differently to most copies of this work as follows: — The contents, and the individual biographies, so far as I have compared them, agree with the ordinary text. No. CXIII. Add. 831. Another copy of Dawlatshah's Tadhkiratu'sh- Shu'ara. Begins in the usual way — JsJJb <3Lj> vLXi »^ ^^'>>>-ty*^ 192 Oj^ Ends with the account of the poet Juniini , correspon- ding to 1. 3 of p. 193 of the Bombay edition pubHshed by Mirza Muhammad Shirazi in December 1887, the concluding verse being as follows: — The colophon, which immediately follows this, states that the transcription of the MS. was completed in Shawwal A. H. 979 (Feb. — March , A. D. 1572). Daw- latshah brought his work to a conclusion in Shawwal A. H. 892, and died A. H. 900, so that this is a fairly old copy, though not apparently a very careful one; and the scribe appears to need the indulgence which he claims from his readers in the concluding words of the colophon: — (^tt\> kS 06j^\ »<3 — t^Lol JLftj lA— iitj 8t\— ii ^s'^ L?^^*** y . (Ait J^^jCyo ! j>.fci»-j t.8 (AJLj qI i^jw ^;! t^L*j The MS. is in a legible but ugly ta'lzq hand , and con- tains ff. 242 (fif. I and 242 blank) of 27.75 X 13 c., and 19 1. The leaves are correctly numbered in Arabic up to f. 130, but f. 131 is wrongly numbered 132, and this mistake affects the numbering of all the succeeding leaves. No. CXIV. Add. 813. Another copy of the Tadhkiratu 'sh-shu'ara, or Biographies of the Persian Poets, by Dawlatshah b. 'Ala'u'd-Dawla Bakhtishah of Samarqand. Rieu, pp. 364 — 5; Ethe, col. 189 — 190. Ff. 254 (ff. i«, 3«, and 254''' blank), 23.0X14-0 c. ; 193 15 — 17 1- Written is a good clear taHiq\ headings in red. Some of the leaves have been bound in wrong order, viz. ff. 25 and 26 before fif. 21 — 24, and f. 253 before f. 252. They are now rightly numbered. Ff. \i' — 2f> contain a table of contents. These two leaves do not seem to have formed part of the original MS., to judge by the Arabic paging. The text begins on f. 3*^ as usual: — This page also appears to have been supplied, and is in a later hand than the body of the MS. (ff. 4« — 241^). Ff. 242 — 254 are again in the same later hand. The colophon on f. 254^ gives Sunday, Ramadan 25th, A. H. 1 104 (= May 30th, A. D. 1693) as the date of completion of the manuscript. This would appear to apply to the later portion; the bulk of it looks as though it were at least a century older. No. CXV. Add. 821. Khazana-i-'amira, "the Royal Treasury", a large biographical work on Persian poets , composed in A. H. 1 176 (= A. D. 1762 — 3) by Ghulam 'Ali Huseyni Va- siti Balgrami, poetically surnamed Azad, at the request of his nephew Mir Awlad Muhammad. See Rieu, pp. 373 — 4; and Ethe, col. 255 — 260, where full particu- lars concerning the work and the author will be found. Ff. 402 (ff. i« and 402^ — 402-^ blank); 23.0 X 16.5 c; 13 1. Written in a clear legible ta'liq between margins ruled in red and blue ; not dated. According to a note in Persian on f. i«, this volume formerly belonged to Mr. Richard Johnson. Begins : — »3 194 ,^^1 Vi^'^UM Ends with the following couplet and invocation : — No. CXVI. Add. 413. The first part of the Travels of Mi'rza Abu Talib b. Muhammad of Isfahan, or Abu Talib-i-Landani , as he is sometimes called, in Europe, particularly in Great Britain. The text of these travels has been printed by the author's son, Mirza Huseyn 'Ali, at Calcutta, A. D. 18 12, and a translation of them, by Charles Stewart, was published in London, A. D. 1810. See also Rieu , pp. 384 and 378 — 9. This manuscript contains less than half of the work, the last line in it corresponding with the first line on p. 326 of the Calcutta edition. Begins as usual: — Ff. 117 and oc — y , S, e additional leaves at beginning and end. The additional leaves at the beginning {x — y) contain an abstract of the work in English written by a former possessor on April 29th, 1847, and signed (ap- parently, for the signature is very illegible) "R. E. L." This seems to be the signature of Captain R. E. Lopp. See Add. 584 infra, which also belonged to him, and 195 which contains notes and a letter in his handwriting. Ff. i«, 5, und s are blank. The pages measure 24.3 X 15.5 c, and contain 14 1. The writing is a neat, legible taHiq. Blanks have been left here and there by the copyist , apparently where he was unable to read the original. The text is not very accurate , a fact noted by Captain Lopp in his abstract of contents. Date of tran- scription and name of copyist not given. A note in Persian on the final fly-leaf, written, ap- parently, by Captain Lopp and dated Wednesday , April 24th, A. D. 1 8 17 (the third figure not certain), states that the writer arrived at Cheltenham LLP ^_xJL_:;>) to drink the waters on that day. LETTERS, OFFICIAL PAPERS, MINUTE- BOOKS, ETC. No. CXVn. Add. 420. A collection of the Letters of Awrangzib 'Alamgir, the Moghul Emperor (A. D. 1068 — 11 18), similar to, but not identical with, the collections described by Rieu (p. 401), edited by Muhammad Salah-i-Ja'fari at the request of his friend Lala Mahasingh Ram. The editor says in his preface that, having observed the delight with which persons of taste perused the collection of 'Alamgir's letters called oUxb oUb" (see Rieu's Cata- logue , loc. cit.) he determined to issue these further se- lections from his correspondence. Most of these letters were written by the Emperor to his sons. The styles used by him in addressing each of them are explained by the editor. Ff. 50 (fl". la , 39'^ — 49^ blank); 20.3X12.3 c. ; 14 1. Written in a small, neat ta'liq. Not dated, and appa- rently incomplete at the end. 196 Begins: — Vi^*g' l^T^l*^ «Aa^> ^t tXxJ 'wol .... *i;A.A«i [•'j^'^^ 5 ti^'^ ^,v\il ^c*r^ jftlal' _j.j' 8L^X>s«l> Ojii/O bLaj ^^.v3 sL^oL j.^ i' ^T xSLPy Jj! ^Ijt ^jLc jSlic lX*^ No. CXVIII. Add. 2773. Miratu'l-Majalis ("the Mirror of Assemblies"), being the minute-book of the Madras Persian Club, founded on the 6th of Rabi' I, A. H. 1204 (= Dec. 14th, A. D. 1789). These minutes, consisting of the orations, ver- ses, etc., which each member had to pronounce in turn, were taken down word for word (tUiot^ ^/il oU ^^ jS ^) by Aminu'd-Din Khan, presumably the secretary; and were copied out for Mr. Robert Anderson by his munshi , Ghulam Huseyn, on March 20th, A. D. 1815, 8th of Rabi' II, A. H. 1230. Ff. 80 (ff. i«, 79—80 blank); 22.5 X 18.1 c; 12 1. Written in legible Indian ta'liq; headings etc., in red. Begins: — After a short preamble, in which it is stated that the idea of founding this club, to be composed partly of Englishmen and partly of natives , originated at a ga- thering of Englishmen at the house of Mr. Freemason (^^-A«.4.jy) on Dec. 14th, 1789, and that it was then decided that it should meet there every Monday, the rules are 197 laid down as follows, (i) At the meetings of the club the Persian language only is to be used. Any member who speaks English shall pay a fine of one rupee. (2) The meetings shall take place at 7 p. m. on the days and at the place aforesaid. Each member in turn shall on his arrival read or recite a short piece of Persian prose or verse previously copied out by himself. These need not be original; but, whether original or not, they must be selected, copied out, and recited, by the mem- ber himself. Neglect of any one of these conditions in- volves a fine of one gold piece (.m^^). (3) Absence of a member when his turn to speak comes round also in- volves a fine of one gold piece. (4) The order in which the members are to speak or recite is to be determined by lot. (5) Each member in turn shall be president of the club for one month. Major Barry Close (_^-ij-4 U^ L?;^ being the first. (6) Aminu'd-Din 'AH Khan is chosen permanent secretary. (7) Any member may, with the president's sanction , introduce a friend , pro- vided he be satisfied of his friend's competency in Per- sian. The guest so introduced must recite a piece of Persian prose or verse which he has brought with him copied out in his own hand. (8) During the recitations members must observe silence and not indulge in con- versation. Next follows (on f. y) a list of the members, of whom 12 are Europeans and 10 natives. The former are as follows: — (i) Major Barry Close; (2) Captain Alexander de Broom (^jj-jo) ; (3) Dr. Henry Harris; (4) Captain Mark Wilks; (5) Captain Michael Sims; (6) Mr. Robert Mitford; (7} v_^p «y;^> ^X*wo; (8) Captain Thomas Hart; (9) Mr. Joseph Guiaro {^JuS 0;^>) ; (10) Captain Alexan- der Grant; (11) Mr. Alexander Mc Cloud; (12) Mr. Har- ris White. The native members are: — (i) Ghulam Huseyn; (2) Khush-hal [Chand; (3) Aminu'd-Din 'All khan; (4) Mir Sadiq 'Ali Khan; (5) Qadir-i-Sharif; (6) 198 Sheykh Farid; (7) Scyyid Ahmad; (8) Mir Nasir 'Ali ^^tcX>U5'; (9) 'Abdu'r-Rahman ; (10) Miran Huseyn. The remainder of the manuscript (ff. 3*^ — "j^^) contains the orations, 52 in number, presumably those pro- nounced at each meeting during the first year of the Club's existence. The colophon, written in red ink, occupies both sides of f. 78. The manuscript was bought of Messrs Sotheby at Cure- ton's sale on Dec. 2nd, 1864. No. CXIX. Add. 286. Letter from Suleyman Agha to the Marquis Wellesley. A large illuminated address , framed , on a sheet mea- suring 4 feet vertically by 2 feet 7V2 inches horizon- tally, in Arabic , Persian , and Turkish , with the follow- ing subscription in English: — "Soliman Aga Envoy from His Highness the Pashaw of Bagdad to His Ex- cellency the most Noble the Marquis Wellesly Governor General of India etc., etc." "Calcutta, 20th September, 1804." The surface of this sheet is divided into six double compartments (twelve in all) of which the upper four contain an Arabic , the middle four a Persian , and the lower four a Turkish inscription, all beautifully written on a flowered and illuminated ground , the first and last in a large tJmWi hand, in gilt characters; the Per- sian in ta'liq, in black characters on a gold ground with floral illuminations. This last runs as follows: — '_^5^(cO (sic) ^^f (i^wjbL^ qL^^w! c:/.aP ^o (A.f 199 No. CXX. Add. 2906. First volume of the Badger papers. — Aden and Persia. A number of official papers (in English) relating to Aden and Persia , together with some printed documents and maps , bound together in one large volume measu- ring about 33.0 X 22.0 c. The volume also contains some loose papers. Contents: — I. Aden, (i) Mr. Badger's Report on outrages com- mitted in 1850 — 185 1 by Arab tribesmen in the neigh- bourhood of Aden on British subjects, and on the pro- ceedings taken to obtain satisfaction , dated Aden , July 2ist, 1854. (2) Letter on similar matters from Brigadier W. M. Coghlan, dated Feb., 1858. (3) Another from the same, dated March 18, 1858. (4) Another from the same, dated Nov. 1859, to Lord Elphinstone. (5) Another from the same, dated Feb. 13, i860. (6) Photograph of the village of Dissee and the sur- rounding hills. (7) Map of part of the Abyssinian coast N. of Dissee and Massowah. (8) Map of Dissee or Valentia Island. (9) Map of the Island of Massowah. (10) Map of Perim Island. (11) Photograph of part of Perim Island. (12) Another photograph of Perim Island from a dif- ferent point of view. (13) Another letter from Brigadier W. M. Coghlan, written from Dafooni on July 11, i860, to the Bombay government. (14) Another, from same to same, dated July 18, i860. 200 (i5) A number of other letters, from same to same, ranging from the above date to Feb. 26, 1861. II. Persia, (i) Copy of General Outram's despatch addressed to Lord Clarendon, Principal Secretary of State, from the English camp at Bushire , March 2 , 1857. (2) "Summary of information obtained on April 24 and 25 from several Arabs as to the respective salubrity of different localities between Sablah and Mohammerah." (3) Draft of proposed conditions of Peace with Persia, by General Sir James Outram. (4) Draft of political Treaty between England and Persia (15 articles). (5) Printed draft of Treaty of Peace between England and Persia. (6) Draft of political Treaty between England and Persia (apparently a revision of 4). (7) Printed draft of proposed commercial Treaty be- tween England and Persia, dated Jan. 17, 1857, '^■'^^ Sir Justin Sheil's observations (8 articles). (8) Letter from Ofiice of Committee of Privy Council for Trade, relating to the proposed Commercial Treaty with Persia, dated Jan. 22, 1857. (9) Printed letter from Lord Clarendon, dated Jan. 23, 1857, respecting the modifications which may be introduced into the Treaty of Peace. (10) Letter to Sir James Outram, dated Jan. 27, 1857. (11) Printed letters from Mr. Murray (Bagdad) to Lord Clarendon (dated Oct. 25, 1856; Oct. 30, 1856; and Nov. 8, 1856), with observations on the same by Sir Justin Sheil. (12) Letter from Foreign Of&ce, dated Jan. 20, 1857, sent with above to the President of the Board of Control. (13) Printed draft of proposed Political Treaty between England and Persia, with Sir Justin Sheil's observations on the same, dated Dec. 21, 1856 (11 articles). (14) Draft of proposed Commercial Treaty between England and Persia (12 articles). 201 III. Loose Papers, (i) Major-General Tremenheere's Report on the various Arab tribes in the neighbourhood of Aden having Treaty relations with the Government of India. (Calcutta, 1872). pp. 29. (2) Various letters on Aden affairs written in 1865 — 7. (3) Mr. Badger's Memorandum (printed) on Persia's pretensions in Beloochistan and Mekran. (4) Printed papers on the measures taken for the defence of Aden, etc. COSMOGRAPHY. No. CXXI. Add. 2624. The Nuzhatu'l-Qulub , a cosmographical work, treating more especially of the geography of Persia and some adjacent countries, composed by Hamdu'llah b. Abi Bekr [transformed in this MS., f. 3^^, 11. 2 — 3, into iiV.j'ol ^M^j] b. Hamd el-Mustawfi el-Qazvfni in the year A. H. 740 (=A. D. 1339 — 1340). See Rieu, pp. 80 — 82 and 418 — 419; Ethe, col. 405 — 409. Ff. 281 (ff. i«, 28 1'^ blank); 29.1 X 17.0c.; 23 1. Writ- ten in a clear naskh ; headings and overlinings in red. Dated A. H. 1092 (= A. D. 168 1). Tables, maps, or diagrams on ff. 18^', 19^, 2^, 43''', 45*^, 46^, 46*^, 47^, 47'^» SS^ > 187^, 187*^, i89«, 190'S and 262«. Begins as usual: — olcy:.^/0 ciAax »S sJjiJS \i;yXc ci^c ^ci i^^|yO l- a-^'j O*^ 202 Contents: — Preface, ff. \b — 5«; Table of Contents, ff. 5« — 7^^. Fdtiha, ff. 7« — 56'''. Maqdla I , ff. 56^^ — 127^. Maqdla II, ff. 127^ — iSo'^. Maqdla III, Qism I, ff. i8o«— 185-^; Qism II, ff. 185''' — 239-^; Appendix to Qism II (here called ua-^JU, not yy^^ as in Rieu's Catalogue); Qism III , ff. 263^^ — 268^; Qism IV, ff. 268^— 274«. Khdtima, ff. 274^ — 28 1«. No. CXXII. Add. 3146. Another copy of the Nuzhatu'l-Qulub , by Ham- du'Uah b. Abi Bakr b. Hamd el-Mustawfi el-Qazwini Ff. 322 (f. 7 missing; ff. 168 — 175, blank, represent one missing leaf of the original; ff. 308^ and 319 — 322 blank; 4 or 5 leaves of the text missing at the end); 27.8 X 17.5 c. ; 19 1. Written in a fair naskli , except ff. 317 — 318, which are in a legible but ugly nasta'liq. Numerous marginal additions and corrections throughout the work. Headings, etc., in red. No date. A note on f. i«, signed by Guy le Strange, and dated Shiraz, Sept., 1879, states that the MS. was bought for him in Isfahan. Bought from Quaritch in 1894. It is numbered 11 56 in his Catalogue (N°. 142) for June, 1894. No. CXXIII. Add. 1084. A tract on the definition and limitation of the seven climes into which the habitable world is divided by Muhammadan cosmographists , with a synoptical table, 203 written by an anonymons Indian for Thomas Roebuck. Ff. 12, of 27.5X20.5 c, and 15 1. each. Written in fair Indian taHiq , but defaced on the last page by many orthographical and other errors. The leaves appear to be wrongly arranged, f. 12 (blank) standing first, and being followed by f. 11, which contains the conclusion of the tract, and should come after the plate. Headings and initial words in red. Begins (on f. \^ , which, according to its position, and a former European pagination, is f. 3'''): — .<3 olsj-Ls? .LJL>I *Lc: ^5' d'-M t. -aSL3» -.^ {J>^ 3 U*^:*" *>j '-^*r?3 'jl5)Jj-'^ )'' J^jiA-i^ L-J '->3;'-^ 5 Ci:A-A«5i .'iAa'si \Ai2>.'s LX*.a2<: cX.jLxi *.^/.j' JijL^xllj u*— J (*^^'^r ""^^ '■i^•^■'^ ""'j (j^L^ ».x5Ji/ 8c\Jb O.', j,^^ Jwolj j^^Jls wJlIaxi 5 ^Li (f. 2a) JJl* ^^O \JL]I isLo^l wA>Lo lA-J. (jm-xiLj i-jU> »l\x^ l\-^L:5^ ^ *^:V*^ The dedication is followed by two qasidas , the first beginning: — 204 and the second : — The cosmographic dissertation begins on f. y, 1. 2 (f. 5« of the old notation) as follows: — After defining a sphere, and discussing, in the form of question and answer, the spherical shape of the earth, the author describes its divisions , zones (or tropics) , and climes. Then follows (on f. lo) the synoptical table already mentioned. This is divided vertically into 8 divisions (the uppermost for the titles of the columns, the re- mainder for the 7 climes), and horizontally into lo di- visions (the last blank) with the following headings : — (i) ^'15!: (2) ^^JuA J^! ^L^i: (3) ^oLa^ O^^j-^- (4) >f-5 JsLw^t i3j.l3! : (5) »-*aI2c 8»v^^ S:Li jiJ'l : (6) J?L«^i U^i^' (7) iu.x^ i3L*>: (8) xt.»^r Jl:^: (9) qL^ q^- This table is written partly in red, partly in black. The conclusion nearly fills both sides of f, 11 (bound as f. 2). In it the author criticises the above table (in which he exposes 8 errors) , and certain geographers , viz. Qadi-zade, 'Abdu'l-'Ali Birjandi, Muhammad Efendi, Muhammad Shirwani, and Abu'1-Fadl ,jr-^[} — > ij^-^^i on whose views it is based. Ends as follows, the author having evidently intended to insert his name after the last word, which should read v^-yL*aj : — .... v_ax*aj ^yt *xJL5t ^i^^aJ* \ji^Ji^ ciJLvj ^J^\ tX^ j»Lr F. ii« bears the Library stamp of May 28th, 1873, and the words "From Prof. Wm. Wright". 205 ETHICS. No. CXXIV. Add. 308. The Akhlaq-i-Nasiri , a well-known work on Ethics , composed in A. H. 633 (see infra) by Nasiru 'd-Din Muhammad b. Muhammad b. el-Hasan et-Tusi (b. A. H. 607, d. A. H. 692). See Rieu, pp. 441 — 2; Ethe, col. 882, etc. Begins as usual with the later preface: — The earlier preface, containing the dedication to the Isma'ili ruler of Quhistan, Nasiru 'd-Din 'Abdu 'r-Rahim b. Abi Mansur , after whom the work is named , follows on f. 3^, beginning: — The contents are stated on ff. io« — 11^, the number of the page on which each section begins being also given , so as to form a regular index. The work is di- vided into three main divisions called Maqdla, the first on Ethics, the second on CEconomics, and the third on Politics. Maqdla I is subdivided into 2 sections [qism] , the first comprising 7, and the second 10, subsections {Fasl). These begins as follows: i on f. I2«, 2 on f. 13*^, 3 on f. 20a, 4 on f. 22«, 5 on f. 28«, 6 on f. 31^ 7 on f. 42^, 8 on f. 6ia, 9 on f. 65*^, 10 on f. 6^^, 11 on f. yo^, 12 on f. 74-^, 13 on f. 79-'% 14 on f. 87^, 15 on f. 103'', 16 on f. io8«, 17 on f. 120*^. Maqdla II contains 5 subsections, beginning as fol- lows: I on f. 153^', 2 on f. 158^,3 on f. 163^4 on f. I70«, 206 5 on f. i88''. The fourth of these sections, on duty to parents, was added by the author to the second re- cension of his work in A. H. 663 (see f. i84«), 30 years after its original compilation (which falls , therefore in A. H. 633 = A. D. 1235—6. Maqdla III contains 8 subsections, of which the last is missing, though included in the index, and stated to begin on f. 275; whereas, in fact, the text ends on f. 273« (f. 273''' being blank), though there are two loose leaves at the end, numbered 274 and 275, on the last of which (f. 275''', 11. 16 — 17) the title and first 11 words of subsection 8 actually occur. It is not clear what has happened to the manuscript, for on the one hand these two loose leaves begin and end abruptly, and are written in a different hand to the rest of the manuscript, and on the other hand the book is duly brought to a conclusion with a peroration and colophon on f. 273« as follows: — *.i;i» ..J yi *_jU5' ^S *AiLwi^J> kS QkL^s! (^IjLa^3 Vi>l.AM.ijl J ^ CkiS c>.-X)'.-5' oUa**;:- i^UXiJl 5 0U*> vjUMJCi"' \Juiiy^ The following continuation is written in the margin : — (j*^_a_j .0 i^vjl *._:$- 0^ lX-^1^ /?^ i' j*'^' J^^ *^^ oijX> .Li' ^ c>.-*«^ i3«.^l-> i}***'''^ 3^ ^r*^ (J*^J .Aoic ^ ii)Lj 207 QfcjL? Oycas* J»i^ i_5yij ic-'^'^^ 3) "^^'t'^i itV^ »-^i A^^. Lot X-i' o*-^' '-^^^ "^J-i OU*;^Lj (jOjJ id^' li>' ^;l .... 1.^' J v.:>.cLb 8_*Ji' a^ \JsA4>^ 8l\aj i'y-j' i3^-~ii Ji3^i?\.)l/a LAiaJ* I .Lilj ^ Jl>Lc sLwlJLj ^jJ vi^-iji^ ia;jLv ^Lsu •, *.Jl.^xvw L>j_jl lA-iU 5 oi.'o st-X.AjLj imU^|>^ 5 ...Li^Axj -emL^ -.**> -J ,}— /i^Ls jU-g-ii J .yoA/o LJ^! slXajLJj i3^>' oi-st ji aoiXx^ L»l JLasI i-jLxsi ^Ji^c a^U! j^AO J,l^/i _j .j1^./L^ li^M^ 5>^ -r^-^l^^ 5 M'^ tiA-ci v-iLAi' . . &___/.« ^^J^5t ^jo. j^ *.^j ^ ^ii'«-w-icJ ^J)Ljo ci^Jlj j.Lr It would almost appear from the opening words of this extract as though subsection 8 (which is described on f. 11^, in the table of contents, as containing selec- ted aphorisms of Plato — ^^^bLib c>^/*».j^^jL^ h.S' ^jLLoj) had been included in , or amalgamated with , subsection 7, in which case the two loose pages at the end must either belong to a different work, or to another recen- sion of this. Ff. 273 (ff. i« and 273*^ blank, save for English title on former) , and the two loose leaves , numbered 274 and 275, at the end; 23.9X13-5 c.; 14 1. Written in a curious, scratchy tiasia'lig , apparently of 15th century. No. CXXV. Add. 748. The Akhldq-i-Muhsini , a well-known treatise on ethics composed by the celebrated Huseyn Va'iz-i-Kashifi in 208 A, H. 900 (A. D. 1494 — 5). See Rieu, pp. 443 — 4, and Ethe, col. 893. Ff. 149 (ff. i« and 149^^ blank); 20.7X12.3 c. ; 15 1. Dated A. H. 1022 (= A. D. 161 3— 4). Written in a good , clear taHiq on paper of various colours. Headings in red. A note in Arabic on the first blank page (f. i«) states that the volume belonged to one Hasan b. Haji Muhammad el-Jakiri (,^/L.P-) in A. H. 1025 (= A. D. 16 1 6). On the last blank page (f. 149''') is inscribed a Turkish ghazal composed , apparently , by the copyist (iWJU), under the takhallus of Behcii. It begins: — t^tjij' Q~^5 cX-^K i^*JLA*« B.L ^3. JUi- '^.5' O^ '^^^' O^^ Ci4^ /^ \.AW COSMOGRAPHY. No. CXXVI. Nn. 3. 74. A magnificent copy of the Persian version of Qaz- vini'S 'AjdHbiCl-Makhliiqat ("Wonders of Creation"), corresponding with that described at pp. 462 — 3 of Rieu's Catalogue, and with Nos. 397 and 398 of the Bodleian (Ethe's Catalogue, col. 399 — 400). The following descrip- tion of the MS. in Latin, signed "Saloman Negri", is written on f. 243^: — '■^ Prceclarus iste Persicus Codex auro contra csstiman- dus est , turn propter argimienti prcestantiam et nitidissi- mam , qua script^is est , inammi ; turn propter picturarum et ornamentoruni compactionisque splendorem atque ele- gentiam. Est illi Titulus Agiaieb Elmacloucat, i.e. Mi- rabilia rerum creatarum. Author hujus operis est Zacharia ben Mohammad Elcasuini : ita dictus quia erat natus in urbe Casbin in Persia ; quidam eum El-Koufi cognominant 209 quia oriundus erat ex urbe Koufa in Arabia aut Chaldea tnortuus an. dj/f. HegircE. Christi lojp [sic]. Hie liber continet longissimani prcBfatiofieni et duos Tractatiis quo- rum prior complectitjir res a nobis remotissinias uti sunt coeli , Astra , Meteor a : posterior explicat illas , qiice nobis proximcB sunt veluti Terra, Aqiice , Metalla , Planter, Animalia , Valuer es , Pisces , etc. etc. nee nan de Scientiis occtdtis , de Telesmatibus et ccsteris magicB naturalis par- tibus". Ff. 243 (fif. i«, 242*^, and 243^ blank); 35.3X23.2 c; 17 1. Written in a fine clear ta'liq between gold and blue lines; Arabic quotations written with go\d\n Jiaskh; headings of sections also in naskli , white on gold , in a field of blue and gold , richly ornamented. Illumina- ted miniatures or coloured diagrams, finely executed, occupy the whole or part of ff, i^, 2«, 33^, 33^, 34^, 35^ 39^ 49^ 51^ 55^^. 56«, 5^^ Sr^'y 63^ 66^, i66^ i67«, 167'^, i68«, 168'^, i69«, 191''', 192^, 192^, i93«, 193^^, i94«, i95«, 205'^, 2o6«, 206-^, 207«, 2o8«, 208'^, 209-^, 210 — 214 (both sides), 215^^, 216 — 218 (both sides), 219a, 220«, 221 — 232 (both sides), 233^, 234 — 237 (both sides), 238^, 239 — 240 (both sides), 241'''. Diagrams , tables , etc., occur on ff. 13^, 14^, I5«, i^^', ly^, lyb, 18^^ (margin), 19^^, 2o«, 20*^, 2i«, 4i«, yGa, lys^, 176^, 176'^, 177^, i88«, iBS-^, i89«, 189^. Ff. 2l> — 3«, both magnificently illuminated, contain the title and author's name ; the former runs as follows : — oLSj-JLj^uJ' «_-\jL:^j iw^-w^ii iJL**..]! »(A5> the latter: — &iJi &r, ^3/ {sic) j^Lj/j ^Ji ^U^ vJ^jLaoj ^ Ff. 3*^ — 4«, also most sumptuously and richly illumi- nated , contain a Persian preface , written in the naskh character, in white, on a gold ground, and beginning: — 14 2IO The ordinary preface, of which the initial doxology is retained in the original Arabic , begins on f. 4*^ (at the head of which is another beautifully executed 'zmvdn) , as follows: — liVi^^ (sic, for t[jySi}]) L_jy*.j' J (sic, for S-^) liXj^ ^♦^*il ^ lX-*-S? ^j^ ^\jiS3 oL.xJt ybol JuJ' ^^ l\*j Ut l^^i ^^L^. Qy-=?- »-^ id-caaj &)JI B^^-S (_545j«ii li^-^-^' Ov*-:S? *o^ Xj^=>^ t-jUi" i^^AvsJL^ ^ oLxj? ^Uj' qI^j _5 J^' c>J\La^ 'k-jUi' Q^-sy i5 u*^J^> T*-^ 3 p'y^^^ ci'-w' aua5' _.cLw iXjU> _5 ifc_3L.^AA« (^.L tAAO w»— jL^xj _^Jfc_j Oj,Jt.^/« s.il-Awj_x.j Six lines not occurring in the Arabic text stand be- fore the paragraph which occupies the lower part of p. 4 of Wtistenfeld's edition. These contain the dedication to Tzzu'd-Din Shapur b. 'Othman (cf. Rieu, p. 463^, second par.) From the table of contents (ff. 6a — 8«) this Persian version would appear to agree substantially with the Arabic original , but to contain also excerpts from Qaz- vini's other work, the AthdriCl-Bildd. The colophon (on f. 242") gives the i6th of Jumada II, A. H. 974 (= Dec. 29, A. D. 1566) as the date of transcription , but does not mention the name of the copyist. 211 MEDICINE. No. CXXVII. Mm. 2. 6. L5^L' «w^:.)j^ 5^a:L6 The great Medical Encyclopaedia entitled Dhakhira- i-Khwarazmshahi , compiled by Zeynu'd-Din Abu Ibrahim Isma'il b. Hasan b. Ahmad b. Muhammad el- Huseyni el-Jurjani (d. A. H. 531 = A. D. 11 36 — 7) for his patron Qutbu'd-Din Khwarazmshah. See Haji Khalfa, N°. 5794; Rieu, pp. 466 — 467; Ethe, col. 951 — 954. This manuscript is defective both at the beginning and end. Of the first sheet of 8 leaves the first 2 lea- ves (fif. I — 2) have been cut away, evidently with a knife ; and perhaps one entire sheet or more is lacking before this point. The manuscript begins (on f. 3^) in the middle of ch. 6 of Guftar I of Book I with the words: — ^1 ki.j' «-^JiAj ,^.1^;L« ^ ^3 iAjiLaw ^i;A.A«5t *»Xx-A ^^ LT'''^'* ^ Guftar II of Book I begins on the last line but one of the next page (f. 3^^). The manuscript breaks of abruptly in the middle of ch. 7 of Guftar II of the Tatimma, or Supplement, so that the last 24 chapters of the work (ch. VIII — XXXI) are missing. Ff. 572 (ff. I — 2 missing from the first sheet); 35.7 X 22.0 c. ; 29 1. Written very neatly , but not always very accurately, in a small clear nask/i , apparently of the 15th century. Headings in red. A complete table of contents is prefixed to each book and to each part of ■ the supplement. 212 Book II begins on f. 43"; Book III, part I, on f. S2^'; part II on f. I20«; Book IV on f. i/o^; Book V on f. I90«; Book VI on f. 234^; Book VII on f. 47 3^^; Book VIII on f. soS*^; Book IX on f. 5i8«; Supplement [Tatimma), part I, on simple drugs, on f. 533'''; part II, on compound medicaments, on f. 538''. No. CXXVIII. Add. 268. A work on materia medica, by 'Ali ibnu'l-Huseyn el-Ansari, known as Haji Zeyn el-' Attar, who lived at Shiraz in the latter half of the eighth century of the kijra. See Rieu , p. 469. Ff. 317 (f. I, blank, missing; ff. 2a and 317 blank); 28.75X17-25 c; 21 — 22 1. Handwriting not uniform, chiefly naskli. Headings in red. The author's name (as given above) occurs on f. 2^ , 11. 5 and 4 from foot. Copied by Mir Hasan el-Huseyni of Garmrud, A. H. 1103. The work is divided into two parts , of which the first (f. y) deals with simple, the second (f. 290^) with compound medicaments. Both parts conclude with a co- lophon, but the date of transcription is given only in the first. Begins: — •liT ^ L^clXx^ ^j/,LiJiAj (j*L<--w oiiA_c! ^ >^.^:^ ^y^ oltX/ot No. CXXIX. Gg. 2.12. The Ma'danu 'sh-Shifa-i-Sikandarshahi, or "The- 213 saurus of Therapeutics", a treatise on Indian medicine, compiled from various Sanskrit works (enumerated on f. 9«) by Bhuvah b. Khawas Khan, and dedicated to Sikandar Shah Lodi (reigned A. H. 894 — 923). See Rieu, pp. 471 — 473; Ethe col. 961 ; an article by Dr. Haas in vol. XXX of the Z.D.M.G., pp. 630 — 642; and Dietz's Analecta Medica , p. 171. Ff. 537 (fif. \a, ^ci—'ja^ 536«— 537^' blank); 27.7 X i5-4 c. ; 21 1. Written in a small , neat naskli hand between borders of blue and gold ; headings in red. Transcribed by 'Abdu'l-Wahhab , in the year A. H. 1047 (= A. D. 1637—8) or A. H. 1 147 (=:A. D. 1734—5): — lXxo a. *M (?) <*iAjLg^, Ff, i^ — 4.^ are filled with a table of contents. The Preface and Dedication begin on f. y^ (which, withf. 8«, is illuminated , and ornamented in the margins with a floral design in gold), and end on f. g^. The work itself is divided into 3 chapters (<-jIj), each of which is sub- divided into many sections (Jxa^s). Chapter I (fif. g^' — loi'''), on the scope and dignity of Medicine, in 32 sections. Chapter II (ff. loi'^ — ^30^), on Anatomy and Physio- logy, in 9 sections. Chapter III (fif. I30« — 535*^), on Pathology and Treat- ment. FARRIERY. No. CXXX. Add. 307. A treatise on farriery, based, as it would seem, on the Sdlihotra (which is explicitly referred to on f. 44^, 214 1. ii), but not exactly agreeing with any of the Persian versions of that work described by Rieu (pp. 480 — 484) or Ethe (col. 1075 — 1077). The manuscript is defective at the beginning, and no mention is made in what remains of it either of the title or the author's name. Ff. 96 (ff. I — 16, 28 — 29, and 92 — 93 missing); 25,3 X 14-8 c, 15 1. Written throughout in an ugly but leg- ible Indian ta'liq , which presents the peculiarity of marking with a double stroke not only every gdf but every kdf (li)) also. Rude, but in some cases rather spirited, coloured illustrations occur on ff. ly^, iji> (2), iS", 18''', i9«, 2\^> (2), 22«, 23«, 23^^ (2), 27«, 46« (2), 46''' (2), 47«, 90^ 9i«, 91^ 94«, 94^^ and 95^. The work is divided into 51 chapters {■^\i), most of which are subdivided into sections (i3>.*as). The arrange- ment of the first six chapters is not clear: from f. 17^ (which is now the beginning of the manuscript) to f. 27 (which is followed by a lacuna of two leaves) the head- ings denote sections only, these extending from section 5 to section 61, and dealing, apparently, with the de- fects of horses. The first heading after this lacuna is section 2 (of Ch. VI, presumably). The remaining chap- ters begin as follows: — VII on f. 32'''. VIII on f. 33^, IX on f. 33''', X on f. 38^, XI on f. 39^, XII on f. 40", XIII on f. 40^ XIV on f. 41s XV and XVI on f. 41^ XVII on f. 42«, XVIII on f. 42^ XIX and XX on f. 43^, XXI on f. 44«, XXII on f. 45^ XXIII on f. 48^ XXIV on f. 53^ XXV on f. 57^ XXVI on f. 58^ XXVII on f. 6ib, XXVIII on f. 62a, XXIX on f. 6y, XXX on f. 63^ XXXI on f. 65^ XXXII on f. 66i>, XXXIII on f 71^, XXXIV on f. 75«, XXXV on f. 75 ^ XXXVI on f. yja^ XXXVII on f. 78^, XXXVIII on f. 79^, XXXIX on f. 8i«, XL on f. 8i^ XLI on f. 82«, XLII on f. 82^ XLIII on f. 83«, XLIV on f. 84^ XLV on f. 86«, XL VI on f. 87«, XLVII on f. 87^ XLVIII on f. 88«, XLIX on f. 88''% L on f. 89*^, and LI on f. go". The text ends, without date or name of scribe, on 215 f. 901^, the remaining pages containing only coloured illustrations and explanatory notes. F. 95*^ is written over with prescriptions. The name of "C. Patrick, Surat, 1801" is inscribed on the last page but one and in the middle of the book. The Latin names of some of the plants mentioned in the text have been added here and there in the margin in a small , neat hand. GEOMETRY, GEOMANCY, AND MAGIC. No. CXXXI. Dd. 6. 91. Ff. 114 (ff. 1^, 16^' — 20-^, ^i^, 5i« — 55«, loi'^ — ii2«', and 1 1 3*^ — 114'^ blank); 17.5 X 13 c.; 1 3 1. Written through- out in a small, clear, legible taHiq, except the pages after f. 94^, which contain notes and formulae written for the most part in a sort of Turkish ruq'a. Contents: — I. (ff. il' — 16«). A Treatise on the Quadrant, in Arabic, by Jamalu'd-Din 'Abdu'llah el-Mardini, beginning: — oLaAoii Q,AM.>lj O^JtA^i' oLjSJt j*.^l) cy^3t*I5 »}yM. J^c B^JUaJl ^ Dated in the colophon Rajab, A. H. 895 (May-June, A. D. 1490). A. similar work by the same author is described in the Cat. Cod. MSS. Orient, in Miis. Brit., pars IT, p. 192, CCCCVII, II and III. II. (ff. 21"). A few astrological notes in Persian, Be- 2l6 neath the heading (Lo {j^j^ ,o ^j^j ^Lla^) stand the names of the 12 signs of the zodiac arranged in order in two lines. Under each is a symbol which in the sub- joined text replaces the full name of the sign. The text begins: — .... L\.iilj j^> j.IiA/ %3Jo Os.Xi\i sJLko ^ »S ^^\S »S III. (fif. 21''' — 30'''). Another treatise on the Quadrant in Arabic, beginning: — iC_s_*./« j5 K_JL_Av. «iA_g._s uX-x.J ^ ^^j^^Uail ^^xaaLJ! (^su.>I As a matter of fact the tract , which is complete , con- tains only 19 chapters. The author's name is not men- tioned: he may very possibly be Badru'd-Din Muham- mad b. Muhammad b. Ahmad el-Ghazal el-Mardini. Cf. Cat. Cod. MSS. Orient, in Mus. Brit., loc. cit. Dated A. H. 895. IV. (ff. 3 1''' — 49'?). Another similar treatise, in Arabic, by Muhammad b. Mahmiid el-'Umari el-Edirnawi, in twenty chapters. Begins: — Also dated A. H. 895. V. (fif. 49'^ — 50")- Some verses and a prescription for making ma'jun in Turkish. On f. 50^^ are 2 beyts in Per- sian and 3 in Arabic. 21 7 VI. (ff. 55/' — 94'')- -^ treatise, in Persian, on Geo- mancy (\J3.fi.J *_Le or ^.a. *.1c). Begins (after the short doxology) : — iuLi* J5 x5' (AittXj j-^^J _^^*J -wsUc /V-M-* J ^^^ ^.^^ ^ H^ ^ ^JS Jots iCs- *iL> ^ .^ i3«^ -^ 5 '->^'^^ O^**^'^ *^ Dated RabViil-avval 13th, A. H. 891 (= March 19th, A. D. i486). Of the remaining leaves, fif. 94^^ — 97^^ contain sundry notes and memoranda, chiefly in Turkish; f. 98^ a list of the unlucky days in each month; ff. 98^^ — ioi«, more notes in Turkish on Geomancy; and ff. 112'^ and \\y^ tables of the letters in the abjad order with the nu- merical value of each. The other leaves are blank , or merely scribbled on. No. CXXXII. Dd. 12. 5. Ff. 48 (ff. 4'', 17, iS''^ — 20", blank; f. 48, blank, mis- sing); 17.7X11-1 c. A manuscript containing various prayers and religious formulae in Arabic , with expla- nations in Turkish and Persian. The principal contents are as follows: — Ff. 2« — 3-^. A prayer against sickness and madness, in Arabic, beginning: — Ff. 4*^ — 7". oiJ^^.S' (Jici ***-' ^Lc'^ -^yi (Turkish). 2l8 Ff. 7« — 9<^. Jac\ -»-*«! i^LcO (Arabic). Ff. g'^—g^'. ^3^J 03^i> u^l^^ ^y^ (Turkish). Ff. ic? — ii«. ^_^.>v^! ^5;> ''^^ (Arabic). In this each letter of the alphabet is associated with a verse of the Qur'an beginning with that letter. Ff. ii« — 12'''. A talisman (J.jCa^) in Arabic, with its explanation in Turkish. Ff. 12^ — 14-^. Jyw*> i^lxo _-« (Turkish). Ff. I5« — 16^. i3>^v^ "^^^'^ (Arabic). Ff. 20^— 28«. The "Morning Prayer" (J.-j^JLl\ ^Icj), ascribed to 'Ali b. Abi Talib, Arabic text written in naskh , and fully pointed (5 lines to the page), with Persian interlinear translation written in red , in ta'liq. The Arabic begins: — ^1 *•■;?^j-^j' vJilsAj p-U.AaJI qLw.J kJo ^xi Lj *.^I The Persian translation begins: — .-x«^ .._:s\^ 5. j?'^*'^ 0^3 '''^;-5' O^;^^ ^^^ '-5' '■•J.''-^"-^ ;^ Ff. 29*^ — 46^^. A prayer (in Arabic) to be used after the visitation of an Imam's tomb , entitled : — Beginning: — ^t iO:/iLoLj 'yu *Lo"^5 itX^ o^ ^j' j»^U' Not dated; probably 17th century. Some notes in Latin and other European languages are written in the margins and on the blank pages. No. CXXXIII. Dd. 12. 10. Three treatises on the Occult Sciences, the first and 219 third on Geomancy (J^. Uc) , the second on the mystical virtues of the Letters. Ff. 98 (ff. I — 8 missing; f. 28^' blank; ff. 48 — 54 mis- sing; ff. 58, 6ol> — 65''', and 98''' blank), 18.0X 12.0 c. The first treatise (on Geomancy) is defective at the beginning , the first 8 leaves having been lost. F. 9 (thus numbered by the scribe or a former possessor) begins abruptly as follows: — o' ^j) tX.XvLj (ji'^-^i -.jj 5 i^j9 y 5 This treatise ends on f. 27", and is dated Jumada '1-akhir 27th, A. H. 1012 (Dec. 2nd, A. D. 1603). The name of the scribe is barely legible. It seems to read ^a^jS . ^4.s>,. Ff. 27''^ — 28'' contain a few remarks and notes on the science of Geomancy. The second treatise (on the science of the Letters) begins on f. 29'''. From the short preface we learn that its title is y^*,^ ^^\ ("Mysteries of the Letters"), and that is was composed by Ghiyathu'd-Di'n 'Ali b. 'Ali Ami'ran el-Huseyni el-Isfahani (concerning whom see Rieu, pp. 439''' — 440^) for Prince Abu Bekr, son of Abu Sa'id Mirza Gurgani (see Rieu, pp. 103''', 644") in the year A. H. 870 (A. D. 1465—6). It begins: — o».A«' (mLXo 31 (M^.5' oLs^J olc h..i ^-jlw-j' ciJibLi qLLIa- LJj l\:^J 05j-s> _^J „-w 'qLxJ' i^^ic QlAv.j'lit ^XJ> Qy-ii-S' Ends on f. 57''' with the following verses, which form the x^li»: — 220 4«4 l_f — L-»-.C ^-a-J^' ^J— ^ L^-R^ 'V ^ > ;t ..? ;' O' g-:!;^ ^LC ''' w»*— A-,C -J ...jtfcwO «^-^..AwO ISiAx**!. 4'4oL_j _^_.P J._J5^ ^i3L-i> 6j-t-i The text of this treatise ends here, as indicated by the word o^' following the verses , and is followed by the text of a letter written by Khwaja Burhanu'd-Di'n Abii Nasr Parsa, for which, apparently, the author is indebted to the illustrious Jami, whom he calls "his Master and Patron" d^jJ*,^ •, ^^^^O^). This letter occupies 13 lines. Ff. 59« — 60" are inscribed with an Arabic prayer writ- ten in an unformed naskh hand. The third treatise, written entirely on paper of a reddish hue, occupies ff. ()6(i — qS^. It is without title or colophon , and begins as follows : — The last blank page (f. 98''') bears the following inscrip- tion: — " Ex dono Doctissi Humanissiq viri D. M. Crow". 221 No. CXXXIV. Add. 223 (Lewis 41). A collection of Talismans, Charms, and Incantations, of which the first part (ff. 4^' — 19''') is partly in Arabic, but chiefly in an unintelligible jargon , probably akin to the Balaybalan described by De Sacy [Not. et Extr., vol. IX , pp. 365 — 396) ; and the second part (ff. 20« — 78^) chiefly in Persian. Ff. 83 (ff. i«— 4'^ ^V'—ZiK blank); 20.1 X 15.1 c; 1 1 1. Written partly in naskh , partly in ta'liq. Headings in red; no date. Begins: — (^^LcO vi>-jt iM5-'9 LJjLj .UU.] *ijJ JLw ^ ^S^ ^^^-^^ L?^ ^**') OS-. -3 >0 * O The first 19 leaves contain little that is intelligible, save texts in Arabic interspersed amongst the above gibberish. The Persian part begins at the top of f. 20« as follows: — -,-b sOif^i^ aOj'^u) 0_*/iXj L>y> .JLc j»lj J OjJ> j.lj O.b v^SJLju ^' LX«i;lj .kii (AiLo 5k> iA*wlj |3«"*.^" lXjLo 15.^ jj ! L*^ The text on f. 36a is headed -Ixsla v-jlxi' y. The book contains many magical figures and cabalistic squares, and spells for all manner of purposes , e. g. guarding crops from excessive heat; driving away mice, etc. No. CXXXV. Add. 1086. Ff. 162 (f. II missing; ff. 12 — 16 wrongly arranged, 222 SO that they now stand 12, 15, 13, 14, 16; ff. 40, 47, 70, f^, 82, and 91 missing); 12.1X8.8c.; 15 1. This little manuscript , written throughout in a min- ute nastaHiq hand (apparently in Afghanistan), and devoid alike of title, colophon, preface, and date, con- tains a large collection of prescriptions and formulae, apparently of an alchemical character, each of them being, as a rule, headed ^*i'j', in red. The order of the leaves and the number actually missing is in some cases doubtful , since it is not always possible to make out the collation. On the outside of the cover is written '^ Cabitl. id^^i^ Sep^., i8/f.2. J. Sullivan''. Under this are the initials of a regiment, half obliterated, of which the letters ^Lt D"^" (Light Dragoons?) seem to form part. In the mar- gin of f. 6^ is written, in the same hand, '^ Ameen-Oole- KJian.Cliief of tlie Logiir Valley, a Gliilzie" ; and in the margin off. 7«, "■ MaJionied-Sha-Khan. Chief of Lngliman Vale, a brother of Dost Mahommed'' The manuscript was presented to the Library by Prof. Wn^ Wright. The original formulary begins on f. 4''' (partly destroyed at the upper corner), with a series of formulae headed c>vft> v»*5'jj and (j^Ls- v*-*^/- Many of the words and measures are not properly Persian , and appear to be Pushtu. As a specimen one of these formulae (so far as it is legible) is transcribed here from f. 12'^: — o Oyy*' y^ Zl)y^ ^" ^' c:a_;^ 3 B^ji' ^ o!j*^'^ ^ <-S>'" 223 i't c>>.*«' I— J.^.* «A*w iA5>|^ J- itfSj"w' The formulary ends on f. 158^, but the (originally- blank) leaves at the beginning and end are for the most part covered with similar formulae written in different hands. SCIENCE OF SWORDS. — PHYSIOGNOMY. No. CXXXVI. Add. 418. OiLaoj O^-^^li 2f*~^ /g4M4,A /^Laav .x«w»«.^ ^^Lvw. ^i'^^b ^.JLv^ ta^LUj (jaJl^A/O a<.lJt ^-aLJ ^wAxAAoJ* ,,.L:L |ir^ i^*^^ '^-aAJLAOj vj^^LsJ) Ff. 32 (ff. i«, 23*^ — 25« blank); 24.0X14-5 c. ; 15 1. Written in good ta'liq , headings and overlines in red. Transcribed in A. H. 1227 (A. D. 18 12). Contains two separate treatises , viz. : — (I) Risale-i-shamshir-shinasi (ff. 1^—23^), a trea- tise on swords, and the characteristics, peculiarities, and virtues of their different kinds, by Lutfu'Uah, poetically called Nithar, and also known as Nusra- tu'llah Khan. Begins: — O^j ^..aIjLs^ j'— ^ (jyaJL^J aJlJ! v^^alaJ .IAa«-o ».(3 iA*j Lol The author proceeds to say that, though all save 224 the remembrance of God is unprofitable and a waste of life, yet, inasmuch as courage in battle, more es- pecially against the infidels, is a noble thing, approved alike by God's Word , the Prophet's sayings , and the example of 'Ali b. Abi Talib , he has decided to set down in this treatise what he had learned from his maternal uncle Mirza Fadlu'Uah , Seyyid Mir Shah, and others, as to the qualities and virtues of the dif- ferent kinds of swords, a subject, he adds, which has hitherto received less attention than other branches of the art of war. In this undertaking he was encouraged and helped by Mir Ahmad Ni'matu'Uahi , known as Mul- tafit Khan. The name of the work, o.lAaj iAajLj ("The help to discernment") was chosen by him because the sum of the letters composing this title gives the date of composition (A. H. 1118), as is explained in the following verses (f. 2^') : — 4*4 O.La^J uXxjLXj c>ww1 ^4.m^/« X_:^Uwj ^-— jj 4'4|3^l.fiJC_4 wL.A_i A ^-9 |»J^C l— J ^-J 4'4 ijwEj-j c;*._A«i j*)y-^ }-^ 0~^y^ '^^^.fi-fri- 4*4 ^ ^o Oi-iai J^^ ioL.»j*J jl ^ 0-^3; 4*4 JwAM— J ^^wJ.L_j' slX-^ O.L.Aa_J lAi I «-"ii- V The author concludes his preliminary remarks by saying that since it is in India generally and the Deccan in particular that a knowledge of the qualities of good swords exists, therefore he uses the Indian termino- 225 logy of the art without attempting to render the tech- nical terms thereof into Persian. This transcript was concluded on Safar 13th, A. H. 1227 (= Feb. 27th, A. D. 18 1 2). Name of copyist not mentioned. (II) Risale-i-Dala'ilu'1-Firasat (fif. 25^^—32'^), a trea- tise on Physiognomy, by Muhammad Mirza Khan. Be- gins: — ) yJl-jLftjisvU L>Lu£W) (sic) o«-^^^' j»*> j^ V^^a jZ^ o'/*^' l^-^Ij j^*"^* :l J (_\Jl 8(.>yOJ *^9y« «i)^JuJl '■6^i'j> y^\jS .O X-^ «,-a« (j«tX-5 5 .loQ-g'.lt ^La^,aw.j .ta'Ji^ ji.Lx*j 8l^.4-J v_^:^\Xa^ i»i;/> — >*i\ iOLw^ ^ jLo'^'i (Jh'^^*^ otyaa> Ij Si^-y oww'^i JwjI^lXj ^♦m«.x) 5 Of the two works from which the author compiled this treatise, the Dhakhiratul-Muluk, by Amir Seyyid 'All b. Shihabu'd-Din b. Mir Seyyid Muhammad el- Huseyni of Hamadan (d. A. H. 786), is described at p. 447^ of Rieu's Catalogue; and the Tuhfatun-Nasaih, by Yusuf Gada (A. H. 752), at pp. 124 — 5 of Pertsch's Berlin Catalogue. Contents: — (f. 25''') ^ i^ii^Xj c>^' (f. 26'^) t'; Lf *7'**' 0-«|J j^ ^^ v'^ (f- 270) (28 sections) '.'■<> ^^s> c^-^l^-s qLo .0 j»j3J> ^b (f- 32«) x«J"L> 15 226 Date of transcription, Safar, A. H. 1227 (= Feb.- March, A. D. 18 12). Name of copyist not mentioned. AGRICULTURE. No. CXXXVII. Add. 887. Kitab-i-Zira'at (the Book of Agriculture) , a treatise on Indian agriculture. Begins: — qI;.' slX^vI ojLc ci*^*^ Cyr^ liViAx l\.w qLpU; ^-**^.j <^^a o««.a'2 Qy Jot! q' 5 Ends: — The title of the work occurs only in the colophon. Ff. 18 (last two blank); 31.0X21-0 c. ; 13 1. Written in a legible but ugly Indian ta'/ig in the year A. H. 1216 (A. D. 1801 — 2). The contents are briefly as follows : — F. i^. Exordium. F. 2«. On the seasons for sowing, and the relations between the Indian, Persian, and English months. Ff. 2^ — 3^^. Comparative table of the Indian , Persian , and English months; list of the 27 Hindu pakhs which make up the year; lists of the cereals and vegetables which can be sown in the different seasons. 22/ (Of what is to be sown and reaped during the rainy- season). F. 6*^. (CJy J,blM«.^; J».-Afl_5 ..yCi>L-w ^.J> J ..-XuIiLJ \^i^.XBjS (Of what is to be sown and reaped during the winter or autumn season). (Of what is to be sown and reaped during the sum- mer or spring season). i34.mXa.4 iiAxj jciAJ .Las jr .. ..... Q..^ (Of the different kinds of vegetables , melons , and sugar- canes produced during the spring season). A copy of this work (dated A. H. 1217) appears to form past of the contents of the British Museum MS. Or. 174.1. See Rieu's Catalogue, p. 1013''', I. Presented by the late Dr. William Wright, Dec. 3'"'^, 1873- LEXICOGRAPHY. PERSIAN DICTIONARIES. No. CXXXVIII. Oo. 6. 61. The Mu'ayyidu'l-fudala ("Scholars' aid"), a dic- tionary of Persian and Arabic words explained in Per- sian. See Rieu, p. 494; Ethe, col. 1006. The author's name, Muhammad b. Lad, occurs on f. \b , 1. 13. Ff. 254 (f. \a blank, f. 232 missing); 20.7X14-0 c. ; 25—26 1. Dated Sha'ban , A. H. 1074 (March, A. D. 1664). Written in a bad nasta'liq hand, the words ex- 228 plained , sections , etc., in red. A good deal wormed and mended, especially the last page, whereby a great por- tion of the colophon is rendered illegible. The tran- scription seems to have been effected very hurriedly, for the scribe states in the colophon that he worked at it without remission for two months and some days "not distinguishing night from day". In an inscription on the blank page at the beginning the book is de- scribed as — No. CXXXIX. Oo. 6. 8. The Kashfu'l-Lughat Wa'1-Istilahat , a dictionary of Arabic and Persian words, with especial reference to the terminology of the Sufis, by 'Abdu'r- Rahman b. Ahmad Siir. See Rieu, p. 495; Ethe, col. 1006 — 1007. Ff. 620 (ff. i«, 620^—^, blank); 25.8 X 16.5 c; 19 1. Written in fair ta'lig , the words explained being in red. The Arabic paging is wrong by 10 from f. 430 (numbered 440) onwards. The manuscript was tran- scribed partly by Sheykh Pir Muhammad , poetically sur- named MiiJiis ((j«.j^<: ^jA^'J^a "^^ >NA.ii oy: Ck^^ -o ^^), partly by Dust Muhammad Qasim b. Sheykh Barkhur- dar; and concludes with two pages of panegyric on the former by the latter, which contain an account of the apportionment of the labour, and the date of comple- tion, Muharram nth, A. H. 1103 (= Oct. 3id, A. D. 1691), corresponding to the 35th year of Awrang-Zib's reign. 229 Begins: — g.jt ^j^ lxt! qj' r^^j^' No. CXL. Oo. 6. 6. The Farhang-i-Jahangiri , a well-known lexicon of Persian words explained in Persian, by Jamalu'd-Din Huseyn Inju b. Fakhru'd-Din Hasan of Shiraz, com- pleted in A. H. 1017. See Rieu, pp. 496 — 498; Ethe, col. loii — 1014. Begins: — Ff. 448 (f. i« blank); 30.2X17.5 c. ; 25 1. Written in a neat , clear ta'liq , except ff. 1 5 3 — 278 , which are in another and much less graceful hand. Headings and words explained in red. Transcribed for 'Abdu'l-Ghafur Khan b. Muqim Khan of Ahmad-nagar , by 'Abdu'l-Hafiz b. Hafiz Ahmad , in the 44th year of the reign of Awrangzib 'Alamgir, A. H. 1 1 1 1 (= A. D. 1 699 — 1 700). No. CXLI. Add. 190 (Lewis 11). Another copy of the Farhang-i-Jahangiri. Begins as usual : — Ff. 460 (ff. i^ — 2«, 458^ — 460-^ blank); 27.7 X i5-6 c; 230 25 1. Written in a small, good Persian taHiq between borders of blue and gold ; headings in red. In the colophon on f. 45 8« the date of completion is given as Sha'ban 14th, A. H. 1066 (= June 7th, A. D. 1656), and the name of the copyist as Shah Salman b. Mir Muhammad el-Huseyni of Shiraz. The chronogram giving the date of completion (A. H. I0I7=:A. D. 1608 — 9), as given by Rieu {loc. cit), oc- curs on f. 45 8«. No. CXLII. Add. 191 (Lewis 12). L%r^ ^^«j| j^:^^ The Majma'u'l-Furs, a well-known dictionary of Persian words explained in Persian , composed by Mu- hammad Qasim b. Haji Muhammad Kashani, commonly called Sururi, and completed in A. H. 1008 (=r A. D. 1599 — 1600). See Rieu, pp. 498 — 500 ; Ethe, col. 1009 — nil. Begins as usual : — Ff. 320 (ff. i'^ — 2a, 316 — 320 blank; f. 317, blank, missing); 25.5 X i5-5 c.; 19 1. Written in a small, fairly good ta'liq by 'Ali Naqi b. Mi'rza Jamal(?), and com- pleted on Thursday the 15th of Rabi' I(?), A. H. 1056 (= May ist, A. D. 1646). Headings, etc., in red. The appendix on the Isti'drdt occupies ff. 314^ — 315'^- The draft of a Persian letter occupies ff. 318^^ — S^Q*^- No. CXLIII. Add. 188 (Lewis 9). The celebrated Persian dictionary entitled Burhan- 231 i-Qati', compiled by Muhammad Huseyn b. Khalaf-i- Tabrizi, poetically surnamed Burhan, in A. H. 1062 {= A. D. 1652). See Rieu, p. 500. Ff. 508 (ff. i« and 508''' blank); 33.0 X IQ-O c. ; 25 1. Written in a neat, legible ta'liq , the words explained being in red. Dated A. H. mi (= A. D. 1699 — 1700). Copyist: — Murtada-Quli Beg. On f. I'^f is imprinted the seal and superscription of one Mu'izzu'd-Din Muhammad. Begins as usual : — 'bI^-sI ..3 qL-J; j-^i L_*_j 8^ ^_gl Nos. CXLIV-CXLV. Add. 181 and Add. 182 (Lewis 2 and 3). & U ylsS,. The Burhan-i-Qati' , a well-known Persian Diction- ary by Muhammad Huseyn b. Khalaf et-Tabrizi, poet- ically surnamed Burhan. See Rieu , p. 500. One volume of ff. 504, bound in two, of which the first contains ff. i — 252 and goes down to the word .aJCx*wO, while the second includes ff. 253 — 504, and ex- tends from the word o*^ c>'-wJ> to the word lj^Sxj. Ff. i« and 504 are blank. The leaves measure, in vol. I, 39.5X25.2 c. ; and, in vol. II, 39.0X25.2 c. As far as f. 381 inclusive the pages contain 25 lines each; after that 19 or 20 lines only. There is no colophon , date , or scribe's name. The writing, a clear but ugly Indian ta'liq , appears to be of the last century. The words explained are written in red. 232 No. CXLVI. Oo. 6.5. y w The Farhang-i-Rashidi , a well-known Persian dic- tionary by 'Abdu'r-Rashid b. 'Abdi'l-Ghafur el-Huseyni el-Madani et-Tatavi, who lived till about A. H. 1069 (= A. D. 1658 — 9). See Rieu, pp. 500 — 501 ; Ethe, col. 1016. Ff. 283 (fif. I, and 282^ — 283'^ blank); 32.3X20.7 c; 23 1. Written in an ungraceful but legible taHiq\ head- ings and words explained written in red. The Arabic pagination begins on f . 2 , and is one behind the En- glish as far as f. 226, where it stops; except that on ff. 123 — 126 the English and Arabic paginations cor- respond, and that fif. 127 — 130, though now standing in right order, are wrongly numbered in Arabic. Begins as usual : — The manuscript was transcribed for Gharib Das b. Prithi-Mal by Gada Beg b. Mirza Beg, Moghul, of the Baharlu Turcomans, domiciled in Shah-Jahan-pur; and completed on Wednesday, the 9th of Jumada II, A. H. 1 1 19 (:= Sept. 7th, A. D. 1707). Like all known copies, it lacks the Khdtima. No. CXLVII. Add. 795. Ff. 130 (ff. i«, io6« — 109^', and 130-^ blank); 24.7 X 15.3 c. ; 21 1. in the first part (ff. \^ — lOS'^)* which con- 233 tains the SirdjtCl-Lughat ; 14 1. in the second (ff. 109*^ — I30«) which contains the Jawdb-i-Shdfi. The former has no date; the latter is dated Rajab A. H. 1190 (Aug. — Sept., A. D. 1776). I. The Siraju'l-Lughat (ff. i''^— 105'''), second part (^.xio *.j^L>), containing explanations of rare words , metaphors , and expressions employed by modern Persian poets, and not to be found in ordinary dictionaries, such as the Farhang-i-Jahdngiri, Burhdn-i-Qdti', etc. These words and expressions are divided into two classes, the first such as are for the most part ignored or misunderstood by the people of India ; the second such as are under- stood , but of which the correctness is questioned. Con- cerning the author, Siraju'd-Din 'Ali Khan, poetically surnamed Arzu , see Rieu , pp. 501 — 2; Sprenger's Oitde Catalogue, pp. 132 — 4. He was born at Akbar-abad in A. H. iioi (A. D. 1689 — 90), and died in Lucknow on the 23id of Rabi' II, A. H, 1169 (Jan. 26th, A. D. 1756). Begins: — L..t J.A225' J ,;?>Aa5! -J 'iyX-^ J . oLiJ *-fr^^ f^^ '^^ '-^*^ ^^yJtl ^\jS fSf^ i3^-i>'^ !^ .:=>LjC^ i^'t*'^^ ol>^l2/ol J JblaJt Ends: — qLL _5 L»-Jk*w ^^y4M^ qIjj.J'Lo JL05 ^.lll^ O^^ (jii'».flS S' 'XtS 5J^' O*-^ ti"-^ ^y.^' ^1;^ g-.*-^ ol)^"^ OiSwXx 3 ^^Loj vjlftjsi' lX-w *L^' <^ ^ ^ i^ji^L^ The words and expressions are arranged alphabet- ically throughout. 234 11. The Jawab-i-Shafi (ff. iog^'—iT,o^), by Va-rasta (Siyal-Koti Mai of Lahore: see Rieu , p. 503), contain- ing a defence of certain expressions employed by Ha- kim Beg Khan , poetically surnamed Hdkini , in his ver- ses, which had been criticised by Siraju 'd-Din 'Ali Khan, the author of the above-mentioned SirdjiCl-Lughat. Va-rasta says in his preface that when Hakim Beg Khan came from Delhi to Lahore in A. H. 1163 (A. D. 1750) he paid him a visit, and was shewn a copy of his friend's divan, in the margin of which were inscribed a number of Siraju'd-Din's unfriendly criticisms. These he was requested by Hakim to answer, and accordingly, in response to his urgent entreaties, he composed this treatise, wherin he vindicates the usages condemned by Siraju'd-Din. Begins: — \\/o ^ .!i^ xJLaw ;%-g-^ <^ *>^ lXjUj ^J'■^ >^ oi:> ijii^^ vjis* Ends: — j^j.^li iJCwj'^ 8L>^*J c:^'*^'^ »AJ' auLAi ^i^L^^ O^-^-"^ oL^Vio 111. 235 No. CXLVIII. Add. 2986. A compendious dictionary of Persian words , illustrated by citations from the poets, compiled by Huseyn b. 'Abdi 'S-Samad. A Persian note on f. i« describes it as the KanziCl-L^igJidt of Mir Muhammad 'AH Mash- hadi, but that this is an error appears from the words immediately following the short doxology (f. if> , 11. 5-7): - (jy*>.s> iCcLLx^w'^! (*-J.|-^^ iC£L*i2>.Jt JoaJj 8lXaj iAjJi" (jfif*.^ >A*j 5 .C> yaX^ c^«.-^j' \iL-w. ^jj &^ (?) cU:^J! A^^aj! lXac ^1 The doxology, with which the book opens, begins: — Ff. 152 (f. i« blank; f. 8 missing; f. 62 missing; ff. 63 — 72 misplaced so that they stand in the following order — 63, 65, 64, 67, 66, 69, 68, 71, 70, 72; f. 80 missing; ff. 115 — 119 misplaced so that they stand — 116, 118, 115, 117, 119; f. 135 missing); 19.8 X 11.4 c.; 15 1. Written in fair nasta'/iq; the words explained are written in red, and are arranged primarily in chapters {dad) according to the final letter, and secondarily, within each chapter, in sections [fad) according to the initial letter. It appears from the compiler's preface that his prin- cipal sources were Muhammad b. Hindushah and Shams- i-Fakhri. Date of transcription, Sha'ban, A. H. 1009 (= Feb., A. D. 1 601). The first leaf is supplied in a later hand. 236 ARABIC-PERSIAN DICTIONARIES. No. CXLIX. Add. 193. (Lewis 14a). The Tajul-Masadir, a Persian dictionary of Arabic infinitives, by Abu Ja'far Ahmad b. Ah' el-Maqqari el- Beyhaqi. See Haji Khalfa, vol II, p. 93, N°. 2054; Cat. Cod. Arab. Mus. Brit., p. 469^', c\ Ethe, col. 980. Ff. 306 (ff. I'', 131", and 306/' blank); 25.oXi4-4C. ; 17 1. Written in a fair naskh hand, the words explained being in red. There is a colophon on f. 130'^, at the end of the first part, dated Muharram 19th, A. H, mi (z= July i/tli, A. D. 1699); and another at the end of the book (f. 3o6«) dated Friday, 231(1 of Rabi' I, A. H. nil (=: Sept. 1 8th, A. D. 1699). In the latter the scribe's name is given as Faqih Muhammad, commonly called Fath-Muhammad b. Faqih Ahmad b. Faqih Muhammad b. Faqih Huseyn b. Faqih Hamza b. Qadi Abbas. From a seal on f i« and a note on f. 131'^^ the book appears to have belonged formerly to a Sheykh of the Qadiri order of dervishes. Begins: — cLw.j! (J^c 8^-4--:? XiiJ! o^-^ ii-\.4^ lJhiL*Ji (_;. ali cN^ No. CL. Oo. 6. 44. The well-known Nisabu'S-Sibyan , or Arabic-Per- sian rhymed vocabulary of Abu Nasr Farahi. See Rieu, p. 504^, IV; and Ethe, col. 980 et seq. Ff. 24 (ff. i« and 24^^ blank); 23.7X^5-5 ^v ^^ ^' 237 Written in fairly good ta'liq. The letters c and o are written in red under the words in the glossary to in- dicate whether they are Arabic or Persian. A short prose preface (2 lines of Arabic doxology, 5 lines of Persian, explaining the object of the work) is prefixed to the rhymed vocabulary. No. CLI. Add. 241 (Lewis L). Ff. 91 (ff. i«, 68 — yja^ and 89^ — (^ii> blank); 32.0 X 20.3 c. ; 13 1. Written in a large, clear Indian ta'liq. Ru- brications only in the last part (fif. 'jj^' — 89'?). The date in the colophon appears to read 10* of Rabi' II , A. H. 1 1 16 {■=. Aug. 12, A. D. 1714), but the year may be 1016 (t t1). Contents: — (I) The Nisabu's-Sibyan (^L.,^_;^l v^^) of Abu Nasr-i-Farahi (a well-known rhymed Arabic-Persian vocabulary), with running commentary in prose. See Rieu , pp. 504 and 506; Ethe, col. 980 — 983. This commentary appears to correspond exactly with the third described by Ethe (N°. 1642 of the Bodleian). Ff. i-^— 54'^ (II) An anonymous treatise on chronology, astronomy, divination , etc. , composed , as appears from the last line but one from the bottom of f. 55«, in A. H. 983 (=: A.D. 1575-6). Begins abruptly: — yS ^Ji>.;.J^i _5 *X^]i i^tv^ CJ^^-^;-* l5^-^' ^o^y^ ^^f^ ^^ Ff. 54^—67^. (III) A list of synonyms (Arabic and Persian) arranged in categories without regard to alphabetical order. Begins: — 238 Ff, 77'^ — 89a. No. CLII. Add. 225 (Lewis 43) Ff. 102 (ff. i« — 2«, 6«' — 9«, 83^^ — 86«, 96^ — lOO'?, loi-^ — 102-^, blank); 18.2 X 12.5 c. ; 9 — 18 1. Written partly in good Persian , partly in bad Indian , taHiq. No colophon or date. Contents: — F. 2^'. A talisman ascribed to 'Ali. F. 3«. Formulae used by the contracting parties in a sigha, or temporary marriage. F. 3^. A recipe for dyeing the beard. Ff. 4« — 5«. Notes on the prescribed ablutions, etc. Ff. 9'''— 69/^ The Nisab of Abu Nasr-i-Farahi , with running commentary. See Rieu, p. 604; Ethe , col. 980 — 983. This copy corresponds with N°. 1642 of the Bodleian. Ff. 70« — 7i«. A short chronological account of the Creation and the Prophets, headed: — .^3 ijiXijJi ^ *U— «*J! j»^c CJh^/" ^.J^-t:*^ f^"}'^ ^i^h^ ^5 Ff. 7i« — 72«. A table , headed yX*^ ^^Lis oLsj^, shew- ing the number of times which each letter of the al- phabet occurs in the Qur'an. Ff. 73^^ — 78«. A tarkib-band of seven strophes (c>«.a^ (Axj) by Mawldnd Hasan of Kdshdn, beginning: Ff. 78/;— 83«. Part of the Miftah-i-Gulistan ("Key to the Gulistdn'), composed, as appears from a very 239 wordy preface, by Uweys b. 'Ala, known as Adam ([.o' kJvc ^c ^^i u^^Jj')) and dedicated to Mahmud Shah Id. Muhammad Shah Bahmani {t. e. Mahmud II , reigned A. H. 887 — 924). The author says in his preface that his work was intended to consist of two parts (Qism), the first explaining certain words occurring in the text which seemed to him to need explanation (though, as a matter of fact , many of the words explained are quite common); the second explaining the Arabic sentences and verses introduced therein. The text ends abruptly at the bottom of f. 83^ in the middle of Qism I, at the letter :. Begins : — Ff. 86^ — 87^. A Table for finding on what day of the week the first day of any Muhammadan month in any year falls. Attributed to the Imam Ja'far-i-Sadiq. Ff 87*^ — 95 '^. A Treatise said to have been composed by the Imam Rida for the Caliph Ma'mun , on auguries to be drawn from birds, etc. Ff. loo'^ — I Ola. Prescriptions for compounding certain electuaries (pj:^3w). No. CLIII. Oo. 6. 52. The Surah , an abridgement of Jawhari's well-known Arabic dictionary, the Sihah , with the addition of the Persian equivalents, by Abii I- Fadl Muhammad b. 'Umar b. Khdlid, called Jamal-el-Qurashi. See Rieu, p. 507, and Ethe, col. 983. The work was completed (see Ethe, 240 loc. cit.) on Safar i6th, A. H. 68 1 (= May 26, A. D. 1282). It has been published at Calcutta (A. D. 18 12) and Lucknow (A. H. 1289). This copy was completed on Friday, Sha'ban 23i> 8^jW i'-^ 'J^-?}*^ i '-^^ oLiJ :yL5' _5>l^_> Ends abruptly in the course of the *^ ^ A.:^\ v_jb .oLai! _ui Q^ with the following words : — .£^5 ^^iJUN^ 5 '^i^'^ (^^■■«**^'« J oi.^^ ^^j'-'i-j o'^'^^^ ^^'•^ (^2C, for x:^) ^4.:^ ,-c*j> jt ^ ^JL'k>m-^ 5 ^J^o j ^.-iiwj 5 16 242 No. CLVIII. Add. 410. Muntakhabu'l-lughat-i-Shahjahani, a dictionary of Arabic words commonly used in Persian , compiled by 'Abdu'r-Rashid el-Huseyni el-Madani et-Tatavi in A. H. 1046 (= A. D. 1636 — 7), as shown by the chro- nogram at the end (f. 761'^), which runs: — See Rieu, pp. 501 and 510^, and Ethe, col. 992. Ff. 764 (f. i« and ff. 762 — 3 blank, except for the title on the first; f. 764, also blank, is missing); 22.0 X 14.5 c; II 1. Written in a good legible taHiq , the Arabic words explained in red. The transcription was completed on Shawwal 17th, A. H. 1225 (= Nov. 15th, A. D. 1 8 10). A portion of the text accidentally omitted by the copyist between f. 608 and f. 609 has been sup- plied on a slip, measuring 29.5X9-5 c., which is at- tached to f. 609. No. CLIX. Add. 811. Another copy of the Muntakhabu'1-Lughat-i- Shahjahani. Begins as usual : — Ff. 346 (ff. I — 7« and 342^ — 346'^ blank, save for title on i«, 5«, and 7« and note in Persian on the num- ber of sheets and leaves in the MS. on the last; f. no missing); 25.0X14.5 c. ; 19 1. Written in fair ta'liq, Arabic words in red. Ends with the chronogram giving the date of com- position (A. H. 1046 = A. D. 1636 — 7) cited by Rieu 11 243 (pp. 500 — 501), and Ethe (col. 992), and the following brief colophon : — No. CLX. LI. 6. 14. The same Arabic-Persian glossary which forms the first part of Gg. 6. 31 (see pp. 251 — 2 infra). Ff. 40 (f. i« blank); 17.8 X 12.4 c. ; 7 1. Written in a sort of Turkish divdni hand. Turkish interlinear glos- ses in red. No date or colophon. On f. i« is the following inscription: — "Dictionario- lum Arabicum in tria capita distinctum quorum primum communiora pleraque verba et verbalia synonomis con- junctis, secundum phrases aliquot Arabicas, tertium dictiones quasdam contraria significantes, Persice et Tur- cice, sed neglecto ordine alphabetico, explicat. Erpenius." Author, Yusuf the Sheykh. See Ethe, col. 996, N°. 1684. No. CLXI. LI. 5. 25. A Persian dictionary explained in Turkish. It is de- fective at the beginning , and neither the title nor author's name anywhere occurs, but it appears to be one of the two recensions of the Persian-Turkish dictionary compiled by Ni'matullah b. Ahmad b. Qadi Mu- barak er-Rumi, with which its plan of arrangement agrees. This arrangement is as follows: — Preface (missing in this manuscript). Verbs (missing down to the middle of the letter (ji., the first verb being ^lXj^.;;). Particles , flexion , etc. , beginning on f. 6«, 1. 7. Nouns, simple and derived, beginning on f. io<^. 244 See Rieu, pp. 514 — 515; Ethe, col. 1000 — lOOi ; Pertsch's Berlin Catalogue, pp. 201 — 204. Another copy of Ni'matu'llah's lexicon, marked Dd. 6. 41 (see immediately below) , belongs to the Univer- sity Library. A comparison of that MS. with this shews a close general agreement, but some differences of detail, so that they would seem to represent two different re- censions of the same work. Thus the treatise on the particles is in Persian in this copy, but in Turkish in the other, though the substance is the same in both. In this copy also the authors of the verses cited are often not named where they are named in the other MS., which is altogether more carefully written. On the whole, however, there seems to be little doubt as to the identity of the two. Ff 201 (several pages missing at the beginning, ff. 197''' — 201''' blank); 21.5X13-8 c. ; 21 1. Written in a legible Turkish ta'liq. Headings of sections in red ; words explained overlined in red. Dated the end of Dhu'l- Hijja, A. H. 966 (— about Oct. ith, A. D. 1559). Presented to the Library by Nicolas Hobart of King's College, Cambridge, in 1655. • No. CLXII. Dd. 6. 41. The Persian-Turkish Dictionary of Ni'ma- tu'Uah ibn Ahmad [ibn Qadi Mubarak] er-Rumi, transcribed in Constantinople by Yahya ibn Rajab in A. H. 974 (concluded at the end of Jiundda 'l-Akhir of that year = January, A. D. 1567). See Rieu, pp. 514 — 5; Ethe col. 999 — 1000. Ff. 234 (two additional leaves x and /3, at beginning); 18.4 X I3-0 c.; 19 1. Written in good clear naskh, the Persian words in red, the Turkish explanations in black. In the margins are numerous notes and glosses in English, Turkish, and Persian, in a neat European hand. 245 Ff. (X. and /3 are covered with citations of poetry. The dictionary begins on f. \^ as follows: — It ends on f. 230^ with the following colophon: — ^j iJjl vi>.v^J Xftiyo iiiUi slXJ" iA.j^j ^-_/9 ^^^ ^T^i ^"^ This is followed (ff. 230-^ — 231-^) by a collection of moral maxims in the form of question and answer cal- led ^A^ i&xlj lXJLj, beginning: — iS imI>Aj Ki^/S^ (•;W;'*^ '^ '^J^ ^ ^ f'^fy^ji -^^^ oLx*«! jt This in turn is followed (ff. 232^ — 234^) by a short treatise on the game of chess by Sheykh 'Ala'u'd-Dawla (^jjkii j\y^\ jO iCij3s.]i i^c ^N^ XiU^) beginning: — No. CLXIII. Dd. 6. 32. Two works on Persian lexicography and gram- mar, bound together in one volume of ff. 178 (17.6 X 13.2 centimetres). 246 (I.) The first of these (fif. i^' — m^), inscribed on f. i« \^Si^ ^yJS (-jJLwl J^£ u*;«-5' oy^^' ^^ ^ Persian-Turkish glossary. The Persian words are written continuously, separated from one another only by an inverted comma in red, across the page, the page containing 7 lines; while the Turkish glosses stand between the lines. En- glish glosses have been added on the first few pages by a former possessor, Brian Braxton, whose name, written both in English and Arabic characters, with the date 1652, stands on f. i«. The Persian words are arranged primarily in chapters (w;Lj) according to the letter in which they terminate, and secondarily in sec- tions (c^) according to the letter with which they begin. Dated Safar, A. H. 907 (Sept., A. D. 1501). Begins (on f. i'^) without introduction or ^ Bismi^ lldli : — Then follow in the same section the words beginning with alif-i-maksura and then those beginning with alif- i-madmiuna , after which comes the section comprising words beginning with wi and ending with i , and so on. Ends on f. iii'^ with the following colophon: — ^L*J Jji 'iZ^ i' TT^'^'^^' 0!.:^*ii (^AX/uiSi lA-A-c l\_j ^^jC _ 3 a^AAw ^L^J i3l^-^' '-♦■p^ ,j;-ac ^^y^. )^ J- '-^' CT^ (S~^>*^ (II.) The second work begins on f. 112/' as follows: — It is divided into 4 chapters: c/^. / (ff. ii3« — ^'2.^"), infinitives of Persian verbs, arranged alphabetically and 247 glossed between the lines (of which there are 9 to the page) in Turkish; ch. II (ff. I25« — 129-^), rules of Per- sian accidence and grammar, with examples, in Persian; ch. Ill (ff. 129'^ — 133''')> miscellaneous examples; ch. IV (ff. I34«' — 175«) Persian nouns (substantives and adjectives) arranged alphabetically and glossed in Turkish. The au- thor's name seems nowhere to be mentioned, but the title of the work is given at the end of the preface (f. 113'^, last line) and appears to read i.A^ »Lvi o^X^^. Neither the scribe's name nor the date of transcription is given in the colophon, but the last page (f. i/S*^) bears the date "Monday, Ramadan /^^s A. H. 993" (Sept. 2, A.D. 1585). No. CLXIV. li. 6. 47. A small Persian-Turkish glossary in a tattered and incomplete condition, an uncertain number of pages being lost at the end. There are two loose leaves (one in- scribed with a few Persian verbs and their Turkish equi- valents, the other blank) between the first page of the text and the half leaf at the beginning with which it is continuous. The proper position of these being un- certain, they are provisionally numbered 2 and 3, the initial half leaf being i. Ff. 45; 14.0X9-3 c. The Persian words are written in five lines to the page , their Turkish equivalents being written under them, between the lines, in a smaller hand. The greater part of the tract (to f. 38^) is occu- pied by the verbs and their inflections. The headings of the different sections are written in red. The text begins on f. \i>, which contains the title and twelve Persian infinitives with their Turkish equivalents, as follows; — 248 ^^j_X_,v^b c>^-iJ ^^AM«0'0 ouiri (iV^i^i'^l tiXJb o - }o^ 0,0 > 0-0 > oi^^^AJ oJ.'SjLj OUi}' 0^"'' - 3 J l!j5C4^ ^i)^*!/ ii\/0j3uw^i o - o 1 o_ 0-0 ^0 } ^^^^y^ -5;5' oi>c^y;si (:!^/0-AAW The MS. breaks off in the middle of the nouns, the last leaf being f. 45, which is loose. See Ethe, pp. 1002 — 4, where 11 MSS. of this work are described. The author is Muhammad b. Haji Ilyas. The book is sometimes entitled <^oL|J! Ka^", or iuoL^Ji 'iJ>^. Cf. also Rieu, vol. II, p. 789, and the description of LI. 6. 10, II, on p. 254 infra. PERSIAN-LATIN DICTIONARIES, No. CLXV. Dd. 3. 54. Lexicon Persico-Latinum. Casteirs(?) Persian-Latin Lexicon. Ff. 580 (ff. I — 3 originally blank; ff. 552 — 579^, and f. 580^^ blank); 30.5X18.8 c; a variable number of lines to the page. F. 579''^ seems originally to have been the last leaf of a copy of the Qur'an , of which it con- tains the last three and a half siiras, written in a good, bold naskh. The following notes are inscribed on f. i''': — (I) "De 249 "Lexico Persico MSSo D. Jacobi Golii Leidn. transmisso "Londinium et hinc illic remisso. In hoc Lexico MSo "folia 303 et 354 nullibi extant: quae quidem nullo casu "ad verso exciderunt, sed ab Amanuense folia minus at- "tente (ut videtur) numerante sunt praetermissa. At- "testor Tho. Mareschallus. Novemb. XIII st. novo. 1662. "Dordraci." (II) "Folia hujus Mti., (exceptis 303tio et "354*0, de quibus D. Tho. Mareschallus 13 Novemb. st. "novo 1622 [sic] Dordraci monuit) praeter nonnulla a prin- "cipio usque ad 30^01 paginam interfoliata, et hinc inde "sparsim foliola aliquot affixa, numero fecisse 374, at- "testamur N. Paget, Martinus Murray. Maji VI st. vet. "1665. Londini." The principal authorities used in the compilation of the Lexicon (of some of which , with the abbreviations used to denote them, a list is given at the beginning of the MS.) seem to have been : — Ni'matu'llah's Dic- tionary (4 MSS.); Golius; Graves; "Kemal Bassa"; Sea- man; Olearius; Gentius' Gidistdn; Teixeira; Persian Bible , etc. Here and there are notes in a cypher apparently identical with that used in Ed. Castell's note-book (Dd. 6. 4). This lexicon would appear to be the original draft of the Lexici Orientalis Heptaglotti pars altera: sen Dictionarium Persico-Latinum , opera Viri Clar. Jacobi Golii atque Ednmndi Castelli , ex Persarum Mannscrip- tis, Bib His Poly glottis, aliisque libris , concinnatum (Lon- don, 1669), with which it closely agrees. No. CLXVL Add. 253. The first part (letter alif only) of a Persian-Latin Lexicon, conceived on an extensive scale, presumably by Mr. Lewis. Ff. 280 (ff. i« — 3''', 274« — 280^^ blank); 30.0 X 18.5 c.; about 19 — 20 1. Written on one side of the paper only, 250 the Persian words in a fine, well-formed naskh , and fully pointed. Ends with the word .'o »^}- There is no preface or introduction , and the chief authorities cited are Cast." (probably Castell's Lexicon), and " Tab." (pro- bably the Persian Tabari). PERSIAN-HINDUSTANI DICTIONARIES. No. CLXVII. Add. 224 (Lewis 42). A vocabulary of Persian words (mostly verbs), with their Hindustani equivalents. The Persian words, writ- ten in black, in four vertical columns, each of which contains seven words (28 words to the page), are ar- ranged more or less in alphabetical order. Of each Persian verb several different parts are given. The Hin- dustani equivalent, written in red, stands beneath the Persian. A few substantives, chosen, apparently, quite at random, occupy the greater part of the last page. Ff. 34 (ff. II — 14, 25—28, 33^—34^ blank); 20.3 X 15.8c.; 14 1. No colophon or date. Handwriting (Indian {ta'lig) quite modern. Begins: — On the blank fly-leaf at the beginning the book is entitled "■ Amad Namah , i. e. Ratio vel Norma Conju- gandi verbum Amad." 251 No. CLXVIII. Add. 1080. Phrases in English, Hindustani, and Persian. Ff. 57; 40.75 X 34 c.; 18— 21L A note pasted inside the cover describes the MS. as "Idiomatic Phrases from Dufefs 'Nature Displayed' pre- pared at Calcutta for the Press but never published." The matter is arranged in three columns, of which the right-hand one contains the English phrases, and the left-hand and middle columns the Persian and Hindus- tani equivalents. The Persian is extremely incorrect and unidiomatic. The dialogues are divided into 1 1 chapters (J^Aas) according to the subjects discussed in them. Ch. XI begins on f. 50. The versos of all the leaves are blank. LEXICOGRAPHY. — MISCELLANEOUS. No. CLXIX. Gg. 6. 31. Lexicographical Works. Ff. 132 (fif \a — 2«', 40''' — 42«, 'joa — 72^, and 132 blank); 21.3 X 15-3 c.; 13 1. Written in a fairly good Turkish ta'liq. Presented to the Library in A. D. 1655 by Ni- colas Hobart, Fellow of King's College. No date in colophons. Contents: — I. (ff. 2''— 4o«). An Arabic-Persian glossary for the young, with Turkish glosses (interlinear on f 2*^, in- terspersed with the text elsewhere), seemingly identical with the work described by Ethe in col. 996 of his Catalogue (N° 1684) under the name of Tuhfatiis-Sibydn (QlAAAaJ! isii^) by Yusuf the Sheykh, though in this MS. 252 no mention is made of either the title of the work, or the name of the author. Begins : — - o ^M/^iiA^c jjr>c> ^ (j^yi j^>Oj5vi l^^*^ y^a^^'i t^^*^ After the exordium the Persian text runs as follows (f. 2^ 1. 4): - gjT vJUJIAj ^>i;t J^ ^0/ ^UT (f. S'^) c:/^'La^i Another copy of this work is found in LI. 6. 14 (See p. 243 supra). II. (fif. 42^^ — 69'''). A Persian Manual in ten sections (i«.mo) and four chapters (Jsaos), by Muhammad ibn Haji Ilyas, called TuhfattCl-Hddi ((^>>L^I xa^'). Rieu, p. 789^, III , gives the title as auoL^' 'ik^. Begins : — gJ! fA ^^\ J^S JJ Jul The Preface (ff. 42/; — 43«, 1. 6) is glossed between the lines in Turkish. III. (fif. T2b — 131^). The Persian-Arabic vocabulary cal- led es-Sihahul-'Ajamiyya (k^*.^' -L^uoJi), by Hin- dushah-i-Nakhjawani. See Ethe, col. 995 — 6, and the MS. described immediately below. gJi ot^LxJi 3 (sic) obLiLi l^! ^JJ5 Ji lxJL The name of the work is mentioned on f. 73^, 1. 2. 253 No. CLXX. LI. 6. lo. Ff. 153 (fif. i«, io6« — 108'', 126''' — 128'^, and 153 blank, save for sundry notes, mostly in a European hand); 18.2 X 12.5 c; 7 — 9 1. Written throughout in a clear, legible hand of the loth century of the hijra , nasta'liq in the first part, naskh in the two second parts; head- ings of sections in red. Contains three separate lexico- graphical and grammatical works, as follows: — I. (ff. \b—\o6a). The Sihahu'l-'Ajamiyya, a Per- sian vocabulary written in Arabic with interlinear Tur- kish paraphrase, by Hindushah Nakhjawani. See Ethe , col. 995. F. \a bears the following description: — ""Sac hah Persicus. Lingua PersiccB Lexicon et Grani- niatica Arabice scripta cnm inter pretatione Turcica. Opus doctum et excellensr On the same page its title, which is given in the text on f. 2b, 1. 5 as above [cf. Ethe, loc. cit.), stands as ^c*^^ «.L^. Begins: — ^ XiJJl liUj' ^5 (f. 2«) L^x^xl^ yl^i q1^^ .(j^Laif Kib iCi^^Xo The grammatical section forming the conclusion , KtXi (see Ethe, loc. cit.), begins on f. 92-^. The colophon, on f. io6«, runs as follows; but the date is not very clearly written : — 254 (jy*<.:> ^i [^j-j*>. io. gi,l ^s-SJi —Ll^I' ^^xXAiail lAxc v^ II. (ff. loS*^ — 126«). A Persian-Turkish glossary, con- sisting of a list of Persian verbs with specimens of their conjugation, and lists of nouns arranged in four sec- tions (the Jirst on celestial and terrestrial objects, times, seasons, etc.; the second on the human body, its limbs , attributes , developments , etc. ; the third on in- struments, metals, crafts, craftsmen, industrial products, etc. ; and the fourth on animals). The Turkish glosses throughout are interlinear. See the description of li. 6. 47 (N°. CLXIV) on pp. 247 — 8 supra. Begins : — A list of the Muhammadan months is appended at the conclusion. III. (fif. 128-^ — ISS'^)- The well-known rhymed Arabic- Persian glossary by Abu Nasr Farahi called Nisab- i-Sibyan (qL^-^o ljIaoj c>ot5 v^^)- See Rieu, p. 504; Ethe pp. 980 — I. Begins: — ^J;Z\ ^^y^ *) i'i^^AS^' i-^^^ S*^^ o^y> Lo <8^A«L> 'O^) (3jj^ ci*«*^ [*>J^*J' j' U*^:^ 'j-^^t^-t-^ ^ ;'cOi^L\ji J..:^UJ Turkish interlinear glosses occur throughout the text. The date of transcription is given on f. 153^ as A. H. 934 (=A. D. 1527—8). 255 No. CLXXI. Oo. 6. 59. .Lj!.JI i-jlxaj 'jj-^"^ 3 (•^♦'^^ ^-^Tir^ ^»^nX^ This manuscript appears from a Persian inscription on one of the fly-leaves at the beginning to have origin- ally contained three separate works; a poetical de- scription of Kashmir and Lahore; an allegory entitled "Beauty and Love" (oLixc ^ ^^>) ; and the Nisdbii ''s-Sibydn of Abu Nasr Farahi. The second of these, however , is missing. The manuscript in its present state comprises ff. 82, measuring 22.2X13-7 c., and nowhere contains any date. It is written in a clear taHiq between double-ruled margins of red and blue. The title of the first , the "■Poem in praise of Lahore and Kashmir'" {.j^^^ ^ ;V-^"^ ^-:?;*j* j^ !).~AjhXA) , is in- scribed on f. i'^, which is otherwise blank. To this poem is prefixed a wordy and bombastic preface , from which no particulars as to the authorship or date of composition can be derived. This preface begins on f. i^ : — The poem itself, written in the metre hazaj-i-mu- saddas-i-mahdhiif , begins on f. 3*^ as follows: — 4't ^i>. w^l J— ».JLj *_P i}.-^ i^jl |»Lj_j The following verses, occurring in the panegyric on the reigning King (f. /«) , show that the poem was composed in Shah-Jahan's reign (A. H. 1037 — 1069 = A. D. 1628— 1658): — 256 The first and last of these three couplets taken in conjunction appear conclusive. Compare Stanley Lane- Poole's MogJml Emperors of Hindustan and their coins (Constable, 1892), p. LXIX. The poem ends on f. 2^b with the following couplet: — t'; jfcIi»M/« l>Lj ^'-■iri >r^*^ f*"'^^3 ''';^*^ %^^ i}*^' U^j^H;*^ *^ F. 26 is blank , save for the title of the missing Hiisn n 'Ishq ("Beauty and Love"), which is inscribed on it, and is immediately followed by the title of the Nisdbii 's-Sibydn (see Rieu , p. 504^ , IV, and Ethe , col. 980 et seq.) on f. 27". The text of the Nisdb begins on f. 27'^: — In the margin are added the following words, with which most copies begin : — Ends, without colophon, on f. 8i«. Ff. Si'^ — 82*^ blank. Cf. the descriptions of Oo. 6. 44, Add. 241, and Add. 225 (Nos. CL — CLII), pp. 236—8 supra. No. CLXXIL Add. 194 (Lewis 14). An anonymous and titleless dictionary of Persian , Arabic , and Turkish words explained in Persian , begin- ning abruptly, without any prefatory matter: — 257 and ending with a short vocabulary (one page) of gipsy words (^L^iy ^^LJJ ^*i2*j). The words are arranged alphabetically according to the initial letter, but within these sections but little order is observed. On f. i« the title of the work is given as ^-..w.Ls (iO»55 j ,,Jj^ {Kitdb-i-Farhang-i-Fdrsi) and is further thus described : — '■^ Fur hank Pharsie est Dictionariiini Arabico-Persicum et unimi ex /j./i. Furhank e quibus Giamal Eddin suum ^) composuit" Ff. 234 (ff. la — 2a, and 234''' blank); 24.5X13-9 c.; 17 1. Written in a fair ta'liq hand, the words explained being overlined in red. ARABIC GRAMMAR. No. CLXXIII. Oo. 6. 45. A Persian Commentary on the well-known vers- ified Arabic grammatical treatise of Ibn Malik called the Alfiyya, written, as appears from the preface, by Sultan Muhammad b. Ali of Kashan for his son Muhammad Ja'far. The dates of composition and tran- scription do not appear, as the manuscript is defective at the end. Ff. 302 (f. i« blank; ff. 103 — no are bound upside down and in reverse order); 22.4 X 12.2 c; 17 1. Writ- ten in a clear, good jiaskh , Arabic text overlined with i) i. e. the Farhang-i-jfahdngiri. 17 258 red. Though the manuscript is defective at the end, not more than one or two pages seem to be missing, as the last hne of the text given in the manuscript is the last hne but four (ed. Dieterici, p. 380, 5th line from bottom). Four lines of the text, therefore, with the corresponding commentary and the colophon constitute the total deficiency. Begins: — A good many marginal notes in a different hand occur throughout the work. No. CLXXIV. Dd. 10. 6. An Arabic grammar, in Arabic, with Persian and Turkish interlinear glosses of every word occurring in the two first sections [i.e. up to f. i88«), compiled, as stated in the preface, at the command of Atsiz Khwa- razm-shah (ylxLI yJt iUjiAJJ ^X-c qJ-aJ! «=L_§_j .'b5L«..^iw*^t sLS; ,^jl>-> qj), who reigned A. H. 521 — 551 (A. D. 1 1 27 — 1 156) for his library. The author does not men- tion his own name. Ff. 224 (ff. I, 2, 222« and 224 blank; f. 53, probably blank, missing); 24.0 X 16.4 c. ; 9 lines of text (between which the glosses are written obliquely) to the page. Written in a good , clear naskh ; headings of chapters and sections in red. Marginal notes and commentary in Arabic. Gift of King George I, A. D. 17 15. Begins: — 259 Of these words the Persian translation runs as fol- lows: — The Turkish translation of the same runs thus: — ' '35' 5"^ v'^^ '-^S^ "^ li^' S-y^ J-^ (5^'^ The work is divided into 5 sections, of which the first (i^Uw"^! j5) begins on f. 5«; the second (JLse'^5 i5) on f. 54«; the //^z><^ (^5;-^ J') on f. iSS'^; the fourth (^5 j^Lfw'^l (-ijAOj) on f. 194'''; and thQ fifth (JLxi"^! oyaj' ^5) on f. 204«. The text ends on f. 221^', and concludes with a co- lophon which gives A. H. 790 (= A. D. 1388) as the date of transcription, and Ramadan b. Haji Beha Valad b. Shamsu'd-din el-Qubani as the name of the copyist. Ff. 222-^ — 223'^ are occupied with a list of Arabic par- ticles (written in red) with examples of their different uses (written in black between the lines). A second co- lophon at the bottom of f. 223^ gives the beginning of Safar, A. H. 791 (rr Jan. 30, A. D. 1389) as the date of completion. No. CLXXV. Qq. 76. Ff. 176 (f. I supplied in a later hand; f. 2 missing; ff. 3 — 47 transposed and placed after ff. 48 — 55); 16.5 X 10,5 c. Consists of two parts, viz. — I (ff. I — 87). A work on Arabic grammar by 'Izzu'd- Din Abu'l-Fada'il Ibrahim b. 'Abdi'l-Wahhab b. Ibrahim ez-Zanjani, who died A. H. 655. See Cat. Cod. MSS. 26o ill Miis. Brit., pars II, Cod. Arab. (London, 1846), p. 233. Each page contains three lines of text, with inter- linear commentary in small naskh hand. Begins: — L^j "bit Jw^a^' "^ aO^Aflii^ ^^Lxl iULC:^ idixil ^i.( Ends on f. 87^ with the following colophon: — 45"^' £^; ji-^ O-^ rj^'LiJ' O^^"^^ 1^. v5 l5/^' er^' ej'*^ II. (ff. 88 — 176). The same work with interspersed translation and commentary in Persian. F. 88« is blank, and 9 lines on f. 88*^ between the "■ Bismi' lldJi" and the beginning of the text are also left blank, apparently for the doxology. Begins : — Ends with the following colophon (f. 176'^): — ji,Lxj «.JLI! iM^*J ii>^3 T'r*^ ^4.M*.A ^j_;i vjLxXi! tiA.^ si^-c j2^ J,Uil^ jj!^ L5-^^> (J^ajj^ tUh'';^ L5-^^ CJ-^' l5;^^ No. CLXXVI. Oo. 6. 43. Six Grammatical Treatises. F. 187 (ff. I, 2, 94«, i24«, 182^ 186^—187^ blank); 23.8 X 13-8 c. ; number of Hnes to page varying in dif- 26 1 ferent parts. Written throughout in taHiq of various degrees of legibility. Contents: — I (ff. 3« — 18«). Mizdn fi Hlnii 's-sarf (,*.-Lc ^ o^r^^ lJj>IJ')» ^^ entitled in the colophon on f. i8«; a treatise on the conjugation of the regular verb in Arabic. See Rieu, p. 524'^, I. Begins: — ' • • ^V *> ;*' 3> Numerous marginal and interlinear notes. II (fif. iS'' — 23'^). Niiskha-i-munsha' ab (i«^x-w.a^ s-k^^'S)^ so entitled in the colophon on f. 23'^; a treatise on the derived conjugations and the various classes of Arabic verbs. See Rieu, p. 524^, II. Begins: — Qj^Ui' ^3 iL*J «J^' iiAxsJf . . jc^^-'i 5 I ^-^ ci*"*"^ *-J^5^ 5*^ jj *i^AaX* i3L*s' ca!^JL4,> &5' III (ff. 24« — /c^). Panj-Ganj , fi Hlnii ' s-sarf {^'kt ^s^^., "the Five Treasures"), so entitled in the Preface (f. 24^, 11. 9 — 10), but in the colophon called simply v_ajj*^j Oj*aii As: Q-.; a treatise on Arabic accidence. See Rieu, p. 523. Begins: — l^>-wl J^AOS ^XJ ^i;lj ^ Q^4.*i2^ 3 C^A«,t >-jLj «^J (^3 ^iJ.4^ ^! C>-W-) .iNAj ,rSJj ^_53 j,lj 3 Numerous notes in margin. Transcribed by Shihabu 'd-Din Muhammad. Not dated. IV (fif. 7i« — 93*^). Zubda, fi 'ilnii 's-sarf (»lX_jj), so entitled in colophon; a treatise on the laws of permut- ation which apply to the Arabic irregular verbs, by 262 Zahi'r b. Mahmud b. Mas'ud el-'Alavi. See Rieu, p. 524«, IV; transcribed by the same copyist as the last. Begins: — Copious Persian annotations in the margin. V (ff. 94*5 — iss*^). Sarf-i-Mir (.jyo o^a^), a well-known treatise on Arabic inflection, by Mir Seyyid Sharif Jurjani. See Rieu, p. 522^. Begins: — VI (fif. 124'^ — 186«). Fusiil-i-Akbari {^^yS^ J^-jo-s), so styled in colophon; another treatise on Arabic inflexion. See Rieu, p. 522(7. Begins: — No date is given in any of the colophons, but all these tracts would seem to have been transcribed in India about the end of last century, or beginning of this. No. CLXXVII. Add. 417. Seven treatises on Arabic Grammar and Logic, all in Arabic, save one (N°. II), which is in Persian. Ff. 130 (fl". i«, 62^', 79«, and ii5« blank); 21.5 X 12.5 c; written in various hands, with* a variable number of hnes to the page. N°. Ill is dated (on f. 62«) Rabi' II, A. H. 1 1 84 (= July— Aug., A. D. 1770); N°. IV (on f. 78*^), Ramadan (December) of the same year; and N°. V (on f. 114''') the 13th year of the reign of Shah 'Alam, corresponding to A. H. 1185 (A. D. 1771). Contents: — I. (fl". I — 40). Treatise on Arabic grammar (in Arabic) called el-'Izzi, by 'Izzu'd-Din Ibrahim Zanjani. See Arabic Cat. of Brit. Miis., p. 233; and Rieu's Arab. SuppL, p. 612, 263 II. {ff. 4i'7— 42«). Sharh-i-mi'at 'amil, a Persian verse-commentary on the Arabic particles, beginning: — t'< ^LiA3^ (sic) ^_5>3»ijL> ^ iA3j5lX> iAass^' lXxj ''< yy*^>" i^J"^-^^ U^*'* (^3^ 3jMiC> _iA/« vizA-^w.^" See Ethe, col. 987; Aumer's Munich Cat. p. 52, N°. II; and immediately below. III. (fif. 42''^ — 62«). Mi'at 'amil , an Arabic commen- tary on the same work, by Sheykh 'Abdu'l-Qahir b. 'Abdi'r-Rahman el-Jurjani, which forms the basis of the above. IV. (fif. 6y — 78''^). An Arabic Commentary on the v^LJ of Abu'l-Hasan 'All b. Muhammad b. Ibrahim ad- Dariri (^_j^.*i3]f). V. (ff. 79*^ — 114'^)- An Arabic treatise on syntax called Hidayatu'n-nahw. From a postscript in Persian (f. 114''') it appears to have been written by Muhammad Mirzd , known as 'Abdu'l-Karim , who concluded it on Sunday, Muharram 12, A. H. 1185 (= April 27, A. D. 1771). VI. (fif. iiS'^ — 122«). Kitab-i-Isaghuji, a treatise on Logic, based on the teaching of Sheykh Asiru'd- Din [?for Athirtid-Din\ al-Abhari. VII (fif. i23«— 130^). Sharh-i-Isaghuji, an Arabic commentary on the above. The Sheykh's name is here correctly given as Athiru'd-Din. No. CLXXVIII. Add. 584. Two works on Arabic Grammar, the FuSUl-i-Ak- bari by Qadf Muhammad Akbar of Lakhnaw, or of 264 Ilahabad; and the Nahw, or treatise on Arabic Syn- tax, of Mir Seyyid Sharif Jurjani. Ff. 58. (if. i«, 38''^ — 4i« blank); 23.5 X 15.9 c; ii 1. to page in first part, 12 in second. Written in a good clear ta'lig. (I) The Fusul-i-Akbari (ff. i^ — 38^) begins, with one trifling difference, in the same way as the work of the same name described at p. 522*^ of Rieu's Catalogue, with which it appears to be identical, despite the dif- ference in the author's name, viz. — yj-c 0LJL5' »S ^Lju' Jit ^Jic ^Uj • • • g^' ^^ "^^ - . . .. ^ It is entitled as follows on f. i«: — — ' -^ The headings of sections, etc., are in red. Numerous notes in a minute hand are written between the lines and in the margins. The title and author's name are mentioned again in the colophon on f. 38^2^, which is dated Ramadan 27th, A. H. 12 19 (= Dec. 30th, A. D. 1804). Copyist, Khayru'd-Din Ahmad. (II) The Nahw-i-Mir (ff. 41^ — 58^^), or Arabic syntax of Mir Seyyid Sharif Jurjani (lived A. H. 740 — 816: see Rieu , p. 522^), begins: — iS ^^j,tJ^t ^ vi,L*_J' \li! ^i)j..i;ji ^^Uj .... gj! Ji o^ It was written , as stated in the colophon , for Cap- tain Lopp (t-j"^) by Muhammad Mirza Khan , and finished in Dhu'l-Hijja, A. D. 1226, December, A. D. 1811. A letter in Persian written on an imaginary topic by the aforesaid Captain R. E. Lopp (so the rather il- 265 legible signature seems to read) is contained in the vol- ume, and is now attached to the cover facing f. i«. It is endorsed by the writer as follows : — " This is a letter in the Persian language , as current in India, zvhich I ivrote zvhilst in that country by way of exercise on a supposed subject about the year i8ii'\ This note is dated March 12th, 1827. PROSODY AND RHETORIC. No. CLXXIX. Add. 222 (Lewis 40). .Lot lx^^^J Kitabu'l-wafi fi ti*dadi '1-qawafi, a treatise on Rhyme, by Muhammad 'Assar. See Hdji Khalfa, vol. VI, p. 418, N°- 141 56. This writer appears to be identical with the poet who is chiefly known as the author of the Romance of Mihr and Mushtari. See Ouseley's Biographical Notices of the Persian Poets , p. 201 et seq. Ff. 104 (fif. i« and 104^^ originally blank, but the for- mer is now covered with stray verses, and names and seals of former owners, dating mostly from the nth century of the hijra; and the latter with stray verses); 18.6 X 12.6 c; 12 1. Written in a small, neat nasta'liq; headings in red. Dated Tuesday, Muharram ist, A. H. 951 (= March 25th, A. D. 1544). Begins: — ^ j.L^t 5 jlcl ) v-jliai* (sic) J.*i2J J> ±i.iz>\ ^ <^lxS' ^ -LaasI ^1 lX^U ^Laam'^I \^M^J*f^ 266 The author's name occurs immediately after the dox- ology (f. 2^ 1. 9) : — gJ! ^ULtJi Jw^ ^UiJt Jjl ^^Lc After dilating on the excellence of poetry and rhymed prose , the author says that he was requested by some of his friends to compile a concise manual of rhymes, arranged according to the letters of the al- phabet: — He began to do this, but soon shrank back appalled at the magnitude of the task; which, however, he was finally led to undertake by considering a verse of Abu'l- Majd Majdiid Sanai, whom he calls "the King of Speech" (^bLjG! ,dV.JU): — 3> C57-? 5 o!r^ ^ ^^-"^ ^j^- ^ L?^ij^ ci-^^^ ^j*-^' j^ tiUx) j»Jiu J (?)r»i^'« piT*^' i$-*'^ j'? obOwt -Ij vit*^;c :' qLjLj ^s xS j_^jU;w :>^o^ L\:^i _^jt j,^b:it The author then (f. 4«, 1. i) gives the title of his work (as above), and enters at once on the subject- matter. The work is divided into numerous sections and subsections, of which the first 19 (ff. 4« — 28''') treat of general considerations as to the nature of poetry and rhyme , the different kinds of rhyme , etc. Then follows a sort of dictionary of rhymes arranged alphabetically according to the final letter. This occupies the remain- der of the work (ff. 29^ — 104«). Each section is devoted to one of the letters of the alphabet, and is subdivided into many subsections. 267 The MS., dated Tuesday, Muharram ist, A. H. 951 (see above), ends with the usual excuses , and a prayer for favourable judgement and lenient criticism. The colophon, of which the last half is written in a diffe- rent hand , runs thus : — No. CLXXX. Add. 794. Badayi'u'l-afkar fi sanayi'i'l-ash'ar ("New ideas on poetical artifices") , a treatise on the figures and tropes employed by poets, by Huseyn b. 'Ali el-Va'iz el-Kashifi , the well-known author of the Anvdr-i-Suheyli , the Tafsir-i-Huseyni , and the Rawdatiish-slmhadd. The MS. consists of ft". 126, of 17.0X975 c., and 15 1. Written in a clear but ungraceful ta'liq. The tran- scription was completed on the 4th of Rabi' II, A. H. 1086 (=:June 28th, A. D. 1675) by Mulla 'Abdu'l-Qadir b. Haji Muhammad Nasr(?)-i-Qadiri. Begins, on f. i^: — Jx' sAvwj) J.3W v^^ cyf^ ^li'-^^' Xao^LJ- (^lX.^' ^LL^uiJIj ■ g.»^w imU^s .L_Ky«l^ rJ:H^■^ i_jLwJLjl c^^JtiAc v_jLo o.Lo' o.*i3,> oytijl J^^l — ^ n^^y' u^j—^ i3L*.53l ^>>Lx..o i_>«jLs j'vXXai XJt^i 5 '•^>=^ y^ f^ J*J.U-i>.i' fvj'j^J LJy^I' JoLAiaaJI v^jLcij j^j;^]' _5 aIjJJI fl~^^ (V-i' 3^ «>J^' cr* ^kL*-*-!' ljU/^Ij (jiax^dl 268 fc_>y« *.jlcAil 5 L\_c'_^ajt K-^^L (f. 2«) 5C_*_'i. 1^5 aXo ^ _j qL;^^' \^^.-^^ ;''-^ j'-^ ^^>^ lA^ *^J.^**' 5 (jiiJlo L>j,ai ^ (J^c ^j t:;^**> iS!^'^^ liD—It ^^sLbilj *AaA*il j~^Ji-> j-^*"*^ o^^ ^Xft^ 9 '-V.*-V;'f ^— *.*«Lj^'« &.JlxAi^^ u-s-Ojj' ^ *»*:>;'-^ '-V^§<"' i3 Oj^ (f. 2^') qL^jJ j|>^' >wS.j"^ ii^jlL J> o*.'*^^ 5 i3|>>' Jiy^L"^ '^h' ^ The author then states that, having long enjoyed familiar intercourse with many eminent men learned in divers sciences and arts , he debated for some while with himself as to the subject which he should select for the treatise whereby he hoped to secure the favour and patronage of Amir Seyyid Hasan Shiijd'u'd-Da'wla , until finally, perceiving that his special prediliction was for poetry, he decided to compose this work , named .Lxui'l^f %^\s^ ^^i }JSVi j^jJu, on the poetical arts. The work is divided into a Preface (\/ivAJi«), two chap- ters (v-jL), and a Conclusion (x«j'l3-). The Preface begins at the top of f. 3^^, and treats of the different varieties of poetry, the terminology of 269 poets, etc. It contains four sections (Ji*as), which are as follows: — Section I (f. 3^^). Definition and origin of poetry. Section II (f. db). Different forms of poetry. .8L\.j^Aa3) Section III (f. 8'''). Varieties of verse. . ^»~^\^ . oo^^) Section IV (f. ii'^). Meaning of certain technical terms employed by poets. . *Jas.A . t.JLLw . sSjLm^/o , Ja^^-J .jL:^!) . (^jl^ y^ • %i-^^A Jo . j-^yi f^ ' y-^ - (^-* • ^i^^ • £,/*^'' Chapter I. (f. 17^). On poetical artifices («_jLa_jo .^3 .yi^ .^\^^\ J.-^ j.:^i u:DyAj:f .^JI oLcL-« .tJc-c'it .|,JJI «u^ U; „Jdt lXx/Lj .ijuj"^i «i)l,Jo:.«t .liljlJO" .oUajI .^3jijj .v!>-^ 5 ^l^-^ .Li^Wt i>5>L:p' .^5!>fi^^ ))^ -il?^' 5^ 2/0 ^ oi._j-aJ' ^ ^^ • ^>'j--> • k}>:4^' cV"^*"^ * ^r^-F^ • f ?^''*'-* . o^^^i^-^ ,^-^L.^ . o^ Ji^wo .uf^.^^ .L*.-^?! .\,.ji)Mij , yjJuAi Chapter II. (f. 98^^). On faults of poetry. .p.Juil i i3JaX]I -^aLs? .v^iJbCj- .J^JlxJI |.y .^i^xJt Conclusion (f io8<^), in 7 sections. Section I (f 108'^) On what is meant by rhyme, and on the letters and vowel-points. Section II (f. 116'''). On the different kinds of rhymes which can be combined together. Section III (f. ii8«). On the five species of rhyme. Section IV (f. 1 18-^). On primitive and secondary rhymes Section V (f 119^)- On ^^iXj.Ui auils. Section VI (f I2i«). On faulty rhymes; of which there are several varieties , named as follows : — Section VII (f. 124''''). On faults in the radif , of which there are 2 kinds , yi^ and J^y^\ . 271 The colophon (on f. 1 26^) runs as follows : — ^Lii' «.aj. -^ ^-ij^ vjLp^I ii)Xo QyKj i.JLw. q,.j! lX-vI *Uj No. CLXXXI. Add. 212 (Lewis 30). ' (_s^y-^ (szc) (^-V:^^^ /.t^ (^AfiJ) s^mj^ :) Riyadu 's-sanayi'-i-Qutbshahi , a treatise on Prosody and Rhyme , in mixed prose and verse , by Ulfati b. Huseyni of Sava. Ff. 76 (ff. i« — 5« and 75^^ — yG^ blank, save for some verses written on fif. i^ and 2^); 21.7X13-7 c.; 11 1. Written in a good Indian ta'liq, on bluish paper, be- tween margins of gold and colours; headings in red. No colophon or date. Begins: — O J ;' i^ c>.^LjLci Lj^juLao ^ P'-^-*-'« J-<1-^ (^LiJi ^ -si^ lXJ' V^/ O^j'f ^'y^"* '^■^!>'' 4?-^' s'^"^' 5 yoUc qL^I r'i*^' After the doxology, the author, who gives his name as Ulfati b. Huseyni Sdvaji (^-js-^L-^w ,_^^> ^j i5^') ? states that he composed this treatise on Prosody, Rhyme , and Rhetoric in response to a request from numerous friends and pupils , and that he entitled it Riyddii 'i- Sandyi'-i-Qtitbshdhi , in honour of 'Abdu'llah Qutbshahi (reigned A. H. 1020 — 1083; A. D. 161 1 — 1672). The date of composition of the work is given as A. H. 1048 (:= A. D. 1638 — 9) in the following verses in the section at the end of the work dealing with chronograms (f. 74^): — 272 The words ^//z7 Ji liasht ^dl liazdr , which mean 1048 , also give the same date when the numbers correspon- ding to each of the component letters in the abjad no- tation are added up. The metrical text, and the prose commentary ac- companying it, are, as distinctly stated in the preface, both by the same author. The principles of scansion, the different feet, and the modifications of which each is susceptible , are first dis- cussed (ff. 7« — 13^^); then the different metres, begin- ning with the Kdniil , and ending with the Mutdddrik (ff. I5« — 44'^); then follows the dissertation on rhyme (ff. 45« — 55'^); then that on Rhetoric, Tropes, etc. (ff. 55« — 73'''); and lastly the Conclusion ((jcoIjv y_^_*ij-/ K^UAflJI, or iwL>). The author again refers to his name (or rather takhal- lus) Ulfati in the following verse on f. 74^: — ' QL/ixj KJ:i^ iA_Mi (jisU I'T-T^;^ ^ Ji-xstx) , composed for Sultan Jamalu 'd-Din Sheykh Abu Is-haq (see Haji Khalfa, vol. V, p. 640), has been published at Kazan by Ch. Salemann in A. D. 1885. Cf. Rieu, vol. II, p. 498-^. Begins: — {sic, for ^^3) ^c> i^ c>.*«ol -S ^j^ oLiJ ^o o^:1;l>I 3 Many of the "specimens" (hjjjdI) given in Salemann's text are wanting. The glossary ends on f. 6^^, and is followed (ff. 6^^' — 7i«) by some remarks on Persian Grammar headed 8kX.i; vJ>S qLaj c>.*^^rv«^l■5 ^L: .J) &J LPl\.cLS, and begin- ning: — ^J'L*- _5 ^^*^ '^j^ 5' ^^ ^ /^ o-'^otifj J^i jxc Jb ^.^^J II (ff. 73''' — 1 15«). The ^wzi-^^ H-'Ushshdq ("Lover's Com- panion") of Hasan b. Muhammad Sharafu 'd-Din Rami. See Rieu, pp. 814^ XI, and 1094*^; and Ethe, col. 827. A French translation by M. Clement Huart forms fasci- culus 25 of the Bibliotheqiie de VEcole des Haute s Etudes. This text and the following are written in a different hand to the preceding one , in a good and well-formed taHiq, each page containing 13 lines. 18 274 III (fif. 116''^ — 14'/^>). The Sandy i'-i-Baddj/i' (z^i}j<^i ^Aj^>S), a work on rhetorical and poetical figures, based on the Hada'iqii ^s-sihr of Rashi'du 'd-Di'n Watwat. No men- tion is made of the author's name. Begins: — .0 i3^' (»jIj < (*JA^ (•'•J 5-:^''-^ 5^.^^ 'jV'-^ CT^' 5 ' f*^^^ The arrangement of subject-matter is conformable to the Hadd^iqu 's-sihr , but the examples given are differ- ent. Cf. Rosen's Afamcscrits Per sans [Coll. Scient. de Vlnst. des Langues Orient, vol. Ill), p. 282, where, under the name of oJJSiAis^ oJjLft> , a work by Sharafu 'd-Di'n Rami (the author of the companion treatise above noticed) answering to this description, and actually con- taining in the first part 50 chapters, is described. This work may not improbably be an abridgement of that. There is no proper colophon, but on f. 151^ is the following inscription in naskJi : — ^O^J^i ^^^ ^-^.kv«.s» o^^^ ^^^ ^J ^^ J^^ jr^^' "jT^ EPISTOLARY MODELS, ETC. No. CLXXXin. Add. 238. (Lewis H). Ff. 152 (ff. p^ ioo« — ioi«, and 152^' blank); 31.3 X 275 19-6 c. ; 14 or 15 1. Written throughout in the same hand (a clear but ugly Indian ta'liq) : headings and over- linings in red. The copyist was Sheykh 'Abdu 'r-Rahman b. Faqir Muhammad, as appears from two colophons, the first (on f. 99''^) dated Dliu'l-Hijja 15, A. H. 11 24 (= Jan. 13, A. D. 1713); the second (on f. 149^') Mu- harram ist, A. H. 1125 (= Jan. 28, A. D. 1713) From these colophons it also appears that the manuscript was transcribed for a clergyman (probably Archdeacon Lewis) whom the copyist calls <3)'^H y^i^' Contents : — I (fif. 1^—99^'). The Badayi'u'l-Insha (^Lio"^i ^)^), or Epistolary Manual, of Yusufi, completed in A. H. 940 (A. D. 1533—4). beginning: — See Rieu, p. 529 and p. 475''', IV; Ethe, col. 836 — 8. II (ff. loi^'— 136^). The Miftah-i-Gulistan (^Lx_a^ qUaJl/) , or Key to the Giilistdn , a dictionary of the rare words occurring in that well-known work, followed by translations of all the Arabic sentences contained in it; the words being arranged alphabetically according to the final letter, and the Arabic sentences in the order in which they occur. Composed in the reign of Mahmud Shah b. Muhammad Shah Bahmani (reigned A.H. 887— 924, A.D. 1482— 1518) byOweysb. 'Ala, a disciple of Khwaja Abu'1-Feyd Aminu'd-Din Shah, at the request of some friends. Begins: — v_jUjGI ii^'Uj ^y=> ^J^ -Uxs! kJ \^ j^_>Lx.s yS' K-^Vi III (fif. i37«— 149^). Sharh-i-Amthila (x.U./ii ^j-^); Paradigms of Arabic verbs, etc., beginning: — ^i {sic, for .Ull 2»5.xx) .Lil ^ 2/6 IV (fif. 150 — 151). A few pieces of poetry by Avvrang- Zib, Baqi'a, etc., and copy of a farmdn addressed to 'All Mardan Khan by Shah Jahan. V (f. 152^). A Hst of the Moghul emperors down to Awrang-zib. No. CLXXXIV. Add. 203 (Lewis 21). The Mukatabat-i-'AUami , otherwise called Insha- yi-Abu'1-Fadl; a well-known collection of letters writ- ten by Sheykh Abu'1-Fadl, Akbar's great minister, com- piled by 'Abdu's-Samad b. Afdal Muhammad. See Rieu, pp. 396 — 7; Ethe, col. 841 — 2. Ff. 284 (ff. i« and 284'^ blank; fif. 1^—18^ in a dififer- ent and more modern hand); 24.4 X 16.4 c; 15 1. Writ- ten in a fairly good Indian ta'lig; headings in red. No colophon. Begins as usual : — Daftar I ends on f. 6^l>, Daftar II appears to end on f. 177^, and to be followed by Daftar III, which, how- ever, has no heading or title. No. CLXXXV. Add. 210 (Lewis 28). ' J^AiasJI j.jf pL^jLj .j,J^/0 ^^A)k^ oLjo'Lx^ The Mukatabat-i-' Allami , commonly called Inshd- yi-Abiil-Fadl; letters written by Akbar's celebrated min- ister Abiil-Fadl, collected and edited by 'Abdu's-Samad b. Afdal Muhammad. See Rieu, pp. 396 — 7; Ethe, col. 841 — 2. Ff. 175 (fif. 6« and 152 — 175 blank; ff. i« — 5^ and 6^' — 8'', originally blank , inscribed with various notes on religious duties, the taking of auguries, etc.); 26.6 X 16.5 c; 17 1. Written in a poor Indian ta'liq. Not dated. The title DhakhiratiCl-Mulk is wrongly given to the work on f. 8^^. There are copious interlinear glosses and marginal notes throughout the earlier portion of the work. No. CLXXXVI. Add. 216. (Lewis 34). A volume containing the Epistolary Models of Abu'1-Fadl , sundry medical treatises by Yusufi , etc. Ff. 217 (fif. i«, 3, 6\b , 102 — \\\a, wjb — 119''', and 217 blank); 21.0 X 12.0 c; 12 — 17 1. Written in clear but ugly Indian ta'liq; headings in red. Contents: — I (fif. i^ — 2b). XJL.W ^i>U.i: slXcIS. A short treatise on divination by means of the shoulder-blades of sheep, beginning, after a short doxology of the usual kind: — .(sic) y ^jl^s! ^yf' j«.l.C J I ci*.^*4.Xc II (f. 4«). Memoranda of birthdays, the dates of which range from A. H. 1066 to 1076. III (f. 4*^). Magic square for [? recovering] a run-away slave. IV (f. 5«). Form of "visitation" for Imam Huseyn prescribed by the Imam Ja'far-i-Sadiq. 278 V (ff. 5^'— loi/'). Epistolary Models o{ Adii'l-Facfl i^J.^^] JwuaaJI _^l , also called (W«^c c.UjLX/i), beginning : — See Rieu, p. 396; Ethe, col. 841 — 2. There is no division into Daftars in this MS., but the letters writ- ten by Akbar, which constitute Daftar I , end on f. 6i«, while those written by Abu'1-Fadl [Daftar II) appear to extend to f. 10 1''', at which point the Inshd abruptly breaks off, the lacuna being marked by 9 blank pages. VI (ff. iii'^ — 117^)- Medical advice, partly in verse, partly in prose, by Yusnfi, i. e, Yusuf b. Muhammad of Herat, a physician who lived under Babar and Hu- mayun. See Rieu, pp. 475'^, IV; 827^, IX; and 840^, IV. This may perhaps be his qasida on the preservation of health. It begins: — f^^iv^j ^ jj> ^5' ^ ^i,!i>J $}_y=> ^^f^ c>-<^ Some prescriptions follow, and a number of detached verses in different rhymes. Dated in the colophon (on f. ii7«) the i6th of Dhul-Hijja, A. H. 1064 (= Oct. 28, A. D. 1654). VII (ff. I20« — 124«). Various notes on drugs, precious stones, etc. VIII (ff. 124'^ — 206'^). Another medical treatise, appar- ently by the aforesaid Yiisufi , dealing mainly with the properties of drugs and medicaments. In the upper corner of the page is written : — ' [sic) Ojjj^O _5 (j^^A« ^^ji^ Oy^ O^*^^ 'l5"**!1>:? i;^_j^ .Lxi>^5! iAjI^ Nevertheless the treatise before us seems to be neither 279 the Jdvii'ul-Faiva'id (as the above title would seem to imply), nor the Kitdbu'l-Adviya, unless it be one of these in a mutilated and abridged form. It begins abruptly : — This treatise ends on f. 206'''. It is followed (ff. 206'^ to the end) by sundry short treatises and notes on the elements , magic squares , etc. No. CLXXXVII. Add. 2998. {Sjy^ ^4^\/i (jJ^J^ jy^ ^'■*^ Letters of Nuru 'd-Din Muhammad Zuhuri , edited, with a preface, by 'Anbar Shah Khan. See Rieu, pp. 678, 741 — 2; Ethe, col. 672 — 4. Ff. 168 (fif. i« and 164''' — 168''' blank; Arabic pagina- tion wrong from f. 82, which is numbered 81, to the end); 18.8 X 12.2 c; 9 1. Written in a bad Indian nim- shikasta hand , between lines ruled in red and blue. The volume , bought for the Library from Puttick on June 27, 1890, is described in a note on one of the blank pages at the beginning, as well as in a printed slip affixed inside the cover, as ''^ Forms of Letters on various subjects , by Anber ShaJi\ but it does not appear that 'Anbar Shah wrote anything more than the con- clusion and the preface (fif. i^ — 4'''), which begins: — From this verbose and florid preface (f. 3^^) it appears that he undertook to edit ZuJiiiris letters at the request of certain of his friends, especially one named Seyyid 'Azim Shah. The first letter (entitled Jjl ^^) begins on f. \^, 1. 6: — 280 The second begins on f. i6^'; the third on f. 27^; the fourth on f. 43«; and the fifth on f. 63-^. No further headings occur in the remainder of the work. The MS., from the colophon, appears to be the editor's autograph. The editor appears to have finished his work in A. H. 1233 {■= A. D. 1817 — 1818), which date is expressed in two separate chronograms. The first of these occurs at the end of a viatJmavi poem on ff. I47<^ — HQ'^j ^^d is as follows: — <_^ (AJLi> j.*> j*^ '^1 ^^j'j &jc#.*j 8. -S The second is represented by the words (JUi- oLi! in the following quatrain on f. 163'^: — ' lA"-^^^^^-J' o^ ^j-**' j_^-J j_5'^^^:^ No. CLXXXVIII. Add. 573. The Insha-yi-Harkarn , or Models of epistolary- correspondence ; by Harkarn , son of Mathuradas Kanbu Multani, a well-known work which has been several times printed and lithographed at Calcutta (1781 and 1831) and Lahore (1869). See Rieu , p. 530; Ethe, col. 842 — 3. Ff. 48 (ff. I'' — 9« and 37 — 48 blank); 22.4X15.5 c; 1 5 1. Written in an Indian nini-shikasta hand , apparently of the last century. 28l No. CLXXXIX. Add. 415. Models of epistolary correspondence compiled by a Hindoo named Madhuram, and completed in A. H. 1 140 (A. D. 1727 — 8), as witnessed by the following chronogram (^^Lj' ^^.x-iz-s) on f. 2«, 11. 13 — 14, at the end of the preface: — This too, is the only place where the title occurs, save that at the end of the book is written "finished is the book of Madhuram" (j.l.4^PoLfl <^lxS' c>.-^^ (•Uj) , without date or name of copyist. N°. 14 12 of the Bod- leian (Ethe's Catalogue, col. 854) appears to contain the same work. The author states in his preface that, having profited by the society of several persons of learning, amongst whom he mentions the Nawwab Lutfu'llah Khan b. Sa'du'llah Khan , whom he served in the capacity of private secretary, he became chief secretary {^^^ ^J^i.A ^) to Jahandar Shah. On the death of this monarch (killed in Jan. 17 13) he entered the service of Gunul-tash Khan (^^L.^uibd5^5). Of the many letters which he composed during this period a large part perished during wars in which he was involved. A selection of those which escaped destruction was made by his brother, Lala Harprashad (oLw^^,5) n^ll)) , and this selection constitutes the present work, designed to perpetuate the author's memory. The work is divided with 2 sections, the first containing letters dictated by the above-mentioned Lut- 282 fu'llah Khcin and Gunul-tash Khan, the second letters written by Madhuram himself to his friends and patrons. Each section (J»*fls) is subdivided into several sub-sec- tions (*mn5). Begins : — Ff. ii8 (f. i« blank); 21.5 X I2.0; 15 1. Written in Indian ia'lig; headings in red; undated. No. CXC. Add. 439. A printed label (apparently from a book-catalogue) affixed to the inside of the cover of this manuscript describes it as follows: — '''•Letters by Ameen ad Deen , a Nobleman , and Memoirs of Shekh AlleJi Ear, contain- ing interesting Anecdotes of the Court of DJiely during the Reigns of Shaw Auliim the ist , Jehaundar Shaw and Ferokhsere , also a curious Account of a Journey to the Cumaoon Mountains bordering upon Oude , etc'\ A manu- script note on one of the blank leaves at the be- ginning states that the book was brought from India by Captain Jonathan Scott, and bought from Priestley, a bookseller in Holborn, into whose hands in had pas- sed, by G. C. Renouard in 1849. Another note states that it was bought at Renouard's sale in 1867. The title '^Letters of Ameen ad Dien' is written in English characters on the second blank leaf at the be- ginning, and in Persian (qL3- ^^Cs3 ^^A^ h^i>) at the top of f. \^ over the BisviilldJi , but in a different (ap- parently European) hand. The text begins abruptly: — 283 and no mention seems to be made of the author's name or the title of the work. The letters are separated by the title X3>3 c^^jLxS" ("another letter") in red. In the brief colophon at the end (f. ii2'^) the work is des- cribed as: — "Copy of the Inslid-i-Dilgitslid , composed by Sheykh Yar Muhammad". Ff. 112 (f. \a blank); 19.9 X n-i c.; 13 1. Written in an ugly but legible Indian taHiq. No. CXCL Add. 1090. Jami'u'l-Qawanin , models of epistolary style, by Khalifa Shah Muhammad , who flourished during the latter part of the nth and earlier part of the 12th cen- tury of the hijra. The work has been printed at Lucknow (A. D. 1846) and Cawnpore (A. H. 1280). SeeRieu,pp. 414—5, 797^ IX. Ff. 60 (fif. I — 5«, and 59 — 60 blank; f. 36 missing); 22.5X15-1 c. ; 15 1. Written in a good Indian ta^liq; headings and colophon in red. This copy was made for Mr, John Dick by a scribe whose name seems to read Ghulam Munir. The day of the month (Rabf I, 15th) on which it was completed is given , but not the year. No. CXCII. Add. 1091. Another copy of the Jami'u'l-Qawanin. Ff. 87 (fif. 74^— 85« blank); 20.1 X 14.6 c; 9 1. Writ- 284 ten in a clear but ungraceful Indian ta'liq by Muham- mad Huseyn, called Dadi-Miyan , the son of Ghulam Muhammad the Preacher. The transcription , as stated in the colophon , was completed on Friday, Muharram 7th ^ A. H. 1 22 1 (March 27th, A. D. 1806) in Barampur. The text of this work ends on f. 73'^. On f. 74^ is inscribed a prayer or talisman called ».^.i:(c ^_5(cO (sic), while ff. %^f' — ^jb are scrawled over with a Hindustani treatise entitled l^Jai> ^. i3|^'. Presented to the Library by Dr. William Wright. No. CXCIII. Add. 751. The Letters of Mirza 'Abdu'l-Qadir Bidil (Insha-, or Raqa'at-i-Bidil), one of the greatest Indian poets of the last century. These letters , mostly addressed to Shukru'llah Khan, the author's patron, and to his sons 'Aqil Khan and Shakir Khan, are in Persian. Concern- ing the author, see Rieu, p. 706^, and concerning the work, Ibid., Z\\", II. Begins as usual : — Ff. 64 (i'' and 64^^ blank); 24.0 X 14.0 c.; 12 lines in the body of the page, and 24 short oblique lines in the margin. Written in good sliikasta-dniiz ; headings and punctuations in red. Copyist, 'Abdu'l-Qadir. Not dated. CALLIGRAPHY, ETC. No. CXCIV. Oo. 6. 36. An album of calligraphic specimens, in different 285 styles of naskli , consisting of 21 leaves, measuring 25.2 X 15.3 c, joined together at the edges so as to form a continuous sheet. The writing is confined to one side. Borders tinted and mottled ; margins ruled in gold and colours. F. I contains the '^Bismilldli'' written in a large tJiulth hand ; ff. 2 — 7 extracts from the Qur'an , beginning with siira II, V. 14, and ending with sura LXIX; ff. 8 — 18 texts, traditions, verses, and proverbs; and fif. 19 — 21 specimens of the ligatures and combinations of the let- ters. All the quotations are in Arabic. No date or scribe's name , but only inside the cover , in an unfor- med (probably European) hand, the words: — No. CXCV. Add. 254. The Lewis Scrap-book. A large volume of about no leaves, measuring 36.8 X 25.4 c, on or between which are affixed and inserted a number of letters, fragments of MSS., specimens of different characters and handwritings, and the like. The greater part of this collection consists of letters and ard-ddshts , in the Persian language, addressed to Mr. Lewis by various correspondents. The specimens of calligraphy, in Arabic , Persian , and Turkish , repre- sent almost every variety of handwriting used by the Muhammadans [tlmlth , naskh , taHiq , nasta'liq, divdni , and nim-shikasta). Some few of them are signed and dated : thus on f. 46*^ is a specimen of ta'liq signed Mu- hammad Masih-i-Sliirdzi , and dated A. H. 1085; on f. 48^^ are 3 specimens of iiasta'lig , one of which is signed Muhavimad 'All, and dated A. H. iiio; while on ff". 49^ and 56^^ are specimens of naskh signed 'Abditlldh, and dated respectively A. H. 1091 and 1085. Of other characters besides the Arabic the following 286 are represented : — Siamese {ff. 27, 29) ; ^Aa^ qU h=> vCa> ^\jj J^i (f. 31-^); Armenian (ff. 32-^ — 33^); Marathi (f. 38'''); Gujarat! (fif. 39''' — 40«); "the Oudeia or Wrria Alphabet" (between ff. 58 and 59); Bengali (between fif. 59 and 60); Chinese (f. 62"); and a few lines of Tamil (between fif. 72 and 73). POETRY. FIRDAWSI. No. CXCVI Nn. 1. 20. The Shahnama of Firdawsi , complete. See Rieu, PP- 533—541; Ethe, col. 449—453. Ff- 573; 37-0X22.5 c. ; 25 1. of 2 beyts each. F. i« is blank. On f. i^ begins the older preface (see Rieu, p. 534). In the course of this occurs the satire on Sul- tan Mahmud, which fills the whole of f. 5^?, and the greater portion of fif. 4'^ and 5-^. To the beyt with which the satire generally opens : — are here prefixed thirteen other beyts beginning: — This preface ends near the top of f. yi>, and is fol- lowed by an index of the old Kings of Persia wherein is also given the duration of their reigns. Ff. 8*^ — 9« are blank. The great epic itself begins on f. 9*^ and ends at the bottom of f. 57 1"- The only colophon consists of the words xxLa^XwJI 8l\^ vttAi4J'. 28/ Ff. 57 1''' — 573" are occupied by a versified epitome or index of the Shahnama, entitled — qIpL^oL c>"*«-^ Begins: — Ends: — On f. 573/' is written the following inscription in good naskh: — A^ O^-^n^ s*-^ O?' 19 290 The text of the poem begins on f. lo*'', and continues as described without interruption to f. 43 5 '^ ending thus : — r'' r'' ^ ^.xLi sLvi t^jlxr oib ^UJ>t 4*4 ui^-w-^j ^-5' LJ2-C (jiw^LiJ' ^^S' _^ac The MS. bears on the first page the arms and name of John Campbell, Esq^e. No. CXCIX. Add. 835. Another copy of the Shahnama of Firdawsi, without any of the usual prefaces. Ff. 584 (ff. i«, and 584'^ blank); 29.0 X 18.5 c. ; 25 1. Written, in quadruple columns with double margins of red , in a small and fairly legible ta'liq , apparently of the end of the i6th or beginning of the 17th century. The scribe's name is given at ^Alamiid-Din (^^u\il jLc) , but there is no date. Spaces are left here and there for miniatures, one of which has been outlined on f. 167'^. Headings in red. No. CC. Oo. 6. 60. The abridgement of Firdawsi's Shahnama (con- sisting of selected extracts connected by a prose nar- 291 rative) made by Tavakkul Beg b. Tulak Beg in A. H. 1063 for Shamshir Khan, Governor of Ghaznin, and called after him Tarikh-i-Shamshir Khani (so on recto of second blank leaf at the beginning of this MS.) , or Tarikh-i-Dilkusha-yi-Shamshir-Khani (so on f. 252«). See Rieu, pp. 539 — 540, and Ethe, col. 453. This copy was made in the 13th year of Muhammad Shah's reign {= A. H. 1 143, A. D. 1730 — 1731), and completed on DhiCl-Hijja 25th of that year, by Fath Muhammad b. Jan Muhammad. It lacks the prose pre- face prefixed to most copies , and begins : — !.''<' [sic) o.j-ji-j J ii._xi..jLXJl Jjj i^J.j^ Ff. 254; 22.0X13-2 c.; 16 or 17 1. The Arabic paging goes wrong on f. 55 (which is numbered 56), and again on f. 90 (which is numbered 92). On the other hand ff. 226 and 227 are both numbered 228. The Tdrikh-i-Shamshir-Khdni ends on f. 252 with the following colophon : — &_^ j>t^ .A/i,*»w (^Lxii.^L> ^_gL^s^^lj s■iJs!^M^^ n~^-' ^■t^i ^^ iUjLCi.^j J^ir-J ^■-**> 0^-*^ ^^ ^^jfi*" ry^ ^-^ i^'^ r^ /*-p'*:^ The remaining 5 pages (f. 25 2^^ — 254^^) contain an index of the Kings of Persia, and the chief events of their reigns, down to the end of the Sasanian dynasty. This is followed by a list of the twelve Imams of the Shi'ites. 292 No. CCI. Add. 411. /^l^ ^.v^4./U' ^OjU Another copy of Tavakkul Beg's Tarikh-i- Shamshir-Khani. Ff. 282 (ff. I and 282-'' blank); 24.0X15-0 c. ; a variable number of lines to the page. Written in bad Indian ta'liq; much mended; many pages supplied in a later and much more legible hand. No date or name of copyist is given , the colophon containing no more than this: — Begins: — {sic , for jl) Ji (jiJ^> o^Jv^ ^^*«.jlo) (ji^jb c^^j^A^a^ *.J^ ^ y^Aaxi -Lp! i:iJt v3t 'OMAR-I-KHAYYAM. — NAZIRI. No. ecu. Add. 1055. The Divan of Muhammad Huseyn Naziri of Ni- shapur, followed by one of the largest known collec- tions of the quatrains of 'Omar-i-Khayyam. Ff. 222 (ff. i« — 2« blank, save for notes, etc.; ff. 49^^ — 50«, 172''' — 174« blank; ff. 221 — 2 missing); 24.0X13-0 c. ; 17 1. where the writing is horizontal, but throughout the greater part of the volume the verses are written diagonally; handwriting a not very legible nim-shikasta \ date wanting. 293 The names of several previous owners are noted on the blank leaves at the beginning. Of these the earliest appears to be Mir Muhammad Huseyn b. Mir Mustafa , A. H. 1 195 (= A. D. 178 1) on f. i«; next in date is a note stating that the book was bought in an auction of the effects of "His late Excellency" (.»^i/i j»j'^=*) on Rajab 29th, A. H. 1275 (= March 5th, A. D. 1859) by Ahmad 'Ali; then follow these two notes, the first in ink, the second in pencil; — (i) '^Whitley Stokes from Syef Oodeen , Madras, Dec. iSdj" ; (2) "From a Madras tailor , who presented it to me in return for some trifling kindness. W. S." Another later note in pencil, after describing the contents of the volume, states that it formerly belonged to the Nawwab of the Carnatic , whose seal is impressed on f. 2«, and was bought at the sale of his library. The inscription of this seal ap- pears to read : — (A.H. 1215 = 1800—1). irb ^^L> i^^^ J.C Jc*^ ^Ij^^i -Lj- The Divan of Naziri (see Rieu, p. 817; Ethe, col. 671 — 2) occupies fif. 2^ — 172^ as follows: — qasidas , ff. lb — 4^rt; ghazals , ff. 50-^ — 163^^; rubdHyat, ff. 163'^ — 172^. Beginnings of first and second as given by Ethe {loc. cit.)\ the first quatrain is as follows: — The Quatrains of 'Omar-i-Khayydm (fif. 174*^ — 220*^, imperfect at end) contained in this collection number more than 800. Cf. Whinfield's Quatrains of Omar Kliayydm , Persian and Efio^/isk (London ,Truhner, 1883), pp. XV and XVIII. The first of them is that which stands first in Mr. Whinfield's series. 294 SANA'I. No. CCIII. Add. 3209. A fine, carefully made copy of the Hadiqatul- Haqiqat ("Garden of Truth") of Abu'1-Majd Majdud b. Adam Sana'i of Ghazna, the earliest of the great Sufi poets of Persia (d, A. H. 545 = A. D. 11 50). See Ouseley's Notices of Persian Poets, pp. 184 — 7; Rieu, pp. 549 — 5 50; Ethe, col. 463 — 8; Pertsch's Berlin Catalogue, pp. 747—750. Ff. 134 (ff. i« and 134^ blank); 23.2 X i4-3 c.; 17 1. {beyts) in the body of each page and 38 1. (19 beyts) in the margin. Written in a good, clear, scholarly naskJi. Headings in red. In the colophon on f. I34« it is stated that the tran- scription of this MS. was completed at Agra, in the 48th year of the reign of Akbar, on Sunday, Safar 3, A. H. 1012 (= July 13, A. D. 1603) by Baha'u'd-Din b. 'Abdu'r-Rahman b. Sheykh Mubarak b. Sheykh Zeynu'd-Din Siddiqi; and that it was copied from (and, as noted beside the colophon , afterwards again collated with) a MS. written by 'Abdu'r-Rahim b. Muhammad b. Abi'1-Fath, called "-el-Khattdf, and dated Ramadan, A. H. 617 (Nov., A. D. 1220). Begins (without preface) as usual: — The text of the colophon is as follows: — j^ ^ t^AAw.,* J Ll.Aa/0 J l(A- J3'lL:^Ij i^ij-xi! ,&Sj\ ^i;l \JSt.^ ^ lX*^ ^ \jI.*,Xaw ^ 8.^a£ X.AAM XLw qIa:3/«. lil.lAlt ^Ut 295 _ 1 ^.lX,JI ^L^ 8.y> <\M ^ l\*.:S? wiii» .xi» (J.C iuj^Lo ^ 8l\^ ijjl jwl> ^io .^ iCiJLi j5 (A>>^' |»*j *-Jj*-J ^-/to^— « ■^_5'L_vwj 8^5 iLJ^ii jh i»L\.b .i3 uii-il J jCix ^i' iu-w ^alaJi _5 ^J^t fA aJLMi (_53Lc aUlolj -aS'I v.\*::5^ qt!'-^' J^^^^ Oj*i2;> l\^ .O On fif. i« and 134'' are various seals and notes of former possessors. Bought from Quaritch in July, 1895. No. CCIV. Add. 810. The Hadiqatu'l-Haqiqat, or "Garden of Truth", a religious poem in 10 chapters, by Abu'1-Majd Majdud b. Adam Sana'i, the earliest of the great Sufi poets, completed in A. H. 525 (A. D. 1131). See Rieu, pp. 549 — 55 I; Ethe, col. 463 — 7. The whole work has been lithographed at Lucknow in the year A. H. 1295; and the first 2 chapters, with a commentary entitled Tariqa bar Hadiqa by Mirza 'Ala'u'd-Din Ahmad Khan , gover- nor of Luharii, poetically surnamed 'Ala'i , and Maw- lawi Muhammad Ruknu'd-Din Qadiri Hisari, have been lithographed at Luharu in Safar, A. H. 1290 (April, A.D. 1873). Ff. 226 (f. \a- blank); 26.7X154 c.; 19 1. of one beyt each in the body of each page , and 14 1. of i misrd^ each in the margin. Written between lines ruled in gold and colours in a good, clear ta'lig. Headings in red. Dated in the colophon, on f. 225^', the 26'^ of Rabi' II, A. H. 1032 (= Feb. 27th, A. D. 1623). Contents : — I. Ff. lb — 7^. The Preface of Muhammad b. 'Ali Raff a (or Raqqa, or Raqqdin) , of which the contents 296 are stated by Rieu, p. 550. Cf. also Ethe, col. 463. In the preface the name of its author occurs three times, once as li. ^s. ^^j tXZ:^^, once as J.^ ^-_j cX^js^ IS^ S^ yi ^j, and once as Li. J.£ ^j O^^. Besides the facts mentioned by Rieu , he says that the original copy of the poem, consisting of 10,000 beyts, was sent to Baghdad to be submitted to Imam Burhanu'd-Din Mu- hammad b. Abi'1-Fadl. While it was in his hands, Sana'i died, on Sunday, Sha'ban nth, A. H. 525 (June 9th, A. D. 1 131. Cf. Ethe, col. 463, where the difficul- ties involved in this date are pointed out). Of 5000 beyts which were in his possession Muhammad b. 'All Raffa made a copy for Bahram Shah. It seems to be implied by the following sentence , with which it con- cludes , that this preface was in part dictated by Sana'i before his death: — JwwJI i-\x/« OjA:a:> cy^^ :t ^Ja ^ ^^>.J^MAJ ^ (A^ailj -j ijl ..1— *m *X> _jj j.^ ills' c>^ (^jl c:,va5' i.iS' (_^^Uv ^j_j_>1 O.IlNJu The preface is followed by a versified index of the ten chapters mto which the poem is divided, which runs as follows : — 3J> jSiJb l-J^j"^! i^i^Mly^ < o^*«-_^ --^H'.' 1 _5 lX_ao ji X.. ^LL C>^*w^ 297 II. Ff. 8« — 225«. The text of the Hadiqa , concluding with Sana'i's appeal for support against his calumniators (by whom his orthodoxy had been called in question) to the Imam Burhanu'd-Din Abu'l-Hasan 'Ali b. Nasir of Ghazna called Birydn-gar , then resident in Baghdad , 298 to whom the poem was submitted for examination (see supra, and cf. Rieu, p. 550«, first paragraph). The Hadiqa begins as usual: — ^^^. uy^j Ji^. cy> ^5^ ^y Q5-J ^5j_j ^35Jl3 ^t The appeal (f. 223-^) begins: — III. Ff. 225^' — 226^^. The fatwa of the Caliph's court at Baghdad vindicating Sana'i's orthodoxy to Sultan Bahram Shah the Ghaznavid. See Ethe, col. 464. ANVARI. No. CCV. Oo. 6. 27. (Cjj.ii oUli The complete poetical works of Anvari. See Rieu, pp. 554— 557> Ethe, col. 471—478. Ff. 407 (fif. \a, 227«, and 407''' blank) ; 24.8 X i4-0 c. ; 17 1. Written in a fair ta'liq , apparently of i6th century. Not dated. Numerous marginal notes and glosses in earlier portion. No headings to poems. Contents: — Qasidas (ff. i''^ — 2ioi>), beginning: — Muqatta'dt (ff. 210'^ — SSO'^)? beginning: — Mathnavi (ff. 330^ — 334'^), beginning: — Gkazals (ff. 334''^ — 1)19")^ beginning: — ' L_^_jL_> *._:^ _j._j oi-^c O.Li (__gt Quatrains (ff. 379^ — 407*^), beginning: — 299 No. CCVI. Oo. 6. 31- Another copy of the complete poetical works of Anvari. Ff. 291 (f. i'^ blank, save for Persian title, and Per- sian seal inscribed r^j-JJ^j «->j|b, "David Wedderburn", probably; ff. 285 — 291 bound upside down and in reverse order; f, 291*^ blank); 24.6 X i/-/ c. ; 14 1. in body, and 10 1., written obliquely, in margin. Written in a good ^a'liq hand, apparently of 15th or i6th century ; headings in red. Not dated. Contents: — Preface (ff. y^ — 2-^), beginning: — Qasidas (ff. 2^ — 165^), beginning: — Muqatja'dt (ff. i65« — 230-^), beginning: — Mathnavi (ff. 230*^ — 234'''), beginning: — 'S^ jj-j^^ (c— ^' ^ J— t^— ^ '>A__« > Ghazals (ff. 235'? — 271'^), beginning: — Quatrains (ff. 271-^ — 29 1«), beginning: — No. CCVII. Oo. 6. 34. Another copy of the poems of Anvari. Ff. 223 (ff. \a, 222''' — 223^^ blank); 25.3 X 15-9 c; 17 1. Written in a legible Indian taHiq hand. 300 Contents: — Qasidas (ff. i''' — i/o^), beginning: — Muqatta'dt (fif. i/C' — 185'''), beginning: — Ghazals (fif. i86« — 215'^), beginning: — ' 'y r^'^ IJi o^ / Cr*:)' (>^ r^^^ L5^jr^ Quatrains (fif. 215*^ — 222«), beginning: — The manuscript, as appears from the colophon on f. 222«, was transcribed by Dust Muhammad b. 'Abdi'l- Wahid b. Sheykh Mustafa "the Israehte" {^>l\yJs ^ ^) for Lala Zorawar Singh, son of Keshora'e, sonofOdiraj (_'^.i3^! ^i\ ^\y>^^t^ lXJj d^m ^^ .jt &I'i), and the tran- scription was completed on Saturday, Sha'ban 15th, A.H. 1 1 24 (= Sept. 1 7*, A. D. 17 1 2), in the first year of Jahandar's reign. [See also the description of Add. 213 [s. v. Sa'di), the margins of which contain the qasidas of Anvari]. KHAQANI. No. CCVIII. Oo. 6. 28. The Divan of Afdalu'd-Din Khaqani. See Rieu, pp. 558 — 562; Ethe, col. 479 — 486; and Khanikofs ad- mirable Memoire stir Khdcani (Jour. As., ser. VI, vol. 4, p. 137 ef seq., and vol. V, p. 296 et seq.\ reprinted separately, Paris 1865). Ff. 324 (ff. \a and 324''' blank); 25.1 X 16.1 c; 17 1. Written in an ugly but legible ta'liq within ruled mar- 301 gins of red. Headings in red. Not dated. Contains qasidas, and a few ghazals and muqatta'dt , not arranged in al- phabetical order. Begins : — No. CCIX. Oo. 6. 33. Commentary on the elegies and odes of Khaqani. Ff. 163; 26X15 c.; 13 1. in body of page, and 28 1., written obliquely, in margin. Many of the leaves are much repaired. The commentary begins abruptly after the Bistmlldh without preface or introduction as follows: ci*Jt>o (jaJL.:^i:il qLojJ' (sic) c^jbCiXJt 5 ^♦Li' j.y.-o in red letters, but otherwise the text is continuous , and for the most part there is nothing to mark the transition from one qasida to another. Ends with the explanation of the following verses (ed. Nawal Kishor, p. 482, 11. 5 and 6): — W i^,s..''l._'^ i3i.\_/Q .»«L4 - *wl ;l (jM^Jk.w,4"M' 302 The commentary on these verses concludes without date or name of scribe as follows: — ^ j,Is'l5> ^Ai! (J**ias! *Lo! oLJic ^ LXjUai _.^ (A^ |.Lr o>.4J' The MS. is carelessly written throughout in a slovenly Indian ta'liq. ZAHIR-I-FARYABI. No. CCX. Oo. 6. 46. The Divan of Zahiru'd-Din Faryabi, arranged without regard to alphabetical order. See Rieu , pp. 562 — 3; Ethe, col. 486 — 7. This MS. seems to agree in arrangement with Add. 7733 of the British Museum, and No. 584 of the Bodleian, for it begins (on. f. i^): — w*.] jl aJlil v^t (^.fzVy y^ c>ul *;Aa The poem beginning: — ' iA_J^; *.JL, 2«, ii7« and 229-5, are occupied with full- page miniatures illustrating incidents described in the text. Miniatures also occur on ff. 52^ (margin), iio'^ (margin), 128'^ (margin), 134'^ (margin), i89«, 195'^, 20i«, 203^^, 206*^, 2io«, 2i5«, 2i9«, 229^^, 242«, 255^ 263-^, 270^, 282'^, and 298^. Written in a clear but ungraceful ta'liq in four columns, outlined in gold and colours. The five poems are arranged in the usual order, as follows: — (i) .Lw"^! Qjjs?. Begins on f. 2^\ ends on f. 31'^, which bears the following colophon : — *.ftAS^j ^*^^>- 5 ^^1 iX*.^^ >'s'*"'^' OJ"^*"- (•V'^"^^ v_jLX5^^( ci*"««J' ill* (2) ^^r^J^ 5 5j.s*o>. Begins on f. 31'^; ends on f. 116'^. Dated Safar I2tli, A. H. 992 (Feb. 24, A. D. 1584) by the same scribe , Darvish 'All b. Mansur Ansari. (3) Q^i^ J (J^. Begins on f. 117^; ends on f. 173'^. Dated Thursday, the 2id of Rabi' I , A. H. 992 , by the same scribe. (4) _jCo ci.*A^. Begins on f. 173'''; ends on f. 230^. Not dated. There is a false ending, consisting of four l?ej/ls belonging to the klidthna but misplaced , followed by a short colophon on f. 229^, the greater part of this page being blank, save for illuminations in gilt. 304 (5) *^-^Lj .vXJlX^. The ordinary division of the poem into iwflUs^^ or (^j ci.»Lj .lAxJC*- , and xxniJUiJl , or .\XXSi*M ^^. &-iLi LJ;^- It begins on f. 230^. The true \/«Ui.;ii is incomplete, ending at the bottom of f. 299*^ with the beyt: — ^>^ CrlJ ^- r^ t5-^^j ^^U^^ jt i^jV ^^ ^^ This <^^j// will be found in 1. 17 of p. 527 of the Tihran edition. F. 300'=^ begins with the following beyt from the Iqbdl-ndma: — This (Ji^j// stands in the first line of p. 538 of the Tihran edition. The end of the Sliaraf-ndma and the beginning of the Iqbdl-ndina are therefore wanting, but there is no hiatus in the MS., as is shewn by the catch-word at the foot of the page. The Sikandar-nama ends on f. 32 1«. No date. No. CCXII. Oo. 6. 29. Another copy of the Khamsa of Nizami. Ff. 321 (fif. i«, 27«, I03«, 156^, 217^, 2 1 8«, 321'^ blank); 23.0X16-25 c.; 21 1. Written in clear ta'liq in four columns, separated by double lines, and gilded in mar- gins. Transcribed by Muhammad Qasim of Jam in the year A. H. 993 (A. D. 1585). A note on f. i« states that the MS. was sold in the reign of Awrang-Zib for 85 rupees. The five poems are arranged in the usual order, as follows: — (i) Jr*v'5' C)^* B^g^^s on f. i«, and ends on f. 26'''. 305 Colophon contains name of scribe, but not date of transcription. (2) Q^j>;^ 3) j^A^i>. Begins on f. 2y^, and ends on f. 102'^. No date. Same scribe. (3) qv^ 5 i}^- Begins on f. 103^, and ends on f. igS^^. No date. Same scribe. (4) .3C-0 ^ii^.siS>. Begins on f. 156'^, and ends on f. 215^^. Dated Tuesday, the 7th of Rabi' I, A. H. 993 (= March 9th, A. D. 1585). (5) iooLi .l\aX*«. The first part of this poem (iw«Us_^) begins on f. 218''', and is followed, without break, by the second part (a.^L-LjLii), which begins on f. 295^ and ends on f. 321'?. Dated the 5th of Jumada I, A. H. 993 (= May 5th, A. D. 1585). F. 216 (both sides) is filled with an extract from the fourth book of the Mathnavi of Jalalu'd-Din Rumi written in a different and much worse hand. This ex- tract consists of 55 beyts , beginning: — and ending: — These verses with be found on pp. 361 — 2 of the Tihran edition of 'Ala'u'd-Dawla. No. CCXIII. Add. 3139. Another copy of the Khamsa of Nizami. Ff. 435 (ff. i« and 435*^ blank); 34.1X22.0 c; 4 co- lumns of 17 lines each (= 34 beyts) to the page. Writ- ten in a good, clear Indian ta'liq , not older than the 17th century, between margins ornamented in gold and colours. No scribe's name or date. Illuminated and coloured miniatures (30 in all) occupy the following pages: — ff. i^, 2«, i8«, 53''', 62^, 70^, 3o6 89«, 104^, ii7«, 125^^, 15 Iff, i67«, iy^!>, i(^i'', ^.-ipa, 239a, 247^, 25 2«, 256^ 262^, 268^^, 274«, 279^, 308-^, 326^^, 360^ 374«, 394«, 434/', 435.7. Contents: — (I) Makhzaniil-Asrdr , fif. 2^ — 35«. (II) Khusraw va Shirin, ff. 35-^ — 138^^. (III) Ley Id va Majnun , ff. 138''^ — 2o8«. (IV) Haft Peykar, ff. 208-^— 288ff. (V) Iskandar-iidma. [x] Sharaf-ndvia , ff. 288^ — 378«. (/3) Iqbdl-ndma , ff. 378''' — 434^- From the library of William Doria, Esqie. Presented by T. Brooks Bumpsted, Esqre, in 1894. No. CCXIV. Add. 586. The Makhzanu'l-Asrar (Treasury of Mysteries) of Nizami. The opening verses are inverted from their usual order, thus: — ;'c*A5»JS ^^j>*_>_JI \Iii *->*.. J i't*-fc^> .UNAS' .0 iAJU' c>-**^ The following (^^j//, which concludes the poem in the Tihran lithographed edition of the Kkamsa of Nizami published in A. H. 1301, occupies 1. 7 of f. 70^ and is followed by 13 other beyts: — i't^^ ^Liit^ ^xT ^/ (Last) — !<■(. *U= bjj ^^ ^JiJ>\jSy>si c'< j,U= ^^^' <^ iXc^j *XJl ) The colophon, on f. 71^, dated DliiCl-Hijja 25th, in the 31st year after 'A'lamgir's accession, is as follows: — 307 (j/^> ti\.J ^ {?-^ ».^Mi n-^^ ^3 .^ (*"^'M Oi'**^:^^ ^") • This is followed by a note on the number of Jus' (folios of 8 leaves each) contained in the MS.: — Ff, 72 (ff. i«, 72'^: and 72^^ blank); 29.5X18.0 c. ; 18 1. of one deyi each. On f. yi^ is inscribed the following quatrain: — 4^4 (j^L«JI &_^_j _:^ii> 8j__^ j A J i. A J iw_J The first portion of the work has been supplied with a pretty copious marginal commentary in various hands. This gradually diminishes in extent, and after f. 44 is confined to a few scanty notes and glosses. No. CCXV. Ff. 5. 9. ,^^L:>. li'^j.^J j^jl^^ ik^KxM I. The Subhatu l-Abrar of Mulla Jami (ff. 2^— I02«) , transcribed by 'Abdu '1-Fattah b. Sheykh el- Haddad the Qoreyshite (oLwJi ^N-yixJI ^^ _,L;c^l Aac ^e^Ji), and dated Dhu '1-Qa'da 231^, A. H. 1036 (August 5th, A. D. 1627). See Rieu, p. 644; Ethe, col. 610. To the poem is prefixed the usual preface, beginning: — 308 The poem itself begins: — On either side of the colophon on f. I02« is written one deyt of the following qi^'a: — '(^j^j '■>y^ "iiJt^ [^-^ l»^'^ Q-* ».-^ ci*'*^ ^2jjj *c5;3; '^^■^ '^'^ (^ ol>=^^ j^ a-* r^ o-^- i ' l535) '-^.^ *~ *!^'-^'*-^ '-^•— J5 ^ ^ — •C'^ *> ^ (*■ 5''^ II. The Makhzanu'l-Asrar of Nizami (fif. los*^ — i82«), written by the same scribe, and dated in the colophon on f. i82« (by the side of which the gi^'a above cited is repeated) Dhu'l-Hijja 27*^ A. H. 1036 (September 8th, A. D. 1627). See Rieu, pp. 565 — 6; Ethe. col. 487 — 8. Begins as usual: — III. A short treatise (ff. 182'^ — 184''') on the excellence of prayer, and on the prayer of the 'A'shurd , or lOth day of Muharram (s.^-iiLc j^LrO ^ ;U i.i>JL*iaJ .0 J-Aaj), beginning: — ^i |,'^A« ^^-T?^ O.'lXJCj :U «.ii*.«5'. c^.-^ ^i'j'^^ ^"^ P Ff. 193 (ff. i« — 2«, 102^^ — 105«, and 185^ — 193''' blank); 22.3X13-0 c.; 15 1. Written in a clear ia'lig between double red lines. No. CCXVI. Add. 207 (Lewis 25). Nizami's celebrated romantic poem of Khusraw va Shirin. 309 Begins as usual : — Ff. 221 (ff. i« and 221 blank), 23.4X13.8 c. ; 15 1. Written in a small , clear Persian ta'/ig between mar- gins ruled in gold and colours. Ff. i^' and 2« are beau- tifully illuminated; and there are coloured illustrations, some very curious, executed with considerable skill on the following pages: — fif. 40^ 55*^, 76^?, 94^, 99^, 139^, 143-5, 160^, 174^ 177^ iS'^^\ No colophon or date. Appears to be of the i6th or 17th century; probably the former. No. CCXVII. Add. 314. The Futuhat-i-Sikandari ("Conquests of Alexan- der") , an abridgement in prose of the Sikandar-ndnia of Nizdnii , made at the request of some friends by Ghulam Huseyn in the year A. H. 1209 (A. D. 1794 — 5) in the reign of Shah 'A'lam. Ff. 164 (ff. \a, i62« — 164'^ blank); 21.0X15.4 c. ; 10 1. Written in a good clear ta'liq; not dated. Begins : — o'(3 )'^'t*« j'1>^ i/^J^^^ 5 l\ —.♦. -" > ^ —IjLXX/O ijt.\uMi » yJK—Mi ^J' i.i>. 5 OfcjCixi *.a1s' (^Uj qL/0^ It appears from a note in English at the end that the work should comprise two volumes , of which this , the first, contains the abstract of the Sliaraf-ndma. No. CCXVIII. Add. 315. A prose version of the second part of the Sikandar- nama (Romance of Alexander the Great), commonly 310 known as the Sikandar-ndma-i-bahri , or "Adventures of Alexander by Sea". The author, Ghulam Huseyn Khan Munshi , states in the preface (f. 2l>) that he made this prose abridgement of the second portion of the Sikandar-ndma in A. H. 1221 (A. D. 1806 — 7), having made a similar abridgement of the first part at the re- quest of some esteemed friends eleven years previously, i.e. in A. H. 12 10. From Rieu's Catalogue (pp. 575 — 6) it appears that he subsequently (in A. H. 1230) com- posed a similar prose abridgement of the Story of Khusraw and Shirin. This manuscript is probably the author's own transcript , and is dated Shawwal 9th , A. H. 1 22 1 (Dec. 20*, A. D. 1806), The title oL>y3 ^Ij' lXJl> ^^.0^'S.tM occurs only on a label on the cover. Ff. 104 (ff. i^, 102-^ — 104'^ blank); 27.6X18.0 centi- metres; 17 lines to the page. Written in a fair Indian ta^liq. Headings in red. Begins: — FARIDU 'D-DIN 'ATTAR. No. CCXIX. Add. 817. Khusraw va Gul ("The Prince and the Rose"), a poem by Sheykh Faridu'd-Din 'Attar. See Spren- ger's Oiide Catalogue, p. 352; Rieu, p. 576^^; Ethe, col. 499 et seq. Ff. 466 (ff. \a, and 464^ — 466'^ blank); 25.5 X 15.2 c.; 9 1. Written in a large and legible ta'liq. Transcribed (as stated in the colophon on f. 462''^) by Muhammad Fadil in the year A. H. 1177 (A. D. 1763 — 4) for the 311 Nawwab Majdu'd-Dawlat 'Abdu'l-Majid Khan Bahadur Bahram Jang. Begins as usual: — Ends on f. 462'^: — The date when the poem was composed seems no- where to be stated , but allusion is made in the intro- duction to the Muklitdr-ndma , the Divan (stated to contain "more than a hundred qasidas", and "nearly a thousand gliazals and qifas"), etc. Cf. Sprenger, loc. cit. On fif. \6y — 464^ is transcribed the concluding por- tion of the Episode of Sohrdb and Rustam from the Shdh-7idma (ed. Viillers, vol. I, p. 518, 1. 1425 to end). No. CCXX. Dd. 11. 16. ^^♦^ _ -^ L .U2C .jJ(AJi i-XJ-S ^^j-vv *^^oLiAJu The Pand-nama, or "Book of Counsel", of Sheykh Faridu'd-Din 'Attar with the Turkish running com- mentary of Shem'i. See Rieu, pp. 579^ — 58o«; Fliigel's Vienna Calalogiie , pp. 416 — 417; Ethe, col. 499, N°. 10. Begins as usual : — The Persian text begins on f. 3''' : — Ff. 100 (f. 100, blank, missing; fif. i«, c^'jb — 99''' blank); 20.4 X 15.0 c; 15 1. Written within red lines, in a clear 312 but ungraceful Turkish ta'liq. Headings in red; Persian text overlined with red. Dated Safar 5 , A. H. 1028 (zz: Jan. 22, A. D. 1619). Copyist, Darvish b. Siileymdn. No. CCXXI. Add. 784. Another copy of the Pand-nama of Sheykh Fa- ridu'd-Din 'Attar. Ff. 32 (f. 32, blank, is missing; ff. \a- and 31*^ are blank); 20.2 X i5-5 c.; 15 1. Written in a good Turkish naskh hand, and pretty fully pointed. Headings in red. Interlinear glosses in Turkish for the first few pages. Dated A. H. 1161 (A. D. 1748). No. CCXXII. Add. 250 (Lewis V). Another copy of the Pand-nama of Sheykh Fa- ridu'd-Din 'Attar. Begins as usual: — Ff. 100 (ff. I — 4, 48, 96''' — 100*^ blank); 23.4 X i8,oc.; 10 1. Written in a large , bold naskh. Not dated , but can hardly be as much as a century old. No. CCXXIII. Dd. 11. 17. The Mantiqu't-Tayr ("Language of Birds") of Sheykh Faridu'd-Din 'Attar. See Rieu , p. 344 and p. 576; Ethe; col. 498 et seq. 313 Ff. 191 (ff. i« and 191^' blank); 19.1 X i3-2 c. ; 13 1. Written in a clear but ungraceful nastaHiq. No date in colophon. A note at the end states that the MS. be- longed to Mulla Dervish ibn Ustad Mustafa ibn Musa. Begins: — Ends: — JALALU'D-DIN RUMI. No. CCXXIV. Oo. 6. 32. Ls^ii) r1" uj^:^J {^j.KitA [^^kXa The Mystical Mathnavi of Mawlana Jalalu'd-Din Rumi, a fine old copy, not dated, but, from the ap- pearance of the handwriting, probably transcribed in the 15* century. See Rieu, pp. 584 — 593; Ethe, col. 511—522. Ff. 454 (ff. i«, ^21' — 73«, 29i«, and 453-^ — 454''' blank); 25.9X16.5 c. ; 17 1., in quadruple columns between double margins ruled in red and blue. The Arabic nu- meration of the pages goes wrong on f. 164, which is numbered 163; thence it continues one out up to f. 175, which is numbered 173; thence it continues two out to f. 406, which is numbered 405; thence it continues one out to the end. The leaves have been misplaced by the binder in two parts of the manuscript as follows: — ff. 189, 191, 190, 192, 193, 195, 194, 196; and again ff. 417, 420 — 425, 418, 419, 426. Book I begins on f. iK II f 7%K 314 Book IV begins on f. 223*. „ V „ „ f. 2916. „ VI „ „ f. 368i. A Persian translation and commentary of the Preface to Book III has been added by a later hand on ff. 137* — I38«; a similar translation of the Preface of Book IV on ff. 222^ — 223^; and a similar translation of the Arabic passages occurring in the preface to Book V on f. 290^. Numerous marginal notes and glosses have been added in the earliar part of the MS. (up to f. 51), and a few in the later portions. No. CCXXV. Gg. 5. 32. Another copy of the Mathnavi of Jalalu'd-Din Rumi. Ff. 280 (f. i« blank); 24.2 X i7-0 c. ; 25 1. Written in a small, neat ta'liq hand (apparently of the 15th or i6tli century), within margins of gold and green, in quad- ruple columns. Six illuminated 'imvdns, one at the be- ginning of each book. The books begins as follows: — Book I on f. I*. Book IV on f. I38«. „ II „ f. 45^. „ V „ f. i8o«. „ III „ f. 86«. „ VI „ f. 228«. Some various readings and glosses are given in the margin in the first half of the work. No date or colophon. No. CCXXVI. Add. 199 (Lewis 19). ^/Oij. ,.jJ^>»Ji Ch^:^ UjmO i^^^^ The Mathnavi of Mawlana Jalalu'd-Din Rumi. Book I begins on f. 3" ; book II on f. 47''' ; book III on f. 89''^; book IV on f. 141''^ book V on f. 183'''; 315 book VI on f. 230^. At the end of Book II (on f. 89^) is a colophon dated DlnCl-Hijja ist, A. H. 1079 (=May 2, 1669); and at the end of Book III (f. 141*) another dated Dhiil-Hijja 22nd of the same year (= May 23, A. D. 1669). Ff. 282 (ff. I, 2, and 282^ blank); 29.0X20.0 c. ; 25 1. Headings in red. Written in a fair ta'liq. No. CCXXVII. Add. 846. ^♦x2/vw oLjj.JoLo P2Ss^*wLi -c^^Aw-i 'Abdu'l-Latif b. 'Abdullah al-'Abbasi's recen- sion of the Mathnavi of Jalalu'd-Din Rumi. See Rieu's Catalogue, p. 589, and Ethe's Catalogue, col. 517—519- Ff. 388 (ff. i'^ and 385^^—388^ blank) 32 X 21.5 c. ; 21 1. in quadruple columns separated from one another by double red lines. Headings and titles of sections in red. This recension of the Mathnavi is described by Rieu , (p. 589), and Ethe (col. 517 — 519)- The Preface entitled i^fcAA*^! »L< , which appears to stand first in other copies, is in this MS. preceded by two others. The first of these prefaces contains the strange narrative of a rich merchant who came to Qonya in the time of Mawlana Jalalu'd-Din's son , Sultan Valad , to visit the tomb of the deceased saint. In substance the merchant's nar- rative is as follows. During his travels he had visited Ki'sh and Bahreyn to obtain pearls and other precious stones. He was informed by one of the nobles of those parts that he had better apply to a certain fisherman, whom he accordingly sought out. The fisherman , on learning his wishes , produced a great store of pearls rich and rare. The merchant , astonished at their beauty, enquired of him how he had obtained them. The fisher- man replied that he and his father and brothers had formerly gained a precarious livelihood by fishing. One 3i6 day they captured a strange sea-monster , the like of which they had never before seen. Knowing not to what other use it could be put, they determined to carry it about and exhibit it as a curiosity. There- upon , to their amazement , the monster addressed them, begging them not to expose it to such shame, and pro- mising to reward them if they would release it. " How shall I let thee go , O precious beast", said the father, "without some tether?" "I swear to return", replied the monster. "In the name of God!" said the father, "what hast thou to swear by?" "We are Muhammadans", ans- wered the monster, "and disciples of His Holiness Maw- lana [Jalalu'd-Din Rumi], by whose holy spirit I swear to go and return." After some further discussion, the monster was suffered to depart , and it presently returned bringing with it a rich store of pearls , which it gave to the fishermen , who were thus raised to the highest degree of afifluence. The second preface begins by setting forth six very indifferent reasons why the six books composing the Matlmavi should be bound separately. This arrange- ment, it is explained, is one of the special features of the present recension , for which reason it is called jj*L\^/fl ,^».JLi/fl. The first portion of this preface corres- ponds to the second preface described by Ethe. The editor's preface described by Rieu and Ethe ap- pears to be included in part in this second preface of the present copy, beginning at. 1. 9 of f. 2^ as fol- lows: — vi>yjiL« 2 K4.*SUh Oyk^i/O £*.j^\*«Lj ^K^M*.l ;l cj^-As^JyiO ^XiO ^^) .... 8i3j.^ *LLaxi »oU aSXi i^Y^A oLx-ixP L oL*siAj U^c The whole of this latter portion of the second pre- 317 face, occupying 27 lines, recurs further on as the pre- face to Book II. The third preface of the present MS. extends from f. Y to f. 10^. The opening words (identical, so far as they go , with those cited by Ethe , to which also for the first 15 words the passage above cited from the second preface is very similar) are as follows: — j^^Lao* ^.l>^-Lo ^j*,^ oljtii^ ;l iff*-*«^ i}^ L5^'^■^ O^Ai2>- .[jj! -,-> ;) lAxJ 8i->_j \_JLjulfl (^fcAA^ ci^*^'**' u (jL-*" ^■^■J 5 /<**' lAiJ^^ ^:>Lav v^^a-aw.O ^LyAO Ju«AxJ' ^ The general arrangement of contents in this volume is as follows: — F. i'^. First editorial preface, described above, be- ginning: — F. 2«. Second editorial preface, described above, be- ginning: — qL_j iAL^ u*^'^ j'-> '(A_:> ^ 8lX.:^£ 1;^^ \^^ y^'^ lA-*" F. 3«. Third editorial preface (corresponding, appar- ently , to the (^yixi -■i\.A described by Rieu and Ethe , which ordinarily forms the first preface) , beginning with 3i8 the words quoted a few lines back. It concludes with some verses written in the makhbiin variety of the metre khafif, followed by the chronogram J.Aa3' ^Ju^ ^ic^^^p xXsLj (A. H. 1032) quoted by Rieu (p. 589). This appears from analogy to be the proper introductory preface to Book I. F. ii«. Table of contents of Book I. F. 13. Another editorial preface to book I of the Mathnavi , explaining why the poem opens with an allusion to the flute, and how the flute fitly typifies the mystic emptied of self and filled with the Divine afflatus. F. i^b. Author's preface to Book I, with Persian translation and commentary. F. lyl'. Book I of the Mathnavi, which ends on f. y^f' with a colophon stating that its transcription was completed on Safar 29th, A. H. 1178 (Aug. 28, A. D. 1764) by Muhammad Qa'im. F. y6a. Editorial preface to Book II, identical with the latter portion of what in this copy is the second preface. F. y6^. Table of contents of Book II. F. 78«. Author's preface to Book II. F. 78-^. Book II of the Mathnavi, concluding on f. 130^ with a colophon which gives the 231^ of Rabi' I (year not stated, but A. H. 1178 is presumably intended) as the date of completion. F. 130^. Editorial preface to Book III, identical with the editorial preface to Book II , and with the latter portion of the third editorial preface to Book I. F. I3i«. Table of contents of Book III, concluding with a colophon dated A. H. 1177. F. 134^. Author's preface to Book III. F. 134'^. Book III of the Mathnavi. F. 201*^. Author's preface to Book IV. F. 202- *c C>y>-y^ V^^Ij 0.a12=> (^LjLi* v^jjj?^ (•J'-^-' 3' '-^*^ The first extract from the Mathnavi begins as usual : — ^qL^> ciLJL^ ',£^.mw.mX.^\J \aa4.J (^I ^^Lp J,U-:^ y^y^. ^ r^5^ a-^ The last extract ends : — ^ ^_x_x_x tLxi • 0-^:) t i^^^^U^. ^^^_.^^L_«Ji V; 5 ^AXli 8l> (Ji3*5 320 Then follows the colophon : — ^c'^i) iV.^' S^^^ l5^J^ <-5y^' L^v^i^ v—j'i^CCJt »»jU^jI c:,^^' ,>nj.Laj o— sIj j-rij^ lil.LI' n'-*^''; j-^—^ ''' ^'^^^ ^uJLii j»^_j ^3 This is followed by another colophon in red ink which merely repeats in part the substance of the pre- vious one. Under this is a note of the number of leaves contained in the MS., which is here stated as 239, but the leaf is numbered 240 in the upper corner, which is correct. Ff. 240 (fif. i^ and 240^ blank, save for title, ..^-^^ixi i^^jXxA c^yi^, etc.); 26X15 c. ; 19 1. The Arabic numbering of the leaves is curious in one respect. Up to 100 inclusive it is denoted in the usual way, but from 10 1 to 199 the hundred is expressed by the sign 6 placed to the riglit ^ and the tens and units by the ordinary numerals standing in their usual relation to the left ; while the sign A is similarly used to denote 200. Thus loi, 102, 103 are written \6 , \6 , V'd; and 201, 202, 203 appear as tyV, ^A., ^K- The MS. is written throughout in a clear ta'liq. No. CCXXIX. Add. 756. Selections from the Mathnavi of Jalalu 'd-Dfn Rumi, made by Shahidi of Brusa, of the Mevlevi order of dervishes , who died A. H. 957. See Rieu , pp. 5 1 3 — 5 14. The proper title of this work is that given above, and in Rieu's Catalogue, pp. 592 — 593. This title, how- ever, does not occur in this manuscript, which is la- belled on f. \a ^y-^»^/l vW^ -r^ [sic], while in the co- lophon on f. 107'^ it is called simply ^^»X*^ ^JJsK^j^ . 321 Ff. io8 (ff. i« and io8 blank); 21.1 X I37 c.; 19 1. Written in a good Persian sliikasta-dmiz. The transcrip- tion was completed on Saturday, Dhu '1-Qa'da 16*, A. H. 1261 (Nov. i6th, A. D. 1845) in Tabriz. The selections from Book I begin , after Shahidi's ver- sified prefaces , on f. 'ja ; Book II on f. 24^ ; Book III on f. 40*^; Book IV on f. 57*^; Book V on f. 74^; Book VI on f. 9i«. No. CCXXX. Gg. 5. 25. Jawahiru l-asrar ii zawahiru '1-anwar ("Gems of mystery and gleams of light"), a Commentary on Book I of the Mathnavi of Mawlana Jalalu 'd-Di'n Rumi by [Kamalu 'd-Din] Huseyn b. Hasan of Khwa- razm , to which are prefixed ten preliminary discourses (of which the titles are given by Ethe, col. 519 — 520) on Sufi doctrine , etc. Notices of this work and its author, with full refer- ences, are given by Rieu, p. 588, and Ethe col. 519 — 520. The MSS. there described contain commentaries on the first three Books of the poem , whereas this MS. contains only the first Book. It comprises ff. 212, of 26.25 X i/'O c., and 23 — 25 1. F. i« is blank, save for sundry notes and titles. Of these titles , one is in Arabic (j^^5_H q-jiAJI J^-> Li"^i .^si o'iLftxi) , one in Persian (,_g^Aix l\JL> (^ T j^^ ' ^"^ ^'^^ "^ Latin [Orationes decent D. Jaliiddini persice). The MS. is written throughout in an archaic taHiq hand , apparently of the latter end of the 9th or early part of the loth century of the hijra, and has no colophon. Begins: — 322 Ends with a qasida in praise of *Ali , which concludes with the following beyt'. — <&L>^_^ L'?"*"'^ ^yj'^ .^'^y 8^_^3 The contents of the MS. are as follows : — F. \f^. Exordium. F. 2^. Invocation to God [^ oL>lJ- [Jojc 3 ob>Lm ^3 F. 3'''. Introduction to the subject-matter. (iCwscX-JLxi v_;.Ul o!-/ii.5' ^5 wJUalt). The author here introduces his name, Huseyn b. Hasan, in the first few lines(f. 3''', 1. 14). F. 'ji\ Account of the reasons which led the author to compose this work (««jL:Jji \J^*-^ vy-*« J- vl^^"^' ii^Li). On f. 8a, 1. 9, the author mentions his previously written commentary on the Mathnavi , called jy/ v.jUi' oijIiAjl jyo^ ^3 oIjU:^ (Cf. Rieu, p. 588"). The title of the present work is given on f. 9*^, 11. 7 — 8. F. 9'**. Statement of contents of the ten preliminary discourses. F. io«. First discourse. Biographies of certain eminent Saints and Sitfis, including: — 'Ali (F. ii«); Hasan; Huseyn (F. 14'''); Zeynu'l-'Abidin ; Muhammad Baqir; Ja'far-i-Sadiq (F. I5«); Oweys al-Qarani (F. 15'''); Hasan al-Basri (F. 17'?); Sheykh Mahk Dinar (F. lyf'); Sheykh Muhammad Wasi' (F. i8«); Sheykh Habib-i-'Ajami(F. 18^') Abu 'Othman al-Makki (F. 19''); Ibrahim Adham (F. 19-'^) Rabi'a-i-'Adawiyya (F. 21''^); Fudeyl b. 'Ayyad (F, 22^^) Bishr al-Hcifi (F. 23'''); Dhu'n-Nun al-Misri (F. 24^) Bayazid of Bistam (F. 25''); 'Abdu'llah b. Mubarak (F. 26'?) Sheykh Sofyan ath-Thawri (F. 26l>); Sheykh Shaqi'q of Balkh (F. 27''); Sheykh Da'iid at-Ta'i (F. 27''^); Ma'ruf-i- 323 Karkhi (F. 28'''); Sirri Saqati (F. 29«); Juneyd al-Baghdadi (F. 30«); Sheykh Abu 'A\i Ahmad b. Muhammad ar- Rudbari; Sheykh Abu 'Ah' ibnu'l-Katib , ahas Huseyn b. Ahmad (F. 31^); Sheykh Abu 'Othman Sa'id b. Salam al-Maghribi; Sheykh Abu'l-Qasim Gurgani (F. 31'''); Sheykh Abu Bakr Nassdj (F. 32«); Sheykh Ahmad al- Ghazzah' (F. 32'''); Sheykh Abu Naji'b as-Suhravardi (F. 34'''); 'Ammar Yasir (F. 35^?); Sheykh Abu'l-Jannab Ahmad b. 'Omar al-Khivaqi, commonly called Sheykh Najmu'd-Din Kubra (F. 35'''), whose "spiritual pedigree" (ooU 8;^-^) is traced step by step (on the Sheykh's own authority) up to 'All b. Abi Talib , from whom also, by another chain of succession, the khirqa, or holy mantle, is traced down to him ; dissertation on the transmission of the doctrine from Sheykh Najmu'd-Din Kubra to the author of the Mathnavi , Mawlana Jalalu'd- Din Rumi, and on the life of the latter and his relatives and associates, especially Shams-i-Tabriz (F. 38«). F. 42^. Second discourse. Explanation of certain tech- nical terms in nse amongst the Sufis, including the fol- lowing : — vj^Sfc : JjkA : ^\.:> : Jawv^j 3 ^ja^i : ,j«j' 3 ci^-^*^ ' L_ft_j ^ Li.s : jyJ25> ^ J _5 ^i^ £^ 5 ^yj *, ^♦^^ ^^^ *> /- • S^j"^ 3 vJ53^ = H^^l^A _5 KS-XilSit) J «ytoL:^ : o^-^^' : (Axj 5 v/ : ^j,J6 : F. 4yij- Third discourse. On the different types and characters of Sufis. 324 F. 501^. Fourth discourse. On the different grades of Being. The "grades" enumerated are: — (i) s:>«._j^ o_*n> , also called (-^axJI w«.Ai; ^^y^i ^ O'^'' ^^^ ^-allaxi c^o^j^. (2) c>jA>J o.*i2>; also called oUlLm *.)lc [oyu2>] , Oyi3> (jy>5 ; ^••♦•^ Oyca> ; L-.4..C ^^i^y* ; v.^l.fti»- iCftxiis- ; and ^-^^ «.4il. (3) ii>ot\>'3 o^*i2^, also called c>».*i^l *^y«; t»'^ oLau^ ^r^^ 5 /^-?"5 /^♦4*- /^-♦^ 5 '^i^-*ri*r^) *—' ^— '7'' ) ^^^' (4) / ^.JlL/o ^^^Ij (M*'' '*^'j'' • (5) oi)^^ j^l^ (**«' Xaj-* (6) i^yo J*/«l^ ^Lmo\. One or two subsidiary dissertations follow, including one on the "mystery of the letters", and their symbolical meanings and spiritual prototypes. F. 55«. Fifth discourse. On the Names and Attributes \of God], and that zv herein they differ. F. 57". Sixth discourse. On the ivorlds and grades called Majdli , Matdli', and Minassdt. F. 58'''. Seventh discourse. On the mysteries of Creation and Return. F. 6q^. Eighth discourse. On the nature of the Most Great Spirit, etc. 325 F. 63'^. Ninth discourse. On the return of the Spirit jDito Him , etc. This discourse contains an enumeration and descrip- tion of the ^^yaj.!^ dy^U or "Essentials of Union" [with God], which are as follows: — (i) Repentance {»j»^). (2) Austerity of life (AP3). (3) Perfect trust in God {^S'yi). (4) Contentment (c^xLls). (5) Retirement from the world (c>«-3j-c). (6) Commemoration of God (— i'o). (7) Contem- plation of God (i^=>p'). (8) Patience {y^. (9) Watchfulness (ioil^). (10) Submission to God's will (L/toJ. F. 73". Tenth discourse. On the true nature of Love, and its different varieties. This discourse is divided into three sections called F 8o«. Introduction to the Commentary on the Mathnavi. F. 8 1'''. Beginning of the Commentary. F. 211'''. End of Commentary on Book I of the Mathnavi. Ff. 211''' — 212'''. Qasida in praise of 'Ali b. Abi Talib , containing 48 beyts. At the end of this in another hand is written the following verse of Khwaja Nasir of Bu- khara: — 326 ^ '. J«-Ai2S ^S>\ i-y^^ \AM».X^ ...iAaa«.J The following archaic forms may be noticed as oc- curring throughout the MS. : — _ for „ and ^_j for v^ , as in ^JLj for ^Aj, ij^.j for u^, r)^^ for o^^' "^ ^'^'^ "^J as in L\-yo^J (but this is by no means constant, or even usual); omission of final ic^w^ ^Lp in such cases as ySCji for x.Cjl: ,is.it for \_>^Jt: use of final o instead of a in some Arabic words wherein the latter termination is exclusively used in recent Persian , e. g. o^-^ for »._S'. It may be further noted that ^J« is nearly always dis- tinguished from (ji. by three dots placed beneath it. No. CCXXXI. Add. 823. A Commentary on the first two books of the Mathnavi of Jaldlu'd-Uin Riimi, composed by Ayyub Parsa in A. H. 1120 (= A. D. 1708 — 9), this date being expressed in the following chronogram on f. 2", 1. 9: — See Ethe, col. 521, N°. 670. This copy was made for Colonel Dyer (.-jo Js._x_L-.S' ,oL^j '^s>l/a) by Ghulam Huseyn Khan in a village near Lodhana. The transcription of the first book, which ends on f. 115''', was completed on Wednesday, 2nd of Rabi' II, A. H. 1236 (= January 19A, A. D. 1820), and that of the second book on Wednesday, 221^ of Jumada I, A. H. 1236 (= March 8th, A. D. 1820). Ff. 183 (ff. la and i82«— 183^' blank); 25.3 X 16.5 c; 1 5 1. Written in a small , neat ta'liq between red and 327 blue margins; headings and text (interspersed with the commentary) in red. Begins on f. i^': — (^LOL\,s>5 {sic, for aAXj^l.3») 8.4.JCjJ3- ,o ^Ui.c Ends on f. i8i«: — o>:^ Li -^o^j-^ qLLwIj i^jt vA-S^K qI oU^J' .o ^lA^ii r)'r^ c'' , . .Li iAaaS" OJLaE (AjAXv-Aji ^ (*-*^-^Ll \joLx£ ^^jjLac oV?" Oj^ SA'DI. No. CCXXXII. Add. 270. A very fine copy of the Kulliyat, or Complete Works, of Sheykh Sa'di of Shfraz , from the Library of Tip- poo Sultan. See Rieu , pp. 595 — 598 et seq.; Ethe, col. 525—539- The manuscript is inscribed on f. x"^ as follows: — "The Works of Sadi complete. For the University of Cambridge. From the Library of Tippoo Sultan. Col- lege of Fort William, 15th Aug^., 1805. Presented by the Honorable the Court of Directors for the Affairs of the East India Company. Chas Williams , Librarian , Library East India House, 15th August, 1806." The same page bears two impressions of the seal of 'Abdu'l- Majid Khan. Ff. 377 (ff. \a, 377'^ blank); 32.7X20.7 c; 12 1. in 328 body of page, and 24 1. in margin. Double borders illuminated in gold and colours on each page. Illumi- nated headings on ff. i^ 2«, 2^>, y, 3^ 4«, 75^ 76^, 185''^ 201''', 220'^, 263''', ^-jih, 282^ 290''', 316''', 327-^, 346-^, 356^ 369''', and 375'''. Miniatures on ff. 43''', I02«, 108-^, 135^ 167^, 249^, 254^ 275^ 33 1«. and 350''. Many of the pages have been damaged by the paper giving way along the line of the inner or the outer margin. Contents: — {In body of page). F. 2^ i>^WP F. ^h V.6b k-w-^ (Rieu, p. 596^ I) F. \\b ^^3. ^L^ (Ibid, II) F. 45« ^>La3 \)U^ (Ibid, III) F. 48« ^^L^ k>w^ (Ibid, IV) Y.^\b ^o ^kj, ^JLwj (Ibid, V) F. 68« liU^ (Rieu, p. 597'',VI) F. 75^' ^^U^Jlf (Ibid, VII) F. 185^' F. 201''' {In margin), ^y, (Rieu, p. 597^ VIII) ^f. J^jLaJJ (Rieu, p. 597^ IX) ^^^ l\5L^ (Ibid , X) 329 [III margin). ^^li L\jL;*a2 (Rieu, p. 597''', IX) Ji\^ (Ibid, XI) oUIJU (Ibid, XII) oUxq^y (Ibid, XIII) ^\S^ (Ibid, XIV) (/// body of page). F. 220''' (Rieu, p. 597''', XV) F. 255''^ „ F. 263''' „ F. 271^' „ F. 282^' „ F. 290''' (Rieu, p. 598'^ XVI) F. 316^' oLxi^ (Ibid, XVII) F. 327^' ^1^5- (Ibid, XVIII) F. 346/' oLjUm (Ibid, XX, I) (oUu^Ai> < oLxJjP =) F. 356/' oi3C^^(Ibid,XX,2) iJSf u-!L:?^ =) F. 368^^ ^^LLi (Ibid, XX, 3) (without heading) F. 369^' oLxcL^ (Ibid , XXI) F. 37 5« oLjj.i (Ibid, XXII) F. 377« End. There is no full colophon at the end , but the date A. H. 700 (z=A. D. 1300 — 1 301) is inscribed in gold after the pious prayer which follows Sa'di's name. 330 Judging from its appearance, the manuscript must be more recent by at least two centuries, or even two centuries and a half. No. CCXXXIII. Add. 213 (Lewis 31). Part of the Kulliyat of Sheykh Sa'di of Shiraz, vis. Persian Qasidas (fif. 2b — 44") ; MartJilyas , (ff. 44*^ — 5i«); Midamina'dt, etc. (ff. 51^ — 58^'); Tarji'dt {&. 59^ — 72«); Index of first lines of GJiazals (fif. 72''' — 79«); Gha- zals (fif. 79''' — end). The margins are occupied by the qasidas of Anvari, beginning: — ' UL^> c:^.w.JU> •) ^cJ'>^ ^'^-^ O^-' )^~^ and ending on the margin of f. I90«: — (jJMaj (ji/y^.LLic —J ,.,'^. v'"-^ iAaJ corresponding to the bottom of p. 166 of the Lucknow edition of A. H. 1296. The MS. ends abruptly. It comprises fif. 192 (fif. i« — 2« blank), of 20.8X1 1.3 c. Each page contains 15 lines {beyts) in the body, and 26 lines (13 ^^_y/j') in the margins. Written in good, clear, minute Persian taHiq. Not dated. Probably 15 th or 16**1 century. No. CCXXXIV. Add. 430. The Gulistan and Bustan of Sheykh Sa'di of Shiraz. 331 Ff. 292 (ff. irt, 121'^ — 122«, and 292''^ blank), 21,6 X 14.7 c.; 13 1. The Gulistan begins on f. i^ and ends on f. I2i«. It was transcribed by Sheykh Nur Muhammad , and the transcript was concluded on Tuesday, Muharram 31^, A. H. 1 23 1 (Tuesday, Dec. 5tli, A. D. 18 15). Headings of stories, etc., in red. The Bustan begins on f. 122^^ and ends on f. 292^. The transcript, made by the same Sheykh Nur Muham- mad, was concluded on October 17th ^ A. D. 181 5, (Dhu'l- Qa'da 14th, A. H. 1230). Both works are written in a clear ta'liq. On the ad- ditional leaf at the end of the volume the following Persian note, written "at Orleans in France" on June nth, A. D. 18 18, occurs: y No. CCXXXV. Add. 204 (Lewis 22). The Bustan of Sheykh Sa'di of Shiraz. See Rieu, PP- 595 — 8; Ethe, col. 527. Ff. 171 (ff. \a and 171 blank); 23.5X15-8 c; 12 1. Written in a good, clear /^'//^ between borders of red, blue, and gold. Coloured 'iinvdn, on f. i'^. The colophon on f. 170-^ gives the date of transcrip- tion as A. H. 990 (= A. D. 1582), and the copyist's name as Muhammad b. Mulla Mi'r el-Ustadi (?) el-Huseyni. No. CCXXXVI. Add. 2628. Another copy of the Bustan of Sheykh Sa'di, in- terleaved. 332 Ff. 150 (ff. I" and 150''' blank); 18.7X11-30.; 15 1. Written in a fair Indian ta'liq , probably of the last century, for, though it is not dated , a seal-mark on f. 57« bears the date A. H. 1188 (= A. D. 1774—5). Headings and marginal lines in red. Presented by Dr. Wm Wright. Bears the Library stamp of April 23, 1884. An English translation of the story of Abraham and the old Fire-worshipper (ed. Graf, pp. 142 — 3 ; also given at the end of Forbes' grammar), and some few emen- dations of the text, headed "Mr. Howard's corrections," are prefixed to the manuscript. The interleaved pages are all blank , except the first , which contains a few pencil notes. No. CCXXXVII. Ad. 796. A very defective text of the Bustan of Sa'di, written in a bad Indian taHiq, and dated A. H. 1204 (A. D. 1789—90). Ff. 140 (f. 140, blank, is missing; f. i«, blank; ff. 130 — 135 are misplaced so that they now stand in the fol- lowing order: — ff. 132, 130, 131, 134, 135, 133); 22.0 X 15-0 c; 15 1. Notes on the insides of the covers give the names of James Mackay and William Scott as former posses- sors, and state that the MS. was "bought at the sale of Dr. Adam Clarke's Museum." No. CCXXXVIII. Dd. 11. 29. Another copy of the Bustan of Sa'di. Ff. 171 (ff. i« and \']\^ blank); 21.4X 12.8c.; 13 1. 333 Written in a good ta'liq hand between margins ruled in blue and gold; ff. i^' — 2<^ illuminated in gold. Not dated. Begins: — No. CCXXXIX. LI. 6. 3. Another copy of the Bustan of Sa'di, with the Turkish commentary of Shem'i. See Ethe, col. 550 — 551 ; and, concerning Shem'i, Rieu, p. 607^'. Ff. 408 (fif. \a, 2«, and 408 blank); 20.5 X H-/ c.; 17 1. Written partly in naskh , partly in ta'liq , headings in red, text overlined with red. Not dated. The following Latin note is inscribed on a piece of paper pasted on to the inside of the cover : — '^ Liber qui dicitur B ostein i.e. Hortus , vel Gulistan, Rosarium; a Sheich Saadi {qui 500^^ ab hinc annis vixit) compositus. Ctmi Commentario Turcico. V. Hottingerum Smeg: Orient, p. JJi ; ubi de libroruni Persicorum uti- litate loquens ita Pergit. Specimen dedit Pliilologice Per- sic cs , vir Liter atum Orientalis Callentissimus D. Geor- gius Gentius , in suo Golestan , sen Rosario notis Illustrato. Habui et ego anteliac anthoris ejusdam Msc. commen- tariis Dilucidatum . qd in BibliotJieca Bernensi asservari jam. puto. Heidelbergense obstiterat iter , quo minus vieo satisfacere tum potuerim desiderio. Vel solus hie Scriptor Lectori salivani moveat , studiique Persici pretiiim, com- mendet etc. V. et Jiunc librum scspe citatum in D. Hyde Historia de lud. Orient, sc. p. /j.8, 81 , 128, 757, etc.'^ Shem'i's preface occupies the greater part of f. i'^, and begins as usual — O ,La*«jJ Ki iJ^^ .O ^>-*a Jj^ lA-c ^3 i^l^" 5 '-^-> -j' Q^^^ ^ Q^ ^t ^_5AJtjt Q.'wJLS^ aJus.Lx/c F. 2« is blank save for the title, written in red ink, which runs thus : — .ki (? (_f.-l->-) (i^A^ fc*-*^ T y*^ {^^-x-tM if^-tf^ Q•^'-'■*l^-^ »— jijj The actual text and commentary begin on f. 2^ — Ends on f. 407''^ There is no colophon , but only the words c>^xi.f j.Uj, "it is finished". No. CCXL. Add. 818. Commentary on selected verses of the Bustan of Sheykh Sa'di of Shiraz, by Mawlawi 'Abdu '1-Wdsi' Hansawi, concerning whom see Rieu, p. 1096'^. Begins : — si[^^ sIl\5> ».jL^i 31 *^' ci"^ 5 Li":i_^/!i L-iuX-yy- LiA*-^ iikJ^_*vj Contents: — Commentator's preface, f. i'''; Commentary on Intro- duction or Exordium, f. 2'^; — on Ch. I, f. iO«; — on Ch. II, f. 30«; — on Ch. Ill, f. 39"; — on Ch. IV, f. 47<^. _ on Ch. V, f. 57'''; — on Ch. VI, f. 62^'; — on Ch. VII, f. 65^ — on Ch. VIII, f. 71^'. The com- 335 mentary on Ch. VIII extends to the middle of f. 75''', and of the remainder of the poem only a few scattered verses are explained. Ff. 78 (fif. i«, 76^'— 78''' blank); 27.5X15-2 c. ; 17 1. Written in a legible Indian ta'liq , the first part, as stated in the colophon on f. 'j6a , by Muhammad 'Ali the scribe; the second part by Muhammad 'Aqil. Tran- scription completed on Muharram 9th, A. H. 121 1 (= July i5th, A. D. 1796). Headings etc., in red. No. CCXLI. Dd. 6. 50—51. The Gulistan of Sheykh Sa'di of Shiraz. See Rieu, pp. 597«, 6o6« — 607^; and Ethe, col. 527. This MS. presents a very inaccurate and faulty text , glossed almost throughout between the lines in Tur- kish , and written in a clear but ungraceful taHiq. The leaves are wrongly arranged in several places, but are now rightly numbered. They at present stand as follows : ff. I — II; f. 12 missing; ff. 15 — 18; 33— 40; 13—14; 19—22; 31— 112; 23—24; 29—30; 25—28; 113— 121. Each leaf measures 15.0X lO.o c, and contains 10 1., enclosed within double red lines F. i"' was origi- nally blank ; a few detached sentences and the title are now scribbled on it. Ff. i*^ — 3^ are occupied with rude and crudely coloured 'tmvdns. The text begins on f. ■^i' and ends on f. 1 20''', with the following colophon : — ^ac j^iL-w' > *.**«L_2 ^_J C>y4.^\A .A«.^Jt -xiiaJI lXxxJI »)r->" The date (Ramadan , A. H. 906) is written vertically in two lines to the right and left : — 336 F. I2i« is blank. On f. 121*^ is inscribed an itinerary of one of the pilgrim-routes to Mecca , with notes on the water at each stage. No. CCXLII. Dd. 12. 2. ifcXJtw ^o^^ .«.Iaav«X5 Another copy of the Gulistan of Sa'dL A bad, carelesly written MS., with several dislocations, some arising from misplacement of the pages in binding, others from a similar misplacement in the original which has escaped the notice of the copyist. Ff. 121 (fif. I — 2 blank; f. y inscribed in a 17th cen- tury hand with a table of contents and a note of the donor's name, with the date January 19'!^ A. D. 1660), 18.3X 13-5 c.; II — 12 1. The inscription on f. 3« above referred to runs as follows: — "Ex dono Doctiss. Dni. Petr. . Linguarum Orientalium cultoris sol . . tissimi possid . . Johannes Christoph. Moeslirus. 19 Januarii Anno 1660." No. CCXLIII. LI. 6. 6. (^kX5bM ^X.VV ,..IXaV«]L5 Another copy of the Gulistan of Sa'di. Ff. 156 (ff. I — 2 and 155 — 156 blank); 18.2 X n-i c.; III. Written in a clear but ungraceful jiasta'/iq. Not dated , but appears from the writing to have been tran- scribed in the 16* century. The chapters begin as follows: — preface on f. y, ch. I on f. ly; ch. II on f. 4.6'^; ch. Ill on f. 71"; ch. IV on f. 91"; ch. V on f. 95'''; ch. VI on f. 112"; ch. VII on f. 117'''; ch VIII on f. 134'''. 337 No. CCXLIV. LI. 6. 13. Another copy of the Gulistan of Sa'di. Ff. 168 (fif i'^ and 168^' blank), 187 X 12.0 c.; 11 1. Written in a clear but ungraceful taHiq within blue and gold lines. There is no date or colophon. The margins of fif. I — 8 are filled with notes in Turkish. The Preface begins on f. \i>, ch. I on f. ii''% ch. II on f. 48^, ch. Ill on f. 'j^a , ch. IV on f. loO'?, ch. V on f. I05«, ch. VI f. I23«, ch. VII on f. 128'^, ch. VIII on f. 139''', and the Conclusion on f. 167''^ The reverse of the additional leaf at the beginning bears the following inscription: — "Ex dono ornatissimi viri Nicolai Hobart Collegii Regalis quondam Socii et huius Academiae insignis ornamenti. 1655." No. CCXLV. Add. 211 (Lewis 29). Another copy of the Gulistan of Sa'di. Ff. 132 (ff. \a — 3« and 130''' — 132''' blank); 22.2 X 12.3 c; 15 1. Written in a good Indian taHiq between illumi- nated borders; headings in red. The colophon on f. 130''' states that the MS. was written for a certain Sheykh Muhammad Fadil , and completed at the end of the month of Sha'ban , but omits to mention the year. No. CCXLVI. Add. 419. Another copy of the Gulistan of Sa'di. Ff. 202 (f. \a blank), 22.1 X i5-i c. ; 11 1. Written 338 in a clear Indian ta'liq between lines ruled in red and blue Headings in red. Not dated, but not older than i8th century. Ch. I begins on f. I5«, ch. II on f. 56'^, ch. Ill on f. 90-^, ch, IV on f. ii7«, ch. V on f. 123'^, ch. VI on f. 146^, ch. VII on f. 152''^ ch. VIII on f. 175^', con- clusion on f. 20i«. No. CCXLVII. Add. 759. Another copy of the Gulistan of Sa'di. A quite modern and not very correct MS., written in legible , but ugly, Indian ta'liq, on pinkish paper, without title or colophon. Ff. 160 (i« and 160^ blank); 17.7 X ii.2 c; 11 1. ; headings, etc., in red. Ch. I begins on f. 13*^; ch. II on f. 49'''; ch. Ill on f. 75«; ch. IV on f. 96^^; ch. V on f. ioo«; ch. VI on f. 117'^; ch. VII on f. 122'^; ch. VIII on f. 140^; and the kkdtiiiia (conclusion) on f. 159"^. No. CCXLVIII. Qq. 174. An Arabic Commentary on the Gulistan of Sa'di, by Ya'qub b. Seyyid 'Ali, otherwise known as Seyyid *Ali-zade; though by some Muniri is believed to be the real author. See Rieu, p. 606; Ethe, col. 545. Ff. 182; 20.5 X 14-6 c. ; 19 1. Written in clear Tur- kish nasta'liq; Persian text overlined with red. There are three additional leaves at the beginning, of which the second and third arc inscribed with numerous Per- sian verses, mostly from the Gulistan. On f. i« the title and description of the work are given as folio ws : — 339 y^Sin lA^'^ c\L>- njh J.C lA^-w (••r>"rUl ^blwji' _ ^ vjLxJ' Below this is the seal of a former possessor, Husamu'd- Din el-Imam es-Sultani. The text begins on f. i^' as follows : — Ends on f. 179''': — LgJwL> ^ '^•ij=- ^"-^ v-Ji^>4J j^^Iaii [V^'Oj^J 1>^^ u' Qri;^'-*-^' UV' jxjQi ii\,Ul L*^xc (C-^^ -;^^=*- (J»^ '-^^y*' (^ V*r^*:^ ;^^-' The manuscript is undated. A good many notes have been added in the margins. At the bottom of f 179''^ is a list of the letters of the alphabet, with the original meaning of each written beneath it. Ff. i8o« — 18 2(2^ con- tain a dissertation in Turkish on the powers and values of the letters in Persian. This is entitled : — Lf'*'J^- o^j^ (j?-^?H-' ^3r^ JUxx^l qLaj F. 182-''' and the additional leaf at the end are in- scribed with sundry Turkish , Persian , and Arabic verses. No. CCXLIX. Dd. 5. 41. The Gulistan of Sa'di, with the Turkish commen- tary of Shem'i. See Rieu , pp. 606 — 7 ; Ethe col. 545—6. Ff. 238 (fif. I", and 236 — 238 blank; f. 238 missing); 340 21.0 X 13-7 C-' 21 1. Written in a fair Turkish naskh , the Persian text overHned with red. The transcription was completed on the I2tli of Rabf I, A. H. 1063 (= Feb. 9th, A. D. 1653) for, or by, one Musa Efendi. MAHMUD SHABISTARI. No. CCL. Add. 2629. *" s ^^^ 15* «>A.w/.jyw (34ii^^^/0 ^xwC^JJ Ff. y6 (ff. p', 6o« — 6i«, /!« — 'j6i' blank); 17.5 X 10.7 c; II 1. Written in a fairly legible modern Persian ta'liq. Dated Jumada II, A. H. 1298 (= May, A. D. 1881). Copied in Shiraz for Aryuz(?), son and heir of Malkom Aratun the Armenian. ^♦Jli ^.^U/*^x) *JCU k«^>Lo Oi'^V a'j*^ L$^^^ ^j£ s^-^^V^'c The scribe's name is not given , though there are 3 colophons, on ff. 39''', 59''', and yo^. Contents : — I (ff. I'''— 39'''). The Gulshan-i-Raz ("Rose-garden of Mystery") by Sheykh Mahmud Shabistari. This celebrated poem has been edited , with a German trans- lation, by Hammer-Purgstall (Pesth , 1838), and with an English translation by Whinfield (London, 1880). See Rieu, pp. 608 — 9; Ethe, col. 781 — 2. II (ff. 4o« — 59«). The Haqqu'l-Yaqin ("Certain Knowledge"), a prose work on the same subject, by the same author. See Rieu, p. 828'^, I. This work has been lithographed with a number of other Sufi tracts 341 in a volume entitled Ma'drifti'l-'Awdrif, published in Tihran, A. H. 1283. Begins: — III (ff. 61^ — 70'''). An anonymous and titleless treatise on Physiognomy (c:a-wL5 JLc) beginning: — w*.aJ.J ,c^y^ C>^5r5 («-^C \^ L«.^>- a.l' OljL*.J «lAx-wjJ ^ IC*^ The manuscript, which bears the Library stamp of Aug. 17, 1882, was presented by Dr. Westbrook. AMIR KHUSRAW OF DIHLI. No. CCLI. Oo. 6. 30. Amir Khusraw's celebrated poem on the loves of Leyla and Majnun, written in imitation of Nizami's poem on the same subject. See Rieu, pp. 240 — 241 and 61 1; Ethe, col. 560. The title of the opening canto, written in red at the beginning of the poem, is as follows: — Lj lX.^' x.i;i»L« ^Ji.A^ lAjyu (^.\j ^^^LaS j iA^ nj>.i c)i3 (J.XJ Ff. 33 (ff. !«■, 33^^, and 9 supplementary leaves, blank); 27.0 X 17-5; 21 1. (of 2 deyts each). Written in a small, clear ta'liq in 20 columns separated by double lines; headings in red. The poem begins: — 342 •(&^/iLj gL.*. :MI cr^ i_^ V; L-:? ^^-xbk? ^_^^ o-^-' jv— ii— A«Ki * < Ends: ^*.U^ Q-jl iA-/«i l\_j lXa:>- .-S> '(S'oL-j ^^^-_j._s> (^'j-*« ^->^ly ^_^^l(Ai> L^L^iioLj qL^> The poem ends on f. 142''', and is followed by a co- lophon which gives the name of the transcriber as Khamal Singh of Dihli ((Jt^i^ ^5'L*« ^^^iU^l), and the date of transcription as the loth of Rabi'u'l-avval, A. H. 1245 (= Sept. 9th, A. D. 1829). F. 145 is filled on both sides with an account of the reasons which led to the making of this copy , headed (3-^. X/oLi p^i^ &jS^AM.j Wj> c5;l-^-J' o-i^-t^ (sic!). From this it appears that it was made at the desire of a Mr. Robinson, or Robson (,^>U3 ^^ja^joU. This is writ- ten by a Muhammedan, whose name appears to read Khayrat 'Ali Khan , and who seems by his words to imply that the manuscript was transcribed by him. No. CCLIV. Dd. 12. 7. The Qiranu'S-Sa'deyn , or "Conjunction of the Two Lucky Planets" ; a poetical account of the meeting 344 of Sultan Mu'izzu'd-Din Qaiqubad and his father Na- siru'd-Din Bughra Khan at Dihh' in A. H. 688 , by the celebrated poet Amir Khusraw of Dihli. See Rieu, pp. 6ii — 2; Ethe, p. 563. Ff. 135; 17.5X12.0 centimetres; 15 1. Written in a clear nastaHiq; not dated. Begins on f. 3*^: — t'i qL^^ lAJjI^i* KjsLfiy.^ xS' *jy ^*i4 After this quatrain, which is written in red, the poem begins as usual: — Ends with a gJiazal of which the last verse is as follows: — i'tO.,*^ »,L^.aJ »._*«._=> ; Jo \_5' i0>,O Then follows this <^^j// and subscription: — ...L_jL_j (jiioL_A_/« ^ ,..L_jL_>.j oLj l\_j' L_j* F. 2*^ bears the seal of a former owner, 'Abdu'l- Wahhab, with the following inscription: — ^^ U^j^\ Jyx ^^1 ^J^ ^^Ja.0 345 'ASSAR OF TABRIZ. No. CCLV. Dd. 12. 11. Mihr U Mushtari, a jnatknavi poem by Shamsu 'd-Din Muhammad 'Assar of Tabriz. The MS. is defective at the beginning, the number of missing leaves being uncertain, but apparently not less than 8. It now contains ff. 157, of 16.3 X ii-5 c., and 15 1. Written in a clumsy ta'liq. Begins abruptly on what is now f. i«: — i^-^--^^ ^OyCyO ^_.**..=> j5j ^^!j5 ^Jj. », 1,1:/-^ Sc:?^^ ^"T*^^:^' ^^^/*>S> »S At the top of the page is a note (made , presumably , by a bookseller through whose hands the MS. has pas- sed) of the name of the poem {^^^^a --_p) and its price (60 piastres ?). The poem ends on f. 155^ as follows: — OA.A*jj .O ^_5j.J-».AJt .Lac vA*^ ^^— JcXjl (j«>.*^ Lj"^^/* L^UaaJt The date of transcription given in the colophon , Shawwal 25th, A. H. 915, corresponds to February 6th, A. D. 1 5 10. On f. 155'^ is inscribed a tarkib-band of 5 bands in Turkish; on f 156 a quatrain by Sah'm Khan and a beyt by Najati, both in Persian; on f. \^6^ a prescrip- tion for making the preparation called ^barsJi" used by dervishes; and on ff. 157'^ — 157^^ one or two other ver- ses in Arabic and Persian. An abstract of the poem in English is given by Sir Gore Ouseley in his Notices of the Persian Poets , pp. 201 — 226. See also Rieu, pp. 626 — 7; and Ethe, col. 577 — 8. The beyt containing the date on which the poem was completed (Shawwal loth, A. H. 778 = Febr. 2Cl^, A. D. 1377) occurs on f. 154^ of this MS., line 5: — HAFIZ. No. CCLVI. Add. 267. The Divan of Hafiz. Ff. 112 (ff. \c — 2« blank, these two leaves being stuck together on their adjacent aspects; f. 112'^ blank; ff. 42 — 45 and 84 — 87 missing); 347 21.9X I5-0 c.; 14 1. Written in a clear though rather cramped nasta'liq between margins ruled in red , blue , and gold ; the first gJiazal (f. 2I') surmounted by a rather crude 'nnvdn. Dated Rabf I, A. H. 973 (October, A. D. 1565). See Rieu, pp. 627 — 631 ; Ethe, col. 578 — 591. The manuscript belonged formerly (in A. H. 1159 = A. D. 1746) to M. Cardonne of Tripoli in Syria, as shewn by his seal {^^•^^^) and an Arabic inscription over it which runs as follows: — The following note to the same effect is written on a piece of paper pasted on to the supplementary leaf at the beginning: — "Divan Khafez, ou Hafedh, c'est a dire les Poesies de Hafez, dont le nom propre etoit Mohammed Shamseddin , un des plus celebres Poetes Persans. Voyez D'Herbelot Biblioth. Orient, pag. 416. Ce livre a appartenu a Mr. Cardonne , dont le nom se lit au beau milieu de la premiere ou derniere page , en Persan , qu'on pent traduire, le Docteiir Car done Chre- tien Francois dans la ville de Tripolis en SyrieT No. CCLVII. Add. 217. (Lewis 35). Another copy of the Divan of Hafiz. Ff. 175 (fif. \(i and 175 blank, save for scribblings) ; 19.6 X 12.6 c. ; 15 1. Written in a clear but ungraceful Persian ta'liq. Ff. 17 — 22 are wrongly bound so as to stand before ff. 8 — 16. F. 23 follows f. 16, and thence onwards the leaves are correctly arranged. No preface is prefixed to the Divan, which begins abruptly with the ghazal usually placed first. The gha- zals extend to f. i6i«; then follow the tarkib-bands ,q.\.c. the mathnavis , and (fif. 172''' — 174''') the quatrains. 348 The manuscript was written by 'All Rida b. Muham- mad Rida the goldsmith , and its transcription was concluded on the last day of DJml-Qa^da , A. H. 1033 (=Sept. 13, A. D. 1624). No. CCLVIII. Add. 310. The second half of the Divan-i-Hafiz , from the letter ^ to the end , beginning with what is in Rosen- zweig-Schwannau's edition the 6th gkazal in that letter (vol. II, p. 102), viz. — The order of the odes, however, does not follow that adopted by Rosenzweig-Schwannau , the second in this MS., for instance, being his third, and the third his twentieth. Ff. 114 (f. 114''' blank, save for one couplet in slii- kasta written in the corner); 20. i X 12.1 c. ; 14 1. The text is written in a good ta^liq between gold and blue lines on a greyish-blue ground, the margins being un- stained. The colophon states that the MS. was written for Nadhr Khan Beg of Ardabil by 'Abdu'r-Rashid , and concluded on the 23i'i of Rabi' I, A. H. 1057 (— April 28tli, A. D. 1647). No. CCLIX. Add. 239 (Lewis I). Another copy of the Divan of Hafiz. Ff. 184 (ff. i«, 181^—184 blank); 31.0X20.0 c; 17 1. Written in a clear but ungraceful Indian ta'liq. 349 Dated in colophon (on f. iSi'^^). Tuesday, Safar 26th, A. H. 1099 (= Jan. i, A. D. 1688). Copyist: — Sheykh 'Abdu 'r-Rahman b. Faqir Muhammad. Contents: — Preface (ff. \^ — 4«) , beginning: — Qasidas , Miikhammasdt , Tarji^ -bands , and MatJinavis (fif. 4'^— 16^')- Ghazals (fif. i6l> — 165«). Tarji'-band and Muqatta'dt (fif. i65« — 176"). Quatrains (fif. 176'? — i8i«). No. CCLX. Add. 208 (Lewis 26). Another copy of the Divan of HaflZ. Ff. 134; 25.0 X 14.0 c; 16 1. Written in a fair ^^i'//^ between margins ruled in colours. There are coloured illustrations on fif. i«, 24^^, 28«, 61^^, 71^, 82«, 98^^', 1 10^, and 133'''; while 134 is blank. The pages (now correctly numbered) are arranged in the most disorderly manner , so that they now stand as follows : — fif. i , 7, 8, 6, 2 — 5, 9, (10 missing), 11 — 16, 18, 20, 19, 22, 21, 23, 17, 24, 44, 45, 25—43, 46, 47—119, 131, 126— 130, 121, 122, 125, 120, 123, 124, 132 — 134. Contents: — f. i^' , Gulandam's preface; f. 6^, Qasi- das; fif. 18*^ — 123«, Ghasals; f. 123''', Sdqi-ndma; f. 126"; Mughanni-ndma \ f. 128''', A'liiqaita'dt; f. 130''', Quatrains. No colophon or date. No. CCLXI. Add. 249 (Lewis T). Another copy of the Divan of Hafiz. Ff. 232 (fif. i« and 232''' blank); 26.2 X i5-i c. ; 15 1. 350 Written in a good ta^liq between margins ruled in red and blue. No colophon. Contents: — Ghazals , fif. i^ — IQS'^; Qasidas , K 195^ — 20i«; Matlmavis , Tarji' -bands , etc., fif. 20 1«; — 207'''; Qit'as, ff. 207^ — 211'''; Quatrains, etc., ff. 211'^ — 232^. No. CCLXII. Add. 587. Another copy of the Divan of Hafiz. Ff. 157 (f. i« blank; fif. 3 — 148, mended and remounted, are of older date than the beginning and end , which have been supplied in a later hand ; f. 107 missing) ; 22.8X13-8 c.; 17 1. Written in moderately good ta'liq in older portion, less good in supplied parts at begin- ning and end. Not dated. On the fly-leaf at the beginning are inscribed the Suratu'n-Nds and the Fdtiha of the Qur'an. The ghazals extend from f. i^ to f. 149'S the matlmavis , vinqatta'dt, rubd'is, etc., occupying the remainder of the volume. No. CCLXIII. Add. 2774. "BIBAION ATPIKON, consisting of Extracts from the Odes of ANAKPEHN, Q. HORATIUS FLACCUS , Jji_5Lj>, etc., by Rev. John Orman, A. M. (1826), of Trinity Col- lege, Cambridge." This MS., neatly written out, with title-pages (the full title as given above) for the Press, contains pp. XI and 208 (pp. II, 58, 59, 61 — 63, and 194 — 208 blank), measuring 22.5 X 18.7 centimeters. The contents are as follows. I (pp. Ill— X). The Preface, dated July 20, 1826, in which the author deplores the lack of interest in Oriental literatures, especially the Persian, shewn by Classical students , many of whom would , as he says , 351 "be much better employed in acquiring a third language [to wit, Persian] which in no one point yields prece- dence to either of the others" than " in writing bald Latin and Greek verses in imitation of Horace and Sappho". To remedy this indifference by presenting in one volume selections from the odes of the three mas- ters of Lyric poetry produced by Greece, Rome, and Persia (the first and last being accompanied] by English prose or verse renderings , which , in the case of Ho- race, are deemed superfluous), in order that a wider public may decide on their respective merits, is the author's object in this work. II (pp. I — 50). Twenty-eight odes of Anacreon, with English verse-translations standing opposite to the Greek, followed (pp. 52 — 57) by notes. III (pp. 64 — 103). Forty-one odes of Horace, without translation or notes. IV (pp. 104 — 182) Twenty-five odes of Hafiz (Per- sian text to left , English translations , some in prose , some in verse, facing the Persian originals), prefaced by (I) "A short account of the nature of Persian Lyric Poetry" (pp. 105 — 107), and (II) a "Biographical account of Hafiz" (pp. 108 — 118), and followed by Notes (pp. 172 — 182), and Sir Wm Jones' verse translation of the well-known ode beginning ^Agar an Turk-i-Shirdzi bi- dast drad dil-i-nidra\ V (pp. 184 — 193). A few of Burns' poems. MAGHRIBI. No. CCLXIV. Oo. 6. 26. The mystical poems of Mulla Muhammad Shirin Maghribi (d. circ. A. H. 809), Arabic (ff. 3« — \\"), and 352 Persian (fif. ii''^ — 9T^)^ preceded by a prose preface (fif. \h — 3^), wherein is cited the well-known poem of Sheykh Muhiyyu 'd-Din ibnu 'l-'Arabi beginning: — See Rieu, p. 633; Ethe, col. 594. Ff. 97 (f. \a blank; Arabic pagination recommences anew on f. 12^); 25.0 X 16.7 c. ; 17 1. Written in a fair ta'liq between red and gold margins. Transcribed by Ghulam Muhammad for Ray Sabha Chand Jiw (q!jK(^^ j._A.> l\A=5- L_.g--*-*« j^l.) , and completed on Wednesday, Sha'ban 6*, A. H. 11 19 [— Wed., Nov. 2iid, A. D. 1707). The Preface begins on f. if': — ^ i}«*iiii' &-'**-^ (£"*-'*"^^ C)^^"^^ U^ij^ L_Xv— il j_5tXJI *JJ l\,4^ C ^ • • The Arabic poems (which , as the author says , are placed first , because the Arabic is more honourable than the Persian language), begin on f. 3^ : — Amongst these poems (on ff. <^i^> — lo''') are included some quatrains, written in the Persian style. The last of these poems (on f. ii") is half Arabic, half Persian. The Persian poems occupy the remainder of the volume (fif. 11''^ — ^7")y ^i^d begin as usual: — 353 shAhi. No. CCLXV. Add. 3147. The Divan of Aqa Malik b. Jamalu 'd-Di'n Amir Shahi of Sabzawar. See Rieu, p. 640 ; Ethe, col. 601 — 603. Begins as usual: — Ff. 60 (ff. i« — 2" blank; f. 60'^, originally blank, in- scribed with a line of Turkish divdni in large characters); 25.7X7-9 c. ; 10 1. Written obliquely across the gold- ornamented pages in a beautiful ta'lig hand. There is no colophon, but a Persian note on f. 2« states that the MS. was written by Muhammad Huseyn of Tabriz , who appears to be identical with the Mazvldnd Mu- hammad Huseyn mentioned at p. 254 of Mirza Habib's Kkatt u Khattdtdn (Constantinople, A. H. 1306). This celebrated calligraphist , who bore the title of Mustazv- fiul-Mamdlik , was for a time prime minister to Shah Isma'il II (reigned A. H. 984—5, A. D. 1576—8), but afterwards incurred disgrace and fled to India. Bought of Quaritch, 1894, in whose catalogue N^ 142 (June, 1894) it is numbered 1206. No. CCLXVI. Add. 3148. Another copy of the Divan of Shahi of Sabzawar, beginning like the last, and dated A. H. 982 (=: A. D. 1574). 23 354 Ff. 51 (ff. i« and 51/' blank, save for numerous seals and arzdidas); 24.0 X H-^ c- » ^^ 1. Written in a beau- tiful ta'liq between margins of gold and colours. Borders coloured in different hues, and bedecked with gold. Two fine miniatures in the Persian style on ff. i-^and 2". The leaves are wrongly arranged so that they stand in the following order: — ff. i — 8, 16, 10 — 15, 9, 25 — 40, 17 — 24, 41 — 48, 50, 49, 51. They are now correctly numbered. Bought of Quaritch in 1894. It is numbered 1207 in his catalogue (N". 142) of June , 1894. JAMI. No. CCLXVII. Add. 3151- The Divan of Jami, apparently the second part of the first of the three divans which he left. See Rieu , pp. 643 — 4; Ethe, col. 608 — 618. Begins : — Poems in praise of the Prophet (including a long tarji'-band) follow; then a didactic and moral poem, rhyming in J; then the ghazals , in alphabetical order, beginning: — The ghazals extend from f. 8" to f. 218''', and are followed by a mathnavi; 3 tarjV-bands; a dirge (*joy>) on Sheykh Sa'du'd-Din; muqatta'dt; and quatrains. Ff. 239 (f. i« blank; ff. 2, 16, 32, and one or more leaves at the end, missing; ff. 204 — 213 and ff. 236 — 239 wrongly arranged, so that they stand respectively. 355 204, 212, 2o6 — 211, 205, 213; and 236, 239, 237, 238); 20.0X1 1-2 c.; 17 1. Written within gold lines in a small, neat, Persian nasta'liq , probably of latter part of 1 6th century. Bought of Quaritch in 1894. In his catalogue N"". 142 (June, 1894) it is numbered 1046. No. CCLXVIII. Mm. 6. 3. The romantic poem of Yusuf and Zuleykha by Mulla Nuru 'd-Din 'Abdu 'r- Rahman Jami. See Rieu , pp. 645; Ethe, col. 608 — 610. The text of this poem has been published at Vienna in 1824, with a German translation, by Rosenzweig, and there are numerous Oriental editions. Ff. 176 (f. 47 apparently missing; ff. i« and 176^ blank; illuminated Hinvdn on ff. i^ and 2«; miniature paintings on ff. 37*^, 73''', and 118"), 19.1 X 1 1-9 c. ; 12 1. Written in a good , clear ta'lig. Date of transcription , A. H. 954 (=A.D. 1547-S). Begins as usual: — .'. ^l.yCiwKj A-A_<^ £\^J.£ .-g-JI .'. j^U-*.j lA-jjL^ i^\_A>j. \\ ^-_i.„r Ends: — .•.«o ^_^_ JL_* — 4j — f L — jl — ^ These two misrd's are written one above the other , so as to leave a space to the right and another to the left. In the former is written J^s Ck-4>^ "Muhammad Qiwam" (this being, apparently , the transcriber's name) , and in the latter JiAi^J' *»j1.j "the dust of [men's] foot- steps". The colophon runs as follows : — No. CCLXIX. Add. 202 (Lewis 20). Another copy of the Yusuf u Zuleykha of Jami. Ff. 203 (fif. I — 9« blank, save for a few verses, in- cluding one of Amir Pazavari of Mazandaran , scribbled on f. I''; f. 5, missing; ff. 199 and 202 — 3 blank; on fif. 200 — 201 is written a viathnavi poem entitled oii^s^ »i^S iJlc ^A^^5> ^a\ o.*i2=>); 25.0 X 16.7 c; III. Writ- ten in a legible but clumsy ta'liq. From the colophon on f. I97« it appears that the transcription of the MS. was concluded in Bijapur on Safar i, A. H. 1052 (=: May I, A. D. 1642) by 'Ali Naqi el-Hasani el-Mashhadi. The short mathnavi poem on fif. 200 — 201 , transcribed by the same 'All Naqi , begins : — No. CCLXX. Add. 804. Another copy of the Yusuf u Zuleykha of Jami. Ff. 162 (fif. i« and 162 blank); 23.8 X i4-5 c.; 13 1. Written in legible ta'liq. Spaces left for headings of sections, which it was probably intended to insert in red ink. The transcription was completed on Muharram Sth, A. H. 1189 (= March 8^1, A. D. 1775). 357 No. CCLXXI. Add. 1573. Another copy of the Yusuf u Zuleykha of Jami, beginning with the birth and ending with the death of Joseph. The introductory and concluding sections of the poem are, as stated in the colophon, intentionally omitted as immaterial to the story. Begins : — ^l^ e5>j o'-^!>^ 0>5 L^-^^*^ L5^:i)^ o^-"?^^ ;^ Ends: — Ff. 112; 32X20 c; 16 1. (of one l^eyt each). Four blank leaves at end. The colophon states that the transcription of the MS. was made for Captain George Crisp , and was con- cluded "on Sha'ban 26*, A. H. 1244, corresponding to March 4th, A. D. 1829." Written in a clear and legible taHiq. N°. CCLXXII. Add. 2626. Another copy of the Yusuf u Zuleykha of Jami. Ff. 138 (ff. i« and 138 blank); 22.7X14.2 c; 15 1. Written in good ta'liq on a blue ground , separated by lines ruled in colours from the salmon-hued margins. Headings in gold. Not dated, but probably 17th cen- tury. Bears the Library stamp of May 22nd ^ 1886. A rather unfinished-looking 'iinvdn stands at the top off. i^. 358 No. CCLXXIII. Add. 2771. Another copy of the Yusuf u Zuleykha of Jami. Ff. 144 (ff. i« and 143 — 4 blank); 23.6 X i3-4 c; 15 1. Written in a fair Indian ta'liq between coloured mar- gins. Not dated; probably copied within the last cen- tury. Bears the Library stamp of Oct. 13th, 1887. No. CCLXXIV. Gg. 6. 32. The Baharistan of Jami. See Rieu, p. 755; Ethc, col. 613 (N°. 27). Ff. 95 (ff. I'' — 10«, and 92^ — 95''' blank, save for notes and titles); 21.4X12.2 c. ; 16 1. Transcribed, as we learn from the colophon on f. gia, in Constantino- ple, and completed on Monday, ist of Rabi' I, A. H. 998 (Monday, Jan. 8th, A. D. 1590). Written throughout in a good , clear naskh , between lines ruled in red. Headings in red. Presented to the Library by Nicolas Hobart in 1655. Begins : — 4« t'i ;t«y_^_j tX-jl l\4.S> (^3;;^ \^ *-^ On f. gi^ are inscribed 11 biyts of Turkish poetry, beginning : — 359 No. CCLXXV. Gg. 6. 34. The Baharistan of Jami with the Turkish trans- lation and commentary of Shem'i, copied, as stated in the colophon , from Shem'i's autograph. See , for Jami , the biography prefixed to Nassau Lees' Calcutta edition of the Nafahdtiil-Uns\ Rieu, p. !/«; and Ethe, col. 608 — 9; for Shem'i, Rieu, p. 6o7«; for the Baharistan , Rieu, p. 755, Ethe, Catalogue, col. 613 ; and for Shem'i's Commentary on it, the Gotha Catalogue, p. 107, and Rieu, p. 755. Ff. 236 (ff. \a and 235'? — 236''' blank), 20.5 X i3-2 c; 17 1. Dated in the colophon on f. 234''' A. H. 1035 (A. D. 1625 — 6). Written in clear naskk between double- ruled lines. Persian text overlined with red. Begins: — Ends on f. 234^^ with the following colophon: — V.J1JI ^ 0""**^ (j«~*.> iC^-M^ -kOXJ) ic^aJJj ^5 (J^*-*^ f^. U^"^' Jt^^ Written obliquely in red ink , on the right side : — J5I oi^ ^■n.iOG is^i> •:>y4'S\A y*sis^^ s.-c* And on the left: — 36o No. CCLXXVI. Add. 2625. The Nafahatu'1-Uns (Biographies of Sufi saints) by Mulla Niiru'd-Din 'Abdu'r-Rahman Jami. The text has been edited by Nassau Lees (Calcutta, 1858). SeeRieu, PP- 349—350; Ethe, col. 609. Ff. 307 (f. I" blank; ff. 149 and 298 — 304 missing); 25.7X16.8 c. ; 21 1. Written in a small, good ^a'/ig between gold and coloured lines ; headings in red. Not dated; probably 16* or 17th century. The lacuna caused by the loss of f. 149 corresponds to p. 351, 1. 9 — p. 353, 1- 13, of the printed edition. The second and larger lacuna (apparently of 7 leaves , as stated above , if the index be correct) extends from 1. 14 of p. 717 of the printed edition to the end, the last biography being that of Maryam of Basra. This lacuna is immediately followed by a table of contents , with references to the pages , from which the contents of fif. I — 27 are missing at the beginning. Except for this it is complete, the last reference being to the bio- graphy of the "Persian Woman" (ii.A*«jl5 »Ui') with which the work closes. No. CCLXXVII. Add. 812. The Lawa'ih (Flashes of Light"), a Siifi treatise in mingled prose and verse (quatrains) by Jami. See Rieu , p. 44«, Ethe, col. 611, N°. 16. Ff. 30 (fif. i^ , 29, and 30 blank), 23.4X15.5 c.; lol. Written in a good clear ta'liq. No date in the colophon save "Friday". 36i Begins as usual : — ^c J— > *i^:^-^' ^>yj ^e;^ i3— ^ 5 *— a*^ *A*A.c ^l-o ^*'='^>' "^ ^1 ^^aailX'S V^-^*-?" (C^^^ Between ff. 29 and 30 is bound an extra leaf of brownish paper inscribed as follows on one side in a large thulth hand. Underneath this is written in naskli : — ^1— ♦.JLc Q^ L>^^-^ r^^-=^ iC-*Xis. jS-w Q., L^/.xS' iL^AA^Ail siAP "This counsel from the Book of Wisdom was written by the humble Bulus (Paul), [formerly] one of the doc- tors of Islam , recently become a Christian by the grace of God and of Our Lord Jesus Christ. O Christian breth- ren, pray for me!" By "the Book of Wisdom" Eccle- siasticus appears to be meant, the "counsel" cited being a pretty close paraphrase of vv. 9 and 12 of ch. XXX of that book. This page has nothing to do with the rest 01 the MS., with which it would seem to have been bound up as a matter of convenience by a former possessor. HATIFI. No. CCLXXVIII. Add. 3149. The Khusraw va Shirin, Leyla va Majnun, Timur-nama, and Haft Manzar of Mauwlana 'Ab- 362 du'llah Hatifi, Jami's nephew. See Rieu, pp. 652 — 654; Ethe, col. 644 — 648. Ff. 167 (fif. i« and 167''' blank); 23.3 X i5-i c. ; 15 1. in the body and 34 in the margin of each page. The leaves (now, as for as possible, correctly numbered) are wrongly arranged in the following order: — fif. i — 7, 9, 8, 10 — 105, 115, 107 — 114, 106, 116,117 — 167. Writ- ten in a good ta'liq, probably of late i6th or early 17th century, between gold and coloured margins. (I) The Klmsraiv va Shirin occupies the bodies of ff. \^ — ^T^ , and begins as usual: — <■ A—J 1^.5 lX.Jo j_c _Lj [*.'i.aJ ' 8^ ^^0^\ A.ft/iXxj SaJjIA^ (II) The Leyld va Majnun occupies the margins of ff. I''' — 60", and begins as usual: — (III) The Timur-ndma occupies the margins from f. 6o«^ onwards, and, from f. 138*^ onwards, both body and margin. It begins: — 'O.J ^^ •,( »,iS [sic] \i gS o.LxJ to I38«, and begins: — Bought of Quaritch in 1894. It is numbered 10 17 in his Catalogue N°. 142 of June, 1894. No. CCLXXIX. Add. 426. The Leyla and Majnun of Hatifi. Ff. 60 (ff. 61 and 62, containing the end of the khd- tinta, missing). Ff. 63 — 65 are loose leaves, of a diffe- rent quality of paper, and do not form an integral part of the MS., and one or more leaves between f. 64 and 3^3 f 65 appear to be missing. Each page comprises 15 lines (one beyt to the line) and measures 19.0 X 12.2 c. Begins: — OLj (jiA—Jt^. iV_A_S K^6y3 oLxaj C>S »,/oL> }^ ka6 ..-j' Ends with the 28th lnyt of the Kliatima : — F. 63^ is blank. Ff. 63'^ — 64''^ contain part of the pre- face of a prose work beginning: — .'. Oj^J _^' i3j._J :i K'->^ 5 *3^J ._^ o ^ The date Jumada I, 29th, A. H. 121 5 , occurs on f. 65^'. No. CCLXXX. Add. 1109. The Timur-nama of Hatifi. Ff. 154 (fif. i« — 5«, 15 1« — 154^^ blank); 22.4 X 15.2 c; 15 1. Illuminated miniatures on ff. ii''', 34^, 65^, 71^, 94«, lOO''', 115''', and i42«. Written in a clear, good taHiq between margins of red , blue , and gold. The transcription was completed , as stated in the colophon on f. 150^, by Huseyn b. Kamalu'd-Din es-Sadiq el-Hu- seyni on Shawwal 28^, A. H. 950 (Jan. 24th, A. D. 1544). Begins on f. t^b (which , together with f. 6«, is richly illu- minated in gold and colours): — Ends on f. i^o^: — 364 After this follows the colophon: — Beneath this is the seal-impression of Najaf-'Ali Khan Bahadur, bearing the date A. H. 121 3 (A. D. 1789—9). No. CCLXXXI. Add. 205 (Lewis 23). Another copy of the Timur-nama (otherwise known as the Zafar-nama) of Hatifi Begins as usual : — Ff. 196 (ff. I'' and 196''' blank; coloured illustrations on ff. \b and 2«); 24.0X16.3 c; 12 1. Written in a good ta'liq between margins ruled in gold and colours. Headings in red. The colophon on f. 196'' gives Shawwal A. H. 980 (= Feb. A. D. 1573) as the date of transcription , and 'All el-Katib el-Huseyni es-Sultani as the name of the copyist. No. CCLXXXII. Add. 750. Another copy of the Timur-nama of Hatifi. Ff. 158 (ff. \a and 157''' blank; f. 158, blank, mis- sing); 22.2 X I3-0 c. ; 15 1. Written in a clear ta'lighe.- tween double-ruled red lines. The name of the scribe, 365 Ahmad Baha'u'd-Din of Multan , is given in the colo- phon at the foot of f. 157", but not the date of tran- scription. Begins: — Ends: — On f. I'? are several seals and names of former pos- sessors , including 'Abbas Beg (A. H. 1 123 = A. D. 171 1) ; Salih b. Muhammad Huseyn Qadi; Abu'l-Qasim , de- scribed as "the devoted slave" {fidavi) of Sar-Buland Khan Bahadur-i- Huseyni (A. H. 1123); and others. One of these notes describes the book as having been purchased in Ilah-abad on the 2"^ of Jumada I in the fourth year of the reign of Farrukh-siyar (^^Li; ^.i ^j*j.i.> f )> which corresponds to the year A. H. 1127 (A. D. 1715). 'ARIFI AND HILALI. No. CCLXXXIII. Add. 3150. The Hal-nama of 'Arifi (see Rieu, pp. 639 — 640 ; Ethe , col. 600) and the Shah u Darvish of Hilali (see Rieu, p. 656; Ethe col. 649 — 651), the former written in the body of the pages, the latter in the margin. Ff. 74 (ff. I" — 2«, and 73''^ — 74''' blank); 19.4 X 12.3 c.; 8 1. in the body and 18 in the margin of each page. Ff. 2^' and 3« (containing the beginning of the Shcih u Darvish) richly illuminated , with gilt 'unvcins. Written in a fine ta'liq between borders of gold and colours. Dated on f. 72", at the end of the Hdl-ndma (otherwise 366 called Giiy u Chawgdn), the month of Dhu '1-Qa'da, A. H. 952 (=: Jan., A. D. 1546). Transcribed by Mu- hammad Qiwam of Shiraz. The Slidli u Darvisk begins on f. 2''' as usual : — It occupies, from this point onwards, the margins of ff. 3''' — 72", and both margin and body of ff. 72''' — 73". The Hdl-ndma begins on f. 3''^ as usual : — Bought of Quaritch in 1894. The MS. is numbered 1024 in his Catalogue for June, 1894, N°. 142. No. CCLXXXIV. LI. 6. 7. Hilali's mathnavi poem of "the King and the Der- vish" (Shah U darvish), also called "the King and the Beggar" (Shah U gada). The latter title occurs in the course of the poem in the following verse: — while the former is given two lines lower : — See Sprenger's Catalogue, pp. 426 — 7; Rieu , pp. 656 and 1090 b; and Ethe, pp. 649 — 650. The poem has incurred the censure of the Emperor Babar (Rieu , loc. cit.) and of Dr. Rieu; Dr. Ethe, on the other hand, refutes the charges of immorality which have been brought against it, and has rendered it into German verse [Mor genldndisclie Studien, Leipzig, 1870, pp. 197 — 282). This MS., which is incomplete at the end , begins on f. 3*^: — 367 and ends abruptly at the bottom of f. 42''': — • The catch-word for the next page is *.J":^. Ff. 42 (ff. i"^ — Y blank), measuring i/.oXiO-O c. ; 14 1. Written in a small, neat Persian ta'liq hand, in double columns ruled in blue and gold, probably about the iQth century of the hijra. No. CCLXXXV. Add. 1043. Another copy of the Shah U Gada of Badru'd-Din Hilali (d. A. H. 939 = A. D. 1532—3)- Ff. 52 (fif. i«, 51^'— 52^' blank); 23.0X13.8 c. ; 13 1. Transcribed in Calcutta for Mr. H. Benjamin from a MS. in the Library of the Bengal Asiatic Society by Muhammad Amjad, and completed on October 25111, A. D. 1873. Begins: — Ends: — The substance of the colophon, which immediately follows the last verse, is given above. 368 RAHA'I. No. CCLXXXVI. Add. 218. (Lewis 36). ^^^J (J^-^ The Divan of Raha'i, a very rare work. Two poets bearing this takJiallns are mentioned in the Suhuf-i- Ibrdhim (see Pertsch's Berlin Catalogue , p. 641 , N°\ 125 and 126), viz. Raha'i of Sabzawar, and Sheykh Sa'du'd-Din Raha'i , to the latter of whom (a poet of Akbar's reign) this divan belongs. See also p. 109 of the same catalogue, N°. 109. Also Sprenger's Catalogue , p. 58 (where the date of Sa'du'd-Din Raha'i's death is given as A. H. 980 A. D. 1572 — 3), and p. 545, where a collection of Raha'i's ghazals , apparently identical with that contained in the present volume , is described. A copy of this divan exists in the Bodleian (N°. 1037), and is described by Ethe, col. 657 — 8. See also vol. I of the Ain-i-Akbari (ed. Blochmann), p. 255; and vol. I of the translation , p. 592. Ff. 148 (one supplementary leaf at the beginning and one at the end, the former, together with f. i«, origi- nally blank , scribbled over in Persian ; ff. 38*!^ — 39^ blank ; f. 148 missing); 18.5X13-0 c; 12 1. Written in a good, clear ta'liq between margins of blue and gold. Not dated. Ff. \i> — 38^ contain the qasidas , of which the first begins: — ..... p . .. ^j--. ):> Several of these qasidas contain eulogies on a certain Bayram Khan. Ff. 39''' — 145« contain the ghazals, of which the first {cf. Sprenger, p. 545) begins: — 369 ' 'lA-o ^-.^-^ Lax;' 8-g-> ;( _^" \vJ (^' The gliazals are followed by quatrains, which extend to the end of the volume , the last being defective , owing to the loss of f. 148. The last five of these quat- rains are addressed to "Bayram Khan", "Khwaja Mu'az- zam", "Salih", "Mir Ghani", and "Taj" respectively. AKBARI. No. CCLXXXVII. Add. 219 (Lewis 37). The Divan of Akbari, a poet of whom I can find no notice , though from his nom de guerre it would appear probable that he flourished in the reign of Akbar. The manuscript is unfortunately defective both at the beginning and at the end , and there is also a lacuna of uncertain extent (certainly of more than one leaf, since it represents the greater part of a qasida and all the gJiazals in I and k_j, as well as some in o) which, in the absence of evidence as to its real extent , is computed below as one leaf only. Begins abruptly in the middle of a qasida on f. 3^: — ' Kv'^j '^*^*^. ii)^L_5' c^^jtS' x^jiA_3l Ff. no (fif. I — 2, 27, and an uncertain number of leaves at the end, missing; f. 38*^ blank); 22.6Xi5-3 c; 13^15 1. Written in a fairly good and clear taHiq hand, apparently of the i8th century. In the present state of the MS., the qasidas occupy ff. 3 — 26*^, where they are broken off abruptly by the 24 370 lacuna above mentioned; and the ghazals (o to ^ the remainder of the volume. The first ghazal begins : — and ends: — FAHMI. No. CCLXXXVIII. Dd. 11. 12. The Divan of Fahmi, presumably of Mulla Mu- hammad Fahmi of Kashan, who died A. H. 1004 (A. D. 1595 — 6). See Rieu, p. 1090'^, and p. 664« V. If this be so, this manuscript (which may perhaps even be an autograph) must have been written during the author's life-time, since the date Dliu'l-Hijja, A. H. 963 (Sep- tember, A. D. 1556) occurs in the colophon on f. I22« as follows: — ^M^\ 5 ^^ ^/ j*x=> ^Ai pUi- ^j^j^^ ^/ >>■ ^liJ (sic) 8iA«Ji5l l<3 SjC ,»j^^ j^s Ff. 132 (f. I blank; ff. 2, 8, and 128 missing; fif. 129 — 132 scrawled over with charms, prayers, invocations, and the like); 21.5X11-5 c.; 17 1. Written in a bad, ill-formed nasta'liq on coarse brown paper. Begins on f. 3« in the middle of a tarji'-baiid of which the refrain is: — 371 The end of this tarji'-band is missing with f, 8 , and also the beginning of the poem, a sort of uiusaddas , of which the first verse on f. 9 is as follows: — viJ*-^^> (^^J Q^r- (^"j; q;^*^ *j Ff. 11'^ — 34''' are occupied with qasidas and other poems, many of them of a religious character; and these in turn are followed by gliazals , not arranged in strict alphabetical order, and fragmentary beyts , ending on f. I22« with the colophon above cited. Ff. I22« — 127^ contain quatrains and a few ghazals of Hafiz. 'URFI. No. CCLXXXIX. Add. 248. (Lewis S). ^jSj^ ^^j^ ^^p The Divan of 'Urfi of Shfraz. See Sprenger's Cata- logue, pp. 528—9; Rieu, pp. ^T—e^Z-, Ethe, col. 662 — 664. Ff. 160 (ff. \a—'ja originally blank, but now for the most part written over with poetical extracts from Talib, Salim, Qudsi, etc.; ff. 91^ and 160 also blank); 28.0 X 17.0 c. ; 16 1. No colophon or date. Written in fair ta'liq, probably not much later than the poet's death (A. H. 999), or perhaps even before it (in A. H. 996 = A. D. 1588), if we take the following chronogram , which gives the date 996, as referring to the transcription of the MS. rather than to the completion of the Divan : — 372 'l?;';-A-^ ^<^— '; ^ oS ^^ ^5^ Chief contents: — Qasidas (f. 7^^) , beginning: — 1.*^^ »^b^! ^j^^-o ,.j^ JW*' These are followed (ff. 85^ — 9i«) by git' as. Ghazals (ff. 93'' — 150'''), not in strict alphabetical or- der, beginning: — Quatrains (ff. I5i«' — 159''^), ending with the chrono- gram cited above. No. CCXC. Add. 3152. Another copy of the Divan of 'Urfi of Shiraz. Ff. 134 (ff. \a, 56'!' — 57", 117^ — 118", and 133''' — 134/' blank); 22.8X11-6 c. ; 19 1. Written in a small, clear Persian ta'liq. Dated, on f. 133"', Sunday, Dhiil-Hijja nth, A. H. 1022 (= Jan. 22nd, A. D. 1614). Copyist, Muhainmad Qdsini el-Kdtib of Shinis. Contents: — Ghazals (ff. i^' — 56^), beginning: — Qasidas and Miiqatfdt (fif. 57^^ — loO''), beginning: — Quatrains (ff. lOO''' — 117")- The last of these gives the date of completion of the divan , as follows : — 373 ' i^j '-^J—r^- (* — ^j-i d" — ♦-^ >c>"W.J Oy^ '<^jl — ^^ ^L^-V-"" ol^ — ^-^ '^i' The sum of the letters composing the last inisrd' gives the date A. H. 996 (three years previous to 'Urfi's death). Mathnavis (fif. 11 8*^ — 133'')? beginning: — Bought from Quaritch in 1894. It is numbered 1227 in his Catalogue (N°. 142) for June 1894. FEYDI. No. CCXCI. Oo. 6. 48. v^t^ ^•^ 3 ^ The poem of Nal U Daman , a Persian metrical ver- sion of the Sanskrit Nala and Damayanti by Sheykh Abu'1-Feyd b. Sheykh Mubarak-i-Nagiiri , commonly known as Feydi and later as Feyyadi (d. A. H. 1004). See Rieu, pp. 450, 670 — 671; and Ethe, col. 665 — 666. Ff. 124 (ff. i« and 124*^ blank; f. 4 has been torn in two transversely, and the lower portion supplied in a different hand), 22.4 X 12.1 c; 17 1. Written in good ta'liq between margins ruled in red and blue. The tran- scription was concluded in A. H. 1029 (A. D. 1620). 374 ABU TURAB (and JAMI). No. CCXCII. Add. 220. (Lewis, 38). The Divan of Abu Turab Beg, followed by the Subhatu'l-Abrar of Mulla Nuru'd-Dfn 'Abdu'r-Rah- man Jami. Ff. 198 (ff. i«, Sy^ — 70«, and 71" blank ; 4 blank leaves at the beginning, and 4 more at the end, not num- bered) ; 22.0 X 13-8 c; 12 1. Written in a rather scravvly and ungraceful , but quite legible , fa'liq , by Ibrahim b. 'AH Bal of Astarabad in "the Capital of China, which they call Ndw-Mi^ {^a^. This information is given twice; in the colophon at the end of Abu Turab's Di- van on f. 66^', and in the colophon at the end of the SiLbhatul-Abrdr on f. 198". The first is dated the 141'^ of Jumada I, A. H. 1073 (= Dec. 25, A. D. 1662); the second, Sunday the 9* of Rajab, A. H. 1073 (= Feb. 17, A. D. 1663). (I). The poems of Abu Turab Beg b. Khwaja 'Ali Beg , with the editor's preface prefixed to them , occupy ff. \^ — ^6^. The title stands as ^\^ »^\ q'^-jo at the top of f. i« and f. \^', but in a different hand to the text. In the colophon (see below) it stands i^-o tjtj" ^ ^, From the preface prefixed by the editor (whose name does not appear) we gather that Abii Turab Beg, son of Khwaja 'Ali Beg, and a poet of much taste and elegance , as well as of most amiable character , died on Sha'ban 14th, A. H. 1025 (= Aug. 27, A. D. 1616). The date of his death is given (on f. 5") in the following chronogram composed by Mirza Sharafu'd-Din Huseyni, Tabataba'i, of Kashan: — 375 The sum of the letters composing the words — ^J^^yM3\ ^^y^^ *^5>U3 : = 1025. This is followed by other obituary poems by Mu- hammad Sharaf called Kdmil (f. 5"), Muhammad Baqir called ^Ilmi (f. G'), and Mahdi-Quli Beg called Karanii (f. 7«). The last of these is immediately followed, as it would appear, by the qasidas , tarkib-bands , and tarji^-bands of Abu-Turab Beg. Of these the first begins : — On f. 22''' is a viathnavi poem beginning: — « Oj.Av.5^ ii)l-X/« S.M*.i>. t 8i3jj < ^-^5 v'-^j' *.jLA**.si j^jK Ff. 25« — 34« are occupied by qifas, a few ghazals , and one or two short niathnavis. Then follow quatrains , intermixed with more qit/as , etc., down to f. 66''', where the first part of the volume, separated from the second part by several blank leaves , ends with the first colo- phon, which runs thus: — J.C ^i (*^[;^' jf^ J-f^^ <^\.'S>yl\ tiV_Lii ^^yiJ V_jLaXJ| C>^4.J vi^s^Cj (^Lj .0 tikxj v'r'' _j~^^ (•^'^ cr* ^"**' r^""' t^'^'^'j^*"' "J? ^! (J.C lX*.;S^" ^5^Aa ^_jc.XJ> .l> lXJLi«Ij (£^J j-?"**' *^ C^^ '^ »} — j^ i^li^ (^oU> jj^ ^J^L^:?^ ^J;^J j>l-&»^' ti^t^J /^-J^^y^ (3-^^^ F. 70*^ contains a Fdl-ndnia (table for taking auguries after the manner of Sortes VirgiliancE) similar to those often prefixed to the Divan of Hafiz, and entitled '^Fdl- ndnia-i-Khivdja Nasir-i- Tiisi\ 11. The Sitbhatiil-Abrdr of Jdmi , beginning as usual on f. 72'^: — 376 See Rieu, p. 644'''; Ethe, col. 610. To it is prefixed a short preface (ff. yi^' — 72'?) be- ginning: — < j»i:.ai> ^iT Q^p-:^J n-^ (sic) *._JLJt iUjI The poem ends on f. 198^, and is followed by the second colophon , which is almost identical with the first, save for the date (see above). It is followed by the usual invocation to 'Ali — Ol\xi (J.C L — shewing the scribe to have been a Shi'ite. F. igS^ is inscribed with a imikliammas beginning. This is dated Safar 17th ^ A. H. 1079 (? ».^J). OUDSI. . No. CCXCIII. Oo. 6. 40. ^_^^l\.5 /m^^ A-^i^VyO ^__^S».Li^ C*^!^^-^ The Divan of Haji Muhammad Jan Qudsi. See Rieu, pp. 684^ — 685; YexiscWs Berlin Catalogue, pp. 917 — 919; Ethe, col. 686 — 690. Ff. 249 (f. i« blank, save for title, in English and 377 Persian, and a seal inscribed »L^_-il/^(c *_j15 vA^^ '.vt; K 157''' — 15S"' 243^^, 247-^ and 248''' — 249^ also blank); 23.0 X I3-0 c. ; 12 1. Written in a fair ta'/iq between gold and blue ruled margins ; edges stained and mottled in various colours. There is no colophon or date , but the MS. cannot have been written long after the poet's death (A. H. 1056 = A. D. 1646 — 7), since the date borne by the seal at the beginning is A. H. 1071 (= A. D. 1660 — i). Five blank fly-leaves at beginning. Contents: — Ff. i^ — 157^> Qasidas , of which the first begins: — ' L ^ "r* /^t^-J* 3 I ^-AWj —AH J^iS &j ^«jO . • . cr» Ff. I58<^ — 2I7«. Ghazals , of which the first begins: — ' l_^ 0:^.Aw.A^ K.^ ^e^'^ ^80L_J ^ii/^vsc sofo Ff. 217''' — 239'''. Quatrains , beginning: — < iX-ijl w *.iLc tiUj (/jj x*^ o''^;'* Ff. 240« — 242'''. A Mathnavi, beginning: — '^-wo iAjL*j (jiXJ*.^ j»lj ^.S' '^wv^i' "-^•*-Jj^ j^U(A./ol3 :( ^i' Ff. 243-^ — 247«. A Mathnavi entitled ^i ^k>- ^U-wb j^/olj^UioL lX^c j<3 ^A^tLc »L^, beginning: — F. 248^. Seven beyts of a Qasida beginning: — 378 F. 249'''. The same seven beyts , with an additional one. This MS. bears on f. 249''' the name of "Captain Wm Hays, of the Honi^lt-' Company's Artillery in Ben- gal, 1764". SALIM. No. CCXCIV. Add. 3154. The Divan of Mi'rza Muhammad-Quli Salim of Tihran (d. A. H. 1057 = A. D. 1647—8). See Spren- ger's Oude Catalogue, p. 556; Rieu, pp. 738 and 796; and Ethe, col. 690 — i. Ff. 68 (ff. lO' and 65 — 68 blank, save for seals and names of former owners on the first , of which the ear- liest is dated A. H. 1203 = A. D. 1786 — 7); 20.1X9-8 c. ; 23 1. Written within golden borders in a small, neat , Persian taHiq.^ Not dated , but evidently written before A. H. 1203 (see above). Bought of Quaritch in 1894. In his Catalogue for June, 1894 (N°. 142) it is numbered 1203. Contents : — I. (ff. \b — 22'''). Qadd va Qadar , a mathnavi poem on Predestination, beginning: — II. (ff. 22''' — 29«). Qasidds , beginning: — « sf. j_Av _J ».JM.jyt^ ,..1_j1lX_J j^ ,S.Mt ^ III. (ff. 29« — 64^). GJiazals and Quatrains, intermixed, beginning: — 379 IV. (ff. 64«— 64^'). Muqatta'dt. MASIH. No. CCXCV. Add. 922. The Story of Ram and Sita, a Persian mathnavi- poem, by Masih, written in the metre hazaj-i-musad- das-i-mahdhiif , and beginning: — See Rieu , p. 689^. The manuscript is described , in an EngHsh note on f. i«, as "the Ramayana of Feydi"; but as Feydi died in A. H. 1004, and this poem con- tains (fif. 9« — ic^) a panegyric on Jahangir (whose ac- cession was in A. H. 1014) as the reigning sovereign, this is an evident error. An allusion to the name of the real author. Masih , is contained in the following line (f. 8^ 1. 10): — Ff. 188 (ff. 67^' and 188''' blank); 26.5 X i3-8 c; 15 1. Written in fair Indian ta'/iq, headings in red. Tran- scribed, apparently by a Hindoo, in A. H. 1237 (=^ A. D. 182 1 — 2) for one Lal-Chand (.Ax^.^-.' jjjc (jiuLo^ftJ' w*.^s> The story of Ram and Sita, or Persian version of 38o the Ramayana {^^} J. v^)» ^^ it is called in a Per- sian note on f. i88«, ends on f. 177^^, and is followed by a page of religious meditations (f. 177'''); a vd-siikJit and other poems of Mulla Wahshi (ff. I78« — i8i«); and a vd'siiklit and other poems of Sa'di (fif. 181''' — 187-^, and on one of the fly-leaves at the end). On one of these fly-leaves are drawn two rough pictures of Hin- doo gods. SA'IB. No. CCXCVI. Add. 805. The Divan of Sa'ib (Mfrza Muhammad 'All) of Isfahan, who died, according to the chronogram of a contemporary poet, in A. H. 1088 (= A. D. 1677 — 8). This extensive collection of his poetry comprises : GJiazals (Odes), ff. i^ — 511'''. Matdli' (Initial couplets for Ghazals and Qasidas) , ff. 512-^ — 524*^. Mutafarriqdt (Miscellaneous verses), ff. 525''' — 592«. Ff. 596 (ff. i«, 5I2«, 525'?, and 592-'' — 596''' blank); 25.0 X 15.8 c; 17 1. Written between gold margins in an excellent clear ta'liq. Other poems by the same author are written in sJiikasta in the margins of most pages. Begins on f. \b\ — i'i L^I^C -I— J {3>->^i *.U' *.^*«.J ^A-0 X-J S\ The transcription of this manuscript was concluded by Mulla Bahram of Tabriz at the beginning of Mu- harram, A. H. 1082 (= May lot's A. D. 1671), that is to say during the poet's life-time. 38i See Rieu, pp. 693 — 5, and Ethe, col. 697 — 9. Formerly in the possession of Archibald Swinton , Esq. No. CCXCVII. Add. 777. Another copy of the Divan of Sa'ib. Ff. 282 (fif. i'^ and 282''' blank; f. 11 bound upside down); 21.7 X 14-3 c.; 14 1. Written in a clear but un- graceful taHiq. Begins: — Ends with the following very ungrammatical co- lophon: — j^(j>U> j^ *xiwii >i-\^,b:j l53t-^ ^^^ O^'^j"^' '^■^^ oLax]! *«ji^i iiU.it BiA.^ v_jUJi J.3W v_)Ll2AA^«./« Ljl^j J*v= j^ »SiS>^ OjC Jai» ^-.jj xJJ' 3, iAass- <<-'^'^ A-^^ t*^*'^ i'^'-^^^ o'"^ (*^^J'^' . ^AiLxiLi x«jL*il c>^j>*^aJ ^3jLA^ v-Aj"ii Q., No. CCXCVIII Add. 839. Another copy of the Divan of Sa'ib. Begins 382 Ends: — Ff. 112; 31.5 X i/'O c.; 17 1. of one beyt each in the central portion of each page, which is divided from the margin by columns doubly ruled in red. The margins contain a variable number of lines , of one viisrd^ each. The MS. concludes with a colophon stating that the transcription was completed on the 5 th of Dhu 'l-Hijja A. H. 1 1 27 (Dec. 2nd, A. D. 171 5) in the fourth year of Bahadur Shah's reign by Sheykh Budhin b. Sheykh Muhammad Hamid for the Brahmin Lala Sanbhii Bath. Written in a clear ta^iq on fawn-coloured paper. No. CCXCIX. Add. 209 (Lewis 27). Another copy of the Divan of Sa'ib. Begins like Add. 24,001 of the British Museum and N°. 1 1 3 1 [gliazals] of the Bodleian : — ( L^j^jJLc „l_j ^^_j &iit ^M^j l\-^ hJi S\ Ff. 184 (ff. \a, 180^—184^ blank); 21.4X13.2 C; 19 1. Written in a fair Indian ta''liq\ headings and last beyts generally in red. The first blank page at the beginning bears the fol- lowing inscription in Persian : — < L>^.i; ^^i liA>jj ^tS^*^ «j. .0 iS .j^^ '^J^*^ o'y-^ Under this is written: — ^ Diwdn Saieb , i.e. Opera sive Poematcs (sic) Poetce Saieb giice magna ex parte alia sunt ^ ab illis , quce Num" 26 habentur'". N°. 26 (Add. 383 2o8) of the Lewis collection is, however, the Divan of Hafiz, not Sa'ib. No. CCC. Add. 231 (Lewis A). Another copy of the Divan of Sa'ib. Ff. 351 (ff. I'? and 35 1''' blank); 31.2X20.0 c. ; 18 1. Written in a plain Indian ta'/ig of modern date. No colophon. Begins: — No. CCCI. Add. 801. The Divan of Sani' of Balgram. See Rieu, pp. 718—9. Ff. 140 (ff. i« — 5*^ blank; on f. 6« are inscribed 3 quatrains , the first giving the names of the old Persian months and their order, the second the Turkish names of the twelve years composing the Turkish cycle , and the third a Persian translation of the same ; on f. 6^ are inscribed the names of the English months with the number of days in each; ff. 7« — 8«, 15'^ — 16<^, 29^, 49''' — 5i«, 52« — 52^^, 113-^ — 114^^, and 133a — 140^^ blank); 22.0 X 15.2 c; 13 1. Written in a clear but ugly Indian ta'liq. Begins on f. d>^ with a tarji'-band of nine strophes of which this is the first couplet: This is followed by a mukhammas (f. 1 2^) beginning : — 384 ••• ^?} ef'' ^^/ P^JV ^^^ 5 ;,^> jJ ^-J Then comes a second niiikliammas (f. 1 3'^) beginning : — .'. lAjuiy o'A/jI x.a>Lj L/e ._ with the following coup- let: — The rubd'is , thirty in number, extend from f 129'' to f. 132''', on which the manuscript ends with the fol- lowing colophon: — i;JUI jc-J^^ ^ALao/O l\4.;SA.^ ^-o^JCJI «Axvw ^^-Jliixi! <^*r^) l^r?^ ^^y*0 lA^i^^/l SiAJo j.L5> Ja^J i«A>Lo (?) (C-^aJ) oU5> ^a^ 385 tajallA. No. CCCII. Add. 574. A fragment of 253 beyts from the Mi'raju'l-Khiyal of MuUa 'Ali Rida poetically surnamed Taj alia, a matJmavi poem in the metre hazaj-i-musaddas, beginning as usual : — In the colophon (on f. g^'), which is dated May 2ncl, A. D. 1823, it is styled simply ^Jj^-^ i^y-'^^ (erroneously written ^l^ ^»^.>^a). Copied in Calcutta by Ranjit(?) Singh {»XkM i»^a;^Jja«). See Rieu, p. 738; Ethe, coll. 699 — 700. Ff. 9 (f. i« blank); 27.6 X 20.0 c. ; 15 1. Written in plain Indian taHiq. GHULAM RIDA. No. CCCIII. Add. 1087. A Panegyric on Sikandar Jah , who was Nizam of Haydarabad from A. H. 12 18 to A. H. 1244 (= A. D. 1803 — 1828), in mixed prose and verse, by Ghulam Rida Khan. F. i« bears the seal of Sikandar Jah; the Library stamp of May 28, 1873, with the words "From Professor Wm Wright" beneath it ; and, in Persian , the 25 386 endorsement ^J.=> L/to. j.^ ^slXju^s. The term qasida is, however, in no wise applicable to the text, which is a mixture of matlinavi verse and ornate prose. Ff. i8 (ff. I'^ \&>—\%i> blank); 26.5X17.0 c. ; 7 1. separated from one another by thin red transverse lines. Written in a large , legible , Indian ta^liq between margins of gold and colours. F. i''' is adorned with an illuminated heading in which two spaces are left, of which the upper one contains the 'BismHlldli , and the lower one the following title in red : — The Panegyric opens with a mathnavi poem of 14 couplets, beginning: — The prose portion begins on f. 3''', 1. 4 , as follows : — The generosity , courage , amiability , and good sense of Sikandar Jah are successively celebrated in florid, bombastic prose, mixed with verse , ending on f. i6«with the following colophon , from which this would appear to be the author's autograph copy: — 38; khaoAn. No. CCCIV Add. 2627. O'-^^ ^,L.JO The Divan of Khaqan, that is, of Fath-'AH Shah Qajar (A. H. 1212 — 1250). See Rieu , pp. 720''' — 722'''; Ethe, col. 730 — 731. Ff. 136 (ff. i«, I4«, 134''' — 136''' blank); 22.1 X 14.2c.; 14 1. Written in good Persian sJiikasta-dniiz of the pre- sent century, within margins ruled in colours. Contents : Ff. \b — 5«'. Prose preface, written in a very florid and ornate style , by Mirza Muhammad Sadiq-i-Marvazi , who was for some time State Chronicler ( Vaqdyi^-nigdr) to Fath-'Ali Shah, and who composed the Tdrikli-i-Jahdn- drd (see Rieu , p. 200b) and sundry other works. A short notice of his life (13 lines) is given by Rida-Quli Khan Ldld-bdslii at the end of the (supplementary) ninth volume of the RawdatiC s-Safd. This preface begins: — (sic) ;^LaS lXJ' 2 Kj^'^t-i n^.'^ n'y*"^ -5 u*^-^''-^ ujUs' x:^Loo Ff. ^b — 13J. Qasidas , beginning: — Ff. 14^' — 75«'. First divdn , beginning: — « LP^Li> 0'^ &AAAM ^^ y ^^i t>-^' P^ tLsp/ j>^ ,!o .-ci^s> b' r^^ ' 3 0^ • j^->^' ^f cL>,Li> r^^ ' \^A.AW y o^>^ ^3; j;^^ •) The second of these btyts is that with which other manuscripts of the ghazals commence. Cf. Rieu and Ethe, loc. cit. 388 Ff. 75« — 112'''. Second divan, beginning: — < i.o^_i> -S^ j^"** &^^ u*^y^ f-*^ Ij Ff. 112''^ — II3'''- Mnqatta^dt , beginning: — Ff. ii4«' — ii5«. A tarkib-band, beginning: — Ff. 115''' — 124". Mathnavis , beginning: — Ff. 124''' — 128". Religious poems, beginning: — Ff. 131 ' — 134". Quatrains, beginning: — F. 134''' (otherwise blank) bears the Library stamp of May 22ncl, 1886. ANTHOLOGIES, ETC. No. CCCV. U. 6. 15. Four tracts, bound in one volume, containing selec- tions of Persian poetry, mostly of a mystical or religious character, by many different poets. Ff. 122 (ff. \" , ()%a — 99''', 106''' — 107"', 114'^ — 115", and 122''^ blank); 18.0X12.2 c.j 11 — 14 1. On f. i" is an 389 Arabic note , in a good naskli hand , stating that the book belonged to Mustafa b. Sheykh Ibrahim, of the Oweysi order of dervishes, whose seal is appended. The only colophon is at the bottom of f. I22« (at the end of the book), and gives A. H. 976 (A. D. 1568 — 9) as the date of completion. The contents are as follows : — I (ff, I — 80). A number of ghazals, qasidas , niu- khammasdt (several of these being tadmins) mathnavis , and other kinds of poems by Ahli, Amir Khusraw, An- vari, Asafi, 'Attar, Adhari , Faridun , Hafiz, Halaki, Hayrani, Hilali, Ibn Husam , Humayun, Tmad; Jami, Qasim, Kamal , Katibi, Khwaju, Miimin, Riyadi , Sa'di, Shamsu'd-Din of Tabriz , Ibn Sina , Tiisi , and Ibn Yamin. II (ff. 81''^— 97^'). The Biilbul-ndma (^Ij J.>.L) of Sheykh Faridu'd-Din 'Attar. See Rieu , p. 580'''; Ethe, col. 498 et seq. Begins: — Ends: — ^^L p^y=> ^: ^Ui/ ^jjt ^^b /Xa/ J^y> )L. ^j Some verses from Hafiz are written on the blank page at the beginning (f. 8i«), and on the lower half and in the margin of the last page. III (ff. 99''^ — io6«). Ghazals of Ilahi (see Rieu, pp. 687''' and 1091'^), with which are interspersed one or two by Sadi'd , Sa'di , Ahli , Katibi , and Khusraw , together with one long gkazal by Shah Ni'matu'llah, which occupies the whole of f. io6«. IV (ff. 107^'— ii4«). The Charkhiyycit of Mulla Nizam of Astarabad, in praise of 'Ali, beginning: — 1.4.=* ^A •^ ...•fjC.JLi' *Lii lA-io v^^ l5'-*^' l,L> .J »,^jJ^ (-j-i* %tS ,0 yjLfZrr l\xi' «j (Another Charkhiyydt , by Ibn Husam, written in the same metre, and beginning: — 390 l*^\ c:^^ y^ ^J^t j^ai^ J^y=> o^jL> qJ^ y^ occurs in the earlier portion of the MS. at f. 19" et seg.) This poem ends on f. iii''', and was written by Darvish Huseyn on Muharram loth, A. H. looi (Oct. i/th^A. D. 1592). Ends: — Its proper title would therefore appear to be „'_3t_x JLii. The few remaining pages of this part of the MS. (ff. ii2« — ii4«) contain stray poems by Ahli, Hafiz, and Jami. V (ff. 115''' — 122'?). A mystical homily, beginning: — saui/ ^ ^O ci^^^J j^*v^ ^^ ^^\J^^ l\x3 »iA_/o' Qbk.> .^lX-jJ »lX— il _^ ^j.t v_j. This tract is carefully written in good ta'liq betw^een illuminated borders , and is dated in the colophon A. H. 976 (A. D. 1568 — 9). The first three lines on the second page (f. ii6«) have, unfortunately, been smudged and partially obliterated by the ^iinvdn. No. CCCVI. Add. 427. A note-book containing Arabic prayers, fragments from the Qur'an, talismans, verses and poems from Hafiz and other Persian and Hindustani poets, and. 391 (fif, 22b — 28'^) ghazals ascribed to Sultan Abii'l-Qasim Mahmud of Ghazna. Ff. 58 (ff. 36, 48 — 50, 52 — 54 and 57 missing); 16.0 X 12.0 c. The handwriting, as well as the number of lines to the page, varies. The more important contents are as follows: — Ff. \a — 2«. The 78th siira of the Qur'an (La^JI »;yw). Ff. 2^ — 22<^ GJiazals taken for the most part from the Divan of Hafiz. Ff 22*^' — 28-^. Thirty-one gliazals (one in each letter of the alphabet except uj) ascribed to Sultan Mahmud (^Ji£ Ov»^ (V-w-Ui' yi\ o'^j*"^' ^^ iM^^J^***)? and addressed to lyaz, whose name, as well as the takJialliis "Mah- mud", occurs in the last bcyt of each gJiazal. Ff. 29« — 33'^ An Arabic prayer, and a number of ghazals, chiefly in Hindustani. F. 33^. Blank. F. 34''. The 108* sura of the Qur'an {^, 51^ 52^, 52^ 58^ 62«, 69^ 73^ 74^ 75«, 76^ 78^^, So''', 94^ and 95'''. None of these seem to be of any special interest or importance. STORIES AND PROVERBS. No. CCCVIII. Ff. 2. 21. C^' .j^iA^i MtJ^^ ^LxAb p^^Li (^i^^i^ ji O LbC^ Stories from the Tutl-nama ("Tales of a Parrot") of Diya'u'd-Din Nakhshabi (d. A. H. 751). See Rieu, pp. 740—741, and 753—754; Ethe, col. 424—426. Ff. 172 (ff. I" and 171'^ — 172''' blank); 24.8 X i7-0 c; 17 1. Written in a good, clear ta'liq. Headings and punctuation in red. Not dated. Begins: — 4>^ ^ (j5%^ This abridgement contains 48 stories in all, viz. — I St night. f. 2^'. 1 2th night f-43'' 22nU.ij 2!«asIxJ' ^ ^^y^lxit ^) .li JU^ Ff. 263 (f. i« blank); 31.2 X 19-8 c. ; 13 lines to the page. Written in an ungraceful but perfectly legible Indian ta'liq; punctuation and headings of stories in red. No colophon or date. No. CCCX. Add. 196 (Lewis 16). The Anvar-i-Suheyli , Huseyn b. 'Ali el-Va'iz el-Kashifi's well-known version of the story of Kalila and Dimna. See Rieu , pp. 9 and 756; Ethe, col. 418 — 419. Begins as usual : — Ff. 274 (f. 274 blank); 26.5 X 17.5 c; 14 — 19 1. Writ- ten in a poor Indian ta'liq; headings in red. No date or colophon. 394 No. CCCXI. Add. 197 (Lewis 17). The same work. Ff. 549 (f. i« originally formed part of an older work on grammar in Arabic with a Persian Commentary ; f. ig^ is almost entirely blank, but there is no break in the text; f. 549^^ contains a Hindoo genealogy writ- ten in red); 23.3 X 16.6 c. ; 17 lines to the page. Written in a poor Indian taHiq; headings and overlinings in red. Dated in colophon (on f. 549^^) Monday the 7th of Rabi' I, A. H. 1000 (= Dec. 23, A. D. 1591). Scribe's name , apparently , Jagjivandds. No. CCCXII. Add. 234 (Lewis D). (^L^A^ ^ lj.il Another copy of the Anvar-i-Suheyli. The first five lines of the preface (in praise of God) are wanting, though there is no appearance of a la- cuna, the opening words being: — qLo si3*^i)) f*-^*-' rr^' (^ ^-^ li)^*^ 31 (m'*^ ^'>^ *.iJ' T-^ , ^ Ff. 326 (ff. i« and 326''' blank); 31.0X20.0 c. ; 17 1. Written in an ugly Indian taHiq hand; headings in red. No colophon or date. No. CCCXIII. Add. 235 (Lewis E). The same work , with exactly the same omission in the preface, and again with no sign of a lacuna. Both of these MSS. would therefore seem to derive from one original in which these lines were missing. 395 Ff. 192 (fif. i« and 190 — 192 blank); 34.5X19-8 c. ; 21 1. Written in a small, neat ta'liq hand; headings in red. Dated Wednesday, 14th of Jumada II, A. H. 1094 (= June II, A. D. 1683). Copyist: 'Abdu'l-Majid. From a Persian note on f. i/S*^, bearing dates Ra- madan I , A. H. 1114 (= Jan. 19, A. D. 1703), and the last day of Dhu'l-Qa'da of the same year (= April 17th ^ A. D. 1703), and signed 'Ali-Quli, the MS. ap- pears to have belonged at that time to one Mahmiid Beg, to whom the honorific titles sUj o^L_l2_j bL^^JLc are given. Nos. CCCXIV— CCCXV. Add. 232, Add. 233 (Lewis B and C). The 'lyar-i-Danish [^'•Touchstone of Knoiv ledge ') , a well-known recension of the story of Kalila and Dimna [Anvdr-i-Suheyli) , made for the Emperor Akbar by his celebrated minister Abu'1-Fadl b. Mubarak. See Rieu, pp. 247 and 756 — 7; Ethe, col. 420. Begins as usual : — The manuscript, written continuously, has been di- vided into two volumes, of which the first (fif. i — 332) contains Books I — III, and the second (ff. 333 — 710) from Book IV to the end. Ff. 710 (fif. i« and 710''' blank; f. 24^ blank, all but one line, probably owing to a lacuna in the original from which this copy was made); 31.2 X i9-4 c. ; 14 1. Written in a large , clear , ungraceful Indian ta'liq ; headings in red. In the colophon (on f. 710^) the date of completion is given as Wednesday, Ramadan 13th, A. H. 11 24 396 (= Oct. 14th, A. D. 1712), and the name of the copyist as 'Abdu 'r-Rahman b. Shcykh Faqir Muhammad Qadiri. The copy was made for some Christian priest (i_5.v^Lj w*^>L*^), probably Archdeacon Lewis. No. CCCXVI. Add. 828. Another copy of the 'lyar-i-Danish. Ff. 329 (f. i« blank); 25.5X16.5 c. ; 15 1. Written in a good Indian ta^liq between margins ruled in co- lours. Dated Dhu '1-Qa'da 28th, A. H. 1222 (= Jan. 27th, A. D. 1808). A Persian note on one of the fly- leaves at the end states that the manuscript was bought for II rupees for Colonel Stopford (iwa~>Ljo o„s »«)U*gt J.i-S' ,oL^) by Munshi Sharafu'd-Din Ahmad in A. D. 1833. It appears to have been originally transcribed for one Dewal (JUS ^ (jr"^^ V^'^Ijt!'^)- Begins as usual: — No. CCCXVII. Add. 834. The Zinatu'l-Majalis [Omavient of Assemblies) com- posed by Majdu'd-DiiL AIiihainmad-el-Hasani , surnamed Majdi, about A. H. 1004 (A. D. 1596). The work, "a vast collection of anecdotes and stories, containing also historical , geographical , and other miscellaneous noti- ces", is fully described , and its contents stated , by Rieu, pp. 758 — 9. With this description the present MS. fully agrees, except that sections 9 and 10 of Chapter IX (the concluding sections of the work) appear 397 to be missing. The index of contents prefixed to this chapter (Ch. IX) agrees with that given by Rieu , but in the text the latter part of section 6 (on the ermine, etc.) is made to form a separate section numbered 7 , whereby the numbering of the following sections is af- fected , so that the MS. appears to include the whole of section 9, which, as above stated, is really omitted. These two last sections cannot have been included at all in the MS., section 8 being immediately followed by the colophon , which runs as follows : — (.Ij^ jjjs? ^^ yix qL;^!! ^3 ^Ls^Ji o-^; v^^' c:a-4.j' j.y>y<> ^j5 ^-^jIj ^^^\->' . ^cI(AJ' jj^ail j*«a-S5 ^)r^ *^jw.jf ciJ.jO _^.Xji j-^j'^ ^^^ 1$^ .^ai/« The following dej/l is written in red half on one side and half on the other of the colophon : — .'.oLj iJJS ^lX*>-Ij I.l-oLS' is.i' .'.oIj i^"^ O^'^i" •"^^^^; ^r?:-^ Another deyt is written , also in red , below the co- lophon , but the first half of it has been torn off. The second inisrd' is : — The MS. contains ff. 281 , of 29.0 X 19-25 c., and 25 1. It is written is a small, clear ta'liq , somewhat lacking in grace, titles and names being inserted in red. The transcriber, as stated in the colophon, was Haji Bay- sanqar b. 'All Beg, and he completed his work on Mu- harram 12th, A. H. 1091 (Feb. 13, A. D. 1680). Sixteen supplementary blank leaves have been inserted at the beginning of the MS., and twelve at the end. Begins , as usual , with the following quatrain : — 398 .'. iA-4»:> i^'.^j^Xj [^i\—Mj [J^. — 3 f o^"^; ^'^ The name of the author occurs on f. i^', 1. i2, and the title of the work on f. 2^ , 1. 8, The beginnings of the chapters {jus'') , each of which contains lO sections, are as follows. Chapter I begins on f. 2c. Chapter V begins on f. 163^. „ II „ f.87^'. „ VI „ f. 178''^ „ III „ f. 128'''. „ VII „ f. 191'^. „ IV „ f. 148''. „ VIII „ f. 206/^ Chapter IX begins on f. 227«. No. CCCXVIII. Add. 414. A Persian translation of the well-known Singhasan- batisi, or thirty-two tales of the throne, which does not agree with the versions described by Rieu (pp. 763", 1006'^) or Pertsch {Berlin Catalogue, pp. 1034 — 6) , contains no indication of the translator's name or circumstances, and begins abruptly after the Bismtlldh as follows : — Ends equally abruptly at the conclusion of the 32nd tale as follows : — trrv ' .. The date of transcription , Shawwal 30th, A. H. 1227, corresponds to Nov. 5th, A. D. 18 12. Ff. 118 (ff. I, 2'', 115'''— 118''', blank); 24.5 X 16.1 c; 14 1. Written in fair Indian ta'liq; headings in red. 399 No. CCCXIX. Add. 2669. (^sLL r»j"l-:^ si^A^ The story of Hatim Ta'i. See Rieu , p. 764'^ ; and Ethe , col. 426 — 427 , especially N°. 45 1 in the last , with which the opening of this manuscript, even in its mistakes, almost exactly corresponds. Ff. 139 (fif. I'' and 139^ blank); 24.0X15-2 c; 15 — 20 1. Written in a poor, but legible, Indian ta'liq. Co- pied by Hiiral Singh {uSSj*. X^) , and completed on April 25th, A. D. 1799. Belonged formerly to George Ander- son of Garh-'Azim. Begins: — qUi?' 5 \J^> 5 (sic) xJL-ii.)l> LLfiV3i^.j y.A u*La5 ^ u*^;*:'**' ^^AO ^.AA^ 0^4^ ^ ^.aLlAa/S L\.f' oLajL-5' ;5j-*« im' j-J Ci^«J (sic) r^^^}•)^ (sic) s\Xmi ^ l\*> iA*J Lxj' ' *.i.-w 5 \aJIc ^JlJi (Thus corrected from ^^^s^) ^^/i^^* ^^j (jJ q.j q^^^ ^j ^^t) No. CCCXX. Add. 822. The Bahar-i-Danish, or romance of Jahandar Sul- tan and Bahravar Banu, by Sheykh 'Inayatu'Uah , who died on the 19th of Jumada I, A. H. 1088 (= July 20th, A. D. 1677). See Rieu, pp. 263 and 765 — 6; Ethe, Catalogue, col. 434 — 5. Ff. 368 (fif. ya — 9a, and 367^ — 368''' blank); 25.0 X 16.0 c. ; 15 1. Copied in Kanpur (Cawnpore) for Mr. John M^ Queen by his munshi Seyyid A'zam 'AH of Ilah- abad, and completed on the 2Qd of Muharram A. H. 400 1 198, corresponding to the 28th of November [A. D. 1783], in the 25th year of the reign of Shah 'Alam. Written throughout in a clear but ungraceful Indian ta'liq , titles and headings in red. The text of the Bahdr-i-Ddnish begins on f. gl' in the usual way: — It ends on f. 366^ with two niatJmavi beyts , of which the last is as follows: — •"•* J (J, — ^ — >'5 Jl— 4. — ^5 — i S.qI i\ .*. &j ^-ci^Li* i^^ ^-^ •p' 3' <^^***^ ^^ This is followed by the colophon , which extends to f. 366^'. The scribe , besides the details above given , says that he copied the book in great haste from a bad and inaccurate manuscript, the mistakes of which he tried to correct as far as he could. Occupying fif. \ct — G' is a rhymed glossary of Arabic and Persian words with their Hindustani equivalents (similar in character to the well-known Nisdb of Abu Nasr Farahi) begin- ning: — .L_j^ q''-^-^ *iW.^ iA__s>|5 ^ 0-^^-^ ^'h ^-*-^^-^ p ^ £ 5. £ and ending: — 0' — " '^^) ^t^^ ^'^^^ qLjP lXac"^ qlXxcL (jvA-jys- 9 S> c. O l_j o This poem consists of 160 beyts , and its transcription was concluded on the 281^^ of September [A. D. 1783], corresponding to the salkli of Shawwal [A. H. 1197], by the same Seyyid A'zam 'All. 401 No. CCCXXI. Oo. 6. 39. Another copy of the Bahar-i-Danish. Ff. 356 (fif. I'?, 355, 356 blank; 6 blank fly-leaves at beginning and 5 at end); 22.8 X 13.5 c. ; 17 1. Written in several different ia'liq hands , those nearest the begin- ning being the most graceful, though all are fairly legible. Transcribed at Benares for the Nawwab 'Ali Ibrahim Khan, and completed on Tuesday, Safar y^, year omitted. Begins as usual : — (ji^-LxJ ^ (jij!(3 ^»Ju^ *^.'r*J. 5 (J*^*:^j5' i_jLLX/*%/« (-jLa^' fK^li No. CCCXXII. Add. 421. Selected tales from the Bahar-i-Danish of Sheykh 'Inayatu'llah. Begins : — In a concluding note, which occupies the whole of f. 156*^, the scribe gives his name as 'Azimatu'llah b. Sheykh Seyfu'llah b. Sheykh Murtada, resident in the borough of Sayana {^il^^ ^^.^aos), and states that the transcription of these Selections from the Balidr-i-Ddnish of \Sheykh\ 'Inayatu'llah {'^j.X/^u ^j!o .4J ^^J^ f&js^^j 26 402 xJlJ' o^-jLjl_c) was concluded in the beginning of Dhii 'l-Hijja, in the sixth year of the reign of Ahmad Shah (a'.D. 1754). The MS. is written throughout in a bad Indian taHiq , headings and titles being in red. Each page is num- bered, both with ordinary numerals and in raqam, but in many places these numbers, and in some cases the catch-words, have disappeared, owing to the cutting down of the pages. A note on the first page states that the MS. consisted of 160 leaves, but of these a good many are now missing, viz.: — ff. 25 — 48 (sheets 4, 5, and 6); ff. 113 — 118; f. 131 ; ff. 145 — 153; and ff. 157 — 160 (blank). The text ends at the bottom of f. 156^, and the colophon on f. 156''^ Each page measures 18.9 X 12.0 c, and contains 12 1. No. CCCXXIII. Add. 311. A volume of ff, 189, measuring 30.2X19-5 c., and written throughout, in a scrawly Indian ta^liq of quite modern date , irregularly across the pages in various oblique directions. It consists of three separate parts, divided from one another by blank leaves, of which the first only is Persian ^). I. Part of a Persian version of the Alf leyla wa leyla or "Arabian Nights", comprising the first 135 nights. The arrangement does not seem to agree very closely with the Arabic text of Bulaq, as will be seen by com- paring the following 1 1 nights with that edition of the original. F. 8^. First night , story of the Merchant and the Tfrit. i) The Hindustani parts (IT and III) of the MS. have now been re- moved from the Persian, and bound in a separate volume (Add. 311*). 403 F. 10". Story of the first old man, under the 4th night. F I "?" third 8th nicht. F. 13''^ Story of the Fisherman and the 'Ifrit, under the 8th or 9th night. F. 14.^'. The 'Ifrit's story, under the loth night. F. i6«. Story of the King of Greece and the physic- ian Duban , under the iith night. This portion of the MS. contains ff. 103 (ff. i« and 103'^ blank), and begins: — IP. The well-known "Story of the Four Dervishes" (;ji>.j5.o !:>- ».Aai) in Hindustani. Ff. 62 (fif. i«, 61 and 62 blank). Begins: — This is dated (on f. 60-^) A. H. 1229 (= A. D. 18 14). IIP. Other tales in Hindustani, mostly short anecdo- tes and pleasantries, endorsed in red on f. i« oLJULJ i^Ju.^. Ff. 24 (f. i« blank). The manuscript would seem to have been presented , on Dec. 13th, 1864, by the Rev. Professor Mayor to the late Professor Palmer, by whom it was given to the Library. i) See note at foot of preceding page. 404 No. CCCXXIV. Add. 566. Transcripts made by Prof. S. Lee. A note-book of 143 ff., measuring 22.5 X iS-S c., in which the following texts and fragments, transcribed by Prof. Samuel Lee about A. D. 181 3 , are contained: — I (fif. 3 — 93, on the rectos of the leaves only). The Mufarrihu l-Qulub , a well-known Persian version of the Hitopadesa made by Taju 'd-Din b. Mu'inu 'd-Din Maliki, transcribed, according to Lee's note on f. i«, "from a manuscript said to have been brought from the Imperial Library at Dehli." This note is dated Feb. 25th, 181 3, Shrewsbury. The colophon of the original MS., included in Lee's transcript, is dated Safar iit'i, A. H. 1 1 12 (rrjuly 28, A. D. 1700). See Rieu, p. 757; Pertsch's Berlin Catalogue, pp. 1033 — 4. Begins: — II (ff. 95« — 98", rectos only, with English translation of beginning on f. 94''', opposite the corresponding por- tion of the text). Lee's transcript of the preface to some Anthology of Arabic poetry compiled in A. H. 384, beginning: — •w « J .... III. (ff. 99«' — III'? rectos only). Transcript of Mu- hammad b. 'All er-Raffa' (or er-Raqqam)'s pre- face to the Hadiqa of Sana'i. See Rieu, pp. 549 — 550 ; Ethe, col. 464 — 467. Begins as usual: — Followed (ff. ii2« — 114'') by the beginning of the Hadiqa itself. IV. (ff. 114'''' — 122«, on both sides of the leaves). A 405 Hindustani version of the Sakuntala, made in A. D. 1804 by order of John Gilchrist. V. (fif. I25<'^ — 143")- "Hindustani stories in the Persic and Nagaree characters , from Gilchrist's British Indian Monitor, written according to Shakespear's application of those characters." The beginnings of a vocabulary of Hindi words (written in the Devandgari character) occupy the versos of ff. 2 — 114. No. CCCXXV. Add. 1081. Nawadiru '1-amthal , a small collection of Persian proverbs arranged alphabetically by 'All Jan, poetically surnamed Qays. Begins : — (jiiL^U/o n^-"?* (^^' -i^^^^^^' «y^ t;^*^ ^»iA— i_j .... \*i^M*,j^ ^_5.ij i ^^i,*p>- »Ji^».i> ^^^^ jJ .... g*nX.i jLi.«' i-X.*^ (j*^*Sj rs^,^ ^1 J aJ^^cXx/O ,j.*.X^ \\ fc'^'-i 5 (;^'-^r^.' q'^ .^\**i qLjv ji ^! 0:L.w.>.x> i»»MiyA JLix'bSt y^]y^ 5 r5''^>'* tj"^'^"' '— '-Jt^* Ff. 14 (ff. i«, I4« — \^f> blank); 25.0X15.5 c. ; 13 1. Not dated. Written in a clear, quite modern taHiq. Presented to the Library by Prof. Wm Wright. MANUSCRIPTS OF MIXED CONTENTS. No. CCCXXVI. Add. 242 (Lewis M). Ff. 160 (ff. i«, iii«, 122''', and 123^ blank); 31.0 X 20.0 c; 12 1. in first and second parts; 13 — 15 in last. 4o6 Parts I and II are written in a large, clear Indian taHiq , with overlinings in red ; part III in naskli. There is no date or colophon. Contents: — I. (ff. i/'_iio/'). The Mufarrihu l-Qulub (^J-a--* v_j^_JLi!), a Persian translation of the Hitopadesa by Taju'd-Din b. Mu'inu 'd-Din Maliki. See Rieu, p. 757, Pertsch's Berlin Catalogue, pp. 1033 — 4. Be- gins: — ^' o'j ^^c! '-r^-'^j^ ^;y*^ U^-5^ II. (ff. Ill''' — 122"). The preface (omitting the initial doxology) and the first chapter ("On Purification" — ^)j^h ^S) of the Jami'-i-'Abbasi of Sheykh Beha'u 'd-Din 'Amili. See Rieu, pp. 25 — 26; Ethe, col. 1031 — 1033. Begins: — (sic!) ^jrtiA-'i! Or-^i' ji?LJ o^XJi.^ .LLi- *^>^j qv?- «Axj Lot III. (ff. 123^—160^'). The Story of Seyfu l-Mulk in Hindustani verse, beginning: — The poem is remarkable for the large proportion of Hindi words which it contains, and the comparatively small admixture of Persian and Arabic vocables. No. CCCXXVII. Dd. 5. 74. A manuscript containing several separate treatises in Arabic and Persian. Ff. 200 (ff. \c, 39''' — 40", 59" — 63^7, 95« — 98^, and 197''' — 20O''' blank); 18.3X13-2 c; 17 1. Contents: — 407 I. (ff. i^ — 2g^). The Ldmiyyat of Mu'ayyad b. Mah- mud b. Sa'id b. Muhammad es-Siifi, with Persian pa- raphrase and commentary. See Hdji KJialfa (ed. Flue- gel, vol. Ill, p. 365), who mentions a Persian com- mentary on this poem , but does not say that it is by the author himself. This, however, would seem to be the case, for, after the customary doxology, which begins: — .lxJI x^a\^ jx4^ ^ ^^ oJ^ xJ .ju^ Ji 5 i^^ lxJJ- he says: — '( c 5 'LS5; o The first (5i?j// of the poem in Arabic , with its Per- sian paraphrase , stands at the head of f. 3«, and is as follows: — ' Ju xj 3 <^?) '^j>^ J^^i O^ o^ J.xi> a;j « j^sl uXJi' qI-J; ^Oi-S> '— A— >L*a lAJ *_i l) Over this is written ' xXmi JI_j,^ ^2> La^'»^'9 _5 SlXx>L>- iSy^^ lX«cL.aO is. w |,.jS? B.£ ^5 ^^ ^y* ^■^■^^ iLkc ^j tAfI II. (ff. 30«' — 35«'). Prose appendix to the preceding, by the same author, in Persian. Begins: — J^ c>^;^J oy^ *^^ o^.*voi UX> ^ QLftii^ J-^Lsl ^U.5>! (Ax)! ^ii ,0 id' c^^Av' This also, as stated in the colophon on f. 35^, was written by Ahmad b. 'Ata'u'llah in the beginning of Muharram, A. H. 866 (= Oct. 6, A. D. 1461). III. (ff. 35« — 39'^)- Quatrains, ghazals, and other ver- ses (mostly Persian , but in some cases Arabic) by Sul- tan Valad , Awhadu'd-Din , and other mystics. IV. (ff. 40*^ — 58''^). An Arabic treatise on the mystical virtues of "the Most Comely Names" (^**1^ i=Uw"b51) of God , by Abu 'l-'Abbas el-Buni , transcribed in A. H. 865 (= A. D. 1460— i). Begins: — ^} ^*SXm*.\\ j,L — 3i«, 47^ — 47''', 6iji', j&' — jj^, go^ — gi^, iio^ — iii«, and 117'^ — 146''' blank); 17.0 X I i-o c. The contents, of which there is an index in Persian on f. 2^' , are as follows : — 1. (In Arabic). f\iLw. 5 ^^J'Aif ^5 »'J'! % y^^**^ *xJLa«. ...U-w ^j lX^.^ xJii^ T^P- Commentary on the verse (Qur'an II , 257) ' There is no compulsion in religion , begin- ning: Lj.5lXao -rj-*i»i ^S-^Uii' iJj.^ J.C JjJ (^'-^' ^^^ l\^=1 ^...L-c-"^' ;V^"J'' ^^^ extending from f. 3''' to f. lO"; and another tract containing comments on portions of the Hiddya, beginning w>.>Lao J.c s^JlAaii 5 <2j iCjlA^Ji ^J A^-^i ■(&KjUxJI, and extending from f. lO''' to f. 11^. 2. (In Arabic) L_.iiL_j JL_*_5 ^j'!i ,L_c oLLiiw £\JL-w. A Treatise on vulgar errors in speech and writing by Kemal Pasha-zade. Ff. \\l' — 29^. Begins: — kS-^ t\*ll ■6^JbC!5 imOj^. Dated in the colophon Rajab lo^h, A. H. 987 (= Sept. 2, A. D. 1579). 3. (In Arabic) ^j_jA_i! yjl ,g »*;_] (ji3_sL_a_Jf ^Ia ^aJL*. y4 Treatise on Inlieritance , etc. (fif. 31^^ — 34")' t)y the Qadi Abu Hamid Muhammad b. 'Ali b. Abi Talib, beginning, after the short preliminary doxology: — ^ J.C qJ \\^ o^A.z> ^J\ Q-JiAJi v'^•'^ ("L-*"^' ^^^-/isLa^l JLs 4. (In Arabic). Another short treatise (fif. 34^ — 46) , con- 411 taining a" commentary on the preceding one. Begins: — Transcribed by Huseyn b. el-Qasim. 5. (In Arabic). A few aphorisms on the virtues and varieties of knowledge. (On f. 46^'). 6) (Turkish). _b^> ^xJL-.. A Treatise on Calligraphy (ff, 43^^ — 63'''), followed by receipts for making ink, in Arabic and Turkish (fif. 63''^ — 65"). The treatise begins: — s.tj' xrL3> jj 5 jLa^ ic^:?' ^_Ag»-^L\iix> i»jLx^ j-j *_x^ J«xi.j dated A. H. 991 in the colophon. The receipts for ma- king ink are copied from works by Ibn Hilal , Ibn Muqla ') , and others. On f. 66« are a few notes in Turkish on the fees charged by certain celebrated cal- ligraphers. 7. (Persian). ^L^i^l c>'.s>i. \J^'^ . The Book called 'the Comfort of Man', containing precepts of ministers , sages , and philosophers (ff. 66'^ — 7S^)- Begins: — c>^^|JJ v^^ cr*-' '^ Lf^ ^^^ o^-^ j^^ ^-5^-'' ^ o'^^j-^ i) Both celebrated calligraphers. See M. Clement Huart's translation of the Anisu 'l-'Ushshaq , p. 25, n. 5, and p. 26, n. i. The verse cited on the latter page should , I think , read , not as M. Huart gives it , but as it occurs at f. II7« of this MS.: — "Even an Ibn Muqla or an Ibn Hilal , for example , would be incapable of producing writing such as the pencilling of thy brows". 412 The precepts which follow are attributed to ,^^15 *AJi^ , H-^^^J^-^'j o'5r^>-^' ^"^^ or'^' a-^r^ c^^"^' -^^;^ v-j^j, and jLo. 8. (Persian). A short poem in the metre rainal-i-nm- saddas-i-mahziif containing precepts of the old Persian Kings, etc., two beyts being, as a rule, devoted to each precept. (Ff. 73^ — 75'''). Begins: — .•. 0» — >5 O^i j.lX._c ji ^J*>.— * — J — o li)^ — jl As a specimen I give the first precept, attributed to the mythical King Siyamak. 't&ji-^ > v^_l_> J L^.**i 5 (^jL — jO. — i 9. (Persian). Aa*JL5 (_5vUJ1 ^->5 i^Sj*^ i5 t^--^^^' -xJLw^ j,L>^ ^iJi^\. A Treatise in Persian on the Existence of God, by Seyyid Sharif Jurjani. (Ff. 78-^ — SS*?), be- ginning: — 413 . . . ^XJ' gJsS See Rieu, p. 864'?, I, and p. 1095''', where it is called o!o^>yi <— aj"'w< ,0 *JLw . In the colophon the title of the treatise is given as &jOj.>^t iJL-wJl. It is followed by three short extracts from Jami's poems (ff. 88« — 90«). 10. (Persian). olJ^i]! ^5 l?-^'--' ^^jI~*^ (ff- 9^*^ — iio«). ^ Treatise in Persian on poetry , more particularly on the ghazal or ode , wherein are specially discussed the cases in which a poet may insert amongst his own verses a verse written by another poet, either unaltered or slightly altered , without incurring the charge of pla- giarism. The author, whose name appears to be Fakhr b. Muhammad Amir, states that in the year A. H. 940 he came from Herat to Sind on his way to Mecca and Medina , and that he there composed this treatise for Shah Hasan. Begins: — -^ i^Uj »'. '-^y^ l5^-*" 3 '-^— ^ 3 si—**' c^' then , after the doxology : — aJJI Jisi -yfll lX-»^ ^^_j (^j-^ vi>._£U2j (3 £x.Ax^ «A*J L_^i ^y^Uw - J'>->' *-^a*/*./i qIlXJU^Xw^ s_^j_i; 5-*-^ ^^-"yj^ . . . i^ iAjL/.w-iyfl iJLa/« is.il*«.<.^ o';-5 11. (Persian). vJsLijtJl ,j*^xji ^\jS (incomplete). Part of the Anisii'l-'UshsJidq or "Lover's Companion" of Hasan b. Muhammad Sharafu 'd-Din Rami , who flourished du- ring the end of the 14th and the beginning of the 15th century of our era. It contains, in 19 chapters, expla- 414 nations of the various similes and metaphors used by the poets in describing the charms of their sweet-hearts, and was written for Sultan Shcykh Oweys Bahadur. A translation into French , with notes and illustrations , by M. Clement Huart, forms fasc. 25 of the Bibliotheqiie de VEcole des Hautes Etudes (Paris: F. Vieweg: 1875). See also M. Pavet de Courteille's conipte rendu of this translation in the Journal Asiatique for 1876, series VII , vol. 7, pp. 588 — 591 ; and Rieu, p. 8i4« XI, and p. 1094'''; and Ethe, col. 827. The text begins on f. iii''': — It ends abruptly at the bottom of f. ii7« at the begin- ning of the 4th chapter (on the Eye) as follows: — The remainder of the volume (fif. 117^' — 146''') is blank. RECENT ACQUISITIONS. The following six manuscripts formed part of the late Professor Bensly's collection , which was generously presented to the Library by Mis Bensly in the late summer of this year (1895). This collection numbers 62 volumes (Add. 3210 — Add. 3272), most of which are in Arabic. The six Persian MSS. described below came too late to be incorporated in their proper places. They are arranged according to the class-marks assigned to them, without regard to the subject-matter. No. CCCXXIX. Add. 3231. Nuru l-hidayat f i ithbati 'r-risalat (" T/ie Light of Guidance in proof of the Apostolic Mission'" of Muham- mad) , a controversial work composed by 'Ali Akbar b. 'Ali Shirazi in answer to objections raised by a Christian priest. The author flourished in the early part of this century, and composed this work previously to the year A. H. 1237 (A. D. 1821 — 2), in which he pub- lished his Tadhkira-i-dilkushd. See Pertsch's Berlin Catalogue, p. 669 et seq., where particulars concerning his family and his earlier writings are given. The present MS. is unfortunately defective at the end , the missing part including Matlab III and the Khdtinia. It comprises ff. 66 (ff. \" and 66 blank) of 4i6 8 1., measuring i6.2XiO-0 c. Written in a good Per- sian naskh on blue paper; headings in red. Not dated. Contents : — Preface (ff. i^' — 4«), in which, after the customary doxology, the author mentions the scope, object, and title of his work. Introduction {Mnqaddama) in 3 chapters, which are as follows : — <^y ^^ j^ (f. 4") dl^ ^k Maqdla (f. lO''^ — end) , comprising a Mnqaddama (ff. ic^ — 15'') and 3 Matlabs, of which the first begins on f. I5« and the second on f. 28«, while the third, to- gether with the Klidtima , is missing. Begins: — No. CCCXXX. Add. 3248. The Dastur-nama , an account of the organisation of the Moghul Court , its ranks , offices , forms , and methods of proceedure , composed , as appears from the Preface, for Mr. Joseph Carew (P^,,!^ Oj^^) by Munshi Ghulam Huseyn, then 31 years of age, in A. H. 1202 (= A. D. 1787—8). 417 Ff. 88 {ff. la, 3 and 4 blank; fif. 78 — 85 bound upside down); 24.0X17-1 C-; 15 1- Written in a clear Indian ta'liq , headings in red. Contents: — Index and table of contents, fif. i^ — 2^. Bk. I begins on f. 6« , and is entitled : — q^-j <^ Bk. II begins on f. 15^ and is entitled: — n^-^^ i^ Bk. Ill begins on f. 25^, and is entitled: — ^^Lxj .0 Bk. IV begins on f. 38'^ , and is entitled : — ...L-o .0 Bk. V begins on f. 65^, and is entitled: — o^~^^^ i^ Bk. VI begins on f. 'j'ja, and is entitled: qL*-j .0 ij.o ^ ;y^ *=^y^ 'A> oUli- Ij UA-x ^ k._a5|^_j iwa-jIj--* Begins: — 27 4i8 No. CCCXXXI. Add. 3250. Another copy of the Bustan of Sa'di. Ff. 149 (ff. i« and 149^^ blank); 24.3 X ^S-i c.; 15 1. Written in a clear but ugly Indian taHiq; headings in red. Dated in colophon, on f. 148'^, Sha'ban 2, A. H. 1 178 (= Jan. 26, A. D. 1765). Copied in Awrang-abad by Ghulam 'Ali for a French Sergeant-Major whose name seems to read Jean-Baptiste Vespine [x^ j ..I > No. CCCXXXII. Add. 3253. A manuscript of miscellaneous contents, comprising, besides a number of Arabic prayers, a few short trea- tises in Persian. Ff. 168 (fif. i«, 9a, 31-5 — 33a, 59^^ — 6y, 99^ — 103^, 104«, 134^ I37«, and 164'^ — 168'^ blank); 17.5 X 10.8; number of lines to page and handwriting variable. Contents: — I. (ff. \b — 8*^, originally blank). Some prescriptions (mostly for aphrodisiacs) in Persian , and a few other notes in Persian and Arabic. II. (ff. 9''' — 3i«). Extracts from letters on mystical and spiritual subjects written in Persian by Khwaja Mu- hammad Ma'sum, beginning abruptly: — »s*axA lX*^ *.>1j3- ^ijj^! S5.-E 0-Aia:> oLjyCX^ A.JU=- .._wo &A.w^3 j?J>jiL-i VwJyUC/O -S viiJLi lX1.> .0 r-Jr^-J' "t-*" ^'^^ (J**-^-^ 419 c ^ III. (ff. 33'^ — 59«). A treatise in Arabic on prayers and their performance, entitled ^1 cvA_JI v'ol, and be- ginning: — IV. (ff. 63*^ — 9^^)- A number of prayers in Arabic. On f. 63*^ is imprinted a seal bearing the inscription iJji -fiZj cp '>^^^^' ^' ^"*^ th^ d^te A. H. 1 145 (=A. D. 1732—3)- V. (ff. 104*^ — 132^). Another collection of prayers in Arabic. The same seal-mark described above is imprin- ted on f. 104*^. VI. (ff. 132*^ — 134^)- Directions in Persian for the per- formance of certain prayers, beginning, after a brief doxology : — VII. (ff. 1 35^2! — 136^). Two more prayers in Arabic. VIII. (ff. 137^ — 1481^). Another prayer in Arabic. IX. (f. I49«). Notification in Persian of the virtues of certain formulae of praise prescribed by Sheykh Adam X. (ff. 149^^ — 156a). Another prayer of Seyyid Ibn Hasan Shadhiri, in Arabic. XI. (ff. 156'^). Another Arabic prayer, apparently in- complete. A note prefixed to it in Persian states that its use was prescribed to a saint called Muhiyyu 'd-Di'n , and dignified with the title cy^_c v_jLl2s"^' w<..L.s cj.*22s>, by his mother on the occasion of his leaving Gilan for Baghdad. 420 XII. (f. I57<^). Directions for finding the Ley laiu'l-Qadr , in Persian , beginning : — sO.^! O^S» i:*]L*M. .O J j-rij*^' "j-*^ (j«A-S i3l2r-i> rY*^=- _>— ?' XIII. (ff. ic,yi — 159^^). Another prayer in Arabic, fol- lowed on f. 159'^ by a few traditions. XIV. (ff. 160^^ — 162'^). An account of the affiliation of 14 dervish orders, and of the manner in which their Sheykhs received the khirqa and the doctrine from 'All. These 14 orders are (i) the Zeydis, so named af- ter Khwaja 'Abdu '1- Wahid b. Zeyd ; (2) the 'Ayyddis , named after Fudeyl b. 'Ayyad; (3) the Adhamis , ndLvned after Ibrahim b. Adham; (4) the Hubeyris , named after Khwaja Hubeyr of Basra; (5) the C his litis , named after Khwaja 'Uluvv (thus corrected from 'Ali) of Dinavar; (6) the 'AJamis, named after Habib-i-'Ajami; (7) the Teyfiiris, named after Bayazid of Bistam; (8) the Kar- khis , named after Ma'ruf-i-Karkhi ; (9) the Saqatis , na- med after Sirri Saqati; (10) the Juneydis , named after Juneyd of Baghdad; (11) the Kdzaritnis , named after Abu Is-haq of Kazarun; (12) the Tiisis , named after Sheykh *Ala'u'd-Din Tiisi; (13) the Suhravardis , named after Diya'u'd-Din Abu Naji'b Suhravardi; and (14) the Fir daw sis , named after Sheykh Najmu 'd-Din Kubra. XV. (ff. i6y — 164«). A short treatise in Persian in proof of the existence of God (o^=>J' v*'^'^ 0L.SI) , fol- lowed by a demonstration of the excellence of Abii Bekr and 'Omar (^A^s^uxi c>J^*J25 oLajI) , and a refuta- tion of those who seek to deny this excellence. No. CCCXXXIII. Add. 3254. ^^^ P».jt:^ p^AaS Qissa-i-Hatim Ta'i {the Romance of Kdtim TdH) , 421 defective at the beginning, but apparently identical with N°. 1037 of Pertsch's Berlin Cataloo^tie {pp. ggi — 2). See also Rieu, p. 764; Ethe, col. 426 — 7; Aumer's Mtmick Catalogue , p. 55. A translation by D. Forbes was published in London in 1830, and the text, in an abridged form, at Calcutta in 18 18. Editions of the text have also appeared at Constantinople and Bombay. (See Pertsch, loc. land.). Ff. 114 (f. 1 14*^ blank); 22.4X13-2 c. ; number of lines, written sometimes horizontally and sometimes obliquely across the page , variable. Writing a fairly legible ta'liq] overlinings in red. Begins abruptly (on what is now f. i«): — ~^ } « The birth of Hatim, the hero of the story, is recor- ded at the bottom of f. 2*^, the preceding portion of the text dealing briefly with the history of his ancestors , Tay, Kehlan, Rashn , Nakhshab, Qahtan, and Hud. The title of the actual story, written in red ink, stands thus on f. 5«: — b Q^;-^ o^"***^' 5 *^!r^ '^ ^^*^ O^^^- 5 'j^ y qoLxs! ■6^^-.9\Jn qvAjOJ Oi*ilc _5 *jI C jO QlA— il .^^-w.>« 5 qI_^Oj_* J^ c>.»^ v!>^ L^'y (^-^ (*-'*' — ^ QiA— oi ^ ^ — ^' written in red, are prefixed. Begins: — *!l\.s! v_j'.j Axj L«i 8l\-j^-sI Oi.>L_>_£ c:^_^> ^^J**.-j5 [in margin &L! c^^-jLac ^! ^-UaJi q*^*''] 8[j.^JvJ ^jJ^o^ tXrS^S i:j'^ ^i>-«^ OjAi2S> Q_jl »L_.wJilj ^^c >-^->'5 jJLxjUal^ A^ c>>-*«]j.i> J^**-* A^ji-XJi ?Lj$\*« rjj' n^~^"^^ OOLjIaw QU.i;' ...UaJLw qI *.jy>-S ^ o^ 8iA^ o^' o ;^'***^'^' 8t\i.<< *Ai' ,y The author adds that he divides the work into nine 424 chapters (which, however, are not indicated in the manu- script), and names it by the title given above. That the whole text has undergone revision and correction (probably by some jurisconsult or theologian in the author's service) is indicated not only by numerous corrections and additions in a different hand written in the bodies and margins of the pages , and by the word ili inscribed on them here and there , but by a colo- phon, on f. 39-^, which gives the date of this correction as Dhu'l-Qa'da 5, A. H. 1267 (= Sept. i, A. D. 1851). No mention is made of the reviser's name , but the revision is said to have been effected by command of the royal author. The words ""written by Seyyid Mu- hammad — may lie be forgiven !" (lX-»-^ u\x.vJt »;;-=*- 5 2t 151 , LmI ,-^L-3 ^-jL'it) ,L>! J ^.^^ j- 212 XjUIait ^ i_ytj^ ^5;!-*^- 207—208 205—20? 419 158 lO— 12 219— 220 361—365 175-176 304— 305 (^Lki) ^^Uu^St 1 7 1 — 1 7 2 i_5^-X)l4> i^xxLJUst 118, 162—166 iiMy^'^\ 402—4=03 \)IJ J idJ Oiit 250 &xL5Js^T 69, 72 Lot ^^_5>L_^j5 154—155 5—6 -i^XAr^Wfl 320— 321 ^_^yLiy> u,'Ji*j bU ciu^Awit 185—187 (^L^ jJLy =r) Uot 276—278 Jo^t _^' i^LciJ! 284 t3LXxJ ^Uol 282—283 UiXJo (^Uil 280 a )// L5^' 37, 122, 267, 319, ^^JL^ ^1^1 393—395 427 273, II, vLi^AJ! u«-*-» 411, 413—414 175 ^«^Lc fjuoli ol^^ 363, VI j_^>^L^jl 118, 164, ^yS^ ^ 166—167, 368 9 Ui \Jsis> c*JLu' 343—343 ^y iAaXaw t&juu' J 433 367—371 374-375 iUi^it ^.tjo 330— 331, 233 ^Ls ^LPy 179—181 389, II 97 93 87, 330— 335, 418 58 ^^AJi^^ vi>^t_^l ^uiis qLajm^ 399— 403 (jSJb jj^ 358—359 ^L> qI^I^j 97 v-JJ O' >0 173- -173 \a\^ b'w^mOLj 361, III OjA3 jjx y^ a^ rf^ 311- -313 .LLc C^xLiLXJij 345 94 118 /jt ^u 336 yUaJt Lj 118 Lf^!;^ aUi lX.4.5>' ¥^-}^ 118 <3J^ - 160- -163 fSS - 118 ^t _ 162 L5^^'^^ - 118, 154 ^^U yL^ - 118 L^-^ - ISO, I (iwLi*wLlc — ) JuJ^> — 185, I ^^^ - 387 ^^^- 118 o^^ J''^ - 390- -393 UA*^ (juJtfwJ sLii 390- -393 ^L>^pvi^ - 150, I Jo.5>5 j^IIj — 99— 100, 118 ^^^ - 428 ._Awl_/ ;!,' ^JU 14L5— 14ff ,_jA_J- 118 155— 15? 118, 154—155, j^^Uj^^s — 159—160 L^i^jjXj 361, III \^jta^\ Ac ^^fi o^-j^j 122—142 (See n^Ac u-*.P|j^). (Jna,»mz> .am^sj 13—46 ^Jji — 58 i^^T^ V^^*:^ Lj"^_y> — 58 vit^jJJ' ^j' iiwAiJs i^AAAj 17?- -lff9 >•• 118 X^Hjyt^ 185, II ^xXJir - 361—365 ^^ - lOl- -102 «^/ — 102- -I05 ^9\J;^y^:^ — 89— 90 U3 qL^ pL> 118 ^^^i^^^ qJ^' ^'^ — 4, 6 Uj ^^i*f pL> 118 LS^^- - 63—64, i^-wLc ^'^>- 223-- -226 O.Laoj iAajLj 405— 406 58 ^L-i-^l iCa^" 279 tXjI^a^' KAi:>- 243, 251- -252 ^^LxAAflJS — 283—284 ^xj!^ajt ^l-> 225 ^\jL«2jJ! — 69—86 ^r Qb5b> 252, II j^oL^I - 70 iwLj qIojLs- 202- -204 *jJ^' ci'^R^' oiAii^' 232, 234 i5U: v!>^ 58 ^U,-^! »/Ju- J^^\ ^\,^ .>-"^^^-^!>-^ 415 L^53l> £8.5' t\j 321—326 191- -193 tl^AJi SJ'Aj 94, 96 ii>^AW.^Lj ^»f>- 46 o^? o^y 147—149 ^^lili* ^IxiXiL^ 1S6 <}M^ ^*^j^ 118, 169— 171 a.x)ljjA^jL^> 58 8^>ajl \^^.)u^jj 429 389—390 OU>.Z5- 365—366 i3^lc ^&/)LjJb> 114—115, 118 jJ:M.l\ v^xx> 274 _^^aJ5 oi.j'tX5> 294— 298, 404j_^LLw f X2J A> 255, 256 olc«X£ •) Q,*»^s* 340—341 ^j^^ 3-=> 274 UutJc^ vJuLfi> 58 vJuIslXJI ^JuUj;> 193—194 303, (j^^LIiJ) ^^j^ 3 3^jA«3. 305, 306, 308— 309, 310 361—362 C^sjL^) — — 353 !, ,.,U^'^ S./«lj jy^i^ |*^£ ■lcJ> 3ff9— 380 Lx, 120 — 122 416—417 21!?— 218 218 91, III 218 284, 308, III (coloplion of — ) ^j-^ cy-^-'^ 91—92 QLLliii* 2 L> o U CH JcJI ,., o-' h^:> 282—283 58 153 158, 176 58 303 — 310 374—375 369— 370 298— 300 354—355 346—351 387—388 300— 301 368—369 378—379 353—354(^15^ ^c^-^l-^^ ~ 383—384 ^>5^j^ ^JL^ — 380— 383 i-^jU) — 302 Jcb^lj ^jjjt ^^^b — 371—373 jjc — 311 jLc ^J^i lXj,5 370—371 58 376— 37§ 331—353 430 LC* t^/^ — 211—212 ^Uwfl^y^i* ^»;^3 277 225 154—155 411—412 223 — 225 ^jwLaaw ^>kMA4wvv mL 90—91 sJuIaJUl Juc t" 217, VI, Jw«yt ^ ^ - 218— 220 O ,Ui^! J 93—94, 379— 380 409 ^"^ii^t i^xlL 411 i3j.Li:> ^xjLa« 245 tfO^L^ .Ij-wt o xSLam, 410 237, II gj^y y 340— 341 c>«il.Ai (Jlc y c^^'; 413 409 225 410 -1^ oLhooti jL> y ^^ — 58 j^yilxio (A^^ X« — 413 «.jO.,>» — o^-jL.L .0 x -i-L 277—279 284 279— 280 53 106 i^jyi ,b - Xa9^ 122, 267, 819 tlJcj-iJl — 105— 114, 118, 145, LftAaJt _ 387 431 37 fffJs^-iJ' (jAj^ 271—372 59 a^;L«ii _ iUIl o!; 58 ^^ ^ 261, IV ^ya]l ^JLc j slXj^ 396— 39§ u^l^l osAj^ 97—98 307— 308, 374—376 232—233 304, 305, 309— 310 58 wdJI jmIJ .lXj»X*m w^^Jjl id*JL« 198 (letter of — ) Ui ^Ufl^ 398 , ^WW.AAJ .•yM't^XJuM 176—177 ^J-U^Jt ^-vw- 94—96 iCiytJi ^Li 118, 173 a.xlj ^^L^> aUi 15, 16, 17, j^vw^o^ i\»US>L^ 21, 286—292, 311 365—367 (^ — !1— « ilj— ^' ^*--LaJI _ J ii 257—258 274—275 263, VII 89— 90 Ui qL^^ (. 218 ^-5r^ Lp|^=* 217, 218 ^t j^l sLcO 218 J.x4.> ^Uo 301— 302 L>. — 46—48 263, II 321—327 58 304, 305, 309 46—48 58 ^UJLi> oLJb' - c5y^ — 252 — 254 A...».^^l _L:S\>aji 368 89, 117 239— 240 ^L?.*aJt cr 263, V 103 68 274, III 135 154 295 392—393 -f.A ^Jy^ 41 — ^L>J>"^1 H^Afl 309 (^(^*,w^» aj.Lo 1 1 ff 143—144 173— H? 4 ^^iL^\c £x= 395—396 Jiob ^Lc 53—59 JJUit ^!yb 48—51 j;^' )f 213 229 233, 232 257 58 262, 263 58 119 43, 375 ijki^h — 310 (Cj^xjlX** oL=>^ -119 QJ^Ui' 'i^A — 215 iwU-w J -230, ^ySl^Z>- ^-^y-l 257 ad calc. ,li - -264 iiJlJ! l\aa£ ».>1^:> oLas -120 i>^.*f^ Juj^s 277, I xiU: ^>U^ ^sAclS 246, I ^j^/ii Syb- ils J,Li» o^^'^ (See (j'JJ j^-^aj") (^l^s 343—344 ^jA*^JI ^^ 64 i^UjiJ'. (jnxas 403 399, 420 422 405— 406 (i)^UI OtAAM i-ilai ^Lb /«J'l-> tiu^ai 433 403 — 403 385—386 378, I ,J^ Lass's J— 5 150, III, 27 3 ,^^L ^^LJ lX.c|^ 279 «j30"b5' v«jLx^ 69 ,.,'.aJL ijiJL«Aii iCJ^*."il — 826—227 c>>.£);j — 257 ,_^^l5 dCx^y - 89, III ^OiAJU LX*aiiJi — 7— lO 3ii4;il ^l^Ut — 265—267 58 ;'y*"^' v^A-ciy oL>XL.o-it ^ oLiJUt ^^ 228—229 235, 240— 241 oLiUt yS 322 vJulSAJIjy^ i5 oULiiil ^y.^ 195 298—299 327 — 330 51—52 183 ^^■^^ ^^.*r^ U^**' ^iAj]^ 58, 90—91 ooLxA- cL^x5' 58 (bis), 328, ^^Xx^ .^^J:^ 330— 331, 335— 340 422 155—157 320—321 340 189 189— 190 h - 365-366 (i^t) o^>>3 ^/ 407 L^J ij t&^>j' L s-^-^"^ 409 -J^_^h*« ^y:^i!o .0 »_jLJ ^^K z=.) v^yji'* >— i' — 1— ^ '-r*— ^ 320 (^:^==!>j" 319- -320 (^y*vO V— i'LaJ wJ 58 ^L^-^t V-.LJ 263, IV (^jy^U) vU^ 319 ^_5yjtL' *-)LJ 247- -248 ^^-Xm^j^O c>*-*^ 243- -245 28 434 303, (^^Ui3) ^y^ ^ ^J 58 ^NAjLa>o 305, 306 9 \jua yiu£LA 341- -342 (5;-*^ ;Axt) — 113, 145 ^j,jiAjt/Ajl «JLLix 361- -363 (^^) - 341 o^[^t o^Lxx 360- -361 ^L> gJt^ 212—213 167- -169 Lf*^j/^ 385, 390 J^^W 3S5 J.:^ ^^ylA 58 0^4^ ^i^ 58, 305, c^y*^ ^L^y^ 404, 405, 406 ^^\ _Jftx 313- -32 ff 273 iL4^ ^L«^ 103 ujL-^i'ii ^.4:^ 238—239, ^LxamJo — Lcfix 330 (j^^^t ^^ 274—275 58 ^Lx=>^t Jj^ {J>.^^\ ^\^^ -) j^ o^Uu 311 gjj JJ.:^ 321—326 303- -3oy, 308 ^L-w^l ^^^ cH^' "k^ &->|j_3» oL^Lii* 153 6^^ Oi^ 58 (^^^LXJLxAwJiJ sL_> .uXJiX*- ^^^aiit _^| _l\_-* 160— 162 .x^t k>^h j:> Kiaiix 385- -386 276-277 j^^^c oLoLX^ 196- -198 yJL^it Styi 58 ^^jAJjLxJI wosLl* 118 ^JL*jt by 58 ^,*jLyi ^ll« 58 OLotil i^LaO^ 401—402 (jiJb ^L^j .^-^^LLo 194- -195 ^^Lb wytM^ 116—117 ^,|yJI iw*.:^UUoo 247 &^UPLic> o^lXci>^ ^L^:^L-^ oLxJLJi w«^^A^ 58 S^^mmO 242—243 435 381—282 pj;^*^^ oL-yCiJ-* 312—313 ^i sJiL^L^ jk?"^ ^ ja^mX^' ^.AjjJtJ s^iwO^IaA^ 255—256 118 (^^ o'j^ 264, II 154 201— 202 181—182 261, II &«^iLM oljycuo £x:^UMli ^^iL^Wii 315 — 319 236—237, ^^w^xAaJl ^L.Aa_i 238, 254, 255, 256, 400 .•.UC>w.Ixj 58, 87, 88, 359, ^J^^I oL«»-Ui 360 403 L^AiP oLJLfiJ 115—116 373 (^^iit^s) ^yoO 5 Jo 405 Jli^lil yt^i 415—416 118, 160, 162 (^^b oUiU 118 (^■y'"^ oLxit, 263, V 188 238 303, 305, 306 yCo ^^^ 361, 362 ^ vi^Na^ 355—358 INDEX OF PERSONS' NAMES. The references are to the pages of the Catalogue. Names of authors represented in this collection are marked with an asterisk {*) ; names of scribes with a dagger (f) ; and names of possessors with a double line (II). Other names bear no distinctive mark. Num- bers enclosed in brackets , unless otherwise specified , denote dates of the hijra , but are only inserted , as a rule , when they are mentioned in the Catalogue. Besides names of persons , a few references of a more general character are included in this Index. II 'Abbas Beg (1123) 365. *Abu'l- Abbas el-Buni, 408. 'Abdu'1-Ahad Khan Majdu'd-Dawla, Nawwab — (por- trait), 177. 'Abdu'l-'Ali Birjandi, 204. II 'Abdu'l-'Aziz, Sheykh — , the Arab (1095), 109. * Abdu'1-Baqi Nahavandi (d. 1042), 167. t 'Abdu'l-Fattah b. Sheykh el-Haddad el-Qurashi (1036), 307. II 'Abdu'l-Ghafur Khan b. Muqim Khan (mi), 229. t 'Abdu'l-Hafiz b. Hafiz Ahmad (mi), 229. * 'Abdu'l-Hamid Lahawri, 172. t 'Abdu'1-Haqq b. 'Abdu's-Samf (A. D. 1801), 289. * 'Abdu'1-Haqq Haqqi, 154. t Abdu'l-Karim Muhammad Mirza (1185), 263. t'Abdu'llah (c. 1090), 285. 'Abdu'llah Qutbshahi (1020 — 1083), 271. Abdu'llah Sultan, 163. 437 •Abdu'llah b. el-Mubarak, 322. 'Abdu'llah b. el-Mubarak ed-Dinavari, 14. *'Abdu'llah b. Ahmad b. Mahmud Abu'l-Barakat el- Hanafi (710), 51 — 52. * 'Abdu'l-Latif , Sheykh — , 90. * 'Abdu'l-Latif b. 'Abdu'llah el-'Abbasi, 315. t 'Abdu'l-Majid (1094), 395. H'Abdu'l-Majid Khan, 327. 'Abdu'l-Qadir, 72. II 'Abdu'l-Qadir (1167), 168. t 'Abdu'l-Qadir, 284. * 'Abdu'l-Qadir "Bidil", 284. t 'Abdu'l-Qadir b. Haji Muhammad Nasr-i-Qadiri (1086), 267, 271. * 'Abdu'1-Qadir-i-Bada'uni, 93. * 'Abdu'1-Qadir-i-Gilani, Sheykh — , 91, 165. * 'Abdu'l-Qahir b. 'Abdu'r-Rahman el-Jurjani, 263. 'Abdu'r-Rahim , 72. 'Abdu'r-Rahim Khan-Khanan , 167. f 'Abdu'r-Rahim b. Muhammad b. Abu'1-Fath. (617), 294. 'Abdu'r-Rahman (1204), 198. f 'Abdu'r-Rahman Beg Hiravi, 381. * 'Abdu'r-Rahman b. Ahmad Siir, 228, 229. f 'Abdu'r-Rahman b. Sheykh Faqir Muhammad Qadiri (1099— 1 124), 275, 349, 396. t 'Abdu'r-Rashid (1057), 348- * 'Abdu'r-Rashid b. 'Abdu'l-Ghafiir et-Tatavi (d. c. 1069), 232, 242. f 'Abdu'r-Ra'uf (1102), 39. * 'Abdu'r-Razzaq b. Ishaq Samarqandi, 145. f Abdu's-Samad (1028), 113. * 'Abdu's-Samad b. Afdal Muhammad , 276 — 277. f Abdu'l-Wahhab (? 1047 '^^ ^ H7) > 213. f 'Abdu'l-Wahhab Muhammad , 344. 'Abdu'l-Wahid b. Zeyd , 420. * 'Abdu'1-Wasi' Hansawi, 150, 334. Adam, Sheykh — , 419. 438 *Adam, Uweys b. 'Ala (c. 900), 239. Adam Khan, 162. Adham Khan, 161 — 162. *Adhari, 389. * Afdalu'd-Din Khaqani , 300 — 302. Afdalu'd-Din Muhammad Kashi, 70. *Ahh, 389, 390. Ahmad, Seyyid — , 198. Ahmad Shah, 154, 402. Ahmad b. 'Abdu'r-Razzaq el-Khalidi, 407, 11. 19,20. II Ahmad al-Amiri, Sheykh — , 47. * Ahmad 'Ali (1195), 154. II Ahmad 'Ali (1275), 293. t Ahmad b. 'Ata'u'llah (866), 408, 409. f Ahmad Baha'u'd-Di'n Multani, 365. "■■■'Ahmad b. Muhammad Ghaffari, Qadi — , 115. f Ahmad b. Haji Muhammad es-Sakkaki (903), 143. ■Ahmad b. Zeynu'l-'Abidin el-'Alavi (1031), 7, 9. Ahmad Ni'matu'llahi , Mir — , 224. * Akbari , 369. 'Alamgi'r, Letters of — , 195. f 'Alamu'd-Din , 290. * 'Ala'u'd-Dawla , Sheykh — , 245. 'Ala'u'd-Din Ahmad Khan 'Ala'i, 295. 'Ala'u'd-Din Tiisi, Sheykh — , 420. Adu 'All Ahmad b. Muhammad er-Rudbari, 323. Akbar b. 'Ali Shirazi (1237), 414 — 415. b. 'Azizu'llah et-Tabataba'i , 179 — 180. b. el-Huseyn el-Ansari (Haji Zeyn el-' Attar), 212. Hasan, Sheykh — (1200), 421. Ibrahim Khan, Nawwab — , 401. Jcin "Qays", 405. 'Ali b. el-Katib (Huseyn b. Ahmad), 323. el-Katib el-Huseyni es-Sultani (980), 364. Darvish — , b. Mansur Ansari (992), 303. Mardan Khan, 276. *'A1 *'A1 t'Al II 'Al *'A1 Ah t'Al t'Al 'Al 439 f 'All Naqi el-Hasani el-Mashhadi, 356. f 'All Naqi b. Mirza Jamal (1056), 230. 'Ali-quli (II 14), 395. t'Ali-Rida b. Muhammad Rida (1033), 348. *'Ali Rida, MuUa — , "Tajalla", 385. t'Ali, Seyyid Shah — (1231), 182. 'All Shir, Mir — , 37, 106, 107, 108, 109, in. 'All b. Shihabu'd-Din, Amir Seyyid — , 225. 'All b. Abi Tahb, 25, 47, 48, 124, 323, 325, 389,420. *'Ali-zade, Seyyid — , 338—339- * Allah- Yar b. Haji Muhammad- Yar Uzbek of Balkh, 176. Allah- Yar, Sheykh — , 282. * Amin Ahmad Razi, 188. Aminu'd-Din Khan, 282. Aminu'd-Din 'Ali Khan, 196, 197. Aminu'llah Khan Ghilzi, 222. 'Ammar Yasir, 323. Anacreon , 350, 351. * 'Anbar Shah Khan , 279. II Anderson, George — , 399. II Anderson, Robert — , 196. 11 Antun Yusuf v*-^:^ (1212), 155. *Anvari, 298—300, 330, 389. 'Aqil Khan, 284. Ibnu'l-'Kr3.hi, Sheykh Muhiyyu'd-Din , 352. *'Arifi, 365. II Aryuz b. Malkom Aratun (1298), 340. *Arzu, Siraju'd-Din 'Ali Khan (d. 1169), 233. f Asadu'llah b. Haji Buraq (1069), in. *Asafi, 389. Asaf Jah Nizamu'1-Mulk (d. A. D. 1748), 183. * 'Assar, Shamsu'd-Din Muhammad-i-Tabrizi , 265, 266, 345. 346. Athiru'd-Din el-Abhari , Sheykh — , 263. f 'Atiqu'Uah-i-Gilani (1140), 165. Atka Khan, 162. 440 Atsiz Khwarazm-shah (521 — 551), 258. 'Attar, Sheykh Faridu'd-Din — , 310 — 313, 389. * Awrangzib , 276. See also 'Alamgir. Ayamal, Raja — (1152), 174. * Ayyub Parsa (1120), 326. f A'zam 'All, Seyyid — , of Ilahabad (1198), 399. t 'Azimatu'llah b. Sheykh Seyfu'llah b. Sheykh Mur- tada (A. D. 1754), 401. 'Azi'm Shah , Seyyid — , 279. 'Aziz (Episode of Shirin and — ), 1 30. Babar, Memoirs of — , 160, 162 ; Hilali censured by — , 366. Badger papers, 199 — 201. * Badru'd-Din Muhammad ... el- Mardini, 216. Badru'1-Haqq Muhammad Arshad, 189, 190. Baghawi, 23. f Baha'u'd-Din b. 'Abdu'r-Rahman . . Siddiqi (1012), 294. * Baha'u'd-Din Muhammad 'Amili, Sheykh — (d. 1030), 63, 406. Baha'u'd-Din Naqshband, 58. f Bahram, Mulla — , Tabrizi (1082), 380. Bahram Shah Ghaznavi, 296, 298. *Bal'ami, Abu 'Ali Muhammad — ,99, 100. Balaybalan, 221. * Baqi'a , 276. Adti' l-Barakat, 'Abdu'Uah b. Ahmad b. Mahmud (d. 710), 51—52. * Adul-Barakit Muhammad b. Ahmad b. Muhammad, 48. Bayazid, Khwaja — , 72. Bayazid Bistami , 322 , 420. Bayram Khan, 161. Bayram Khan, 368 — 369. ■•■■ Baysunghar, 287, 288. f Baysanqar b. 'Ali Beg (1091), 397. fBehai, 208. Adu Bekr, 47, 420. 441 II Benjamin, H. — (A. D. 1873), 367. Beydawi, 19. * Bhiiva b. Khawas Khan (c. 900), 213. *Bidil, Mi'rza 'Abdu'l-Qadir — , 284. Bilqis, 31. Biryangar, Imam Burhanu'd-Din Abu'l-Hasan 'All (525), 296—7. Bishr el-Hafi, 322. li Braxton, Brian — (A. D. 1652), 246, de Broom, Capt. Alex. — 197. Buckingham, George Villiers, Duke of — , 15, 59. f Budhin, Sheykh — , b. Sheykh Muhammad Hamid (1 127), 382. Budh Mai, 174. Buzurgmihr, 412, 1. 7. Bukhari, 89, 117. f Bulus (Paul), 361. Bumpsted , T. Brooks — (1894), 306. *el-Buni, Sheykh Abu'l-'Abbas — , 408. * Burhan (Muhammad Huseyn b. Khalaf-i-Tabri'zi, 1062), 231. Burhanu'd-Din, Imam — . See Biryangar, supra. * Burhanu'd-Din, Khwaja — , Abu Nasr Parsa, 220. Burhan Shah (d. 1003), 180. Burns, 351. II Campbell, John — , 290. II Cardonne, 347. II Carew, Joseph — (1202), 416. Castell, (Ed. — ) 18, 248, 249, 250. Chacha ^^^) Sahib, 384. Chalmers, Lient. — , 179. Chisholme , Charles — (A. D. 1805), 185. * Clarendon , Lord — , 200. II Clarke, Dr. Adam — , 332. Close, Major Barry — , 197. *Coghlan, Brigadier — , 199. 442 Colman, Dr. — , Vice-chancellor (A. D. 1794), 343- II Crisp, Capt. George — (1244), 357. II Crow, 220. llCuUen, Peter John — (A. D. 1701), 167. ed-Damiri, 23. Dara-Shikuh (1066), 96. ed-Dariri, Abu '1-Hasan 'All b. Muhammad b. Ibra- him , 263. f Darvish b. Suleyman (1028), 312. II Darvish b. Ustad b. Mustafa b. Musa, 313. Da'iid, Sheykh — , et-Ta'i, 322. *Dawlatshah, 191 — 193. Dewal , 396. Abu Dharr, 65. Dhu'l-Faqar 'All, Mir — "Mubad Shah", 121. Dhu 'n-Nun el-Misri, 322. Dick, John — , 283. * Diya'u'd-Di'n Barani, 159. * Diya'u'd-Din Nakhshabi (d. 751), 392 — 393. II Doria, WiUiam — , 306. f Durga Prashad (12 18), 150. t Dust Muhammad b. 'Abdu '1-Wahid b. Sheykh Mus- tafa, 300. f Dust Muhammad Qasim b. Sheykh Barkhurdar (11 03), 228. II Dyer, Col. — (1236), 326. Elphinstone, Lord — , 199. Erpenius, (MSS. of — ), 15, 40, 59. * Fadil Muhammad b. Pir-i-Darvish , 53. * Fadlu'llah b. Abi Muhammad et-Tabrizi el-Hurufi (d. 804), 69. Fadlu'llah, Mirza — , 224. M^^M'l-Fadl b. Mubarak 'Allami, Sheykh —,95, 162— 167, 276—278, 395. Abu '1-Fadl ^^j\yi> ,_^*> , 204. 443 * Abu '1-Fadl Muhammad b. 'Umar b. Khalid "Jamal- el-Qurashi", 239. *Fahmi, 370 — 371. * Fakhr b. Muhammad, Amir — (940), 413. Fakhru 'd-Di'n , Khwaja — ,71. f Faqih Muhammad (11 11), 236. Ahi'l-FarsLJ-i-Kuni, 175. Farid, Sheykh — , 198. * Fari'du 'd-Di'n 'Attar, Sheykh — , 310—313. * Faridun , 389. Farrukh Siyar (1124), 151, 154. *Fath 'Ah' Shah, 387, 388. f Fath Muhammad b. Ahmad... (mi), 236. f Fath Muhammad b. Jan Muhammad (1143), 291. Fatima, 123, 129, 130. Adu'l-Fawaris. See Shuja', Shah — . *Ferishta, Muhammad Qasim b. Hindushah, 155 — 157, 161. ^Adu'l-Feyd b. Sheykh Mubarak "Feyyadi" (d. 1004), 95, 373, 379- Abu'l-Feyd Amfnu'd-Din Shah, 275. fFeyd 'Ah', 188. Ad?il-F eyyad , Sheykh Ghulam Rashi'd — (b. 1096), 189, 190. *Firdawsi, 17, 19, 286 — 292. Freemason, 196. Fudeyl b. 'Ayyad, 322, 420. f Geda Beg b. Mi'rza Beg (11 19), 232. Gentius, 249, 333. Ghani, Mir — , 369. II Ghan'b Das b. Prithi Mai (11 19), 232. el-Ghazzali, 87, 323. * Ghiyathu'd-Din b. Humamu'd-Din. See Khwdndatnir. * Ghiyathu'd-Di'n 'All ... el-Isfahani, 219. f Ghulam ... {1039), 115. * Ghulam 'Ali Huseyni Balgrami "Azad" (1176), 193. 444 * Ghulam Hasan-i-Zeydi, Seyyid — , 185. f Ghulam Huseyn Khan (1236), 326. f Ghulam Huseyn (1230), 196, 197. ■■■'Ghulam Huseyn Khan (1209), 309, 310. * Ghulam Huseyn b. Hidayat 'All Khan . . . et-Taba- taba'i, 176. * Ghulam Huseyn, Munshi — (1202), 416 — 417. t Ghulam Muhammad (11 19), 352. f Ghulam Muhammad, Munshi — (1221), 155. Ghulam Muhiyyu'd-Din, Sheykh — (d. 1262), 179. f Ghulam Munir, 283. Ghulam Rashid Abu '1-Fayyad , Sheykh — , 189, 190. * Ghulam Rida Khan, 385, 386. Gilchrist, John — (A, D. 1804), 405. Golius, 18, 249. Grant, Capt. Alex. — , 197. Graves , 249. Guiaro, Joseph — , 197. * Gulandam , 349. Gunul-Tash Khan, 281, 282. Habib-i-'Ajami , 322, 420. Habib, Mirza — , 353. * Hafiz Rahmat Khan, 153, 154. *Hafiz, Shamsu'd-Din Muhammad — , 346 — 351, 371, 383 » 389. 390- Hafizu'd-Din en-Nasafi (d. 710), 52. Ibn Hajar el-*Asqalani, 69. Hakim Beg Khan "Hakim" (1163), 234. *Halaki, 389. Hall, Capt. — ,153- * Hamdu'llah b. Abi Bakr ... Mustawfi-i-Qazvini , 10 1, 201 — 202. '^ Abu Hamid Muhammad b. 'Ali b. Abi Talib Shihdbu 'd-Din, 410. Hanafite school, 17, 51. Hanbalite school, 17. 445 *Haqqi, 'Abdu '1-Haqq — , 154. * Harkarn b. Mathuradas Kanbu , 280. *Harprashad, Lala — , 281. Harris, Dr. Henry — , 197. Hart, Capt. Thomas — , 197. II Harwood , Professor — , 343. Hasan, Amir Seyyid — , Shuja'u'd-Dawla, 267, 268. t Hasan b. 'Ala'u'd-Din Muhammad en-Naqib et-Tab- rizi (980), 105. ^^7/7-Hasan 'Ali b. Muhammad b. Ibrahim ed-Da- riri, 263. Hasan el-Basri, 322. f Hasan el-Huseyni, Mir — , of Garmrud (1103), 212. * Adu'1-Hasa.n b. Ibrahim el-Qazvini , 119, Hasan, Imam — , 124, 322. Adu'l-HassLii Kharaqani, 420. Hasan, Khwaja — , 72. * Hasan, Mawlana — , of Kashan, 238. II Hasan b. Haji Muhammad el-Jakiri (1025), 208. * Hasan b. Muhammad Sharafu'd-Din Rami, 273. f Hasan b. el-Muqri (974) , 260. Idn Hasan, Seyyid — Shadhiri, 419, Hasan, Shah — (940) > 413- Hasan, Sheykh — , 72. * ^<^«7-Hasan , Sheykh — , esh-Shadhili , 89. *Hatifi, Mawlana 'Abdu'llah — , 361—365. Adu Hatim es-Sejistani, 17. Hayatu'n-Nabi, 384. Haydar 'Ali Khan, 181. *Hayrani, 389. II Hays, Capt. William — , (A. D. 1764), 378. Hemu, 161. Heybat Khan, 152. /in Hilal , 411. *Hilali, 365—367, 389, 391- * Hindushah-i-Nakhjawani, 252 — 253. Hitopadesa, 404, 406. 446 II Hobart, Nicolas — (A. D. 1655), 244, 251, 337, 358, 410. Horace, 350—351. Hubeyr, Khwaja — , of Basra, 420. * Humayun , 389. f Hiiral Singh (A. D. 1799), 399. Hurr b. Riyahi, 125. *el-Hurufi, Fadlu'llah — (d. 804), 69. * Ibn Husam, 389. II Husamu 'd-Din el-Imam es-Sultani, 339. * Huseyn b. 'Abdi 's-Samad el-Juba*i, 235. *Huseyn 'All, Mir — , b. Seyyid 'Abdu '1-Qadir Kir- mani (12 17), 181. Huseyn 'Ali, Mirza — (A. D. 1812), 194. * Huseyn b. 'Ali el-Va'iz el-Beyhaqi el-Kashifi (c. 900), 14, 37, 122, 207—208, 267—271, 319, 393—395- f Huseyn, Darvish — (looi), 390. Huseyn, Imam — , 126 — 130, 277, 322. f Huseyn b. Kamalu 'd-Din (950), 363, 364. f Huseyn b. el-Qasim, 411. Huseyn b. Haji Muhammad. f Huseyn Shahdi , 274. Hyde, Thomas — , 333. Ibrah Ibrah f Ibrah Ibrah Ibrah * Ibrah * Ibrah t Ibrah f Ibrah * Ibrah Ibrah Ibrah m, 109. m b. Adham, 322, 420. m b. 'Ali Bal Astarabadi (1073), 374. m Batni, 152. m Khan Nawwab (iioi), 381. m , Mirza — i m, Mulla Muhammad — j '^'^3- m b. Sheykh Mahmiid (990), 10 1. m b. 'Omar b. Muhammad b. -Ali, 89. m, Seyyid — , 177. m, Sheykh — , "Sheykh Shah", 149. m Sultan (b. 796), 143. Ilahi, 389. 447 *'Ilmi, Muhammad Baqir — , 375. *'Imad, 389. 'Imad, Seyyid — , 72. * 'Inayatu'llah , Sheykh — (d. 1088), 399 — 401. Iranshah (974), 10 1. Abii Ishaq Kazariini, 420. Ishaq "Murid-i-Shah 'Alam" (1198), 287. Abii Ishaq, Sultan Jamalu'd-Di'n Sheykh — , 273. * Iskandar Munshi (1025), 145 — 147. Isma'il, Shah — I (907 — 930), 147 — 149. Isma'il, Shah — II (984), 353. Isma'ili doctrines, 69 — 86. * el-'Izzi ('Izzu 'd-Di'n Abu '1-Fada'il Ibrahim Zanjani) , 259, 262. 'Izzu'd-Din, Malik — , 72. 'Izzu'd-Din Shapur b. 'Othman , 210. Jabra'il, Sultan Seyyid — , 149. * Abit Ja'far Ahmad b. 'Ali el-Maqqari, 236. Abii Ja'far, Faqih — , 56, 1. 10. f Ja'far b. Huseyn of Quhpaye (1081), 64. Ja'far-i-Sadiq, Imam — , 239. tjagjivandas (1000), 394. Jahandar Shah, 281. * Jalalu 'd-Din Rumi, 305, 313 — 327. * Jamal el-Qurashi, 239. Jamal Khan (d. 999), 180. * Jamalu 'd-Din 'Abdu'llah el-Mardini, 215. * Jamalu 'd-Din Huseyn Inju b. Fakhru 'd-Din {1017), 229, 257. Jamalu 'd-Din Sheykh Abii Ishaq, Sultan — , 273. Jamasp, 412, 1. 8. *Jami, Mulla Nuru 'd-Din 'Abdu 'r- Rahman, 87, 88, 150, 307, 354—361, 374—376, 389— 39O' 413- Abu l-]z.wixk\> Ahmad b. 'Omar el-Khivaqi, 323. (IJessop, Thomas — , 63. II Johnson, Richard — , 193. 448 Jones, Sir William — , 351. Juneyd el-Baghdadi , 323, 420. *Juneyd b. Fadlu'llah b. 'Abdu 'r-Rahman, 87, 88. Juniini, 192. *Jurjani, Seyyid Sharif — , 412. t Kabir Muhammad b. Mahmud {994), no, in. *Kamal, 389. Kamalu 'd-Din , Darvish — , 72. * Kamalu 'd-Din Huseyn b. Hasan Khwarazmi, 321. Kamalu 'd-Din , Mawlana — , 71, 84. *Kamil, Muhammad Sharaf — , 375, *Karami, Mahdi-quli Beg — , 375. f Karimu'llah (11 39), 170. Karkhi, Imam — , 56, 1. 10. *Katibi, 389. * Kemal Pasha-zade , 410. Khafi Khan {1141), 118. * Khalifa Shah Muhammad, 283. t Khalilu'llah Ghulam Sheykhan Ahmad (1152), 156. fKhamal Singh (1245), 343. * Khaqan (Fath-'Ali ShahQajar, 1212 — 1250), 387 — 388. ■•'Khaqani, Afdalu 'd-Din — , 300 — 302. fKhayrat 'Ali Khan, 343. t Khayru 'd-Din Ahmad (12 19), 264. Khurshidji Nushirvanji, 92. Khush-hal Chand , 197. *Khusraw, Amir — of Dihli, 341 — 344, 389, 391. * Khwajii of Kirman, 389. * Khwandamir , 114 — 115, 147, 148. Khwarazm-shah , Sultan Abu '1-Qasim Mahmud — , 48. II Kirkpatrick, William — , 184. Lala Harprashad, 281. Lala Mahasingh Ram, 195. Lala Sanbhii Bath (1127), 382. Lala Zorawar Singh (1124), 300. 449 La'l Chand (1237), 379. * Lawhi ,138. til Lee, Prof. Samuel — , 11, 12, 404—405. *||Lewis, Archdeacon — , 249 — 250, 285 — 6 and passim. Adu'l-heyth, Faqih — Samarqandi, 58. IJLopp, Capt. R. E. — (1817), 194, 195, 264 — 265. Lutfu'llah Khan b. Sa'du'llah Khan, Nawwab — , 281. II Mackay, James — , 332. * Madhuram (1140), 281 — 282. *Maghribi, Mulla Muhammad Shirin — (d. 809), 351—352. * Mahdi-quh' Beg Karami, 375. Mahmud Shah II b. Muhammad Shah Bahmani (887 —924), 103, 239, 275. Mahmud Shah, I Bayqara of Gujarat, 103. Mahmud , Sultan Abu '1-Qasim — b. Il-Arslan Atsiz Khwarazmshah , 48. II Mahmud Beg {1114), 395. t Mahmud Khalifa (1035), 359. Mahmud b. Khwandamir, Amir — (955), 147, 148. Mahmud, Mawlana — , 71, 85. * Mahmud, Abu'l-Qisim of Ghazna, Sultan — , 391. * Mahmud Shabistari, Sheykh — , 340. * Mah-vindad, 91 *^^z^7-Majd Majdud b. Adam, Sana'i (d. 525), 266, 294 — 298. Majdu'd-Dawla, 'Abdu'1-Ahad Khan — Nawwab, 177. Majdu'd-Dawla, 'Abdu'l-Majid Khan — Nawwab, 311' Majdu'd-Din, Mawlana — , 72. * Majdu'd-Din Muhammad el-Hasani "Majdi" (1004), 396. *Majlisi, Muhammad Baqir — (d. mo), 64 — 69. Malik Dinar, Sheykh — , 322. * Malik b. Jamalu 'd-Din Amir Shahi Sabzawari, 353—354- Malikite school, 17. Ma'miin, the Caliph, 239, 412. 29 450 Abu Mansur Muwaffaq, 17. Mansur b. Nuh, Samanid, 17, 99. Mansur, Sheykh — ,72. Martyn, Rev. H. — , 10 — 13. Ma'ruf-i-Karkhi, 323, 420. Maryam of Basra, 360. * Masih, 379 — 380. II Masih, 287. II Masters, R — (A. D. 1749), 343. t Mas'ud b. Mahmud (1080), 52. II Matinu 'd-Din Khan, 112. *Mawzun, 134. II Mayor, Rev. Professor — , 403. Mc Cloud, Alexander — , 197. II Mc Queen, John — (A. D. 1783), 399. Miran Huseyn, 198. Mir Awlad Muhammad (1176), 193. * Mir Khan, Subadar of Kabul, 173. *Mirkhwand, 105 — 114. * Mir Seyyid Sharif Jurjani, 262, 264. * Mirza Khan 'Abdu'r-Rahim b. Bayram Khan, 160, 162. Mitford, Robert — , 197. Moesler, Christopher — (1660), 336. II Morrisk, Major Charles — (A. D. 1781), 153, 154. * Mu'ayyad b. Mahmud b. Sa'id b. Muhammad es-Sufi, 407, 408. Mu'azzam, Khwaja — , 369. *Mubad Shah, 121. Mubarizu'1-Mulk Sar-Buland Khan, Nawwab — , 167. * Muhammad b. 'Abdu '1-Khaliq b. Ma'ruf-i-Gilani, 240. t „ 'Abid-i-Ja'fari (1085), 240. * „ Afdal of Bukhara (1047), I44- * „ b. Ahmad b. Muhammad el-Huseyni Abu '1-Barakat , 48. * Muhammad Akbar, Qadi of Lakhnaw, 263. t « 'All (mo), 285. t „ 'All (1211), 335. 451 Muhammad 'Ali Mash-hadi, Mir — , 235. „ 'All b. Nura, 147. * „ b. 'All Raqqam (or Raffa, or Raqqa) , 295, 296, 404. * Muhammad b. 'Ali b. Sheykh Muhammad b. el-Ha- san, 102. t Muhammad Amjad (A. D. 1873), 367. t V 'Aqil (1211), 335. * „ 'Arif-i-Qandahari, 160, 162. f „ 'Askari b. Haji Muhammad Kashani, 260. * „ Aslam b. Muhammad Hafiz el-Ansari, 117 — 118. * Muhammad 'Assar-i-Tabrizi , 265, 266, 345, 346. „ A'zam, Prince — , 175. * „ Baqir 'Ilmi, 375. * „ Baqir, Imam — , 322. * „ Baqir, Majlisi (d. mo), 64 — 69. * „ Baqir, Mir Damad (d. 1040), 131. t „ Muhammad el-Bukhari (1000), 89. „ Efendi, 204. t ^ Fadil (1 177), 310. „ Fadil, Sheykh — , 337. t „ b. Abi'1-Fath el-Faqih el-Gharib (628), 14. „ Hafiz, Seyyid — Safavi, 148. t „ Hasan, 384. t „ Hashim b. Shihabu'd-Din (1042), 164. „ b. Hindushah , 235. f „ Huseyn "Dadi-Miyan" b. Ghulam Muham- mad Va'iz (1221), 284. * Muhammad Huseyn b. Khalaf-i-Tabrizi (1062), 231. II „ Huseyn, Mir — , b. Mir Mustafa (i 195), 293. f „ Huseyn-i-Qarsi (1108), 40. f „ Huseyn-i-Tabrizi, 353. * „ Haji Ilyas, 252. f y, Jami Shimrabadi (984), 191. I „ Karim (1196), 174. 452 II Muhammad Khalil b. Sultan Da'ud Mirza b. Sultan Shah Suleyman II (1206), 289. * Muhammad b. Lad, 227. „ Mahfuz Khan (1152), 156. * „ b. Mahmud el-'Umari el-Edirnawi, 216. t „ Masih Shirazi (1085), 285. „ Ma'siim, Khwaja — , 418. II „ Mirza (1 150), 63. f „ Mirza Khan (1226), 264. * „ Mirza Khan, 225. t „ Mirza 'Abdu'l-Kan'm (1185), 263. „ Muhsin, Mir — , Darugha (1180), 40. t „ b. Mulla Mir el-Ustadi (990), 331. „ Mulla — Bashaghiri, 58. II „ b. Mu'tamad Khan (1120), 167 — 168. t „ Qa'im (1 178), 318. f „ Qasim el-Katib esh-Shirazi (1022), 372. * „ Qasim b. Hindiishah "Ferishta", 155 — 157, 161. f Muhammad Qasim-i-Jami (993) , 304. * „ Qasim b. Haji Muhammad Kashani "Su- ruri" (1008), 230. f Muhammad Qiwam (954), 355. „ -Quli Birlas, 163. II „ -Quli Qutbshah (988—1020), 288. * „ Rafi'-i-Qazvini (d. 1105), 59 — 63. t „ Rawshan (1196), 174. * „ Rida b. Muhammad Amin Hamadani, lo, II, 12. Muhammad Ruknu'd-Din Qadiri Hisari, 295. t „ Sadiq-i-Marvazi, Mirza — 387. * „ Salah-i-Ja'fari , 195. t „ Shafi' (1 102), 148. „ Shah Khan Ghilzi, 222. „ Shah, 154. t „ Sharafu'd-Din , 144. * „ Sharaf, "Kamil", 375. 453 * Muhammad Sharif Mu'tamad Khan, 171 — 172. J, Shirwani, 204. „ b. Sinan, 410, 1. 12. * y, Tahir Wahid, 149 — 150. „ Wasi', Sheykh — , 322. * „ Yusuf b. Sheykh Rahmatu'Ilah el-Ataki el-Kan'ani (1056), 116. II Muhibb 'All, 112. Muhibbu'llah, Sheykh — , 190. Muhiyyu'd-Din, Qutbu'l-Aqtab, 419. Muhiyyu'd-Din b. el-'Arabi, Sheykh — , 352. * Muhsin-i-Fani, Mulla — , 120 — 121. *Muhtasham, Mulla — , 142. II Mu'izzu'd-Din Muhammad, 231. Mu'izzu'd-Din Qayqubad (688), 344. *Mukhlis, 133, 134, 136, 137, 139. Multafit Khan, 224. * Mumin, 389. Mun'im Khan, 163. f Munir, Ghulam — , 283. fMu'nis, Sheykh Pir Muhammad — , 228. *Muqbil, 133, 134, 135, 136, 137, 138, 139, 141, 142. Ibn Muqla, 411. Murray, Mr — , 200. f Murtada-Quli Beg (11 11), 231. f Musa b. Ahmad (907) , 246. f Musa Efendi (1063), 340. Musa Kazim, Imam — , 148. Musafir, Darvish — , 72. Muslim b. 'Aqil, 124. II Mustafa b. Sheykh Ibrahim Oweysi, 389. f Mustawfi'ul-Mamalik, 353. * Mu'tamad Khan, Muhammad Sharif, 171, 172. II Nadhr Khan Beg-i-Ardabili (1057), 34^- Nadir Shah, 151 , 154. II Najaf 'All Khan (1213), 364. 454 A&u'n-'Na}ishi , Zahiru'd-Din — , 88. Najati, 346. Adu Najib es-Suhravardi, 323, 420. Najmu'd-Din Kubra, Sheykh — , 323, 420 * Narayan Kul (1122), 177. Nasafi, Hafizu'd-Din — (d. 710), 52. *Nasim, 134, 135, 138, 142. Nasir 'All, Mir — , 198. Nasir, Khwaja — of Bukhara, 325. * Nasi'r b. Muhammad b. Jammad Kirmani, 52. Nasiru'd-Din 'Abdu'r-Rahim b. Abi Mansur, 205. Nasiru'd-Din Bughra Khan (688), 344. * Nasiru'd-Din Muhammad et-Tusi (d. 692), 205. * Adu Nasr Farahi, 236, 237, 238, 254, 255, 256, 400. * Adu Nasr Parsa, Khwaja — , 220. Nassaj , Sheykh Abu Bekr — , 323. *Naziri, Muhammad Huseyn — Ni'shapuri, 292 — 293. * Ni'matu'llah b, Ahmad b. Qadi Mubarak-i-Rumi, 243, 244. * Ni'matu'llah b. Habibu'llah Herati, Khwaja — , 152. * Ni'matu'llah , Shah — , 389. *Nithar, Lutfu'llah (11 18), 223. Nizam b. Huseyn of Sava, 63. *Nizami, 303—310, 341. * Nizam, Mulla — Astarabadi, 389. Nizamu'd-Din Nakhshabi, 118. II Niir Muhammad (990), 10 1. f Nur Muhammad, Sheykh — (1230), 103, 331. II Nuru'd-Din Muhammad Qadiri, Seyyid — (1147), 39. * Niiru'd-Din Muhammad Zuhuri, 279 — 280. t Nuru'd-Din b. Mulla Mir Kakhgi (1015), no. Nushirvan, 412 1. 7. * Nusratu'llah Khan "Nithar", 223. 'Obeydu'Ilah, Khwaja — , 58. Olearius, 249. 'Omar, Caliph, 47; 420. 455 'Omar b. 'Abdu'1-Aziz, 56, 1. 17. * 'Omar-i-Khayyam , 292 — 293. 'Omar-i-Sultaniyya , 72. *Orman, Rev. John — , 350 — 351. 'Othman, Caliph, 25, 26, 47 — 48. Abii 'Othman el-Makki, 322. Abii 'Othman Sa'id b. Salam el-Maghribi, 323. II Ouseley, Sir Gore — , 10. * Outram , General Sir James — , 200. Oweys, Sultan Sheykh — (757 — ^^^), 72, 414. See also under Uweys. II Palmer, Professor — , 403. *Parsa, Khwaja Abu Nasr — , 220. II Patrick, C. — (A. D. 1801), 215. fPaul (Bulus), 361. Pazawari, Amir — , 356. * Persian Club, Madras — (1204), 196 — 198. Pir Muhammad Khan, 161. f Pir Muhammad, Sheykh — (1103), 228. Pir Pasha, 71. Pur Baha-yi-Jami , 175. Qadi-zada , 204. Qadir-i-Sharif, 197. Qasim, 125, 130. II ^^z/7-Qasim (1123), 365. Abu'l-Qasim Gurgani, 323. t Qasim-i-Qumi (915), 346. Qasimu'l-Anwar, 58, 389. el-Qazvini, Zakariyya b. Muhammad, 208 — 210. Qiwamu'd-Din , 72. *Qudsi, Haji Muhammad Jan — , 371, 376 — 378. Qutabi (= Ibn Qutayba, d. 276), 19. Qutbu'd-Din Khwarazmshah , 211. Qutbu'd-Din, Seyyid — , 148, last line. Rabi'a-i-'Adawiyya , 322. 456 Radhakanta Tarka , 94. Rafifa {Raqqd, Raqqdm). See Muhammad b. 'AH Raqqdm. II Rafi'u'd-darajat (1131), 240. *Raha'i, Sheykh Sa'du'd-Din (d. 980), 368—369. f Rah mi Ki'lami (?) {1012), 219. f Ramadan b. Haji Baha Valad . . el-Qubani (790), 259. Ram Ra'e (1079), 185. fRanjit Singh (?) (A. D. 1823), 385. * Rashidu'd-Din Watwat (d. 573), 46 — 48, 274. II Ray Sabha Chand Jiw (11 19), 352. IIRenouard, G. C. — , (1849), 282. *Rida, Imam — , 239. Rida-Quh' Khan « Lala-bashi", 59. *Riyadi, 389. II Robinson, Robson, 343. II Roebuck, Thomas — , 203. f Ruknu'd-Din b. Muhammad Shamsu'd-Din Lari, (964), lOI. *Sa'di, Sheykh — Shi'razi, 58, 87, 327 — 340, 380, 389, 418, 422. * Sadi'd , 389. Sadiq 'Ali Khan, Mir — , 197. *Sadr, Juneyd b. Fadlu'llah b. 'Abdu'r-Rahman, 87, 88. t Sadru'd-Din b. Ja'far 'Ali Isfahani (1031), 9, 165. Sadru'd-Din, Mawlana — , 72. Sadru'd-Di'n Musavi, Seyyid — , 149. Sa'du'd-Din, Sheykh — , 354. Safi Khan (1079), 185. Safi'u'd-Din Ishaq, 149. Safi'u'd-Din Muhammad (1079), 185. Sa'id b. Jabr, 55,1. 14. Sakuntala, 405. Salahu'd-Din Rashid , Seyyid — , 148. Salih, Mirza — (Persian Envoy), 11, 12. Salih, Seyyid — , 149, 1. i. Salihotra, 213. 4S7 Salim Khan, 346. *Salim, Mirza Muhammad-Quli — Tihrani (d. 1057), 378—379- ■f Salman , Shah — b. Mir Muhammad el-Huseyni esh- Shirazi (1066), 230. Saloman Negri , 208 — 209. *Sa'ib, Mirza Muhammad 'AH — Isfahani (d. 1088), * 380—383. Salih, 369. II Salih b. Muhammad Huseyn Qadi (1123), 365. *Sana'i, Abu'1-Majd Majdud — , 266, 294—298. Sanhoram, 167. * Sani'-i-Balgrami, 383 — 384. Sanjan Ray. See Suj'dn Ray. Sarakhsi, Imam — , 55, 1. 14. Sar Buland Khan , Nawwab Mubarizu'1-Mulk — , 167, 365. II Scott, Captain Jonathan — , 282. II Scott, WilHam — , 332. Seaman, 249. Seyfu'd-Din Bakharzf, 159. Seyfu'd-Din Muzaffar Khan, 162. *Seyfu'd-Din Haji b. Nizam el-Fadh', 187—188. II Seyfu'd-Din, "a Madras tailor", 293. Seyyid Mir Shah, 224. *Shafi'i, 135. Shafi'ite school, 17. Shah 'A'lam Khan, 154. f Shahdi, Huseyn — , 274. *Shahi, Amir — Sabzawari, 353 — 354. * Shahidi of Brusa, 320 — 321. Shahjahan , 276. Shahrbanu, 128. Shahristani, 25. f Shahriyar-i-Ardashir (A. D. 1516), 91 — 92. Shahrukh Mirza, 143. Shakir Khan, 284. 458 Shams, Amir — , 72. * Shamsu'd-Din Muhammad Fakhri of Isfahan, 235, 273. * Shamsu'd-Di'n Muhammad el-Khatib , 409. Shamsu'd-Din , Seyyid — , 86, 1. 6. Shams-i-Tabriz , 323, 389. Shaqiq-i-Balkhi , Sheykh — , 322. * Sharafu'd-Din 'Ali Yazdi, 143 — 144. Sharafu'd-Din Huseyni, Mi'rza — Kashani, 374. * Sharafu'd-Din b. Imamu'd-Din . . . el-Fayyadi, 189 — 190, * Sharafu'd-Din Rami, Hasan b. Muhammad — , 273 — 274, 413- f Sharif {1014), 2. * Shell, Sir Justin — , 200. *Shem'i 311— 312, 333—334, 339—340, 359- Shibh', 14. Shihabu'd-Din Ahmad b. 'Ali b, Hajar esh-Shafi'i, 89. * Shihabu'd-Din , Abu Hafs 'Omar . . . es-Suhravardi, 87. f Shihabu'd-Din Muhammad, 261. Shir 'Ali Afsus, 158. Shuja'u'd-Dawla, Amir Seyyid Hasan, 267, 11. 27 — 28; 268. Shuja'u'd-Dawla, Nawwab — (1184), 117, 1. 32, 118. Shuja', Shah — Abu'l-Fawaris, 88. Sikandar Jah (1218 — 1244), 385 — 386. Sikandar Shah Lodi (894 — 923), 213. Sims, Captain Michael — , 197. * Ibn Sina, 389. * Siraju'd-Din 'Ali Khan "Arzu" (d. 1169), 233. Sirri Saqati, 323, 420. Siyal-Koti Mai of Lahore "Va-rasta", 234. II Stokes, Whitley — , 293. II Stopford, Colonel — (A. D. 1833), 396. II Strachan, George — (1033), 46. II le Strange, Guy — (A. D. 1879), 202. Sufyan-i-Thawri , 322. *Suhravardi, Sheykh Abu Najib — , 323. *Sujan Ra'i (1107), 158, 176. 459 * Suleyman Agha (A. D. 1804), 198. II Sullivan, J. — (A. D. 1842), 222. Sultan 'All Siyah, 149, 1, 7. Sultan Fi'ruz Shah, 148. Sultan Haydar, 149, 1. 12. * Sultan Muhammad b. 'All Kashani, 257 — 258. Sultan Muhammad Mirza Safavi, 120. Sultan Valad, 315, 317. *Sururi, Muhammad Qasim b. Haji Muhammad Ka- shani (1008), 230. Swami Byas, 95, 1. 12. II Swinton, Archibald — , 167, 170, 381. *Tabari, 17, 18, 99 — 100. fTahir b. Abi'l-Qasim (947), 38. Tahmasp Mirza (930), 149. Taj, 369. *Tajalla, Mulla 'All Rida — , 385. * Taju'd-Din b. Mu'inu'd-Din Maliki, 404, 406. Taju'd-Din, Seyyid — , 71, 84, 1. 17. Talib, 371. Abu Talib, 34. Abii Talib el-Huseyni, 144. Talib-i-Kalim , 175. * Abii Talib-i-Landani , 194 — 195. ^ Abii Talib b. Seyyid 'Ali et-Tabataba'i (1038), 181. Talismans, 221. Tardi Beg Khan, 163. *Tavakkul Beg b. Tulak Beg (1063), 290 — 291. Tavakkul, Darvish — , 72. Teixeira, 249. Timur, 72, 85, 143—144. II Tipu Sultan, 181, 327. Tokhutmush Khan, 71, 84, 1. 17. f Tulja Ram, 98. '^ Abu Turab Beg (d. 1025), 374—375- Tusi, 389. 4^0 *UIfati b. Huseyni Savaji (1048), 271 — 272. 'Uluvv, Khwaja — of Dinavar, 420. * 'Urfi-i-Shirazi, 371 — 373. * Uweys b. 'Ala Adam (c. 900), 239, 275. Uweys el-Qarani, 322. * Va'iz. See Huseyn b. 'All el-Kashifi, and Muhammad Rafi'i-Qazvini. f Valad 'All Muhammad-i-Qurashi (1105), 90. Valmiki, 93. * Va-rasta (1163), 234. llVespine, Jean-Baptiste — , 418. Vossius, Gerard — (A. D. 1624), 15. Vullers, 18. *Wahshi, 380. Wajid 'All, 386, 1. 12. Warren Hastings, 94. Wasi', Sheykh Muhammad — , 322. Watwat. See under Rashidu'd-Din. I! Wedderburn, David — , 299. Wellesley, Marquis — (A. D. 1804), 198. II Westbrook, Dr — , 341. White, Mr Harris — , 197. Wilkins, Charles — (A. D. 1806), 288, 327. Wilks, Captain Mark — , 197. II Woodhouse, Major — (1231), 182. II Wright, Dr William — , 405. Xavier, Padre Geronimo — , 9. Yahya b. Mo'adh, 19. f Yahya b. Rajab (974), 244. Ibn Yamin , 389. Ya'qub, Mulla — Charkhi, 58. * Ya'qub b. Seyyid 'All, 338 — 339. Yaqut, 25. * Yar Muhammad, Sheykh — , 283. 461 Yusuf-i-Damghani, 71, 11. 10 — 11. Yusuf Gada (752), 225. * Yusuf b. Muhammad-i-Herati "Yusufi", 275, 277, 278. * Yusuf the Sheykh, 243, 251. Yusuf, Sheykh — Qurashi, 158. Zahiru'd-Di'n 'Abu'r-Rahman b. 'All esh-Shirazi (d. " 716), 87. ^ ■ * Zahiru'd-Din Faryabi , 302. * Zahir b. Mahmud b. Mas'ud el-'Alavi, 261 — 262. ez-Zajjaj (d. 310), 19. Zamakhshari, 17. * Zeyn el-'Attar, Haji — , 212. Zeynu'l-'Abidin , Imam — , 322. * Zeynu'd-Din Abu Ibrahim Isma'il . . . el-Jurjani (d. 531), 211. *Zuhuri, Nuru'd-Din Muhammad — , 279 — 280. * Zuravar Singh , 94. NUMERICAL INDEX. [In the columns below are shewn (i) the class-marks of the Manuscripts described in this Catalogue; (2) the number therein assigned to each; (3) the page at which each is described ; and (4) the source , where this can be ascertained.] Class-mark ;. No. in Cat ;. Page. Source. Dd. 3. 23 XLI loi — 102 George I (1715)- Dd. 3.S4. CLXV 248 — 249 Acquired before 1665. Dd. 4.32 I I George I. Dd. J. 41 CCXLIX 339—340 Dd. S.57 CCCVII 391—392 Dd. s. 74 CCCXXVII 406 — 409 Dd. 6.32 CLXIII 245—247 Belonged to Brian Braxton (1652) . Dd. 6.41 CLXII 244—245 Acquired in Smyrna (1638). Dd. 6. JO— SI CCXLI 335—336 Dd. 6.83 VII 7—9 Dd. 6.gi CXXXI 215 — 217 Dd. 10.6 CLXXIV 258—259 George I. Dd. 10. 13 XL lOI Dd. II. 12 ( CCLXXXVIII 370—371 Dd. II. 13 XXV 63—64 George I. Dd. II. lb ccxx 311— 312 George I. Dd. II. 17 CCXXIII 312—313 George 1. Dd. II. 2 q CCXXXVIII 332—333 George I. Dd. 12.2 CCXLII 336 John C. Moesler. 1660. Dd. 12. s CXXXII 217 — 218 George I. Dd. 12. 7 CCLIV 343—344 Dd. 12. 10 CXXXIII 218 — 220 D. M. Crow. Dd. 12. II CCLV 345—346 George I. Ee. 1.27. XXVII 69—86 Bt. at Constantinople, A. D. 1681. 464 Ff. 2.21 CCCVIII 392—393 George I. Ff- 5- 9 CCXV 307—308 Gg. 2.12 CXXIX 212 213 Gg. 2.J3 XXIII 53—59 Erpenius. Gg. 4.22 XLIV 105 — 107 Gg. 4.23 XLV 107 — 108 Gg. 5- n XXVIII 87-89 Erpenius. Gg. 5- 25 CCXXX 321—326 Erpenius. Gg. 5' 26 II I — 2 Gg.-5-32 ccxxv 314 Gg. 6.31 CLXIX 251 — 252 Nicolas Hobart. Gg. 6.32 CCLXXIV 358 Nicolas Hobart. Gg. 6.34 CCLXXV 359 Nicolas Hobart. It. 6.47 CLXIV 247 — 248 Erpenius. LI. s. 25 CLXI 243—244 Nicolas Hobart. LI. 6.2 XXIX 89 Wm Moore (Caius). LI. 6.3 CCXXXIX 333—334 George I. LI. 6.6 CCXLIII 336 Erpenius. LI. 6. 7 CCLXXXIV 366—367 Nicolas Hobart. LI. 6. 10 CLXX 253—254 Erpenius. LI. 6.13 CCXLIV 337 Nicolas Hobart. LI. 6.14 CLX 243 Erpenius. LI. 6. IS cccv 388—390 Erpenius. LI. 6. 18 CCCXXVIII 409—414 Nicolas Hobart. LI. 6.2g VIII 9 — 10 Mm. 2. 6 CXXVII 211 — 212 Mm. 4. IS XII 13—37 Erpenius. Mm. 6.3 CCLXVIII 355—356 Nicolas Hobart. Nn. I. ig LIV III — 112 Nn. I. 20 CXCVI 286—287 Nn. 3.S6 XCIII 167 — 169 N". 301 Preston '). Nn. 3-S7 XCII 166 — 167 W. 302 „ N,i. 3-SS CX 188 NO. 303 Nn. 3- 74 CXXVI 208 — 210 Given by the son of Archdeacon Lewis in 1770. Oo. 6. 1 LXXXVII 162 — 163 NO. 326 Preston. Oo. 6.2 LXXXVIII 163—164 NO. 327 Oo. 6.3 XC 165 NO. 328 Oo. 6.4 XCI 165 — 166 NO. 329 „ i) The numbers here referred to are those given in T. Preston's Catalogus BibliotheccE Burckhardtiancd cum Appendice librorum aliorum Oricntalium in Bibliotheca AcademicB Cantabrigiensis asservatorum (Cam- bridge, 1853). 465 Oo. 6.S CXLVI Oo. 6.6 CXL Oo. 6.7 CLVII Oo. 6.8 CXXXIX Oo. 6.g LV Oo. 6. 10 XXXIX Oo. 6. 1 1 CCXI Oo. 6.12 LVII Oo. 6. IS LX Oo. 6. 14 LXYII Oo. 6. IS LXVIII Oo. 6.16 LXXIII Oo. 6.17 LXXI Oo. 6.18 LXXXII Oo. 6. ig LXI Oo. 6. 20 LXXXV Oo. 6.21 XCVIII Oo. 6.23 CCXXVIII Oo. 6. 26 • CCLXIV Oo. 6.27 ccv Oo. 6.28 CCVIIl Oo. 6. 2q CCXII Oo. 6.30 CCLI Oo. 6.31 CCVI Oo. 6.32 CCXXIV Oo. 6.33 CCIX Oo. ^■34 CCVII Oo. 6.3s LXXXI Oo. 6.36 CXCIV Oo. 6-37 XCIX Oo. 6.38 XCIV Oo. 6.39 CCCXXI Oo. 6. 40 CCXCIII Oo. 6. 41 LXII Oo. 6. 42 XXII Oo. 6-43 CLXXVl Oo. 6.44 CL Oo. 6.4s CLXXIII Oo. 6.46 ccx Oo. 6.47 CXII Oo. 6.48 CCXCI Oo. 6.4g LXXV Oo. 6.32 CLIII Oo, . 6.34 XXXIII Oo. ■ 6.56 LXXVIII 232 N". 229 N". 241 NO. 228 — 229 N". 112 — 114 N". 99 — 100 N". 303—304 NO. 114 — 115 NO. 116 — 117 NO. 143 NO. 143—144 NO. 146 — 147 NO. 145 — 146 NO. 155—156 NO. 117 — 119 NO. 159 — 160 NO. 172 — 173 NO. 319 — 320 NO. 351—352 NO. 298 NO. 300 — 301 NO. 304—305 NO. 341—342 NO. 299 NO. 313—314 NO. 301 — 302 NO. 299 — 300 NO. 154—155 NO. 284—285 NO. 173—175 NO. 169 — 170 NO. 401 NO. 376—378 NO. 119 — 120 NO. 51—52 NO. 260 — 262 NO. 236 — 237 NO. 257—258 NO. 302 NO. 191 NO. 373 NO. 149 — 150 NO. 239 — 240 NO. 93—94 NO. 153 NO. 330 Preston, 331 •n 332 •n 333 » 334 )i 335 » 336 n 337 n 338 n 339 •n 340 •n 341 n 342 ■n 343 •n 344 n 345 n 346 ■n 348 51 351 •n 352 •n 353 •n 354 ■n 355 n 356 1) 357 n 358 n 359 J) 360 •n 361 n 362 ?> 363 )7 364 11 365 )i 366 n 367 n 368 n 369 n 370 n 371 n 372 n 373 n 374 n 377 n 379 n 381 n (called 352). (called 252). 30 466 Oo. 6. SI LXXIX 153 NO. 382 Preston Oo. 6.s8 LXXX 154 NO. 383 Oo. b.sg CLXXI 255 — 256 NO. 384 Oo. 6. bo CC 290 — 291 NO. 385 Oo. 6. 6i CXXXVIII 227—228 NO. 386 Oo. 6.62 XCVI 171 NO. 387 Qq- 76 CLXXV 259 — 260 Burckhardt. Qq- 174 CCXLVIII 338—339 V Add. 180 LI no — III Lewis (i) „ ^Si CXLIV 231 . (2) V ^S2 CXLV 231 . (3) « 1S3 LII III n (4) „ 184 LIII III . (5) n ^Ss LXX 145 . (6) „ iS6 LVIII 115 . (7) V ^S7 CCCIX 393 . (8) „ 188 CXLIII 230—231 . (9) „ i8g CLVI 241 « (10) „ igo CXLI 229 — 230 . (") « ^9^ CXLII 230 . (12) n ^9^ CLV 240 . (13) n ^93 CXLIX 236 V (i4«) V ^94 CLXXII 256—257 . (14) « ^9J LXXXIX 164 — 165 r, (15) V ^96 CCCX 393 . (16) „ 197 CCCXI 394 . (17) V 198 CIV 179 — 181 . (18) V 199 CCXXVI 314—315 . (19) „ 200 LXXIV 147—149 . (19O „ 20J LXXII 146 „ (20a) r, 202 CCLXIX 356 « (20) „ 203 CLXXXIV 276 r, (21) V 204 CCXXXV 331 . (22) r, 203 CCLXXXI 364 . (23) „ 20b XVI 40—41 . (24) V 207 CCXVI 308—309 « (25) „ 208 CCLX 349 . (26) „ 2og CCXCIX 382-383 r, (27) V 210 CLXXXV 276—277 . (28) r> 2^^ CCXLV 337 « (29) V 212 CLXXXI 271 — 272 « (30) •n 213 ccxxxiii 330 . (30 „ 214 CIX 187—188 . (32) V 2IJ C 175—176 « (33) _ 2jb CLXXXVI 277—279 . (34) 46; Add. , 217 CCLVII 347—348 Lewis (35) n 218 CCLXXXVI 368—369 J) (36) •n 2ig CCLXXXVII 369—370 n (37) ■n 220 CCXCII 374—376 •n (38) •n 222 CLXXIX 265 — 267 n (40) r> 223 CXXXIV 221 y> (41) n 224 CLXVII 250 n (42) V 22s CLII 238—239 n (43) n 228 III 2—4 n (46) r> 22q LVI 114 n m « 230 IV 4-6 n (^^) v 231 ccc 383 n (A) n 232 CCCXIV 395—396 n (B) n 233 cccxv 395—396 n (C) » 234 CCCXII 394 n (D) » 233 CCCXIII 394—395 v (E) n 238 CLXXXIII 274—276 n (H) V 239 CCLIX 348—349 n (I) V 240 V 6 n (K) T) 241 CLI 237—238 n (L) n 242 CCCXXVI 405 — 406 n (M) n 243 XL VI 108 — 109 n (N) » 244 XLVII 109 y> (O) n 245 XLVIII 109 7i (P) n 246 XLIX 109 — no n (Q) n 247 L no n (R) » 248 CCLXXXIX 371—372 V (S) n 249 CCLXI 349—350 n (T) n 230 CCXXII 312 n (V) » 232 XIX 46 V » 253 CLXVI 249 — 250 n n 234 CXCV 285—286 V n 260 CCLII 342—343 R. Masters, 1794. n 261 CLXXXII 273—274 J) 264 XX 46—48 » 267 CCLVI 346—347 » 268 CXXVIII 212 B 26g CXCVII 287—288 East India Co., 1806. » 270 CCXXXII 327—330 East India Co., 1806. V 285 CCCXXXVII XXXI V — XXXV ? Burckhardt. n 286 CXIX 198 Dr. ( ::iaude Buchanan, « 302 LXIX 144 n 303 XXI 48-51 » 304 CVIII 185—187 468 Add. S07 CXXX 213—215 „ SoS CXXIV 205—207 „ jio CCLVIII 348 „ 311 CCCXXIII 402—403 Prof. Palmer. „ S12 CXCVIII 288—290 „ SIS XXIV 59—63 „ S14 CCXVII 309 „ SIS CCXVIII 309—310 „ j/6 LXXVI 151 Bought, Dec, 1864. » S27 VI 6—7 Bought, April, 1865. „ S28 XXXI 91—92 „ April, 1865. „ S2g XXXII 92 — 93 „ April, 1865. „ 407 XLIII 102—105 R- E. Lofft, 1867. y> 408 CI 176—177 „ „ r) 409 CII 176—177 „ „ „ 410 CLVIII 242 „ „ „ 411 CCI 292 „ „ „ 412 XCV 170— 171 „ „ „ 41S cxvi 194—195 n J, „ 414 CCCXVIII 398 „ 41S CLXXXIX 281—282 „ „ „ 417 CLXXVII 262—263 V n „ 41S CXXXVI 223—226 „ „ „ 419 CCXLVI 337-338 „ 420 cxvii 195—196 „ „ „ 421 CCCXXII 401 — 402 „ „ „ 422 XXX 90—91 „ „ „ 42s LXVI 122—142 „ „ „ 426 CCLXXIX 362-363 „ 427 CCCVI 390—391 „ „ „ 428 CCCXXXVIII XXXV— xxxvi „ „ „ 429 CCCXXXIX XXXVI — xxxvn „ „ „ 4SO CCXXXIV 330—331 „ 4S9 CXC 282—283 Renouard's sale (1867). „ S66 CCCXXIV 404—405 Henry Bradshaw, 1868. 7) S67 X II — 12 Henry Bradshaw, 1868. „ S7S CLXXXVIII 280 C. Mather, 1868. „ J74 CCCII 385 C. Mather, 1868. „ J84 CLXXVIII 263—265 R. E. Lofft, 1869. „ S86 CCXIV 306—307 „ S87 CCLXII 350 „ 681 LXXXIV 158 Bought, Feb. 1870. „ 748 CXXV 207 — 208 Representatives of Rev. Prof. Williams, 1870. „ 7SO CCLXXXII 364-365 „ 469 id ■ 751 CXCIII 284 Repi esentatives ( Df Rev. Prof. Williams, 1870, n 752 XXXIV 94 n n » •n 753 LXXVII 152—153 n n » n 754 LXIII 120 121 •n ■n n •n 755 LXIV 121 122 ■n n ri •n 756 CCXXIX 320—321 n ■n n ■n 759 CCXLVII 338 n n » n 777 CCXCVII 381 n n n •n 778 XXXV 94—96 n n •n n 784 CCXXI 312 V n n •n 794 CLXXX 267 — 271 ?) rt n •n 795 CXLVII 232—234 n n » •n 7g6 CCXXXVII 332 n V » n 797 IX 10 — 11 n n V •n 80J CCCI 383-384 n » ■n •n 804 CCLXX 556 n 7! n n 80s CCXCVI 380—381 y) n n •n 808 cv 181— 182 1) n n It 810 CCIV 295 — 298 n n ■n •n 811 CLIX 242—243 n » n •n 812 CCLXXVII 360—361 n y) n n 813 CXIV 192—193 V n » n 816 CXI 189 — 190 n n n n 817 CCXIX 310— 311 V » n n 818 CCXL 334—335 n 7) n n 821 cxv 193—194 n n » n 822 cccxx 399—400 n n n V 823 CCXXXI 326—327 V V n n 824 XIII 37—38 n •n •/> n 82s XIV 37-38 V •n n n 827 XV 39—40 V •n » n 828 CCCXVI 396 n 1) » n 831 CXIII 191 — 192 n ■n » n 832 XVIII 43—45 V n » V 834 CCCXVII 396—398 n n y> V 835 CXCIX 290 ■n •n n V 837 CLIV 240 •n n J) V 838 XVII 41—43 ■n n » n 839 CCXCVIII 381—382 n v r> V 846 CCXXVII 315—319 n n V V 887 CXXXVII 226 — 227 Dr. Wm Wright, 1873- n 922 ccxcv 379—380 Bought 1874. n 1043 CCLXXXV 367 ) 1 1873- r) 1044 XI 13 Rev . W. Dixon, 1874. 470 Add. . /oj-j- ecu 292—293 Whitley Stokes, 1872. ft 1079 LXV 122 Dr. Wui Wright, 1873. n jo8o CLXVIII 251 •n » •n 1081 CCCXXV 405 y> » •n 1082 XCVII 172 •n » •n 1084 CXXIII 202 — 204 •n n » 1086 cxxxv 221 — 223 » » ■n 1087 CCCIII 385-386 •n » •n 1088 XLII 102 •n » n logo CXCI 283 •n n n logi CXCII 283—284 1874 n logs XXXVI 97 Bought 1874. V logb XXXVII 97—98 n n » jog7 XXXVIII 97—98 n •n V iog8 CVI 183 n ■n n logg evil 184—185 n fi n IIOO CCLIII 343 n •n n nog CCLXXX 363—364 •n 1875- n 1573 CCLXXI 357 n 1876. V 2623 LXXXIII 156—157 » 2624 CXXI 201 — 202 Bought. » 262s CCLXXVI 360 n n 262b CCLXXII 357 yi V 2627 CCCIV 387-388 » rt 2628 CCXXXVI 331—332 Dr. Wm Wright. n 262g CCL 340—341 Dr. Westbrook. n 266g CCCXIX 399 Henry : Bradshaw. J) 2771 CCLXXIII 358 n 2772 cm 177—179 n 2773 CXVIII 196 — 198 Bought, Dec, 1864. s 2774 CCLXIII 350—351 » 2778 LXXXVI 160 — 162 » 2go6 cxx 199 — 201 Mrs Badger, 1888. B 2934 LIX 115 — 116 Bought , , 1888. n 2986 CXLVIII 235 n 2gg8 CLXXXVII 279 — 280 F. Jenkinson. n 3139 CCXIII 305—306 T. Brooks Bumpsted. n 314^ CXXII 202 Bought , 1894. n 3147 CCLXV 353 » ■n r) 314S CCLXVI 353—354 n n n 3149 CCLXXVIII 361—362 n n n 3130 CCLXXXIII 365—366 •n n » 3131 CCLXVII 354—355 n n n 3152 CCXC 372—373 n n n 3133 XXVI 64 — 69 •n V 471 Add. 3IS4 CCXCIV 378—379 Bought, 1894. „ 3ig4. CCCXL xxxvui — xxxix Prof, Robertson Smith. „ Jigs CCCXLI xxxix „ „ „ 3jg6 CCCXLII xxxix — xl „ „ „ jigy CCCXLIII xl „ „ „ S2og CCIII 294 — 295 Bought, 1895. „ 3231 CCCXXIX 415—416 Mrs Bensly, 1895. „ 3248 Q.Q.CY.^y. 416—417 „ „ 32S0 CCCXXXI 418 „ 32S3 CCCXXXII 418—420 „ 32S4 CCCXXXIII 420—422 „ „ „ 3235 CCCXXXIV 422 „ 3263 CCCXXXV 422 n 3273 CCCXXXVI 423 — 424 Hitherto unclassed. CORRIGENDA. On p. 6, in 1. i6, read "occupies". „ „ 49, in 1. 27, y, "Transcription". V « 59> « « 29, „ "Rida-Quli". „ „ 145, between Nos LXX and LXXI, insert the heading "HISTORY OF THE SAFAVIS". On p. 167, in 1. 13, for j^;^=>a read ^^^o.. The heading "COSMOGRAPHY" occurs twice, on pp. 201 and 208. The work described on the latter page (N°. CXXVI) should have preceded those treating of Ethics (Nos CXXIV— CXXV). On p. 202, 1. 12, for 's,§>^ read X^ji. „ „ 243, between Nos CLX and CLXI, insert the heading "PERSIAN-TURKISH DICTIONARIES". On p. 290, 1. 22, for "at" read "as". „ „ 294, add, at the end of the first paragraph, "Formerly in the possession of Prof. Samuel Lee, whose autograph it bears. It is described at p. 61 (N°. 180) of the Catalogue of his Oriental Manuscripts purchased in Turkey."" On p. 327, 1. 23, for "Williams" read "Wilkins". RY RETURN CIRCULATION DEPARTMENT TO— #. 202 Main Library 642-3403 LOAN PERIOD 1 2 : 3 4 5 ( D LIBRARY USE This book is due before closing time on the lost dote stamped below DUE AS STAMPED BELOW UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA, BERKELEY FORM NO. DD6A BERKELEY, CA 94720 ®s U.C, BERKELEY LIBRARIES CD3fll77D51 572;Ju:i UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA LIBRARY F^..-*^